TRS-80 Model 4 Disk System Owners Manual

TRSModel4-OCR

trs-80-model-4-disk-system-owners-manual directory listing

TRSModel4-OCR
%3
Technical Reference Manual
Part No. 2223216-0001, Rev. A
INSTRUMENTS

e

M

i

RNl

Copyright © 1984 Texas Instruments Incorporated All Rights Reserved -- Printed in USA

The information herein and patents which might be granted thereon disclosing or employing the materials, methods, techniques or apparatus described herein are the exclusive property of Texas Instruments Incorporated.

No copies of the mformanon or drawmgs shail be made without the pnor copsent qfl'lfe_xq's Instrumeg\;ts

o£o 2

IncorporatedEe io

o
%

:

Lty

'

e

"
4

5

o¢I

¥ 5

eB7

K :

& .

INSERTLATESTCHANGED"PAGE`S`, _bs'smov su}gnseneo PAGES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Technical Reference Manual

-

= "PRPraeervtlffsmiNiobn.nar2Ay:2213M52asu1ye6:-" 0fJ09h0r§1i4iat ;

e

ivin 2x lapar

e

ie]

ol

L

o
A

-

;

.

TM s

SeTniby o

?o:-al`n;mhero; Q_-ag`as -ans publlcayonls 540 ,conuslmg ofme followlng 78

Tl s AT

Ty

Page
EL LN O

Change
I

Page

No.t

.

Change
° ° No.

Page

' & "INl

S

Changn
No.7

= ®-4 |7 CFErMoentE'vCEéPbearGest 2 : Preface

TI oDcaxgIaz E1 --E-6

L 0 Al i o e s ATe 0

=

T V1am tX-1V16

¢

6b 31 ---G-9

£ 121 --2-61

0"

H1--H7

£ 5gragy2ete T "'?) fnaex 1 --Index-9

4-1 --4.76

eive-ginl b éei's Response

5~1_--_5-202;

0

Mailer

2

2| 6f=Z644 *

A-1 --A5 «:°

)0"

Ba5ck Cover

."90 ool
0l 0 0 0

;ee

i e



rg g

,._`,'. Len it

"

- e

R

N

P3 NSt e e i"s

fieo

asbhulioTe ,8.1 --B2

e 0,

S}

A-` cni

pas - A

e

I

CHANGE NOTICES

e
-
E e
Fivnd

N x-; `
s
' o
SEdens

:

»am

It

T

i

ficin |- Revigomslh "Date p:&

el oNTECN

B% T .

-

ur"` B L

5} Nuimbol ¢;| Lever. |

fT rix

Sv i
T2 e3.t1

fia:crlppelDlo2n R Rl T-

al

i T t =

Lo

N e

o

L

2 : ae

A

5/3/84

518860

2n eofpitianfiul s

.

segeo|l-ad.o ~oFo

el

n:z\_xf,_x..'

.

¢

<ezey '

a3lae

o

`ot ]

oy

s

ity

1

AL

.

Update
Fohe

Dmanueal.=

L

'

Pt it

s

]

v

.

L

.

~

e xof\sn'y go

Si ohelgsnanld T Y

Cefbelong

PR

G e g4 T
!

:

s pdofuE __.).r.1

MC iy (:l 4
W

Address all correspondence regarding orders to: Texas Instruments Incorporated Data Systems Group P.O. Box 1444, M/S 7793 Houston, TX 77251

TECHNICAL REFERENCE -

PREFACE

PREFACE

The Technical

-ence

design

and function of

is intended for use by

technlcal persons,

anuatl contp?ns

detailed

1hform§txoh .on

the

the Texas Instruments Professional Computer and

software

and

hardware

des:gnars

and other

This manual is divided into six major sections:

Section

1.

Instruments

Introduction Professional

- Provides Computer

a

general

< Qe?crxpgxon,,

9 the Texas

and

1dent1f1e=n L A& Boan vprxous

configurations,

options,

and accessories.

This

tables listxng environmental requxrements for the

section also system, t;m

1nb1udes !

aSciseoncmftpocioroonmdneainnttgi2o.n.taboSflyesTsht,iesmtnrhHeesage-rxcdstswtiyaeosrrntese,mal~saonPidrnocivlnsiucidfgleinusnadlgesa-pdihseanptreadociwuilaterfs,deicapdtreiosogcnrrsaimpamtn$ld"oa.eg.!n'dg7Tantotf?pn r)| faesaucccahh Sosseuppcctehitcoiinofasnis cac3t.oidoinanvsHga,airldtawaibabnlrlteeeesr,fOapctrfeioeorgnisisntfeor-trhsem,Partoivaoinnsdd,yesstsea:mpga.dn.adlethaapirxTldh3evidsaoruetdse.ssceprcritopigptBr\njtaomn|mgiFoBnc- ogonfItaidntahtsea

Section

4.

Device

Service

Routines

5

interrupt vecfor lists, and a keyboard scan

Cigie

Descrxbes

the

dod;ng table.

R
ROM, e,

.gives | [

Section S. Assembly

Drawings

detailed

drawings for all field

List

of

accompanies

Materials,

identifying

each assembly draving

"C'

7

i

and. Lists

-of-wHatefials«~--- Inmcludes

replaceable assemblies and options.

A

all

components- »and""pr!cE""'parts,

e R (a

"J'fl

R

8.étlon 6. schematigs

Schemnt:cs

for

each

pnd Loglc Dravans = component - and fiel

Texas Instruments Professional Computer.TM

Jlogrc S

QPiaEqTrY`dasfi

atnhde

§

t

The

appendixes

provide

reference intormation, such

all /0 addresses, and a complete memory map (covernng

all memory connected to the

bus).

Also

included

are

furnished with the computer

between the various options

expansion bus,

and

the

complete information on

and a breakdown

of

the

and printed wiring boards.

as defxnitldns of

the motherboard

memory

expansion

the cha}acter sets

power 'allocation

:

:

P elne 36D -
SA

1ii/iv

3%

o

bifi£ Tt

i
"
R

o E

i

v

Eas ewadpail slpsl pahiwasd Bt T wlidwseps alduinnigay

L rayiwans Blaix Das

1591

e

% i

i

A imeD

hal PEta i

{

Yy

L

H

£ s nsgmey fi

st dem lmpd e

e A

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CONTENTS

Section
Preface
1
1.1 TP
1.1.2
1.1.3 1.2
1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4
1*2S, 1.2.6
oot/ 1.3

Table of Contents

Title

Page
iii

INTRODUCTION .

.

o

o

.

.

.

.

.

.

`Hi=]

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

.

.

.

.

o

.

.

'

. 1-1

Keyboard.

o

&

S

n

o

o

o

o

.

.

. 1-1

System Unit.

0

.

s

.

o

.

6

.

&

. 1-2

Display Unit

.

5

o

.

.

5

.

.

.

. 1-2

OPTIONAL COMPONENTS.

S

.

o

.

o

.

.

o 1-2

Diskette Drive

s.

o)so o..

1=-3

Hinchester Disk Drive

e ea H. .

1-3

Expansion Memory Boards.

. . g = a

1=3

Synchronous-Asynchronous

Communications Board .

.

3

3

.

.

=3

Internal Modem Boards

) 5 S o . . mls3

Graphics Video Controller Board .

.

.

. 1-4

Color Display Unit

o

&

o

2

3

.

T

. 1-4

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS .

s

.

5

.

.

. 1-4

2
2.1 2.2
2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7
2.3 2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.2.1 2.4.2.,2 2.4.2.3 2.4.2.4 2.4.2.5 2.4.3 2.4.3.13 2.4.3.2
2.4.3.3
2.4.3.4 2.4.4 2.4.5 2004 IS VY

SYSTEM HARDWARE

INTRODUCTION .

.

e

B

.

.

.

.

.

5

2=l

KEYBOARD

.

a

.

o

o

.

.

S

.

=, 2-3

Encoding Keystrokes . 5 . . .

2-3¢

Transmission

5

E

a o .

2~-3

Receiving and Respond:nq to system o7l

Unit Commands

. ?

3

g e .

2-4

Implementing a Software- watchable

Repeat-Action Function

o . s 3 o

2-6

Performing n-Key Rollover . s o . 6

2-6

Locking/Unlocking the Keyboard

. 0 o

2-7

Performing a Self-Test . o 4 d s . . 2=7

SYSTEM UNIT BOARD

o

.

o

2

6

.

S

g

. 2~8

SYSTEM SUPPORT

.

e

o

.

o

.

s

.

.

. 2-10

Keyboard Port .

:

g

a

e

.

a

d

o

. 2-10

System CPU .

.

)

AR

.

.

.

.

. 2-113

Optional Numerlc Coprocessor

S e . 21

CPU Clock Generator

o . . g z & m2-11

CPU Bus Buffering . . . . . . g . 2-13

CPU Bus Controller.

a . o o . e . 2-12

Reset Detection Circuit .

o : b

2=12

Motherboard Input/Output System : it o L2212

I/0 Decoding.

o o

. a o » . 2-15

Parallel Printer Port'

S s 0 6 0 . 2-16

Timers.

.

o

a

S

e

a

.

.

. 2-18

Speaker Amplif:er ) a

e o o R `H2=18

Motherboard Interrupt 5ystem o n e S . 2-18

Motherboard Memory System . 5 0 . a . 2-20

Motherboard Memory Addressing .

o

5

. 2-20

-y -

("`

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

NNNRNRNRNROWRRONNNRNNNNNND N
EA D ARBRAPRELAROELEE LS

N N

s NEKS b

Section

b wWwN-

WONNNNNNNOITOITOIOOTOIOAOLW

ONPA L WN

I

DO EWN

UL WN

newN

Title

Memory Control Logic

CAS and Address Multiplexer Sv;tch

Parity Generation and Checking.

Memory Control State Machine Floppy Disk Controller

Floppy Disk Controller IC

Sector Buffer

Write Precompensation C1rcu1t

`Data Separator

Diskette Drive Interface.

Diskette Drive

CRT Controller B oard.

Display Characteristics

Character Attributes

Character Sets

Cursor.

.

.

Scrolling.

"Video Connecto r.

.

CRT Controller IC.

CRT Screen/CPU Arh;tratlon Logic

Subsystem . °

CRT Address Decode Log1c

5

Character Set and Attribute Logzc.

Generating a Character ROM

B

.~ Attribute Interaction.

Attribute Hardware.

CRT Interrupt Logic Subsystem

Diagnostic Loopback

g

EXPANSION BUS.

Expansion Bus'Sagnal Descriptxons

Loading and Driving Requzrements.

Memory Timing . I/0 Timing . .

MNIONRONMRONRBDODRONNMN

A y

NWNNATM sN BNNANNoANtNN o

;

.. CONTENTS
Page
il ) 2-22
. +o222E5-:222263 2-26
. 2-26 . 2-30
2-30 "2-31 "2.35 .'ziav . 2341
. .2-42
. 2-43
. 2-43
. 2-43 . 2-44 . 2-44

O OVUOAIHMAENNWNON

NN N T e

T
L M

w -

1WiIS WR 5L
NN T

Wwwaewwww NRONRNKRNN NV NE W N ke

Wy W | & Wi P TP

HARDWARE OPTIONS

INTRODUCTION

:

EXPANSION MEMORY,

v
siz2/76é8 K BYTES

Addressing the Expansion Memory

Expansion Memor$ Control Logic. Expansion Memory Refresh Logic

CAS and Address MUX Switch Generation.

Expansion Memory Parity Generation

and Checking -Expansion Memory Control state Machine

SYNCHRONOUS -ASYNCHRONOUS COMHUNICATIONS

:

BOGARD.

o

TiSystem Interface

Badd Rate Genera tion.

Addressing

Programming.

LW oW
LWN
N 1 3

wwww
W W
S WN

-yi-

" TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CONTENTS

-suction
3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.6.1 3.4.6.2 3.4.7
3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3,.5.4 L3 3.6.1 3.6.1.1 IT6MIN2 3.6.1.3
]
3.6.1.4
3.6.1.5 3.6.1.86 3.6.1.7
3.6.2 3.6.2.1 3 %622 3.6.2.3 3.6.2.4 3.6.2.5 3.6.2.6 3¥ETM3 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6 3.6.6.1
3.6.6.2
3.8.6.3 3.6.6.4 3%i6-i6h S 3.6.6.6 366l 7 3.6.6.8
33.66.66..910
3.6.6.11 3.6.6.12 3.6.6.13 3.6.7 3.6.8 3.6.9
3.6.1
3.6.1

- 0

Title

Page

M

INTERNAL MODEMS .

o

o

.

.

¥

s

.

S

. 3-14

Architecture

SR

.

oO e G

.

.

2 »3-18

Zilog 8530--Modem ngnals .

il

o AT 3~15

Modem Initialization.

a e

o

5

o .3-18

Command Mode Operation .

.

q

.

e

&

= 3-18

Dialing Procedure.

P

e s 8

3-18

Time-Outs

S o

.

S

o

SRR i3-20

Terminal or Softvare Tlme Outs

s s . 3-21

Modem Time-Outs

. "s . . o . . & 3-21

Modem Software.

o

-og .

3-22

GRAPHICS VIDEO CONTROLLER BOARD

g

o

S

Pixel Addressing . ST

o .

Color Selectiong . . 5 s .

Timing and Synchronization.

LR

Graphics Logic Array Program

WINCHESTER DISK DRIVE Winchester Hardware

AND CONTROLLER OPTION Theory of Operation;

On-Board EPROM/ROM.

.

o

s

5

.o

Commands and Command Testxng S

4

Explanation of Bytes in the Devxce

Control Block.

. .

-

k

3-24 -3-26 3-27 3-31 3-33 13-34 ..3-34 3-34 3-35
3-3S5

Control Field Detailed Descr:ptxon

<

3-36

Command Completion Status Byte.

g 3-37

Logical Address (HIGH, MIDDLE and Low) ' 3-37

Sector Interleav:ng

AT e e

g

L3, 2-37

Register Assignments.

=

S

.

.

B

3-38

Data Input Port.

- 5 .

i3

. s 3 3-39

Data Output Port

. 7

. o

& 3-389

Controller Status- Reglster

.

T . ' 3-39

Reset Port

4

o

.

a

T

S & 3-39

Interrupt Mask .

TN

ot oy S . s 3-40

Error Status Byte . o

-

L 3-40

Bit Definitions for Reg:sters and Ports

3-40

Controller Status Bit Combinations . 4 = 3-42

Normal Command Sequence; Operatipn: . o

Detailed Description of Commands.

o 5

3-43 3-44

TEST DRIVE READY Commangd.

S gi o

S

3 3-44

RECALIBRATE DRIVE Gopmand, .

o

2

.

3-44

REQUEST SENSE STATUS . Command

a

s

S

3-44

FORMAT DRIVE Command.. ... . ..,

a L 5 3-51

CHECK TRACK FORMAT .Command . ..

g

. 3-S2

FORMAT TRACK Command

s

o

.

)

=T, 3-53

FORMAT BAD TRACK Command. . .

s

o

.

` 3-54

READ Command.

3-5§

SWEREIKTE CoCmommamnadn.d

i

3-55 3-56

INITIALIZE DRIVE CHARACTERISTICS Commsnd 3-57

READ ECC BURST ERROR LENGTH Ggommand

3-58

FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK Command.,.

3-60

Alternate Track Assignment.

. eI

. . 3-61

Alternate Address Protocol.

s . g & S 3-62

WRITE SECTOR BUFFER Command

3-64

READ SECTOR BUFFER Commangd.

RAM DIAGNOSTICS Command.

o

3-64 3-65

=viie

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CONTENTS

»

> >

PR ERDDRREREEDBRARDEBLEPE TR PEEEALLAELLE SRS EdbEEDbA

Se;tio n
3.6.12 33..66..1134 3.6.15 33..66..1176 3.6.18 3.6.19 3.6.20

Title

DRIVE DIAGNOSTICS Command . . .

CONTROLLER INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS Command

READ LONG Command.

&oS .o

WRITE LONG Command

. .

a a

Execution Order of Rema;ning Diagnostxc

Error Correction Philosophy

. o

Sector Field Description

s &

Specifications -~ Controller Board

Electrical Interface.

5 g S s

Page
#-65
3-663-66 3-67° 3-68" 3-68 3-69 3-71 3-72"

» 1 -

N

h&hfih&DfiN&N?D hL &W #W &W &W h |h Rb D Do Rt bSW bl W ha O1 a Nr S NrA l N so8 N

W

D D NWD

NRNNVNDRONNN-NF

W N

NNNNNI N ONAVR Obo h Odod O b UW W D WNRNWNNNDNNOMNNNDNMN

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

ROM INTERFACE INFORMATION,.

. ..

WRITING SOFTWARE FOR COMPATIBILITY NITH

FUTURE PRODUCTS

.

a

.

.

o

o

Compatibility Levels.

8

o

o

o

Operating System

.o o

S

System ROM Interface . o

Hardware Interface.

o

s

Areas of Hardware Compatxhility s

Alphanumeric CRT

.

o

o

a

3

Graphics CRT.

.53= !8

Disk Subsystem . . . 3 o 3

Keyboard System.

e

o

S

3

S

Interrupt Controller . e 0 3

System Timers and Speaker

Parallel Printer Port.

4 b

Serial Communications.

S

.

SYSTEM ROM INTERRUPT VECTOR USAGE

Hardware Interrupt Service Routines.

_Common Interrupt Exit Vector .

Timer Interrupts'

e o

s

ROM STRUCTURE.

.

.

S

.

.

o

ROM Usage

2 oeSo

ROM Format . o . .

Option ROM Interrupt Vector Usage

RAM Usage by Option ROM.

o a

Initializing the Option ROM

BOOTING UP THE SYSTEM .

.

.

Boot Sequence . 9

.

Loading and Calling the Boot Code

Booting From an Option Device.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION FUNCTION CALLS System Configuration Function.

Extra System Configuration Function.

Get Pointer to System Configuration.

Get Pointer to Extra System Configuration.

GENERAL PURPOSE ROM FUNCTIONS

Delay.

.

8 .

CRC calculation

Ss 5

Print ROM Message.

s

o

.

Digsplay System Error Code " b

W WIN

W K

hWN R

b W

-viii

.TECHNICAL REFERENCE

AL PLLALEDIDRILLRMD

= 0WVLVOYWOD®®ODO®D®D

Secti on
4.10. 4.10. 4.10.
.10 .11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16
4.10. 17 4.10. 18 4.10. i9 4.11 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 4 N11 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 4.11. 12 4.11. 13 4.11. 14

=

0 ®NOUVEWN -

WN R

Vo WN

o

N e wWwN-

- 0

Title

SPEAKER DSR

.

o

.

o

.

a

a

.

P

d

Sound the Speaker - AH = 0.

g s o a

Get Speaker Status

<~ AH = 1.

b ?

Set Speaker Frequency

- AH = 2.

. .

Speaker ON =~ AH =3 . ., ., ",

Speaker OFF - AH = 4

5 o R

e

TIMENOEMDA YHCLOCKRDS RIS UE N R

Set the Date
Set the Time

- AH = O.
- AH = 1.

o 5 9 o
. . ..

Get the Date and Time

- AH = 2,

s

CRT DSR.

o

o

8

s

5

4

3

&

o

o

Set Cursor Type -~ AH = O1lH.

. . .

Set Cursor Position - AH = O2H

.

o

S

Read Cursor Position - AH = O03H . a £

Scroll Text Block - AH = 06H and 07H

.

Read Character/Attribute at Curaor

Pogition - AH = 08H

. .

&

Write Character/Attribute at Cursor

Position - AH = OS9H . S & . o o

Write Character at Cursor

¢

WriPtoesitAiSoCnII - TeAHlet=ypeOAH - A. H =a OEGH e.

Hrite Block of Characters at Cursor

With Attribute - AH=10H . . . o s

WriPtoesitBiloonck - ofAH Ch= ar1a1cH ters. O. nl.y a`t0T Cu| rsor

Change Screen Attribute(s) - AH = 12H

Clear Text Screen and Home the

Cursor - AH = 13H , . SR

a

Clear Graphics Screen(s) - AH = 14H.

Set TTY Status Region Beginning -

AHE =R H

e

e A L sl

Set Attribute(s) - AH = 16H . . .

GetAHE Ph=y1s1i7cHaRl Display- Begln Poxnteer y =

Print TTY String - AH = 18H S

A il

CRT TTY Mode Behavior

. i- 3 5 o

DISCKustDoSmR Enc. odi. ng of thRe CeRT. _. 0

.

.

Reset Disk System ~ OOH.

O 1O

Return Status Code - O1H

, .

A

Read Sectors - 02H

. .

UL

.

Hrite Sectors -03H

. o o a o S o

Verify Sector CRCs - 04H . E e S

Null Operation - OSH. Verify Data,-"O06H.-1"

a a o B g8

Return Retry Status - 07H g A

' s

Set Standard Disk Interface Table ~ 08H

Set DIT Address for Drive - O09H

b .

Return DIT Address for Drive - OAH

Turn Off All Diskette Drives - OBH

Status Codes

.

.

.

.

.

Disk Interface Tables (DITs) . o G

--ix=-

s BETH DL

DERELL

L

e t

I

1 7

Lot

1

ww WNWIW W WU

W W W

W W

i t

v

DONNOOSOW U W vW 4

= s

O

CONTENTS Page
4-18 4-18 4-19 4-19 4-194-19 4-20 4-20 f44--22105"¢
4-21 4-23 4-24 4-24 4-2S 4-27
4-39°
4-40 44--4400" 4-41"

TECHNICAL REFERENCE o5

1y

5

CONTENTS

Section
4.12
4.12.1

Title

Page- -

KEYBOARD DSR . .
Initialization Log;c

N

T S A)

9

s

8

5

5

o

. 4-44:;&

4.12.2 4,12.3 4.12.4 4.12.5 4.12.6 4.12.7
4.12.8 4.12.9 4.12.10 4.12.13 4.12.12 4.12.13 4.12.14 4.12.15 4.12.15.1 4.12.15.2 4.12.15.3 4.12.15.4 4.12.15,5 4.12.16 4.12.17 4.13 4.13.1
4.13.2
4.13.3
4.13.4 4.14 4.14.1 4.14.2 4.14.3 4.14.4 4.14.5 4.14.6 4.14.7 4.14.8 4.14.8.1 4.14.8,2 4.14.8.3 4.14.8.4 4.14.8.5 4.14.8.6 4.14.8.7 4.14.8.8
4.14.8.9

Read Keyboard Input - AH = 0 . e o . . 4-44. . 3

Read Keyboard Status

- AH = 1 . o o . 4-45;+;

Read Keyboard Mode

- AH = 2.

. . . . 4-45;:

Flush Keyboard Buffer

- AH = 3.

. 5 . 4-46:: -

Keyboard Output

- AH = 4.

5

S o . 4-46 .

Put Character Into Keyboard Buffer -

).

AH = §.

.

General Keyboard Layout.

B

.

.

.

o

. 4-47

o S S o e . 4-48

Character Codes

.o .

e o e a S . 4-49

Extended Codes.

5 S s 5 S S . . . 4-52

Keyboard Modes.

) o o o S s s 3 . 4-53

Type-Ahead Buffer.

S

3 fi

s

3

a

.

. 4-53

Repeat-Action Feature

o . . . o o . 4-54

Special Handling . b

a S o o o . 4-54

User~-Available Interrupts s 0 5 o g . 4-55

Keyboard Mapping

. o o S a . s . 4-55.

Program Pause

. S

2

=

s

B

s

o

. 4-SS

Program Break

. o 0 A 9 s e g . 4-S6

Print Screen.

S

o

.

S

S

.

.

8

. 4-56

Keyboard Queueing .

S

s

5

5

o

o

. 4-56

Custom Encoding

.

5 o g s B 5 . 4-S6

Keyboard Interface Protocol

s B . = . 4-57

PARALLEL PRINTER PORT DSR.

.

.

o

.

S

. 4-60

Qutput Character to Printer

-

4

AH = 0, DL = 0 .

o

.

S

o

.

.

S

. 4-60

Initialize Printer

=~

AH = 1, DL = 0 .

.

.

5

4

.

D

Return Printer Status

-

. 4-60

AH = 2, DL = 0 .

o

o

.

3

S

.

Use Under an Operatxng System.

. 3 0 .

HINCHESTER ROM

o

.

.

S

.

e

s

.

S

.

Limitations.

.

.

5

5

5

o

3

b

5

.

System Interface .

.

5

3

o

e

5

s

.

System RAM Usage .

a

.

.

o

.

o

o

.

Power-up Testing

o 5 3 s .

Booting from the Hinchester

o 2 . é .

Error Recovery.

.

o

o

s

B

.

S

4

.

Error Reporting

s

.

o

.

S

3

.

.

Hardware Interface Rout1nea

S

a .

Initialize Winchester Disk System

D .

Check KWinchester ROM Version

. . 3 .

Request Controller Error Sense.

. a .

Send HWinchester Controllier Command

. .

Gel Data From the Winchester Controller.

Write Data to the Hinchester Controller.

Get Status From Winchester Controller

.

Get and Compare Data From the

Winchester Controller . s

s 5 .

Enable Data and Status Interrupt

4-60 4-62 4-63 4-63 4~64 4-64 4-65 4-66 4-66 4-67 4-69 4-70 4-70 4-71 4-71 4-71 4-72 4-72
4-73

from Controller . 5 S s . o s . 4-73

- -

*TECHNIGAL REFERENCE

CONTENTS

Section
4.14.8.10 4.14.8.11
4.14.8.12
47.11485013
4.14.8.14 4.14.8.15
4.14.8.16
4.14.8.17

Title

Page

Enable Status Interrupt From Controller.

Disable Data and Status Interrupt From

Controller.

:

o s 2e .

Poll for Controller Request

o &e .

Format a Track . P 0

5 SRR

Format an Alternate Track

o e s0 .

Format a Track as Bad.

e& e yb.

Check the Track Format

. . . ., 1%, |,

Format a Winchester Drive

. 5 o. .

4-73
4-74 4-74
427
4-7S 4-75
4-76
4-76

5

"ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND LISTS OF MATERIALS

.

.

< 54{

6

SCHEMATICS AND LOGIC DRAWINGS .

.

S

.

. 6=1

APPENDIXES
A
B
C;
D
E

System 1/0 Map.

g 3 3 "Wal-

3 .

System Memory Map.

g

3

3

s

o

.

Character Set . a o . 5 5 i

F

Current Requirements.

Asynchronous COmmunxcatxons gample

Program

R

. ShEnrt

o 3

Modem Sample Routlnes

s s

A

Boot Routine and Sample Assembly Code

Sample Interrupt Service Routine.

. A-1
WB-1
c~-1
D-1
E U F, . G-
H

T aom -

-%i-

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

R

1LLUSTRAR 1OKS

Figure
No.,

List of Illustrations
Title

2-¥
2-2
2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10

System Block Diagram.

oo9o ao0 0 s

Motherboard Block Diagram . . . . . . . .

Memory System Timing Diagram . 5 o o 5 & o

Floppy Disk Timing Diagrams

s

o

Alphanumeric CRT Controller Boerd Block D1agram.

Alphanumerics State Machine Timing Diagram

.

Sample Character Font Definition.

. 9 o g .

Encoding Examples.

.

"

o

"

Expansion Bus Memory Interface Timing Dxegram

£

Expansion Bus I/0 Interface Timing Diagram

E o

3-1

Expansion Memory Timing Diagram . o S 6 o s

3-2

Sync-Async Comm Board Block Diagram. a8 oGt

3-3

Modem Hardware Interface

. q

» 5 s o

3-4

Zilog 8530--Modem Interface ngnals

5 o b S

3-S

Graphics Video Controller Board Block Diagram

.

3-6

Color Latch Byte . .

s . .

3-%

Graphics Video Controller Timlng Dxagram 5 s S

3= - Controller Operational Flowchart.

S . .

3-9

Control and Data Cabling for the Winchester stk'

Drive.

aa= e4og5soSs 5o

4-1

Register AL Drive Byte . 9

" g < s S

4~2

Byte Definition - Set Cursor Type

o

5

v

3

.

4-3

Byte Definition - Set Attr:bute(s)

L A a W

4-4° DIT Structure . .

SR S

4-5

Byte Definition - Keyboard Kodes

s

o s

4-6

General Keyboard Layout Showing Scan Codes

. B

4-7

`Byte Definition - Keycode . g

s a .

4-gwiotf Byte Definition - Return Prxnter Status

. . .

e

S O

et

LTy
SR

page'
2
H2=2
2-9
2-25 2-29 2-38 2-40 . 2-83° 2-54 . 2-60 2-61
3= 7,
BUEED)
. 3-18s . 3-16° . 3-25 . 3-29
3=32 . 3-42
o 3~72?
a 4-16? . 4-23°
4-32 RS~4 2
. 4-4S . 4-4g' . 4-59 . 4-62 -
=
vk
s

i

-E

EA o

oc Daaiy

.

'

£

T

Ik

L

o



-xii=-

. TECHNICAL REFERENCE

TABLES

NMOROMRNNNMNDOMDODODNND b
H = OONOUAEWONP

I

14 -

3-15 3-16 3-17

H (=HOONOUNEWN

List of Tables

Title

Storage Conditions, Standard System.

e s Tin g D

Operating Conditions, Standard System . o

.

Storage Conditions,

System with Winchester stk

Operating Conditions,

System with Winchester

e

Disk . . B S > e s o o o a o 5 : s .

Keyboard Commands and Responses . . . . . {;

Map of the Motherboard I/0 Addresses

e

Input/Output Signals - HAL12L& Integrated C;rcuxt;.

Printer Port Pin-Out.

g o S o o . o

Interrupt Level Assignments

s5a oo .

Motherhoard Memory Map . o

ROM Access Times .

. ..

Memory Control state Hach1ne Logic - HALl16R4.

Programming for the HALIOLS8 Device . . . o

Internal Diskette Drive Connector Pin-out.

.

e

External Diskette Drive Connector Pin-Out.

o o

Diskette Drive Specifications.

9 . . . o qegte

VIDEO AC PARAMETERS .

.

.

.

.

.

.

S

agAeos

Color Video Connector Pin-Out. CRTC Programming Values.

o a RS . . . . .

Alphanumerics State Machine PAL . 5 s o 5 o e

CRT System Memory Map

. a 6 o a o 5 fy. o

:

Alphanumeric Decoding PAL . . . . s 5 ok

Color Map . . CRIER

IO

I

A ey

Expansion Bus Pin-Outs .

S

e

o

a

S

Lt s T

At syl

Expansion Memory Control State Machine Logic - | .

HAL16R4 . .

I

- TI R

=I es

Sync-Async Comm Board Baud Rate . . 3 c el atd

Sync-Async Comm Board Port Addresses

o 0

Channel B Pin-out for Z853¢

S o

o

Channel B Pin-out for Z8530 Interrupt Enable.

RS-232-C Connector Signals.

o a a 0

Modem Default Parameters

o E

o6. .S S

Types and Durations of Dlsconnects a

a

3

Commands from the Software to the Modem

. o

Response from the Modem to the Software

.

Diagnostic Status Indicators . 3 E s S s o 5

Color Combinations

.g 5 4s5s6 S = .

Bit Correlations . . 1

Aapo 4..

Default Vvalues of Color Latches a E 5 3 S o .

Programming for the Graphics State Machine HAL

Device Control Block Bit Diagram.

s s b 0 o

Command Descriptor Byte.

S e S S 3 & E 2

33333-----111112334 0, 33333-----2122218344 333333------233233805936

-xiii-

WWwwwwwwwww

www (bgSPRWSN

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

Table No.

Title

3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27

Winchester Controller 1I/0 Port Assignment.

o

Bit Definitions for Controller Registers and

Ports.

S

5

valid Bit COmbxnatlons for cOntroller status

Type O Error Codes, Winchester Disk.

& e d

Type 1 Error Codes, Controller Board

Types 2 and 3 Error Codes, Command and

Miscellaneous . . . S

Error Code Summary

2

.

o

5

.

.

2 iz

3

Sector Field Format . . o . . o o s

S12-Bytes-Per-Sector Format

s 5&

&

Winchester Controller Board Spec1f1catxons

4-13
4-x4

System Interrupt Vector Usage.

. . E o e

ROM Addresses and Suggested Uses.

S . . .

Pointer addresses and Descriptions . . . .

System Configuration Word-Bit Definition . .

Extra System Configuration Word 1 (BX).

0 o

CRT DSR Opcodes and Functions.

o 3 o . .

Disk DSR Opcodes and Functions

0 o 0 ; v

Error Codes.

. . . S g 0 =

Keyboard Commands.

s

o

.

2

5

Standard Keyboard Character Codes

.

.

.

Extended Function Codes.

e g o . .

RAM Segment Pointers.

s

:

s

z

-

z

-

Hinchester DSR Error Codes.

. 3 2 ; ' v

Displayed Error Codes

3~-41 3-42 3-46 3-47

o=DLPL OAOED I NLD®ED MR1E ADPLERDL WLD NN-t

P R
-N 1

-xiv-

TS ECHNICe AL REFERENCE

_

iINTROIDRLUECTTION

<

-~

P

Section 1

s

INTRODUCTION

1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

c-L

That basic Texas Instruments Professional Computer system consists of

three major parts:

the keyboard,

the

system

wunit

(including rthe

diskette

drive),

and

a monochrome

display

unit.

A general

description of each is given in this section.

The available

options

are

also

briefly

information, refer

described to Section

in

this

section.

2, "System Hardware",

For more detajled and to Section B¢

"Hardwvare Options."

-

1.1.1

Kéyhoard

e

«

The low-profile keyboard is easy

to use.

The large,

sculptured,

paetttahrlhyeceopphsgheerawkvanearmuycimmbrttaeoowebrsaorlisr-ecdligtkhrfdceeoaaunutnapc.sttoXbipekoey~nscToufhoseenkdtegtryhrssoeomalsuasplakelreadeeyrbctohaaoaenlrnrcruduam.tlnehdagreietisdocprmla.aikiynneypAktaehcdryufebrieosvo=oanerr-gdkrteohymueaoprsverecilmgueouhsfsntteted.froustraibdeTetwe:wenXelteeveyoenrsf

Other keyboard features include:

* A full-length degrees.

tilt-bar,

adjustable

from S degrees to 1S

*

The sculptured, low-profile European 30-millimeter (mm)

Xeys,

which

comply

with

the

home row height requirements.

*

Tactile-designed

F and

J Xkeys,

"home" position on the alphanumeric

which help keys.

to locate

the

* A raised dot on the numeric keypad S, indicating the key.

center

*

A keyboard

microprocessor, 'vhich converts

character information and conducts keyboard

every power-up.

keystrokes into

diagnostics

on

() £ @ A 3 b - P

IEQ'!ICAL REFERENCE

INTRQDUCTION

1.1.2 System Unit

L ©

The

system

unit

is

the heart

of

the

computer.

Thd basfc

configuration includes the central processing unit (CPU), the floppy

disk

controller

(FDC),

a parallel printer port, a power supply, &

read-only memory (ROM), and 64K bytes (XK = 1024) dynamic random-

access

memory

(RAM).

standard equipment.

A cathode-ray

tube

(CRT)

controller

boar. ids,
Rih y

The system unit board is a 361.95 x 21S5.9-millimeter

(mm)

(14. 25 x

8.5S~inch (in)) printed wiring board (PWB) mounted horizontally on the

bottom

of

the

system

unit

chassis,

This

board

houses

thg

microprocessor and control logic.

It also supports an expansion.

bys

with

five

card-edge

connectors

for option

Dboards

and

another

connector for a memory expansion option.

The system unit power supply

with

three

output

levels.

every combination of options.

is a
It

switching-type,
will sustain a

110-watt

(W)

system equipped

unit
with L

The 5 1/4-in diskette drive is a mass storage device for

reading

or

writing

data

to a removable

diskette.

The Texas

Instruments

Professional

Computer

uses

a double-density,

modified

frequency

moduylation

(MFM)

recording

format.

This format requires certified

double-sided, dual-density, soft-sectored S 1/4-in

diskettes.

3

data

separation

logic

uses a phase-lock

fieliability.

The computer is equipped with one

can store approximately 320K bytes of data.

loop

technique

diskette drive, Vhlfib

2

1.1.3 Display Unit

ke

The display unit

Computer

is a

green

phosphor

furnished with the Texas

Instruments

Professional

high-resolution (720 x 300 pixels), composite video,

monochrome

unit.

The

standard

CRT

controller

contained

in the system unit supports eight intensity levels for the

djfiplay.

The display presents information in a 2S-line x 80-column

alphanumeric

format,

which

works well with the bit-mapped graphics

aption.

The display unit is

specially

adapted

to accomodate

the

horizontal scan rate of 19 200 lines per second

1.2 OPTIONAL COMPONENTS

There are

several

options

Professional Computer.

These

available

for

the Texas

Instfumedgg

options

`include

additional

320K-§x:e

diskette drives,

a Winchester

disk drive, expansion memory boards

(which can expand the system memory to 768K

bytes),

a synchronous-

asynchronous

communications board, internal modem boards, a graphics

video controller board, and a high-resolution color display unit.

A

general

description

of

each

of

these

options

is given

in the

1-2

FECHNICAL REFERENCE

`INTRODUCTION

P

following paragraphs. t% ERSCection 3, Hardware

SQE e

£.2.1 metr

Diskette Drive

If more detailed Options.

information

{s'needed,

feféf

L

YOy

£

L=At T

one' internal

diskette

drive

is standard

equipment for The Tegid

Instruments

Professional

Computer.

Enough

internal

space

is

available

to

install either a second diskette drive or a Hinchesten

&{sk drive.

You can also install two external drives.

:

Piskettes used Be certified
diskettes.

with the Texas double-sided,

Instruments Professional Computer

mdn{

dual- ~density,

soft-sectored,

S 1/4-in

:

1.2.2

MHWinchester Disk Drive

The Winchester disk drive and controller option is available

10-megabyte capacities.

You can install the Winchester disk

the space set aside for the second diskette drive.

.
L
in S-ror drive in

ii2.3 Expansion Memory Boards

The system unit board contains 64K bytes of dynamic RAM.

Adding

é'fianuion RA¥ Dboards can increase 788K bytes. First, use the expansion iNtb the memory connector on the

the system memory to RAM option boards
motherboard. These

a total 6{ that plug boards are

avajlable in 64K~, 128K-, or 192K-byte capacities.

After adding

the

192K-byte board (bringing the total to 256K bytes), further expansion

requires that you add a 256K-byte board that plugs into the expansion

bus.

To reach the 768K-byte total, another 256K-byte board attaches

(piggybnck style) to the board on the expansion bus.

L

1.N 2.4 Y SsSynchronous-Asynchronous Communications Board

1

i

Thé'synchronous-anynchronous communications (sync-async

comm) Boh(&

option

`'allows either

synchronous

or asynchronous

commthcarioni

through an RS-232~C interface.

The sync-async

comm

board

qupfivrr{

asynchronous data rates from S0 bits per second (bps) to 19 200 bps.

1.2.5

Internal Modem Boards

Two

versions

of

the

internal modem board option are available:

a

300-bps board providing Bell 103-compatible communication, and a

300;1200 -bps board providing Bell 212A-compatible communications.

O

Natedgay

&

s

EA iy

)

il

.

Feoi ] i LB

05

¥

:

:

et R

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

INTRODUCTION

1.2.6 Graphics Video Controller Board

The graphics video controller board option is available in either one

or

three

planes.

It provides a resolution of 720 horizontal by-300

vertical picture elements (pixels).

1.2.7

Color Display Unit

The

13-in

color display unit permits the display of high-resolution

(720 x 300 pixels) colors.

The standard CRT controller

located

on

the

system

unit

board

supports

eight

colors for the unit, vhich

presents information in a 25-line x 80-column format.

Used with

the

graphics

video

controller

board

option,

the

color

display unit

produces high-quality raster and character graphics.

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

The next four tables list

environmental

conditions

for

the Texas

Instruments

Professional

Computer.

Table

1-1

1lists

the storage

conditions for a standard system.

(Storage assumes that

the

system

is enclosed

in

the

shipping

container.)

Table

1~2

1lists

the

operating conditions for a standard

system.

Table

1~-3 1lists

the

storage

conditions

for a system

that includes a Winchester disk.

THaibnlcehes1t-e4r

lists
disk.

the

operating

conditions

for a system that
¢

includes

a

«

Table 1-1 Storage Conditions, Standard System

Temperature Relative humidity shock
Vibration
Altitude

~-30 C to +70 C (50 C maximum for diskette)

10% to 90%, no condensation

30 Gs, half-sinusoidal pulse with 30 ms duration along X and Y axes. 20 68, half-sinusoidal pulse with 30 ms duration along Z axis.

Sinusoidal, 5 to 250 Hz linear

swveep at 1 octave/minute with

0.50 input.

Dwell 15 minutes at

resonant points (2X input level.)

45 000 feet maximum

TESCOHVNEIICANL REFERENCE

INTRODUCTION -

Table 1-2 LRC N "Uf Temperature

Operating

Relative humidity
Shock or we GeolE `i !Vibration S

Altitude

Conditions, Standard System e e
+10 C to +40 C with gradient less than 10 C per hour

20% to 80%, no condensation

'

S 63, 10 ms three

half-sinusoidal pulse duration along any of perpendicular axes.

with the

.

0.5 Gs peak accelleration in range of S5 to 250 Hz, linear at 1 octave/minute.

the Bveep
]

10 000 feet maximum

wey n
o3

NOTE

et
ol B us

Derate

the upper

temperature

by 1 C

first S00 feet.

limit

of

the

for every 1000 feet

operating
above the 2

S

Table 1-3

Storage Conditions,

Temperature

* Relative
vy e
Shock

humidity

Vibration
LS Altitude

System with Hinchester Disk

-30 C to +60 less than 10

C with gradient C per hour

20% to 80%, no condensation

30 65, half-sinusocidal 11 ms duration.

pulse

with

20 68, half-sinusoidal
11 ms duration.

pulse

with

30 000 feet maximum 10 000 feet unpressurized

1-5

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

INTRODUCTION

Table 1-4 Operating Conditions,

System with WHinchester Disk

Temperature Relative humidity Shock
Vibration
tAltitude

+10 C to +40 C with gradient less than 10 C per hour

20% to 80%, no condensation

S Gs, 10 ms three

half-sinusoidal pulse duration along any of perpendicular axes.

wvith the

0.5 Gs peak acceleration in the range of S to 250 Hz, linear swveep at 1 octave/minute.

10 000 feet maximum

NOTE

Derate

the

temperature

upper by 1 C

girst 500 feet.

limit

of

the

for every 1000 feet

<

operating above the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDNARE

Section 2 SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.1

INTRODUCTION

This section describes the design and functions of

the

hardware

in

the

standard

Texas

Instruments

Professional

Computer

system.

Hardware described in this section includes the keyboard, the

system

unit

Dboard

and

its two logical subdivisions, and the display unit.

Figure 2-1 is a block diagram of

the

system

hardware

components, including some options.

showing

the

separate

The option hardware is

described in Section 3, "Hardware Options."

2-1

'[EQH)I!CAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

WNTEIORPNTAILON:MO2D1E2M0R B1O0A3 RD CLOCK AND ANALOG INTERFACE
BOARD (OPTIONH GRAPHICS VIDEO CONTROLLER
10PTION)

"V

/

£

4

7

\

--_--

COLOR DISPLAY UNIT

L

FOPTIONY

PARALLEL PRINTER CABLE (OPTION)

&

320¢
DISKETTE DRIVE --"

RS
WINCHESTER DISKOPTION:
---- 320K DIOSAKIEVTETE QLY MOTHERBOARD ISYSTEM UNIT BOARD)
CRT CONTROLLER BOARD

e YNC-ASY!
10PTION)

EBXOPAARNDSI'OGNPTIROANM 128K 8O4RK 192K

B £ ~
e
a9 =
i

SERIAL PRINTER CABLE 1OPTION}

MONOCHROME DISPLAY UNIT STANDARD:

MODEM CABLE

10PTION:

@

3

yErT

,

Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram

2222181
N
cuyPedi odee A
menetd

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.2 KEYBOARD

The electronic functions of the keyhoa?fi include:

* Scanning the key matrix and encoding Xeys depressed

by

the

operator

* Transmitting data to the system unit

* Receiving and responding to commands from the system unit * Implementing a software-switchable repeat-action function * Performing n-key rollover

* Locking/unlocking the keyboard

* Performing a self-test

2,2.3

Encoding Keystrokes

The encoder scans the keyswitch matrix, detects valid keyswitch state

changes,

looks

up the proper key code, and transmits the keycode as

part of an 11-bit stream to the system unit.

Each key causes

either

1 or 2 bytes

to be transmitted, based on the status of the SHIFT,

ALT, CAPS

LOCK,

and CTRL keys.

For

sgpecific

details

on byte

definitions, refer to subsection 4.12.

Some

wuser-programming

application level.

See

Encoding.""

of

the

function

Xxeys

the paragraph in Section

is possible 2 entitled,

at the "Custom

2.2,2

Transmission

The

Xkeyboard

percent.

The

is met:

transmits

data to the

keyboard transmits when

system one of

unit at 2440 baud x> 1.50 the following conditions

* HKWhen a valid key depression has been detected

* HWhen a system command is understood and acted upon

When the user presses a key, the keyioard

proper

Xkeycode

byte

or bytes

across

Keycodes

are

explained

in detail

in

"Keyboard

DSR."

Pressing

some

keys

transmissions.

responds

by sending

the

the keyboard transmit line.

subsection

4.12

entitled

can

signal

repeat-action

"HTECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.2.3

Receiving and Responding to System Unit Commands

The system unit transmits to the keyboard at 30S baud * 1.50 percent.

To respond to a system

unit

command,

the keyboard

transmits

a

response code to the system unit, indicating that the required action

has been

taken.

The keyboard responds to every valid command.

For

certain conditions, such as

parity

errors,

unknown

commands,

and

start

bit

errors, the keyboard ingores the system unit commands and

sends no response.

If this happens,

the

system

unit

retries

the

command.

System

unit

commands

and

keyboard

responses

are

listed,

in

hexadecimal form, in Table 2-1.

Iin

column lists the codes sent to the

column

lists

the code

returned

this table,

the

"Command

Code"

keyboard.

The "Keyboard Response"

by

the keyboard microprocessor.

Typically, system unit

the microprocessor returns (except in the case of a

Self-test OK failure during

(code 70)

to

self-test).

the

NOTE

Throughout

this manual,

the symbol H denotes a

hexadecimal address or value.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDNWARE

Table 2-1 Keyboard Commands and Responses

' `System Unit `Command

Command Code
(H)

Keyboard Response
(H)

Response Meaning

Perform a power-up

self-test and install

default parameters

oox*

70

71

72

Turn repeat action ON

Ot*

70

Turn repeat action OFF

02

70

Lock keyboard Unlock keyboard

03

70

O4x

70

Turn keyclick ON Turn keyclick OFF

0S5%*%

70

06k*%

70

Reset (same as 00)

o7

70

71

72

Self-test oK Keyboard ROM Keyboard RAM

error error

Self-test OK Self-test oK

Self-test 0K Self-test OK

Self-test OK Self-test OK

Self-test OK Keyboard ROM Keyfioard RAM

error error

Return version

-

o8

(of keyboard ROM).

70,73

* Indicates default values. *%* Keyclick requires a hardware modification.
It is not presently supported.

Yz-byte code)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.2.4

Implementing a Software-sSwitchable Repeat-Action Function

A repeat-action key is one that automatically repeats when

depressed

for one-half second (s) or longer.

As long as the xey is held down,

repeat-action transmissions from the Xeyboard

to the

system

unit

continue at a rate of 15 per second.

2.2.5

Performing n-Key Rollover

Repeat-action

interacts with n-key rollover in the following manner.

Pressing more than one nonmode

key

does

not

cause

repeat-action.

Instead,

the most

recent ey pressed transmits to the system unit.

When repeat-action is enabled and one key is pressed,

that

key

1is

acted

upon

by the repeat-action function.

The following examples

clarify the relationship between rollover,

repeat-action,

and mode

byte changes.

Example 1:

Assume that the following sequence of events occurs:

1. No mode bits are on.
<
2. The a key is depressed and held down for more than one-half second.

3. The b key is depressed.

4. The SHIFT key is depressed.

(The SHIFT key can be held

or

released without altering the characters transmitted to the

system unit.)

S. The b key is released.

6. The a key has not yet been released.

The result transmitted to the system unit and displayed is:
asaaasaaaaaaaaabaaaaaaaaaas...

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

C

Example 2:

Assume that the following sequence of events occurs:

1. No mode bits are on.

2, The a key is depressed and held dowvn for more than one-half second.

3. The SHIFT key is depressed and held.

4, The b key is depressed.

(At this point, the SHIFT key

can

be

held

or released

without

altering

the characters

transmitted to the system unit.)

5. The b key is released.

6. The a key has not yet been released.

The result transmitted to the system unit and displayed is: aaaaaaaaaasaaaBAAAAAAAAAAA...

2.2.6

Locking/Unlocking the Keyboard

2

<

At certain times during system operation, the keyboard locks.

Buring

these times, all normal functions

of

the

kxeyboard

are

sugspended.

That

is, the keyboard does not scan, encode, or transmit data to the

system unit.

The keyboard locks if:

* The pelf-test is in progress.

* The self-test fails.
* The keyboard receives the LOCK KEYBOARD command.

The keyboard remains locked until one

of

the

following

occurs:

conditions

* The self-test successfully completes. * The keyboard receives the UNLOCK KEYBOARD command.

2.2,7

Performing a Self-Test

The

keyboard

performs a self-test when it receives code 00 from the

system unit, interrupting any keyboard operation

in progress.

The

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

self-test transmits paragraph Commands.

completely

checks

the Xxeyboard system RAM and ROM, then.

the results to the system unit using a code

explained

in

2.2.3,

entitled

"Receiving and Responding to System Unit

2.3 SYSTEM UNIT BOARD

The system unit board, or motherboard, is the heart of the

computer.

It

is

mounted

on

the

bottom

of

the system

unit chassis.

The

motherboard is divided into

two logical

function

areas,

one for

system

support

and

one for the expansion bus.

Refer to Section 5,

drawing 222300S, for logic diagrams of the system unit board.

Figure

2-2 is a block diagram of the separate subsystems of the motherboard.

2-8

SYSTEM HARDKWARE

zolzETTT m>_H"Ofl_LI,wIhNwNw"O_Dm_n

IAHTOOVLNI¥IIILNLLNIXON3DSIA

16n0a4TvYy3vLdNlIN

.

HQOULYIOIINANIOND

LOINNOD
Figure 2-2 Motherboard Block Diagram

oa u2fl0%6fl61n0fi4w

HOYLO8LY2YS9HNEVIW4LJIWSO`IEVVIITLUvGQ169IO1LNIYHM HILNNOD

Sulanne -~ NOWLdO
L4N2Y1Y9Z01INI

YU
CFERWYGYLLLIIEED

HILVY
Ad1d0O4T4LNOSDN

AJsIOlNd

ONLYoLUvInLaNIaEd

e HvIiLvYa1

ANVHOHI3EL0NIYS

H1IdTwNIeUO5UY7IL8INNOGD

INAVWIV S

QSUHV3O4S4AnIaN

S3SY1£I4eW128I81L

QYYO=BAIN

9N0S71I0 TOAHdIdNOOD --------e
(SNOISLJUOOLHIOI4NNSOHDOL$INI3NNNOODISN39V0E3XTAy}

30022031001
$N8 viva

QONNAvIHWIO3LW0I0W9NY3Y0

APOWIW WILSAS WYYe L19lY
m SNA SSIVOAY AYOWIW

NAILibvdNID wvy

uD1A9T6L2I]LWIYNW SNE SSIVQOY WALSAS

HITIOHINGD sng 80
HOLVYINID AIve0zNsD
yOSSD D-I0H8YI0dN80AdN
404 13%008

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

EBFHNKCAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDHWARE

2.4 SYSTEM SUPPORT
That section of the motherboard hardware and logic for the:

dedicated

to system

support

contains

* Keyboard port

* System

CPU

(including

microprocessors,

clocks,

bus

controllers, and buffers)

;, * Motherboard input/output (1/0) system

* Motherboard interrupt system

4.;* Motherboard memory system

. % ©
r
+ * A
oz

PDC subsystem (including buffers, write precompensation, and diskette drive interface)
.
CRT controller

é;4.1

Keyboard Port

s

The

Intel

82S1A,

a wuniversal

asynchronous

receiver-transmitter

KUART),

is

the port

for

serial

data

transmission

between

the

motherboard and the keyboard.

Data

received

by

the

UART

alvays

generates

an

interrupt

to the interrupt controller.

The transmit

ready line does not generate an interrupt unless the

transmitter

in

t¢he UART

is enabled.

The keyboard port interrupt is ORed with the

"interrupt reguest 7" line from the numeric coprocessor.

An SN7S5189A line receiver with a slowdown

capacitor

conditions

the

receive

data

signal

to protect

the

signal from transients.

The

receiver hysteresis is approximately 1 V centered around 1.4 V, which

improves the noise immunity.

Another SN75189A buffers

the

transmit

data

1line,

providing a good voltage swing and drive to the keyboard

cable.

This buffer consists internally of an output transistor

with

a 2-kilo ohms (kohms) pullup resistor.

fo; improve

diagnostics,

the data

set

ready

(DSR)

1line on the

uwpiversal

synchronous/asynchronous

receiver

transmitter

(USART)

gppnects

to the Xxeyboard connector through a SN75189A buffer.

The

transmit data line connects to the DSR-line at

the xkeyboard,

which

allows detection of a disconnected or defective keyboard.

el The: inrput

divides. this

input

clock

clock

to

frequency

for

the

the transmit section is 19 S31.25 Hz.

The 8251

by 64 to generate a baud

rate

of

305.

The

receiver

is 156 250 Hz.

This frequency is

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

divided by 64 to generate a baud rate of rates are close to the standard 300- and instruments can simulate a keyboard with

2441.

Because

these

2400-baud rates, system

standard eguipment.

baud test

2.4.2 System CPU

EA

The

system

CPU consists of an Intel 8088 16-bit microprocessor,

CPU clock circuits, several CPU bus buffers and latches,

a CPU

controller,

and

the reset

circuit.

A special

socket

on

motherboard makes it easy to add the optional Intel 8087 numeric

processor (also called a numeric coprocessor).

the bus the data

The Intel microprocessors work together

appear to be a single chip.

Therefore,

manual) refers to both devices.

and, to attached the term CPU (as

components, used in this

2,4.2.1

Optional Numeric Coprocessor.

The user can choose to add an

8087

numeric coprocessor to the system unit board at any time.

Once

the 8087 is inserted into the socket provided, both the 8008 and

the

8087

decode

the special

escape

instructions.

The 8088 does any

memory-access computations required and accesses the

first

byte

of

memory

according

to

the instruction.

The 9087 decodes the

instruction, "catches" the memory

address

generated

by

the

8088,

requests

the bus

from

the 8088, and completes the required memory

access.

After finishing with the bus, the coprocessor releases it so

that the 8088 can continue with the next instruction.

If necessary,

the

8088

sends

a HWAIT instruction

to

the 8087, ensuring theil

synchronization.

«

2.4.2.2

CPU Clock Generator.

The CPU clock generator consists of ah

Intel-designed 8284, & crystal, and

some

discrete

components.

To

generate

the

5.0

MHz clock frequency, the 9284 divides the crystail

frequency (15.0 MHz + 0.01 percent) by 3.

The

9284

also

contains

logic to synchronize the WAIT- line from the expansion bus and memor}

subsystems with the RESET- line from the power-good circuit.

NOTE

i3

Signal names followed by a dash, such as HWAIT-,

At

are active low signals.

B

2.4.2.3 CPU Bus Buffering.

The CPU operates in the so-called

"maximum"

mode

of

this

integrated

circuit.

(For

additional

information,

see

the

1Intel

1literature

on

the

8088

and

208y

microprocessors.)
order to reduce

The
the

CPU uses
number of

a pimnusltirpelqeuxierded

address
on the

and data
processor

bus" in
chip:

For this reason, and to provide adequate buffering

for

the

address

and data lines on the expansion bus, a set of address latches (U5}

U6, U7) and a data bus buffer (UB) are an integral part of the CPUYI"

gJ let

3".l`!Cl-ulICAI.. REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDHWARE

2.4.2.4

CPU Bus Controller.

The CPU bus controller chip

(U3

8288)

receives

the status

information from the processor and converts it

into the lines MRDC- (memory read), AMWC-

(advanced

memory

write),

IORC-

(X/0

read),

AIORC-

(advanced

1I1/0 write),

INTA (interrupt

acknowledge),

DEN

(data

buffer

enable),

and

DTR

(data

buffer

direction control).

A simple open-loop signature analysis (SA) arrangement is provided to

check

out the CPU.,

Connecting pins E17 and E180 (on the motherboard)

with a jumper and resetting

the system

(power

up)

causes

the

processor

to execute a OBFH opcode.

The jumper disables the system

data bus buffer Us, and the pullup resistors in U66 pull the

bus

up

to a high state.

Transistor Qi pulls down data line AD6 to provide

the "0" bit in the opcode.

The segmented

architecture

then

causes

the processor to cycle from address FFFFOH through address FFFFFH and

from 00000H through OFFFOH during the SA loop.

The

symbol

value.

NOTE ""H" denotes a hexadecimal address or

2.4.2.5

Reset Detection Circuit.

The power-good

(reset

detection)

circuit discovers insufficient power conditions on the motherboard by

monitoring

the 12-volt

(V) power line.

Hhen the power drops, but

does not shut down

completely,

this

circuit

causes

an automatic

restart.

If

the

voltage

falls

to approximately

11 Vde,

a

resistor/capacitor

combination

and a

voltage

comparator

with

transistor

inverter hold

the RESET

1line true

for at

least

3

milliseconds (ms).

2.4.3

Motherboard Input/Output System

The motherboard input/output (I/0)

for all

the devices on the board.

output latches are also components

shows a map of the motherboard I/0

system decodes the

1I/0 addresses

The input buffer and the various

of

the

I/0

system.

Table

2-2

addresses.

The

various I/0 devices have available 16 /0 address bits.

Only 10

of these bits, a total of 1024 bytes,

are decoded.

Beginning

at

address

OOOCH,

the motherboard

uses

48 bytes of this space.

This

leaves 976 bytes available for the expansion bus.

Table 2-2 lists the motherboard devices that are

addresses

within

the CPU 1/0 space.

Appendix A

map of all system I/O addresses.

decoded provides

and

their

a complete

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Hex Address

Table 2-2 Map of the Motherboard I/0O Addresses

Device

Bit/Use

00000
00001
00002 00003
00004

U47 Latch

U48 Input buffer

U49 Latch

o

USO Latch

NOUIWNERO I ~ N

NOUNEW M NO

NOWUEWNO

Speaker timer enable Timer 1 interr upt enable Timer 2 interr upt enable Single-density (FM) enable Track greater than 1/2 (TG43) Diskette side one enable (FSID-) Diskette mode control (Mi) Diskette mode control (MO)

Option Option Option Parity Printer Printer Printer Printer

jumper E1-E2 jumper E3-E4 jumper ES-E6 interru pt pending
port B usy port p aper out port p rinter selected port N O fault

Printer port data outputs LED 1 OFF LED 2 OFF LED 3 OFF Parity interru pt enable Printer port n ot autofeed Printer port n ot strobe Printer port n ot initialize Printer ACK in terrupt enabdble

*PWNOKFEWON-

US1 Latch

N O

s WNO

Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette

drive drive drive drive drive drive drive drive

SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR

2-13

TEGHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table Hex Address

2-2.

Map of the Motherboard Device

I/0 Addresses (Concluded) Bit/Use

00005--0000F 60010 00011 00012~-00013 00014 00015 o006 00017 00018 00018 00020 00021 00022 00023
00024--0002F

Reserved U44 8251 USART U444 8251 USART Reserved U4S 82S3 timer U4S 82S3 timer U4S 8253 timer U4s B2S53 timer U46 8259A interrupt U46 82S9A interrupt FDC command register FDC track register FDC sector register FDBC data register Reserved

controller controller
or RAM
or RAM reset

Data register Control register

Counter Counter Counter Control

© 1 2 register

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARES

dd2f(oee.IuCvc4)rio.cd3ee.drd1o.eecsoHdA$eL/Trt10hh.2eeL6D.eItc/h0oidrdidneTghc.ieos dionAngse.e-cchooanmdlbTfihenaoitfsfiioraanstd7u4oafLIlSC1378its4,hLreSae1w3hh9i,acrihdn-tvaehirigs crrhaaatye-odilsnoeg-aioccfio-rnecei(u-HgioAhtfLts-yb:t:+H

Table
AND
rowv
true.

ofin2-Et3xerptmrhgseeisvsefserdsoammtehienoneasBreorcoratloyiweoann,lisogtieOcrRtmehsded,evwoiiucttehputptrheoggoerAsaNmDmaicnotfgi.vetermHisfhenftrheotmheresalunologttihcealrvi1sdi00t'03s<c0

IORQ = (XS2 x XS1 x XSO x IORC) + (XS2 x XS1 x XSO X AIOHC)

~1o0t ZLecs £0 2.0 SR

Tadble 2-3

Input/Output Signals - HAL12LE Integrated Circuit

ALC L0

Xs2

Xso

XA9

XA7

XAS

IORC-

Output

Xs1

DEN~

XA®

XA6

XA4

------- P

e bt e b b a b e b

bt e

AIOHC-

Comment

b e rmrr e e e r e e s e e, e

------

IEN-

L L H L L

or L H L L L

(X3 05 L BS A% PR 4

or .

.

0

a

o

-------

e ee

L

L

L

L

LL L L

A% H N

s

6o . S

et e b e b

.

.

.

. . 3

a1 g, b

. L L

b be

Read 1/0

Hritq`l/o

Interrupt acknowledge

Inactive term

e

e

Xcs -

L' LIRS H R

LI T U T 1 ST TR 55 A 1S

OB LN HIENL U

LR IO LR T, Sy,

FEty

------- Pt
TCR B B I

b

-- b r el

et m b m el

o diie o o o

e eb
B3

e

Read I/0 at 74L3S139

Write I/O at 74LS139

e mmccc e e m--m e
Read I/0

------------

O AL H IS LU

o o a o a

------- P
FICS- L L

et e bbb

e b

H .LLLLH

g
b me
L .

L
e e e e
.

Write I/0

r e

e e e, r e c e

Read diskette

------

O i L BE HIRN L S TSR
------- Pt et

U DN TN LR H e T
b et et bbb r

.
e e

Hrite diskette

m e

m s e s s mcm e m---- e -- -

YCs -

L LERH

orBLENHIN LA

------- Pt
XX XX H

BT

N LI

L DU

bbbt

L OO 1,0 L LN T

DR D 2 LT

T

m b et r e b e r b e e e

Read 1/0 at 74LS138 HWrite I/0 at 74LS138
r e e m e d e r e e ------ e ---- -
Halt

or .

L

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

or . a 'Y

i bl @ B B VY w TR

or .

.

I I

.... ...

------- P

b et e b et e

b e e e et r

e e b

r e

e e E R e, rr S ---------------- - -------

Legend
L = =

Low signal, High signal.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.3.2

Parallel Printer Port.

Printers with Centronics-compatible

_interfaces

wuse the parallel printer port.

This port contains a 25-

pin female, D-type connector.

The basic signals are the output data

1lines from U444,

the PTSTR-

. signal

that

strobes

the

data

into the printer, and the PBUSY and

., PACK- lines, which indicate to the CPU

the printer''s

readiness

to

receive

a character.

In regular printer operation, the PBUSY line

goes high wvhen the printer is not ready to receive

a character

and

lov when the printer can accept a character.

The PACK- line goes low

for a short

time

wvhen

the printer

finishes

with

the

current

character.

The rising edge of this line generates an interrupt

when

printer

interrupts

are enabled by the PTEN line.

This interrupt is

ORed with the ""interrupt request S" line on the expansion bus.

The pin-out of the port is given in Table 2-4.

Pin numbers

for

the

36-pin

printer connector (at the printer end of the cable) are given

in parentheses.

The extra lines are used

for various

control

and

status functions associjiated with the printer port.

= =

R TN

e

e

e eB

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

(-

Table 2-4 Printer Port Pin-Out

----------- Pmt r e m e e --a e

Source

|

Signal

|

----------- P m e e, --, e _, e e

e ---- 4

System

| Data is sampled when

§

| signal is low.

----------- e

e e

e --

|
e

System

| Data output bit.

|

----------- P m e e et e e e, n - ¢

System

I

I

-----------

e e et --m--r e

System

|

----------- P r st e, e e

|
m----------

System

i

----------- e r e --,---- e,

}
------

System

|

---------------------- P

e et

|
e, ------------g

System

{

----------- P e e

e M rr cc et e, -- e

|
e

System

}

|

----------- e e e

c e e mc r

ee --

System

|

}

-----------

e e e e et e, e --------

Printer

| Another character

|

___________

|

can e e

be o o

received. B SRR

|

Printer

| No data`can be seant

|

| when signal is high.

|

----------- P -

e e

e re

--

Printer

| Printer is out of paper

|

| when signal is high.

|

-----------

e e e,

r e, ------ e ------------ ¢

| 13

}

|

|

] sLcT

| Printer

| Printer is online

|

| (ON LINE)

|

| when signal is high.

}

o -------- o -------- er e~

e

---- - P

et e,

ee e

------ .

| 14
|
i
-
f1s(32)
|
e --

i
{

| AUTO FEED~
|

| System
{

| Printer is to line feed

|

| on carriage return

|

{

|

i

| when signal is low.

}

m------mm- e

- ---- L

e c e e ----r e

+

§

| FAULT-

| Printer

| Indicates a fault

|

}

|

|

| vhen signal is low.

}

e m--m-- e

e m e

------ P e et

e

e +

{16(31) I

J25(30) }

| INIT{

| System

| Resets printer when

|

§

| signal is low,.

j

m-------- - R R i e

a - Pm e --

117(36) |18(33) | SELECTION-

| System

Pmmm e m - mme e

tmmmm e

* The numbers in parentheses are the pin

P

e et --rmr e

| Always low.

P

e

e e e

numbers for the 36-pin

m - - +*
}
+

Centronics-type connector.

STECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

"2.4.3.3

Timers.

timing wunits.

oscillator, and

The 8253-5 counter/timer IC provides three separate In this system, one is used as a programmable speaker the other two are programmable interval timers.

The speaker timer is clocked by a square wvave of 1.25 MHz.

Divisors

-up to 6S 536 can generate output frequencies as low as 15 Hz.

The

"high input frequency creates output tones

that are more musically

accurate.

The

speaker

timer

clock

is internally gated with the

speaker enable (SPKEN), an output of latch U47.

This

signal

allows

the interruption of tones without a reprogramming of the timer.

The second timer (Timer A) is used in system-timing applications and

as & real-time clock.

It generates an interrupt signal on the rising

edge of the timer output wvhen the enable line (address O bit 1) is

set high.

Toggling this line low resets the interrupt; holding this

line low disables the interrupt completely.

The interrupt

level

|is

3. The input clock frequency to the timer is 625 kilohertz (kHz).

A

divisor

of

62 S00 generates a pulsewidth of 100 ms, while a divisor

of 1S 625 generates a pulsewidth of 25 ms.

The

third

timer

(Timer

B)

is used

for special-purpose

timing

applications.

It generates

an interrupt on the rising edge of the

timer output when the enable line (address ¢ bit

2)

is set

high.

Toggling

this

line

1low resets the interrupt; holding this line low

disables the interrupt completely.

This

1line is shared with

the

expansion

interrupt

1line IR2.

The interrupt level is 2. The input

clock frequency to this timer is 625 kHz.

¢

2.4.3.4

Speaker Amplifier.

The speaker

timer

output

goes

to an

amplifier

(LM

396)

that

drives

the ©6-ohm speaker,

providing

sufficient volume

and allowing mixing

of signals

from external

sources

(option

expansion

cards).

To mix other signals with this

signal, connect any other signal source (such as

the

speech

option

board) to P12, the summing input.

2.4.4 Motherboard Interrupt System

The motherboard interrupt system can encode eight separate interrupts

and

vector

the

central

processor

to eight

separate

interrupt

routines.

A nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) (which produces the highest-

priority interrupts) is also available.

The majority of the interrupt logic is contained

within

the

Intel

82S9A

interrupt controller chip.

The 8259A is programmed for level-

sensitive input

and

is the master

(only)

interrupt

controller.

puring

the

INTA

cycle, the decoding logic array always enables the

contents of the

I/0 data

bus

onto `the

system

data

bus.

This

information

is the vector

from

the

8928A chip, and the system,

therefore, requires only one controller.

The 98289A chip assigns priority to the

incoming

interrupts,

allows

masking

of interrupts, and provides the vector to the CPU during the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

interrupt acknowledge (INTA) flops permit some interrupt be edge-triggered, and cause

cycle. levels
others

A series of OR gates

and

lip-

to be shared, cause some inputs to

to be level-triggered.

-4

The

interrupts

that

come

from

the

expansion

bus

are

active

high

LA
and

are, therefore, terminated

ground.

All the pulled-down

either

directly or through

the gate input current from

with

a 4.7-kohm

pulldown

resistor to

inputs are connectied to the 8259A chip,

a CMOS OR gate.

This connection prevents

raising the input voltage above the legal

"low" level through the pulldown resistor.

CAUTION

Even though the system is protected,

programmers

and

designers

wusing interrupts on the expansion

bus should be sure to "mask off" unused interrupt

lines as a matter of good programming practice.

The NMI detects parity errors on

the motherboard

RAM

system.

To

generate

this interrupt with software, set the DTR line on the 82S1A

USART.

The RAM can then be tested without parity-error interruption.

i

The interrupt levels and their expected uses are given in Table 2-5,

B

Table 2-5

Interrupt Level Assignments

Ifiterrupt
NMI IRO IR1 IR2

Bus Line
AO1L BO4 B24 B2S

IR3

na

IR4

B23

IR6

B21

IR7

na

Use
.
System parity error, CRT interrupt Communications port 1 Communications port 2 Communications port 3 System board timer 2 Local area net board buffer full/empty System board timer 1 (clock) Communications port 4 Diskette drive, Winchester disk Keyboard, numeric coprocessor

na = Not applicable.

2-19

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDHARE

2.4.5

Motherboard Memory System

The memory system on the motherboard consists of 64K bytes (K = 1024)

of dynamic RAM, up to 16K bytes of ROM, decoding logic

to establish

" the addresses, and timing and refresh logic to operate the system.

A

connector

and

the necessary logic permit the addition of one of the

expansion RAM boards.

These boards are available in 64K-, 128K-, and

192K-byte capacities.

After adding the 152K-byte board (bringing the

total to 256K bytes), further expansion requires the

addition

of a

256K-byte

board

that plugs into the expansion bus.

(This board and

another memory expansion board are fully described in Section 3.)

2.4.5.1

Hotherdboard Memory Addressing.

The memory

space

of

the

processor devices used by the motherboard is given in Table 2-6.

The

balance of the system memory is given in Appendix B.

Table 2-6 Motherboard Memory Map

Address

Device

Dynamic RAM:
O0000O0-OFFFF 10000-1FFFF 20000-2FFFF 30000-3FFFF
ROM Usage:
FCOOO-FDFFF FECOO-FFFFF

< 64K-bytes motherboard RAM 64K-bytes expansion RAM board bank 1 64K-bytes expansion RAM board bank 2 64K-bytes expansion RAM board bank 3
8K ROM space, one wait state (XU62) 8K system ROM, one wait state (U63)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.5.2

Memory

Control

Logic.

A Dbidirectional

buffer

(Us1)

separates the main system data bus

from

the motherboard

expansion

memory,

thereby

providing

sufficient

drive and margin to the data

transfers.

U288,

the

memory

hard

array

logic

chip

HAL16R4,

in

combination

with US3,

the 74LS139

decoder,

handles decoding and

timing for the ROMs.

Because ROMs and EPROMs (erasable

programmable

read-only memories) are generally slow devices, a wvait state is added

to all accesses to these devices.

The ROM access times are listed in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7 Function

ROM Access Times Time Required
(in Nanoseconds)

CS-ROM access

410

ROM address access

577

1/0 Hait States.

The HAL chip alsc contains the logic to add a wait

state to all 1/0 accesses

made

by

the

CPU.

The wait

state

is

necessary because many of the I/0 devices operate too slowly when the

system buffer and setup and decode times are included.

With the wait

state, the control lines are active for approximately 600 nanoseconds

(ns).

Memory Refresh lLogic.

The RAM refresh logic operates synchronously

with the accesses to the RAM memory.

Refresh cycles begin only when

a RAM memory

cycle

is not in progress.

This implies that the RAM

refresh can occur at the same time as accesses to other system memory

(ROMs) or I/O space.

Each time a refresh

cycle

begins,

a refresh

timer

(one-shot

U29)

starts,.

When

it times out, it provides the

signal to begin another refresh cycle.

This

timer

is set

to 15

microseconds

(us)

maximum, which allows for the worst-case refresh-

regquest latency.

To maintain the contents of the

RAM

under

worst-

case

conditions,

the refresh must occur at least 128 times within 2

ms.

(The average refresh timing is once per 15.625 us).

case latency for a refresh request is about 600 ns.

The worst-

Once a refresh cycle has begun, it must be completed (including the

precharge) before the next cycle begins.

If a RAM access

cycle

starts before the refresh cycle completes, the HAL state machine puts

the CPU into a wait state until the refresh operation completes.

In

the worst case, this delay could extend the normal memory access time

by four wait states, or 800 ns,.

Assuming slowdown

a refresh

of

the

timer CPU,

value

of

14 us and

the

refresh

overhead

an average

600-ns

is approximately 4.3

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

percent average or 5.7 percent wvorst case.

2.4.5.3

CAS and Address Multiplexer Switch.

A delay line

from

the

RASI-

(row address strobe input) line produces the SWM (the address

multiplexer control).

SKM ensures an adequate rowv address hold

time

(40 ns) and

s8till

operates

the RAM guickly enough to finish the

access within the system cycle time.

The CAS1- (column address strobe input) timing depends on whether the

cycle is a read or a vrite.

If the cycle is a read, the CASI- signal

is taken from the delay line 20 ns after the SHM signal

to produce

the ACAS- (advance column address strobe).

ACAS- ensures an adequate

column address setup time to the RAM and still gives fast RAM access,.

If the cycle

is a write, then the CASI- signal is taken from the

falling edge of the system clock, which is about

150 ns after

the

occurrence

of RASI-.

This delay allows time for the data from the

processor to propagate

through

the data buffers

and

the parity

generator chip (U31i 74LS280).

To control the generation of the CASI- pulse, flip-flop U33 is timed

with CLK- (the system clock), samples the delay line (ACAS-), and

is

reset by MRDC- (the memory read signal).

The output of the flip-flop

is

then

logically ANDed (U34) with the ACAS- signal to generate the

actual CASI- signal.

To prevent the generation

of a CASI-

pulse

during

refresh,

the refresh row address strobe (RRAS-) line holds

flip-flop U33 in the preset state during a refresh.

This forces

the

output of OR gate U34 (CASI-) to a high level.

a

2.4.5.4

Parity

Generation

and

Checking.

The

parity

generator/checker chip (74LS280) generates a "1" to the parity RANM

bit whenever

there

is an even number of 1's in the data byte being

written,

The parity RAM chip has a separate data bus

to drive

the

output

1line.

A pullup resistor holds this line high wvhen it is not

driving the output

(as in a write cycle).

The parity data is then

taken

from

the "odd sum" output of the parity generator and used to

write to the RANM.

.

This method of parity checking does not cause a parity error whea the

system attempts to read from nonexistent RANM.

(To determine the size

of system memory, the system software sometimes

"feels"

for memory

not present.)

When

the RAM

is read, all of the data bits and the parity bit are

presented to the generator/checker and the parity output

is sampled

at

the

end

of

the

read cycle.

If parity checking is enabled and

discovers a parity error, flip-flop U333 is set to interrupt the CPU.

Once

set, this flip~flop must be reset by software before additional

interrupts can be given.

If the enable bit (address 3 bit 3) is held

low, then no parity interrupts (PINT) are generated.,

To distinguish

the parity

interrupt

from other NMIs, the PINT line is fed to U4s

(address 1 bit 3) and can be tested by software.

TECHNICAL REFPERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.5.5 (HAL16R4

Memory U28),

Control State Machine.

A

set up as a state machine,

hard

array

logic

device

drives the memory control.

This device has four outputs equipped with a set

of

clocked

£lip-

flops

and

four

outputs that are direct combinations of the inputs.

The AND of the terms on a line ORed with the AND of

terms

on other

lines

results in low-going outputs.

This occurs either directly, on

those outputs without registers, or after the clock on those

outputs

with registers.

The

signal

RASI-

activates

RAS-

out

of

the AM2964B RAM address

apmTrTithhhdreuneeedoflsrgrttereirwsssesupaiisshcligg.sttenn,sxaaselltrsat.TtahMRteetDMhTseeEhS.eNETs-Lhit-eogAnMTasah2cisslte9gthei6enigl4avneslBaaciRClttPgRseUnAsaSSaXl-YdWaa-dAfctrItchSeTeeeXir-ss-nss(dumsiopo(ecnutudeathsmtsteeouedrlcsbtyitoichniatlpethnreleet.dterehpxnarretanomrRlacOellMemylssoa.ysrytoortortoepsufyTtitrhshnteeetthsoeeohmuHtAHasLAid)LgaRw)ttnAahaSaeiiltncudbrtiuesiscsfftRafraFteetSoreesHf.s.ih-fn

Table 2-8 gives the logic for the memory control state

A timing diagram of the memory system, shown the major operations of the memory system.

in Figure

machine. 2-3, indicates

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-8 Memory Control State Machine Logic - HAL1G6R4 Input

Output

MRD-

XAL8

RASI-

RFSH-

MHR-

RMX-~

XWAIT- RRAS-

RFRQ

IORC-

MDEN-

sSY-

XA18

AIOHC-

RMSEL- SX-

Comment

------- bbb obobotbrbrmm bbb m b e b o b o b o e w oo

>

- e>

e

RASI=guLp. - L oL

s

- -

H

H .

Memory read

or . L

BLLILS. g

.

(' 5 B o d o.d 6 ©

oo

o tdia Lfo

- n R LELE T

Memory write Refresh

(37 o8 a0 o A 4 o

e

O LALG. s

All other OR terms

------- et bafeb b et ob bbb bbb b b E r r mE-- e r e rr r---- ---------------------- - - -----

XHAIT-HLWC UL s o

e

S IR DI

Refresh+read RF1,2,3

Or L R L

R

el SR

- L.

Refresh+read RF3,4

O

L

or 'L, .sLaL g,

(P o o o B'Ei% o o

Bl

LR T

o

o R

LS

- LTt

Refresh+write RF1,2,3 Refresh+write RF3,4 ROM read/vrite

(7 s oron omo ot o (Y7 °F o & oo ol ot

R

o o]

TRl

R

1/0 read I1/0 write

------- Potmbrt bbbt

b et

b

b PP

ee e

e

-------------- - -

MDEN

SIS SR R

LYo S H

HEF?

RAM read/write

or L .. HHL . .

R

B

ROM read

or . L . HHL . .

S SR

S

or . . . . . .LL

SRS

.o

ROM write All other OR terms

------- e e

s

e

RMSEL- L . . HH L . .

SO

e

ROM read

or . L . HHL . .

ond o o g o g O

ROM write~

or

R Ll

R

R

All other OR terms

------- bbb bbbt

b e bbb b bt R e

r rr r r ,r

e,

-- e -- - m--- -

The following four outputs have flip-flops:

------- bbb

bbbt mrm b e bt et m b b e e P E

e

m e rC S r e e m e -- e - ---- o s

RFSH-

HHH . . . . .

d | onviom

o 0Y s

Refresh RF1; no memory cycle

or . . HH . . . .

8 o & oo b SiHh

Refresh RF1i; no RAM cycle

P 0% o0 =o o B o

Sl

R L

H

Refresh RF2,3

O
-------
RRAS-

e I

. S

bbbt b
. . . . .

0 -8

b

o bt rrm bbb

. ..

A e

ol
b r bebe P
1% o B o

All other OR terms

R,

e

e

e e e e e --m e

Refresh RF2,3,4

-- === =

O A

B W

Tl

L

All other OR terms

------- et b

oot r b e bbb e bbb P e E r e, e, et rc e e r

e

---- -- - -

sSY-

B

R

O

e - -

-

50 <9 © hdh o CRN . B LT

Refresh RF3,4 All other OR terms

------- O S S ok L o e R

et

L T

SX-

L. .HHL . .

o o 4

.

..

ROM read wait cutoff

or . L . HHL . .

X o Bl ow o

g

o

R

I

s I TR

SR

ROM write wait cutoff 1/0 read wvait cutoff

O,

o L.

BT

I/0 write wait cutoff

or . .

s L

N

R

All other OR terms

------- Pobo bbb et b e bbb bbb b

P rree

e

e cm s e --m e --------

L = Low signal.

H = High signal.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

f

£NTXT

;

| IIP

|

!

| |

| [

"

1

|

|

1

|

q].l_.|_.fl_

1

T

[Lye [

I

_ o

!

I

_50¢ oS vioe

T |
|

y

3 ¥

[

L(oy) l B L ----

!

ALtHvd WvH

"
T

g

V1vQ
_

Wvy
|

o

|
|
_

;
b 0%
7
T

I ! 1 T

T ! T 1

T T _ ]

| |

| T T L

D[|J:I|_II|_TJ=.__ ._

4 T
¥

! 1

------+{eT! vivT_ Av T_

|

!

g

!
ss3s0G[Y WOl

1 _ l
T

! ~I_
|

el
|

n-- wmoHdTi -- 1

---- S

et

_

]

}

"

M

"

_

|

.R[!I

, I _
I

[ I
|

e

TTa|| aT=--1 ]!
[

1 _

i ]

| |

iT!|;| t |i|| },||

|

T

-- |
T

T
| [

| ] |

] | |

] |

T i

f I : | " _

[
"

T _Ir"
mou_|

_

|
I

==

!

|

|

|

[

|

|

|

RI|SS

|SRSRS ||

]

I
USRO

|| S

i
. S

|

1
-

N

e \]1I® [NI

|
e| \ NI e\i

e|l1 \

]
A! \ e\

| | T

"G3033N S1 TYNOIS NIHM S3LvOIaNIXog 3oISN AN ---- { = }--

[ !

|

!

I !

_

|

|

=

FIEVIVAVYSITUNDIS --

i _

I |

|L |

10--+l

ve , |

!

| vLv0 ALlyvd

, Vivau0ss30ug

)
_

T

T

T

4 `aN393Y
0svo GR
e} .

1 I |

! _ I 7

Mo1|[ =.||e I| _|l-U_ |

O--|1 -sv--aIS¥2

1T I --5R O|I V

_.1! _.l
L

o

i

|
1

|

I |

e | I
INWM0Y

I -svov
H-- }--wuaavwy
UT mL ou s

\

d

:

|

~1svy

| |

|

_ !

LIVM ~HS4Y

Figure 2-3 Memory System Timing Diagram 2-25

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.6

Floppy Disk Controller

The floppy disk controller

(FDC)

section

contains

a floppy

disk

controller

IC (FD1793-02), a floppy disk support logic IC (WD1691),

and a pulse delay IC (WD2143), all made by Western Digital.

The

FDC

also has a voltage-controlled

oscillator

(VCO) and one-half of a

7415221 one-shot.

Two 2114 static RAMs, addressed by a CMOS

4040,

act as a sector

buffer,

and a programmable array logic (PAL) IC

decodes and controls operations.

Miscellaneous logic handles

signal

timing and buffering.

The logic described in this section includes:

* Floppy disk controller IC

* Sector buffer

% Data write precompensation circuit

* `Data separator

* Diskette drive interface

2.4.6.1

Floppy

Disk

Controller IC.

The Western Digital FD1793-02

chip is the FDC IC.

This IC does

serial/parallel

data

conversion,

locates

sectors

on the disk, seeks the diskette drive, and performs

other high-level functions.

A complete description of the FD1793-02

chip can be found in the literature available from Western Digital.

The 1.0-MHz controller input clock provides the correct data rate for

standard S 1/4-in diskettes.

Because U20 divides the clock down from

15.0 MHz, the duty cycle is 467 ns low, S33 ns high.

2.4.6.2

Sector Buffer.

During read or write operations,

data must

be

transmitted

at

a rate between 23 us per byte and 32 us per byte

nominal (for double-density operation).

A sector

buffer,

operating

independently of the processor during a read or a write, ensures that

the diskette drive performs properly.

This buffer consists of:

* A 1K x 8 static RAM device

* A counter (to address the RAM sequentially)

* Control

Jlogic and a bus buffer (so that the CPU and the FDC

can access the buffer)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDHARE

Two bits (MO, M1) in latch U47 control the basic operating

modes

of

the sector buffer.

These four modes are as follows:

Latch U47 Bits MO M1

Mode

1

1

o

1

o

o

1

o

FDC reads RAM and writes data to diskette. FDC reads diskette and writes data to RAM. CPU reads or writes RAMN sequentially. CPU reads or writes the FDC directly.

The

counter

that addresses the buffer increments automatically each

time either the CPU or the FDC accesses the RAM.

To set up a fixed

starting

address

wvithin

the RAM, the CPU writes to the FDC sector

register while the MO, M1 bits are set to O, o.

This

resets

the

address

counter.

The FDC is not affected because the CPU can access

the FDC only in mode MO, M1.

The PAL provides the control logic for the sector buffer, aided by a

flip-flop

that provides

a 1-us FDC clock-synchronized signal.

The

PAL uses this signal, derived from the FDC data request

(DRQ)

line,

to generate

the

read

or write command for the FDC when the sector

buffer is in modes 1, 1 or 1, 0.

The FDC activates the DRQ line when

a sector write requires a byte or when a byte is ready

in a sactor

read.

This

control logic and the CPU generate other signals to control the

RAM and the counter.

These signals are given

in Table

2-9.

The

timing

diagram` in Figure

2-4 defines the usage of these signals.

When the logical AND of terms from one row is ORed with

the AND

of

terms from another row, the output goes lowv when the result is true.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-9 Programming for the HAL1OLS® Device

Input

IORQXAL

M1 MO

IORCAIOHWC~

DEN-

Output

XAO

DRQD

FLCS

Comment

e --m--e e mpr b med

YAO

LRl et I

be b e be

P

I

S almmL

e ee
.

E CERne me Eee

------------

CPU <---> FDC Mode 0,1

or . s 5

S 5 e

L LR

o

(Unused)

------- R

LT e

R

L

R

e R

L

e

T

YAl

S L

LB .

o A8 15

.

CPU <---> FDC Mode 0,%

or . S B

o a o

L LY

b

(Unused)

------- B

e

it T

e

R PR

DD R Rl et b

i

FRD-

o o w

LH .

L .L

s

CPU <-- FDC

Mode 0,1

or . . .

H L H

. . .

.

FDC =--> RAM

Mode 1,0

------- Prm et

FWR-

I

(I igt ' wo e ©

e

mfr e e b e b

LR 1

L L

H H H

R

e eEP EC

2

CPU

s

FDC

- --

e ee---

.-

--> FDC

¥ode 0,1

<-- RAM

Mode 1,1

------- Pommbmm b r e

ee e m b

e

e R

.

------ S E e -

- ------oe

RHE-

a 85 =

LL .

. L L

o

O I

R

H L H

Ol

.

CPU --> RAM FDC --> RAM

Mode 0,0 Mode 1,0

------- mmbom b r b mm b

b

m b mpm e e

e o

e

e

= e v

RCS -

LU L&

O bR

LL .

UL

.

H .H

. o4

.

CPU <--> RAM FDC <--> RAM

Mode 0,0 Mode 1,X

-------

b -- bb e m e eb e e e e -- e m e --m oo m e meosoe

RRST-

. H L

LL .

. L L

o

Reset counter

Mode 0,0

or . Rt

3 . &

51 5

4

(Unused)

------- Pommpumtmm e

FDEN- L L . LI

or . . .

L

mm

oo

D

H .

ob me

T R L

.

. .+ L

L

-

ee e

CPU <--> RAM

CPU <--> FDC

- -

-

Mode 0,0

Hode 0,1

Legend: L = H =

Low signal. High signal.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

1 -MHZ CLK
DRQ

J__\_

--\--

CONTROLLER WRITING TO RAM _\----/__\

|

_ --_--__\L__________________

DRQD
FRD -, RWE-, RCS-

\\
f_`

MO - LOW, M1--HIGH

RS

VALID }

READ FOC WRITEIRAM

1--MHZ CLK

~J]

DRG

DRQD
FWR, RCS

DATA

\ VY

;

CONTROLLER READING RAM

J

\

\\
j_%
VALID >--_
READ RAM WRITE [FDC

MO --HIGH, M1 - HIGH 2232164

Figure 2-4

Floppy Disk Timing Diagrams

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.6.3

HWrite Precompensation

Circuit.

Using modified frequency

modulation (MPM) to write certain

double-density

data

patterns

on

magnetic

media

causes . a

"bit

shift",

requiring

disk

write

precompensation.

Compensating for the bit shift

prevents

the read

data

transitions from moving outside the detection range of the read

circuitry.

As track length shortens toward the center of

the

disk,

data

bits

are stored closer together, so the bit shift problem gets

worse.

The ideal compensation gradually adjusts the write

hardwvare

as

the

track

number

increases.

However,

a compromise solution

produces nearly the same results.

The precompensation is turned

off

while

the head

is over the outer half of the disk, then turned on

vhen the head is over the inner half of the disk.

Disk

drives

can

have either 40 or 80 tracks, so the software checks the type of drive

installed,

then determines the halfway point.

For this reason, U47

(rather than the FDC) controls the TG43 signal.

(Halfway

point

for

an 8-in diskette = TG43 - track number greater than 43.)

The write precompensation and data separator circuits are controlled

by Ui4, R17, R18, and R19 on the motherboard.

When the RDDATA-

line

(pin

11

of Ul4) is high, it forces the PU and PD- outputs from the

WD1691 to a tristate condition.

R17 adjusts

the

PUMP

line

(pins

13/14 of Uia) voltagel*o'lug vde.

R18 generates a square wave of 2.0

MHz + S.0 percent

from the

VCO (pin 16 of Ul4).

The pulsewidth

(monitored from pin 5 of Ul4) should be 750 ns, giving a write

pulse

width of 187.5 ns.

The waveform is visible only when the computer is

writing data to a diskette.

R19 controls

the write pulsewidth

through 15

a (the WD2143 IC),

determining

the amount

of

precompensating

bit

shift.

The

precompensation

pulsewidth

(monitored

from pin -1 of ULS during a

write operation) should be set to approximately 200 ns.

The FDC signals EARLY and LATE control the direction

of bit

shift.

These

signals

cause

WD1691 to select the appropriate tap along the

WD2143 (adjustable delay line) for the bit pattern being written.

If

precompensation is not needed

on outer

tracks,

the

TG43

signal

inhibits the precompensation process.

Because

single-density

frequency

modulation (FM) encoded data does

not

reguire

precompensation,

the

FD1631

also

disables

the

precompensation

when

the double-density

enable

signal {DDEN-) is

inactive (high).

2.4.6.4

Data Separator.

The

data

separator

1is composed

of two

parts:

clock

recovery

and

separation of the data from the clock.

The actual separation of data from clock signals takes place

in

the

FD1793-02 FDC.

The HWD1651 contains the digital circuits necessary to

implement

a phase-locked loop (PLL), the VCO is a 74LSé28 chip, and

external components

provide

the

1loop

filter.

The

one-shot

U2¢

shortens and stabilizes the pulsewidth of the incoming read pulses so

that the PLL and data recovery operations operate properly during the

lockup interval.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

TrtthhheeeelathfiiaPogLlnLhls-iohnrgipproelvodwiwgidetehpsuolftsreaathnesofictoRinDtotDhneAisTnAuR-oCuiLnsKsitghsenicagllnoiacnlkc.sohmoiu1nllgdockedbdeatan.eian rlaFyorspectcheiinsftiecrseydsptheams,oen

When train

the

PLL

is adjusted correctly,

in a frequency range from 217 kHz

it locks to an incoming pulse

to 294 kHz

(+ 15 percent)

within to the

150 us.

The

RDDATA- input

pulses should be (P9 pin 30), and

low-going, 2 us maximum applied the DDEN- line must be low.

Because of governs the regulator

the analog nature of the

power-supply voltage to

prevents

digital noise

PLL circuits, a the VCO and the on the 5-V supply

linear

regulator

loop filter.

The

from interfering

wvith the PLL operation.

The data separator works

density (MFM) data.

The

with either single-density (FM)

or double-

choice is controlled by the DDEN- line.

2.4.6.5 through cables diskette driven drivers pullup

brcyoea nsfniodDstersrheicteirstovikreeesecsstao,ttcnhehetaorfreoaclnocDldnrobesitnuhrvrnfaPeoerf1e3lced(rtlesoIexrnrcc.tobeeneprntattfewnoacedcteTesfnthoh.ererettchhdrteeerheTeiihcvveeeeteiwxS.rvoItsdeDe.ir1rssc-nkoPae9nltnwsteiiLcectgoodthnnwroani-rdlveirs)tecmi.hstpve.seeihsdraavntehAccteleoelmrmmsiuiensnnptiriaaegictrrnbainaabtnatloelgesn

oloCs3tnniiho4enda-neetpnpieinnc,dc(taaiaonsns1rd0kceavbteriP(t9edadew-lrmeleiodidvudnegnrtetiebcevyro0def)mc.amaoconneiinnsunesssWciehtdrtea1w)enolli.rlitsneheodtsnhelTa(yhoiinnes3sexy4ocns-teethcdfpeeoortmrindvdrseuiyuecvsnapetitcisotnhehrmoius3cl2huordfaniisbi(tsbbsn,ioeisstndth)eeas.mltoclruaesanbeddptll,iTpeeeshdeckedtre)etthottnahfeteosirshtohheuaSadslslEredwLillaevEectyeCfwtbssTtoe
terminated at the drive.

If another drive is installed internally,

SELECT

on pin

12

(drive

1) with only

With two drives installed, the terminating

on the right-hand drive (drive 1) only.

it should the select
resistor

be strapped

for

line terminated.

must be installed

NOTE

The

floppy

disk

controller

and

individual

diskette

drive logic signals assign drives using

the convention of:

DRIVE 0, DRIVE

and

DRIVE

3 (for

a four-drive

1,

DRIVE

2,

system).

The

diagnostics diskette uses the convention:

DRIVE

1, DRIVE 2, DRIVE 3, and DRIVE 4 for a four-drive

system.

Operating

systems

may use yet another

convention, such as DRIVE A, DRIVE

B,

DRIVE

C,

and

DRIVE

©D.

Be sure to use the correct drive

designator.

2-31

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Connector P13 interfaces with a 40-vire ribbon cable ending in a 37-

pPin, D-type connector.

The user mounts the mate to this connector on

the back panel of the system unit chassis.

When external drives are

installed, all lines used must terminate at the external drive.

»

-

All diskette drives must be of the same type.

That is, all must

be

either

320K-byte

drives (double-sided, 48 tracks per inch [tpi]) or

all must be 640K-byte drives (double-sided, 96 tpi).

A jumper

from

E1Ll

to E2 selects

320K-byte drives; a jumper from E3 to E4 selects

640K-byte drives.

The absence of a jumper selects 160K-byte

drives.

A jumper can be on either Ei1-E2 or E3-E4, but not both.

The

diskette

drives

do

operation.

However,

if

solenoids, they should be

not need head-load

solencids for proper

the drives

are

equipped

with

head-load

strapped for head load with the motor on.

The

signals STEP, DIRC, HG, and WDOUT are buffered by the 74LS244 in

order to drive the two standard 7416 loads.

This buffer is necessary

because the FD1793-02 and the HWD1i691i can drive

only

one

TTL

load.

The

input

signals

KWRITEPROT-,

INDEX-,

TRKOO-,

and RDDATA- are

buffered by the 74L3S244, providing more static

protection

than

the

MOS-device inputs, and a small amount of hysteresis.

To install external diskette drives, a short cable assembly links the

motherboard connector P13 with a 37-pin, d-type connector on the back

of

the

system unit chassis.

Section 5 contains the wiring assembly

diagrams for

this

cable.

external power source.)

(External

diskette

drives

regquire

an

2

Table 2-10 gives the pin-outs for the internal diskette drive

connector on the motherboard.

Table 2-11 gives the pin-outs for

the

external

diskette

drive

connector

on the motherboard.

D-type

connector pin numbers are given in parentheses.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-10

Internal Diskette Drive Connector Pin-Out

|] 24

| 23

| KRITE GATE~ | System | Enables writing to drive]

|

}

|

i

| when iignal is low

|

- P ------- L R

e P m - ---- e

m e eeme

c e, c----------- +

| 26

| 25

| TRACK 00-

| Drive

| 1Indicates head is over

|

|
]
R

§

|

i

| track 00 when signal

|

}

|

]

] is low

]

tm------------ mmmmm--me -- -- = bmmmme-- e m e e

e, e e

+

| 28

i 27

| HWRITE PROT- | Drive

| Indicates diskette

}

§

|

|

f

{ i3 write-protected

§

Fmm------ o ------ Fmmm e m m m

- d o m e m e, s cn et e -- e --

e +

] 30

| 29

| READ DATA-

| Drive

| Serial data from drive

|

b

P

tmmmm e mm

mmmm-------- e

- - +*

| 32

| 31

| SIDE 1-

| system | sSide select (0,1 =

{

J

1

-e o

|

|

|

---- e mmm--= mmem -------- e

high, low) r e, e e e e m e

1
------- +

| 3 4 B { 3 3U |

--

| NC

}

--

|

e

fm-------m tPmm e -- e -- e

Pmm

- ----

e, e, e e

e _,_,--, - ---------------- +

* NC = Not connected.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-11

External Diskette Drive Connector Pin-Out

B

P --------- Prrmcmec--r--------- -

- ----

|signal|Return| Signal Name | Source |

e -------- R

bt e - Pmm-- - Pt

b 2 (1)) 1(20))

--

I NCx

|

b ------ o --------e Fmm--mree e

e rme o P

I 4 (2)1 3(21)4

S

I Nc

|

R

- e

m- P

---- P

I & (3)] s(22)]

s

| K¢

)

---------- b -------- e

b mem---- P

I 8 (4)) 7(23)]

=

I NC

|

m------------

- e ccc s e e b

P

110 (S)| 9(24)}

s

| NC

|

P

---- o m---- Pem - --m --------- _---- e --m--

- ---- -
Function

------------ - - - ------ *
|

e

r e r e, e~ -- . ---------- +*

--
e m e et

|
e ------ - +

=

I

e e

--, e -- e e . ---------------- +

--
e, et e e

|

e

= - +

as

r e

s se

)
------ - +

E

|

e e e e e e r et e

- +

{12 (6))11(25S)}

INDEX-

| Drive

| 1Indicates index hole

|

R

R

D R

mmm---------- Le

e *

fr14 (7)§13(26)| MOTOR

3~

| System | Drive motor 3 enable

|

Prmmwo-

oo wm- P

- mm--m---------- P

e rrcrr e r e

-- .. -------------- +

16 (8))115(27)} SELECT 4-~

| System | Drive select 4

|

mr -

o -------- P mmm e ------------

e -------- b, e e ------,r --,--,---------------- +

{18 (9)}17(28)) SELECT 3-

{ System | Drive select 3

|

O

R

btrcmc e rc m ec e

ma - P c e mr e c e c e c e e m-- . ------------ +

{20(10)}19(29)| MOTOR

4-

j System | Drive motor 4 enable

{

mm-------- m---------- e

me re

-~ P mm-------- P

e,

e --

- ---------------- +*

122(11))21(30)] DIRECTION-

| System | Step IN/OUT direction

|

e

e ------ R

e cmm--- e

e e

e *

|24(12))123(31)}
m---------- ----------

STEP-
e m e e

| System |
oo - P

Step IN/OUT command

mrm e, e

et m e

r e

--

|
- = +

§26(13))25(32)| WRITE DATA- | System |

- e m--mm Pomrm - ---n ------ Pmm

e ------ P

Serial_data to drive

|

e ee e e e=

- +

{28(14)}27(33)| WRITE GATE- | System | Enables write when low

|

e ------ mm-------- e

----------

- - Pmmmmm----------

e

e -- e -- . --------------- +

|30(1S)|29(34)| TRACK 00-

| Drive

| 1Indicates head is over

|

}

}

|

{

| track 00 when low

|

------------ tm---------- mmm

e e bmmmmm - P

e e m s cee e

+

|132(16)[31(35)| WRITE PROT- | Drive

| Indicates diskette

{

|

|

|

|

{ is write-protected

|

Frmm - R

brmmem , m ----m ------ P ------------ P

rcmr e r e e r e

e --c e e - oo---- -

§134(17)|33(36)| READ DATA~-

| Drive

|

m------------ b

Pmm e

--

e -- e cmm--- Pm

Serial

data from drive

|

e e, e -------- - +

|36(18))35(37)| SIDE 1-

| System | Side select (0 = high)

|

e

-

Frmr

e -- e ------- Frm--mmm-- P

e, e e

s

e e m e --------- +*

13s(19)}37

- ------ R

|40

|39

|

X3

o mm e rr e .-

|

--

| NC

]

e ---------- P

{ NC

|

£=

§

m e --,--------- ~ -- ----- -- +

N

|

b

Pm - bmmm e

R

et

st

e r e, -- e m e -- == *

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.6.6

Diskette Drive.

The

is equipped with one S 1/4-in,

self-contained

unit

consists

Texas Instruments Professional Computer

double-sided,

diskette

drive.

The

of a spindle drive, a head positioner,

and a read-write-erase system.

Plastic slot. things begins,

guides help to position

the diskette

inside

the diskette

After you insert the diskette and close the access door, three

happen:

the diskette clamps to the drive hub; a 500-ms delay

and the servo-controlled drive motor starts.

The head positioner is a 4-phase stepper-motor and band assembly with

some related electronics. to cause a one-track linear
diskette.

It moves the head movement) to the
]

(using one-step

proper

track

rotation

of

the

The following sensor systems are built into the unit.

* The

track

00 sensor.

This

switch

head/carriage system is at track 00.

determines

that the

* The index sensor.

HWhen the phototransistor

sees

the LED

light source through an index hole, it sends out a signal,

* The

write-protect

sensor.

When this switch finds a write-

protect head.

tab applied

to a diskette,

it

disadbles

the write

The

diskette

drive

reads

and

write operation records a 0.33-mm

writes (0.013

digital dat; using

in)

data

track,

MFM. which

The is

later

tunnel-erased

to

0.30

mm

(0.012

in). .The track-to- track

access time is 6 mes.

The drive speed is 300 rpm.

Table 2-12 gives the specifications for the diskette drive.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-12

Diskette Drive Specifications

Physical Dimensions:
Height Width Depth Height

85.85 mm (3.38 in)
143.10 mm (S.87 in) 203,20 mm (8.00 in) 2.04 kg (4.50 1b)

Environmental Parameters:

Temperature

Operating

o

o

10

C to

40

C

o

o

(S0 F to 104 F)

Relative Humidity o
(@ 40 F wet-buld temperature,
no condensation

20 % to 80 %

Altitude

Mean sea level to 10 000 £t

Power Requirements

Voltage

+S vde

(+/- 0.25 V)

+12 Vde

(+«/- 0.6 V)

Current 600 mA
800 mA

Storage

o

o

-40

C to

65

¢C

o

°

(-40 F to 149 F)

S % to 55 %
¢ Mean sea level to 45 000 ft
-

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.7

CRT Controller Board

The CRT controller board drives either a monochrome analog or a color

TTL display and makes the Texas Instruments Professional

Computer

a

complete alphanumeric and raster graphics system.

As

a stand-alone

option, the controller board provides one page of

high-resolution (80 columns x 25 lines) alphanumeric

display.

This

board

also supports the optional graphics video controller piggyback

board, which is described in Section 3.

The

system makes

no physical

distinction

between

color

and

monochrome;

the board

supports

output

in either eight-level gray

scale or eight-color RGB (red, green, blue).

Color is determined

by

the monitor

wused.

Refer

to Section 6, drawing 2223011, for logic

diagrams.

Figure 2-5 is a block diagram of the alphanumeric CRT controller board.

Table 2-13 lists the video ac parameters.

Figure 2-6 shows the timing diagram for the Alphanumerics State Machine PAL.

Figure 2-S Alphanumeric CRT Controller Board Block Diagram 2-38

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2

21901

LdNYHILNI

via SNINWOIILLYYYYLHI)BYYGNY183100NdD14D

»IUF(;_

1DW33INLNSOADS

INHO3LHUHIAAINOONDOW

N3I9 UVHI

=

NOL4L03JO

--

Q3AH3S3Y

0109
SH1ON0LDI03N0NIGAD

3LN2B1I9H0L1 LY

.
Sv1OvIaHIV1Y0D0

LI3NNOD SIIHJVHO

SIHOLVIONAS
MOY 10a

SN8 v.v3 18D

«mwuuj

EEE

L93NNOB

SJIHJVHO

V1vQ HILIVYVYHD
ViVGIINBHLLY

Wvy
SNG HOLV131N8IBLLY
8732

1W033LNSNAOSD

HOLYY

¥L1Y

W
JINBIYLLY
8X#NZ
$3HAQY HS3H43Y

ISIW ANV MOY 100 | 40y, oo
MMW
e le==ZZX2il

0

S1O2I3HNJNVOYDO

$Ng SS3Y

---

LIINNOD WALSAS

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

'
SYSTEM

HARDWARE

Ref* Parameter

Table 2-13 Video AC Parameters

Value

Valuexx

Tolerance

A

Video dot freguency

B

Video dot pulsewidth

c

Character block

horizontal

D

Character block

vertical

E

Number of character

lines

;

F

Characters/character

line

G

Number of active

scan lines

H

Total scan lines

J

Vertical sync width

K

Vsync front porch

L

Vsync back porch

M

Vertical blanking

interval

il N

Active vertical

display time

Total vertical time

Q

Vertical rate

R

Hsync- width

s

Hsync front porch

T

Hsync back porch

u

Horizontal blanking

interval

v

Active horizontal

display time

W

Total horizontal time

X

Horizontal rate

18.000 MH=z $5.55 ns
9 dots 12 dots 2S rows 80 columns 300 320
0.156 ms 0 ms 0.884 ms 1.040 ms 15.60 ms 16.63 ms
60.10 Hz
4.50 us
2,00 us 5.50 us 12.00 us 39.99 us $1.98 us 19231 Hz

oo

1%

S

1%

--

--

14 scan lines

--

-

-~

-

-

350

S

385

SIS

0.156 ms

1B

0 ms

1Ry

1.664 ms

1%

1.82 ms

1IB%

18.20 ms

20.02 ms

49 .95 Hz

.

--

-

5

1% 1%
+ 2 Hz
1%
13 19

o

1IR%

--

19

S

1P%

S

100 Hz

* Letters refer to areas on the timing diagram in the next figure.
** These values reflect the vertical timing adjustments for SO0-Hz refresh.

CAUTION

S0-Hz operation can be used only

in

run

on

S0-Hz

1line

frequency.

operation in any

other

area

can

computer.

To select SO0-Hz operation,

ES-E6 on the motherboard.

areas Using damage
jumper

that SO-Hz
your pins

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEN HARDWARE

e

210 21N `91N ONY HYHLSIOIY LIIHS 40 LNO 13XId LSHI,

¥s avo1

$SIIIV WYty

£ZN 40 100 TAXId 1513
651 40 110 13X14 15H1
|

e §5300V WO am

.

L

stn'sin | IvaAv ssagaay

TFHILVIVLYVD|

OHVHD

Ll|fl| . ||u

g

'

'

'

'

1

'

1

i

\
1

77 | --

1 =

1

'

A

H\

| 'V |TCb | __vHv| HD | |1 U|.  uH vH) B0V Qvas

'
1
3 s _CHYHO

t
1
|

v

T

1T 1 1 7T1

- L 9vHD

1

'

'

t

VIhaMm_T L O0EYHD |

S

1

)

!

'

B ¥ o R

4

'

'

3

)

'

s

'

'

i

'

:

b

T T

'

+

1

.

et

I

!

!

.

|

1

)

3

'

Tt T T T

r i --r ] rf: r0-- +_ @ --

'

--

'

L

'

1

'

1

'

'

1

'

)

)

.

) ey

1

|

'

|

|

'

)

'

'

--

'

e nuT l.|.u. ll|.f1

:

'

!

g

!

!

!

' v

e s

!
1

T = . t ' '

i)A --J i T --

Y '

hNsa3auuadasy

L 0 b

e''

--

v

!

--r

T

1

! T

1

g

T T
!

---

_

'
1

T

e

I

|

N 1

I

%

!TL

I3'

T 1

1
i

--------a-- 31 ----

L ]

\!--

!

1

.A' T,F

S e t1

)
T '
) 7
!
)
At1

1

T 1

' X

--

I

eN'' L

0 -
v |
1 :
!
1
-- T

L

"e 1

wNGS333uW4do3smLyoata|b n LQvaL unoawoss

gh|yo

L
wNS3awWdIaSw

U )!' L

L |Yo HNU Sa3IOwnsSmal||aLnLvomsN3Lses'oL 1' HSIUIUNLIINIS L

--
L
L

3LEM ILNEINLLY

304
10
1v0ndd
1vaivl
1VOuHD
vy
uwwvm
o
v
~ N3V
-300
=3IMD
-3
] ~wms 2sLY
. fn3g
o)um
-0
so2yx a3LxvLS

Figure 2-6 Alphanumerics State Machine Timing Diagram 2-40

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

The CRT controller paragraphs include:

board

features

described

in the

following

Display characteristics

* o

Character attributes

Character sets

Cursor

Scrolling

Video connector

CRT controller IC

CRT screen/CPU arbjitration logic

CRT address decode logic

Character sets and attribute logic

* CRT interrupt logic

* Diagnostic loopback

2.4.7.1 follows:

Display Characteristics.

&
The display characteristics are as
TM

* A 7 x 9 character in a 9 x 12 image cell

* Twenty-five lines of 80 characters

* A resolution vertically

of 720

pixels

horizontally

x 300

pixels

* A horizontal scan rate of 19 200 lines per second * A vertical scan rate of 60 (50 frames per second) * A dot rate of 18.0000 MHZz

NOTE

The horizontal

scan

rate

is

an

important

consideration.

Many monitors

available

today

have a horizontal scan rate of

15 750.

Oonly

monitor

having

a horizontal scan rate of 19 200

lines per

second

can

operate

with

the

Texas

Instruments Professional Computer,

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.7.2

Character

Attridutes.

organized as 2K bytes x 16 bits.

information.

The second 9 bits

character basis:

The

controller's

video memory is

The first 8 bits

convey

character

select the following attributes on a

* Bit 0, intensity level 1 (blue)

* Bit 1, intensity level 2 (red)

* Bit 2, intensity level 4 (green)

* Bit 3, character enable

* Bit 4, reverse

* Bit S, underline

* Bit 6, blink

* Bit 7, alternate character set

NOTE

The three intensity bits (bit 0 through

bit

2)

determine

the gray scale intensity level and. the

RGB outputs for .color.

Thus,

hi/norm

video in

monochrome is handled by a one-of-eight intensity

select instead of a high-intensity bit.

~

To access

the attributes, the software writes

into an attribute latch.

The attribute value is

character each time that character is written to

screen read is dons).

the attribute values

then assigned to the

the screen (until

a

When

any

character on

to the attribute latch.

latch read operation.

the screen is read, its attributes These values are then read by a

are copied subsequent

Handling

the attributes by

(moving data from one screen

their attributes.

this area

method ensures that, in block moves

to another), the characters

retain

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.7.3

Character

Sets.

The

video

<controller

contains

a 4K

character generator ROM, which contributes 256 characters.

Use

the

socket

provided

character set to

to add an optional 2K or 4K the maximum Si2 characters.

ROM/EPROM and expand the Attribute bit 7 selects

the expanded character set.

Refer
ROM.

to subparagrahph

2.4.8.4

for more

information

on the

character

2.4.7.4

Cursor.

Programming can change the cursor appearance.

The

possibilities include blinking, non-blinking,

block,

underline

and

reverse-video.

Hardware

set

of registers

in

software can position the

handles the cursor display through a special

the

controller.

Using these registers, the

cursor anywhere on the screen (or

off

the

screen if no visible cursor is desired).

2.4.7.5

Scrolling.

The hardvare maintains

that supports character

1line scrolling

in

software

determines the need for a scroll,

a screen start register

four

directions.

The

then changes the value of

this register by one line.

The screen appears to jump by one

line.

The

scrolling operation always affects all of the screen.

possible to scroll one region without affecting another.

It is not

Because the controller contains

only

2K

bytes

scrolling

results

in a "wrap";

the original

of screen memory, top line of screen

contents moves to the bottom of the screen.

Therefore, the

softvare

must

clear the top line

up (or -down) operation.

operation, the 2K bytes

space.

of the screen (or bottom) before the

To simplify programming of the

1line

of memory is phantomed over a 4K-byte

scrollclear
address

Status lines must be implemented

operations,

the status line must

before writing.

The screen start

memory correspondence.

in software.

That is, during scroll

be moved to its new memory position

register

changes

the

screen-to-

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.7.6

Video

Connector.

The video connector located on the

.edge of the PWB is a standard, 9-pin, female, D-type connector.

connector is for a color display unit.

The signals available on

connector are given in Table 2-1i4.

All signals are at

standard

levels.

rear This this
TTL

Table 2-14 Color Video Connector Pin-Out

`-v s

VWONOALEWON-

Function
Ground Logic ground Red video Green video Blue video Logic ground NC (no connection) Horizontal drive (NEGATIVE TRUE) Vertical drive (POSITIVE TRUE)

The

other

video

connector, on the lower rear edge of the

standard RCA phono jack.

This connector is for a monochrome

The signal avajilable at this connector is a composite type,

to-peak, 7S-ohm load.
a

PWB, is a display.
1 V peak-

2.4.8

CRT Controller IC

The CRTC IC (6S545A-1) contains the logic for:

* Generating the horizontal and vertical synchronizing signals

* Blanking display during retrace

* Addressing screen memory during screen refresh

% Cursor coincidence

* Starting screen display registers for use in scrolling

The CRTC contains eighteen registers that must be appropriately

set

before

board

operation

begins.

To access these registers, the CPU

first writes the address of the register to be accessed into the CRTC

address register.

Then information can be written to that

register.

When

writing

to or reading

from

(where

appropriate)

the data

register, the information is accessebdy the address latched

in

the

address register.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table

2-15S

shows

how to program these registers, using the

chip select

(CS),

register

select

(RS),

and

read/write

Assume the following conditions:

signals (R/W-).

* A character rate (SWM-) of 2.0 MHz

* 12 lines per character block

* 25 rows on the display

t 24 character times of horizontal blanking (12.0 us)

* 20 line times of vertical blanking (1.04 ms)

For more detailed programming information, refer to The Synercom Data

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-15 CRTC Programming Values

Signal Name

Register Address

cCsS- RS

R/K-

H

X

X

-

L

L

L

=

L

L

H

==

L

H

L

0o

L

H

L

1

L

H

L

2

L

H

L

3

L

H

L

4

L

H

L

S

L

H

L

6

L

H

L

7

L

H

L

8

L

H

L

8

L

H

L

10

L

H

L

11

L

H

L

12

L

H

L

13

L

H

X

14

L

H

X

1S

L

H

H

16

L

H

H

17

Legend H = L = X =

High signal. Low signal. Don't care.

Register Name

Refresh Rate Value

60 Hz

SO Hz

No register selected

-

Set address register

-

Set status register

Cs

Horizontal total characters

minus one

103

Horizontal displayed

characters

80

Horizontal sync position

84

VSYNC width, HSYNC width

39H

Vertical total rows minus 1

24

Vertical adjust lines

20

Vertical displayed rows

2S

Vertical sync position

2S

Mode control

OOH

Scan lines per row minus 1

11

Cursor start line and BLINK

40H

Cursor end line

11

Display start address high

O0H

Display start address low

OCH

Cursor position address high

O0H

Cursor position address low _

OCH

Light pen position address high

--

Light pen position address low

-

--- --
103
80 84 S9H 31 o0 2S 28 00H 11 40H 11 OO0H CO0H OO0H COH -

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.8.1

CRT

Screen/CPU

Arbitration

Logic

Subsystenm.

The CRT

controller arbitration logic gives the programmer free

access

to the

CRT display.

There

is

1little

overhead

time caused by arbitration

conflicts, because the refresh memory and its control logic

allow

two

complete

memory cycles between esach character displayed on the screen.

One cycle accesses the character for display; the CPU

uses

the other

cycle for read or write operations.

Therefore, the CPU waits less than

tvo

display-character

times

for memory access.

Because a character

time is 500.8 ns and the CPU clock is 200 ns, a synchronization

delay

can occur.

The total time for a worst-case CPU access is 1.0 us.

The

usual access time is 600 ns (3 to O wait states).

The logic that generates this arbitration

scheme

includes

a counter

(which

also

counts

the

internal registers and gets

alphanumerics state machine

nine

dots

per character), a PAL (which has

feedback from the outputs),

and

a small

(vhich provides RAM buffer control, control

outputs

for

the RAM,

and

the vait state control for the CPU).

The

counter uses cycle of the

inputs to the PAL to identify the

state machine.

The internal PAL

state within the display

registers

define

other

states

used

during

the CPU read and write cycles.

cycle type being executed, the PAL uses

the

inputs

(character select), and ATSEL-(attribute select).

To define the CPU

RD-,

WR-,

CSEL-

The outputs from the PAL are:

* COE-, the RAM output enable

* CHE-, the RA{{ vrite enable

* AEN-, the attribute bus buffer enable

* AOE-~, the attribute latch output enable

* ACK-, the attribute latch clock

* MIE-, the character bus input buffer enable

* SHM-,

the. signal

that

from the CRTC to the CPU

switches the RAM address multiplexer

* HWAIT-, the CPU wait control line

The

counter

(U24,

8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,0,

a

74LS163)

and repeat.

goes

through

states

aRLwdAaahvMttiaaccihhlafibsoUlr1ec0loatchvfikesarsoimlCiaPnbUclttlhheeeu)udnetRadiAtilMst.rbiertbchaueatTtuhheseeeerndloausttthohcepfohu,rt wttvh.iecinsldooCwcTPehkUinssa{bwrlhelteeaahdnditschrocenylatcacdoltaecp.htdtuahretweahseTlnhofecraaonrlmdeaAdChbtKuohselddastvb1ayliidnteehoi,esa combination of CSEL- and RD-.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

The CRT arbitration PAL programming is given in Table

2-16.

In the

"comment" column, the states generated by the AND of inputs are listed

according to the counter state number.

When the logical AND

of

terms

from one row is ORed with the AND of terms from another row, the output

goes low when the result is true.

Refer

to Figure

2-6 for an illustration of the timing produced for

typical cycles by the alphanumerics state machine.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-16

Alphanumerics State Machine PAL

Input

X3

RD-

SHMUX

AEN~

X2

WR-

MIE-

ACK-

X4

CSEL~

CWE~

AOE-

Output

LD-

ATSEL-

COE-

HWAIT~

Comment

------ Rl Ak Bl e e

i Ak

e

P

ELLIRY ool

g

O Nl S

T ISR

% 8 86 .

4 5.0 LD S

0 & o

$8,9,10,11,12 X4 delayed All other terms

------ Rt e e e e el el e e e e R

e

el

Uy

MIE- ST LULEHIE. S LY LR

Ly

OF . - . e . I .I R

R LT

el

s

O

Il

i AR E R

S9 RAM write begins S10,11,12 RAM write All other terms

continues

------ e

o At

CHE L, Ly LUH S Y Ly LR A

T e

e -
Aem LWL

L

T

e ee

e e

S9 RAM write begins

.

OrRHALBL & H G

ONSLEHU LY H RIS

or

n

% 's

------ ot et

P

COE-

d o Ll 579

or ., L L HL

LT LEFRRCETE L

BT S

LS L= [0S LS

65H' o b d 6

b &

bt bbb e b e et b

SR

. R R

LT T

IS

s o6
b be
ey DS L

S10 RAM write continues

S11 RAM write continues

All other terms inactive

e cm et cmm e --cacccm e mm . ----

S13,14,15,0 screen £9,10 RAM read

refresh

e e

o LEF ori
------

SR

L

L

UENHEL

e

gio oo % o g g

TN

eI

S10,11,12 RAM read continues All other: terms inactive

o-0-o-o-¢-0--0-¢-0-¢-¢-¢-~--+-¢-«------------------~--1---------------------

AEN- L LLH.LL

5 d b 6 obh ik

OnMS -

<l TR

E, SR e

(7 a3t

iy o

e sig a8 4 0

'ty

S9 RAM write begins
S$10,11,12 RAM write $9,10 RAM read

continues

ONEF W HELBH L VI S

SR

SE 1

e

$11,12 RAM read

O LR URCIRH N L BT U

S TR S

A ---C ---KP =t SNLeH Bt EePH bStH Se bCb Ybet H r Neb b

e

All other terms

m e cctmc

e e m

S12 RAM read

inactive

e e

me e

e

(P 5l o« 5 d 1%

LAt

B

|-

(X o o808 5 5 o

o

T

Write attribute All other terms

latch inactive

------------ 0-0--0-0-0-0--#-#-0-#-0-~--0-¢-0--§-------------------------------------~---

AOE R L LT LHLIE N LA LR T

S HiL

S8 RAM write

I Cle O VUl ©
------
LENEES
Or (XY

o0' @ B gid M nima 48 46

K

g 1B & odb% & Ul 8 Bl o 18 R 555

S N S LW

TR

ST e L

Ol

W TL

LR

TeT Y L

P

b bt e b e b b b

b mbm

67674 8 0 BB 6

6 an e o 5.4

L. WE. SRS L

LY

R 1)L

a0 81V 0 'S 9,00 g 0 g

oo B

SS9 till not write

Read attribute latch

S13 till not read

S13 till not read

e e e e ee

eee e

RAM write before S9

RAM read before S9

All other terms inactive

m e

------ 0-0-0--0-0-0-0-&--0-0-o-v-¢~§-¢-¢-----------------------------~-------~-

Legend:

L = Low signal.

H = High signal.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDHARE

2.4.8.2

CRT Address

Decode lLogic.

The CRT controller board handles

both alphanumeric- and graphics- address decode for the CRT subsystem.

All

of

the

screen

data

is mapped into the processor memory address

space including the assorted latches and I1/0 ports.

The decoding is done with three 74L820, and a 74LS1SS decoder.

ICs:

a HALiIOL8

The PAL produces

PAL,

one-half

of a

the following signals:

* ZBEN-, the master expansion bus buffer enable

* XBEN-, the secondary bus buffer enable

* RD-, a decoded and buffered read control

%+ WR-, a buffered and decoded write control

* GSEL-, the graphics screen memory select

* CSEL-, the alphanumerics screen memory select

* CR/AT-,

selects

one half of the 74LS1iS55 (which decodes the

CRTC and the attribute latch)

* XSEL-, selects the other half of the

74LS15SS

(which

decodes

the graphics latch and the miscellaneous input buffer)

The XBEN- signal develops an enable

delaying

the

signal that provides

the 6545a-1 CRTC.

The CRTE

(CRT

greater than 266 ns, satisfying the

setup and hold times are easily met.

clock for the CRTC by inverting and

the required setup time {90 ns) for

enable)

signal

has

a pulsewvidth

requirement of the CRTC.

The other

The 74LS155 decodes the following signals:

* ATSEL~, the attribute latch select

% CRTSEL-, the CRTC chip select

* LAT-

LAT-

combines

with H®HR- and clocks

the interrupt enable and screen

enable latches.

The other

half

of

the

74LS15S5

decodes

the

three

graphics

board latches and the buffer enable for miscellaneous inputs.

The address space that each of these devices occupies is given in Table

2-17.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEHM HARDWARE

The red, blue, and green outputs are buffered by a 74LS244 before being

sent to the 9-pin connector.

The color outputs and composite sync

are

buffered

by a 74S00,

which

has an isolated power supply.

They are

combined by a resistor network and buffered by a transistor to make

up

the

composite video output.

The mapping of colors to intensity in the

composite video output is given in Table 2-19,

Table 2-19

Color Map

Code

Composite
oo
001 010
11 100 101 110 111

sync

Color
Black Blue Red Magenta Green Cyan Brown White

Composite Video Output (in Volts)
0.47 0.70 0.88 0.97 1.07 i1.10 1.28 1.37 1.47

To blank the alphanumerics display to black, set the CRT ENABLE bit

in

the miscellaneocus output latch to low.

The board enters this state on

pover-up.

<

2.4.8.7 contains

CRT Interrupt

Logic

a logic

subsystem

Subsystem.

The CRT

controller

board

that

allows

the CRTC

to generate an

interrupt during

the vertical

interval.

The processor

uses

this

interrupt

when

doing

scrolls

with a status line or other operations

that must be done during the vertical

blanking

interval.

To enable

this interrupt, set the interrupt enable bit in the miscellaneous latch

to high.

Vertical blanking causes the CPU nonmaskable interrupt, and

the

interrupt

pending

bit

is set.

This

Dbit

is

read

from

the

miscellaneous buffer.

To reset the interrupt, set the interrupt enable

bit to low.

2.4.9.8

Diagnostic

Loopback.

One diagnostic requires

color outputs be looped back to the miscellaneous input

the

CPU can

read them.

Using a program with careful

vertical interval, the CPU can check the action of

the

and the graphics board palette circuits.

that the three

buffer so

that

timing from the

atribute

bits

2.5 EXPANSION BUS

The bus.
the

other

logical

function

area of the motherboard

It provides space for the different option boards

Texas Instruments Professional Computer.

is the expansion

available

for

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.4.8.5 Attribute Interaction.

The attributes available

the character

display

can be used

in any of

the

combinations.

The

following

paragraphs

explain

what

several attributes are active at once.

for use with

128 possible

happens

when

The attributes

have a priority

in

their

priority attributes affect all attributes that

The order of priority is as follows.

effects, and the highest have a lower priority.

Highest Lowest

Color attributes Reverse video and Character enable Blink Underline

- red, cursor

blue,

green

For example,

when

the wunderline and blink attributes are set, both

character and underline blink.

When the character

enable

is set

to

disable,

no character,

underline,

or blinking activity is present.

When reverse video and dlink are set, the character goes

on and

off,

the background

is lighted,

and the foreground is dark and blinking.

When the character enable is set to disable and reverse video

is set,

the entire cell is lighted (according to the color attributes).

The <color attributes define the characteristics of the "light" éortion

of the character, that is, either the color (when a color monitor

is

used) or the intensity (vhen & monochrome monitor is used).

When

the

graphics board is used

board, the graphics screen "shows

alphanumeric character display.

with the through"

alphanumerics CRT controller

the "dark"

portion

of

the

n

2.4.8.6

Attribute

Hardware.

The attribute

logic design is of the

"pipeline" type because the activity of the attributes must occur

with

dot-~timing precision (within 5SS ns).

To get data from a latch, through

several

levels of logic, and set up into the next latch, some SCHOTTKY

logic is used.

The attribute data from

the RAM 1latches

is latched

again

by

two 74S17Ss

(Ul16, Ul7).

This latching allows for the one-

character delay through the character ROM and

provides

tightly

timed

outputs

to

the logic.

The cursor (CUR) and display enable (DE) lines

are also

delayed

twice

to Xeep

them

synchronous

with

the

other

information (U1s).

Propagation delay through the logic can cause timing skews greater than

a dot

time, so the outputs of the first logic level are relatched one

dot-time later.

After going through the second logic level (MUX U20),

the

outputs

are

latched

again for presentation to the video outputs

(U39 748174).

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Two encoding examples are showvn in Figure 2-8

Example 1 character, and binary

is

the

letter

=Bty

Example 2,

meaningless

graphic

illustrates

some

specific applications.

Both hexadecimal

encoding are shown beside each character.

Example 1:

Example 1:
Dot Count 987654321

Bit Count 76543210 Hexadecimal
888FBBBBBBFF070FFFFFFFFFHHHHHHHHHHHH

Example 2: 67H A6H C5H E3H E7H 00H 6DH 92H CDH E8H F7H F7H

Binary 1 10000000 10111111 1011 101 10000111 10111111 10111111 10111111 10000000 1M1 1111111
0110011 10100110 11000101 11100011 11100111 00000000 01101101 10010010 11001101 11101011 11110111 1111011

LR oE

Notes: Column 1 and column 9 must be the same. Column 1 and column 2 must be the same if the high bit is 0. Column 8 and column S must be the same if the high bitis 0. No capability exists for a half-dot shift. Each character must have sixteen bytes; otherwise, strange characters result.
2232168

Figure 2-8 Encoding Examples

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Row RR1O RSRRRRR73264
RRRo810
Ril1(Underline)

Copied When Bit 7 is Low

e

e

b| t 6543210 I |

e

e

ij 6543210I|

n

RN .. B

B

-nEEEEER n

.........

P N

n

-

= n

n [

223216-7

Figure 2-7 Sample Character Font Definition

2.4.8.4

Generating a Character ROM.

To generate a character

ROM

(or

EPROM), assemble and link the source code, then program the device.

The source file for a character ROM is organized into 16 bytes for

of

the

256

characters (4056 bytes).

When assembled and linked,

file fits into a 4K ROM.

Each character can contain _only

12 rows

dots, and the last 4 bytes o; each character must be set to FFH.

each this
ot

Each character

on the monitor fits within a 9-column by i12-row block.

Each byte corresponds to the 9 columns within

one

row.

For regular

characters,

the first row is blank (reserved for ascenders), the last

two rows are blank (reserved

for descenders),

and

the

two outside

columns

are

wusually blank

(for intercharacter spacing).

Generally,

then, a typical character fits within a 7~column by 9-row block.

For esach character at the left.

block,

column

i is at

the right

side and column

9 is

Each byte is encoded as follows:

* Bit 0 (the low bit) is at the

right

side

of

the

character

block and bit 7 (the high bit) is at the left.

* Setting a bit to 0 means to put a dot at that location.

* Setting a bit to 1 means do not put a dot at that location.

* Setting

the high bit to 0 encodes column 1 the same as column

2 and encodes column 9 the same as column 8.

* Bit O encodes column 2; bit 1 encodes column 3; and so on.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-18 Alphanumeric Decoding PAL

Input

MRDC-

A1S16-

A8

Als

Al12

Output:

AMWRC- A19

Al7

Al3

All

Comment

-------

e m e et

b

mm b

b e mr e c e r e -- e m e ------

ZBEN-

L

4

S

H

H

L

e

o

S

o

or .

L

s

H

H

L

a

S

P

o

CRT space read CRT space write

------- P m b mm e

e

e m b e m b mmd mwanmm

>

e -- -- --------

XBEN-

L

.

L

H

H

L

H

H

H

H

or .

L

L

H

H

L

H

H

H

H

CRTC/ATT CRTC/ATT

read write

------- P mm b m b et

m eb eb

me mb

p o

m

- --------

RD-

L

g

o

H

H

L

s

g

o

B

or L

L

3

s

o

.

5

5

o

e

CRT space read {Inactive term)

------- Prmmb e s

m b

m b mm-- b e, m--m b m b

--m b e md m e ------ St

----

e= -

WR~

o

L

o

H

H

L

5

S

5

o

or L

L

5

o

e

g

S

S

S

e

CRT space write (Inactive term)

------- L

e

R R

R

R

R

T R PR

GSEL~

e

3

H

H

H

L

e

5

a

.

or L

L

s

5

.

i

o

a

5

S

Graphic access {Inactive term)

------- et

CSEL-

.

.

L

or L

L

o

m

be e e

e e

H

H

L

H

H

L

E

B

.

o

.

s

-

-- -

- .- -

o

Character access

0

(Inactive term)

------- D R

it ittt

e

e e L ee

CR/AT- .

o

L

H

H

L

H

H

H

H

CRTCYATT access

or L

L

o

B

a

B

5

.

5

a

(Inactive term)

------- e m-- b mm
XSEL- . L Y

or L

o

L

b mm
N I

H

H

b et e b

e be eb

£

R HR £

m b T

L

H

H

H

L

e

m---- e

Extra I/O

Extra I1/0

-- =
write
read

Legend: L = Low signal. H = High signal,.

2.4.8.3

Character

Set and Attribute Logic.

Two 74LS374s8 (Ul4, ULlS)

latch the RAM output (both character and attribute) at the end of each

screen

refresh access cycle.

This allows a full character cycle time

(S00.8 ns) to access the character ROM and EPROM and

set

up

the

dot

shift register.

The required ROM access time is 452.8 ns.

So that the

character

set can include the ability for block graphics, bit 7 out of

the ROMs indicates that the leftmost and rightmost character

dots

are

to be copied

to

the left and right character-cell border dots.

The

character ROMs should be programmed with active-low data; that is, when

a dot is to appear, the ROM should be grogrammed with a zero.

Figure 2-7 the cursor appears on only one
underline,

shows some sample characters.

The reverse video

block and

affect

the entire

9 x 12 character cell; the underline

row 11.

The descenders of lowercase

letters

should

drop

dot line below the level of the other characters so that the

cursor, and reverse video will appear in an acceptable form.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Table 2-17 CRT System Memory Map

Address

COO00-C7FFF C8000-CFFFF DOOOO-D7FFF D80CO-DDFFF

DEOOO-DE7FF DESOCO-DEFFF

BFO0CO Dbit

DF000

Dbit

DF000

Dbit

DF000 Dbit

DFOL10 DFO0O20 DF030 DFBOO

DF810 DF8i1 DFBe12 DF813

DF820 DFB20

Dbit 7?7 Dbit 6

WN e

Device

Graphics RAM Bank A Graphics RAM Bank B Graphics RAM Bank C Unusable

Active character memory Phantom character memory

Misc Misc Misc Misc

input input input input

buffer, buffer, buffer, buffer,

blue feedback, read only red feedback, read only green feedback, read only interrupt pending, read only

Graphics Graphics Graphics Attribute

blue palette latch, write only green palette latch, write only red palette latch, write only
latch

CRTC CRTC CRTC CRTC

address register, write only status register, read only registers vrite access, write only registers read access, read only

Miscellaneous Miscellaneous

output output

latch, latch,

inte;rupt enable alphanumerics screen

enable

PAL coding is given in Table 2-18.

When the logical AND of terms

from

one row is ORed with the AND of terms from another row, the output goes

low vhen the result is true.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

The

expansion

bus

interface

consists

making it easy to add memory-mapped

or

system.

The expansion bus supports devices

efficient

operation.

The system does not

hardware required by direct memory access

of five card-edge connectors,

1/0-mapped

options

to the

that require interrupts for

provide the special-purpose

(DMA) devices.

The expansion bus pin-outs are given in fable 2-20,

Table 2-20

Expansion Bus Pin-Outs

Pin
AO1L
AOD2
AO03 AO4 A0S
AO6
AO7 AO8
ACS
AiOQ ALl
AL2
AlL3
Ald
AlS
Ale
AtLt7
AL®
AlS A20 A21
A22
A23
A24
A2S
A26
A27
A28 A29
A30
A31
* MSB

Signal

NMI-

DATA 7

DATA 6

DATA S

DATA 4
DATA 3

DATA 2

DATA 1

DATA ©

WAIT-

Logic ground
ADDRESS 19 (MSB)«*
ADDRESS 18

ADDRESS 17

ADDRESS 16
ADDRESS 1S

ADDRESS 14
ADDRESS 13

ADDRESS 12

ADDRESS 11

ADDRESS 10

ADDRESS 9
ADDRESS 8
ADDRESS 7

ADDRESS &

ADDRESS S
ADDRESS 4

ADDRESS 3

ADDRESS 2

ADDRESS 1
ADDRESS o©

(LSB)*

= Most significant bit;

Pin

Signal

BC1

Ground

BO2

RESET

BO3

+S V power

BO4

IRO

(interrupt 0)

BOS

No connection

(bussed)

BO6

No connection

(bussed)

BO7?

-12 V power

Bo8

Reserved

BOS

+12 V power

BioO

Ground

Bii
B12

AMWC-
MRDC-

(memory write)
(memory read)

B13

AIOHC- (I/0 write)

Bi4

IORC-

(I1/0 read)

B1S

No connection (bussed)

B1i6

No connection (bussed)

B17

No connection (bussed)

Bis

No connection (bussed)

Bi9

No connection (bussed)

B20

PCLK

(S-MHz clock)

B21

IRG

(interrupt 6)

B22

IRS

(interrupt S)

B23
B24

IR4

(interrupt 4)

IR1

(interrupt 1)

B2S

IR2

(interrupt 2)

B26
B27

RNoFSHconn(ercetfiroenshing()bussed)

B28

ALE

(address latch)

B29

+S V powver

B30
B31

oscC

{15-MHz

Ground

clock)

LSB = Least significant bit.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDHWARE

2.5.1

Expansion Bus Signal Descriptions

* NMI-.

The nonmaskable interrupt signal can be driven

by any

of

the expansion

boards

to interrupt the system processor.

Typically, it is used to alert the processor to a parity error

in memory devices

residing

in

the

I/0 channel.

An open

collector

device

pulls this line low when it is being driven

by an expansion board.

Othervise, it is held high by a pullup

resistor.

* DATA 0-7.

These lines form the 8-bit system data bus and

can

be driven

by the processor,

memory

devices,

I1/0, or the

expansion interface.

These bidirectional

1lines are active

high.

DO is the least-significant bit, (LSB) and D7 is the

most-significant bit (MSB).

* WAIT-.

This signal indicates when a device

is holding

the

system

processor,

thereby

extending

the length of a memory

refresh or 1/0 cycle.

When a slow device is addressed on the

expansion bus, the signal asserts this line low, which extends

the cycle-completion time.

This line should never be held low

longer

than

10 processor

clock

cycles.

When driven by an

expansion board, an open collector device pulls this line low.

Otherwise, a pullup resistor helds it high.

«

* ADDRESS 0-19.

These lines form a 20-bit system

address

bus,

which

can address

up to 1 megabyte

of memory.

They are

normally driven by the system processor to address memory and

1/0 devices within the system.

(Only XAO trough XA9 are used

for 1/0 addressing.)

These lines are active high.XA0

is the

LSB and XAl9 is the MSB.

* RESET.

This line injitializes or resets system logic at power-

up

or after

a power fajilure.

It is active high.

A power-

supply monitoring device generates RESET immediately when

the

12-V

line

drops

below

11.1

V.

It returns low 3 ms after

regulation resumes.

No operator intervention is required.

* INTERRUPT 0-6.

These lines signal the processor that

an

I/0

device

requires

attention.

When

several

devices

require

service at the same time, the device

asserting

the

lowest-

numbered

1line gets

serviced

first.

These lines are active

high.

The interrupt regquest signal must be held

high until

the interrupt request has been acknowledged.

* AMHC~ (or MHRITE-).

The memory write signal is usually driven

by

the

system ubdex(AMWC-) processor.

It indicates that the

information on the data bus should be written

to the memory

address given on the address bus.

This signal is active low.

* MRDC-

(or MREAD-).

The memory read signal is driven by the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

system processor.

It

the address bus should

indicates be placed

that on

the memory the data bus.

addressed

by

This signal

is active low.

*

AIOHC-

system

by

the

or

(IOWRITE-).

The I/O write signal

processor.

It indicates that the 1/0

address

bus

should accept the data

is driven by the
device addressed
on the data bus.

This signal is active low.

*

IORC- or (IOREAD-).

The I/0 read

processor.

It indicates that the

address

bus

should

place

its

line is driven by the system

I/0 device addressed by

the

data

on the data bus.

This

signal is active low.

* PCLK (processor clock).

This is the system clock.

It

is

a

one-third division of the 0SC clock and

(S.0

MHz).

The clock has a duty cycle

has a period of of 37.6 percent

200 ns (+ 3.0

percent).

* RFSH (refreshing).

This line indicates that a memory

refresh

cycle is taking place.

It is positive true.

When this

is asserted,

all

expansion bus activity is ignored.

signal Do not

use this line for any purpose.

* ALE (address latch).

This line indicates that

is placing a valid address on the address bus.

valid on the falling edge of this signal.

the processor The address is

* O0SC

(clock).

This signal describes a high-speed

a 66.7-ns period (15.0 MHz).

It has a SO0-percent

clock having duty cycle.

2.5.2

Loading and Driving Requirements

aDbTssstuhiirusennip.kkvp3eo.err5xs1t6pO24apV enmfnsoiatirnlhmodeAlnciotalhsmeliabepentuqekcsuritineovtsr01cae.al5nrmerAon(umutdpAtratV)tpivuetaa0lostfn.i,d5nfei0stv.wVwe5o.hsioIcuRVTh.rTOecL-xeIpdRarD6inian3vstpeaiumstoAhnobtuuhallsetodabdodb2sau.rbs4rei,dvsoen.aVrbsslhaaennodyuslhEtdooa1ouc5nlhesdombAeulribbcenoaeetaarbadlbo2elf.1e0

can the
to to
V.
mA

2.5.3

Memory Timing

The

memory

bus

cycles

CLK cycle time (200 ns)

timing relationships of

can be lengthened in integral multiples of

using the WAIT- line.

Figure

2-9

shows

the expansion bus memory interface.

the the

SYSTEM HARDWARE

Figure 2-9 Expansion Bus Memory Interface Timing Diagram 2-60

sz

WYHOVIG ONIWIL 3DV4HILNI AHOWIW
SN8 NOISNVYdX3

XVYWSLE

NIWOL {3LVLS LIVM LNOHLIM) VW G/E

NIW 05 NNt NIW £L XVWSLS NIW 801 XYW 0ZL NIW 05 NIWO NIW Op XYW SE
NNNIIIWW G9ZLL21S

3ALLOVYNI

MOTIN1Id 0L dNLIS VIVA

W

ALLIVNI

JaYW WOH4 QI0H YLVYG = 1

IALOVYNE -- JQHW 0L ONL3S VIva

b

OQYN WOYS 3WIL $S3DIV Q3YIND3IY =

IALLIVNI -- DMWY Y313V QI0H YIVQ = |

¥3AILDV = DMWY U314V ANVYAYLYG = H

dNLIS IAILDOYNL -- LIVM = O

QI0H

Livm

3

£ dN13S3AILIVY - LIvMm

3

A70d WOYL AVIIA ANYIWWOD = @

ANOVNWVWIOWWDODNOOHL3JAIdLONI1TV3OYSH O$NSSVS3I3¥N¥aWaaOaYDV

-

2 a v

--_--

|-- W --]
L anva X

1= l-- 3 -->}

= G--

i I
ol
1

QLAoTI

S S---- [ N| l

T

--_--a

e/ i)

1

| v i | '
|\ --

`aN3937

) -- = = S

1avviavya)

r

i

_ e | arvA

X o

--

" LJ

T\ \

i'loT.uTJmTl

--- M

1

|
J " IJQTI

"31
Lvm

T |

T '

TM| D

1

|

1

N

!

L

iy 1 1

I

ool

_

omav
=oauw

I
T T 1 | T ) , '
_/

|
$53T|qt90avV aNvA
t i
_/

je-- v --

m

3 .

XC

Y

T

! T
| ;

o\

) !
/ y!|

_J

ss3yaav IV e

Je-- o0z -->] 9 }o-- 1 --

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM HARDWARE

2.5.4

1I/0 Timing

Figure

2-10

shows the expansion bus timing relationships for standard

I/0 cycles.

This timing

includes

the

single

wait

state

that

the

motherboard always inserts in I/O cycles.

--+| 67 le-- 133 --sle-- 200 --

1 ! 1

ALE

'I

|

ADDRESS

| |

ld-- A

!

X

1

JOR c T : =

|

Alowe

| |

| . U vALID ADDRESS
T 1
\ I
:
[ |

|

| \

{

--:1----l [y -

olre `W%----p--(__x

! DRAEQTUAIR(ERDEAD) !

i|I t <

LEGEND:

JK|HGDFEACB

- -----=

RRADRARADCAEEACEEDDQDAOQTTQQDUDDTMUAIUUIRRRAIMVIIREEERHERAREVSSSEIEOEDANSSSDODDLLDRIDDCDDHSDSAAAOEEADCT-ATLTFTTECAFUDARUALEOTPPOASREMYSSARHSETFTOAETOOTLIATFUTAEDOUIRIPARPRPOOMICCEWMIALTACFTKOOWO-FTPI-OE--TCRWOLRRPIL--IOOHCVLKSCCWIELOIIWOR--KGRONWIRGHCSOCILRINEOOGDRWGICEOERDCGOEF

IOORRCIO--RC

--

E VALID DATA
H
551111708254737658505062M25ZMIMMMMMMMMMIINIIAAIAAINNNNNNXXXX

1

' | I

/

I
) 1

1

X

I

|:) / fe--c | 1I| /

--+

--»ILL-- G --»|

r

1

1 --HJT |

Af_ev--atK o-->| ![ )

O

10MIN

2222216-10

Figure 2-10

Expansion Bus I/0 Interface Timing Diagram

2-61/62

= i

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Section 3 HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.1

INTRODUCTION

This section describes the

Instruments

Professional

following options:

hardware options available

Computer.

Subsections

for

the Texas

describe

the

* Expansion Memory

* Synchronous-Asynchronous Communications Board * Internal Modems

* Graphics Video Controller Board

* Hinchester Disk Drive

The optional diskette drive is

identical

to the

diskette drive.

Therefore, it is not described in

Jinformation, refer to subparagraph 2.4.6.6.

factory-installed

this section.

For

3.2 EXPANSION MEMORY, S512/768 K BYTES

Section

2 describes the expansion memory boards that connect to the

motherboard, increasing the memory to

2S6K

bytes

(K = 1024).

Two

additional

expansion

memory

boards (each 256K bytes) are available

for the Texas Instruments Professional

Computer.

One

board

plugs

into

the

expansion

bus,

increasing the memory to S12K bytes.

The

second board mounts on the first (piggyback style so

that

they use

only

one of the expansion bus slots), increasing the memory capacity

to 768K bytes.

This additional memory operates at the same speed

as

the motherboard

memory,

so

that there is no increase in execution

time when the memory is increased.

NOTE

The 512/768

after

the

installed.

K byte

expansi'on

boards

motherboard

192K-byte

are added

board

is

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

The first expansion contains thirty-six
£

memory card is the controller

64K-biéesdynamic RAM ICs.

The

* Decoding logic to estadblish the addresses

card.

This

card

card -

also

holds:

* Parity check logic for error detection

* Timing

and

system.

refresh

logic

to operate ;

the expansion

memory

Connectors and logic for the addition of the are also part of the controller card.

second

expansion

card

The

second

Becausge the

this second

card

also

contains thirty-six

controller card contains all the

card is smaller.

64K-bit dynamic RAM ICs.

logic

for

both

cards,

3.2.1

Addressing the Expansion Memory

The

expansion

memory

operates at a fixed address in the computer's

memory space.

Addresses 040000H through 07FFFH

are

for

the first

256K bytes;

addresses

O08B0000H

through

OBFFFFH are for the second

256K bytes.

If the second card is not installed, its assigned memory

space can be used by other hardware products.

$.2.2

Expansion Memory Control Logic

The expansion bus contains a bidirectional

buffer

to separate

the

data

bus

from

the

expansion

memory, thereby providing sufficient

drive and margins to the data transfers.

The hard array logic

(HAL)

chip HAL1I6R4

(U2) handles address decoding, buffer control, as well

as timing and refresh.

The refresh timer (U4) is a one-shot, and the

delay line (U3) provides the multiplexer timing.

3.2.2.1

Expansion Memory Refresh Logic.

The

dynamic

RAM

refresh

logic

operates

synchronously

with

the accesses to the RAM memory.

Refresh cycles begin only when a RAM cycle is not in progress.

This

means

that the RAM refresh can occur at the same time as accesses to

other system memory (ROMs or the main system memory)

or

I/O space.

Each

time a refresh cycle begins, a refresh timer (U4) starts.

When

it times out, it provides the signal beginning another refresh cycle.

This timer is set to 15 us maximum, which allows for

the worst-case

refresh

request

latency.

To maintain the contents of the RAM under

worst-case conditions, the refresh must

occur

at

1least

128

times

within

2 ms.

(The average refresh timing is once per 15.625 us.)

The worst-case latency for a refresh request is about 600 ns.

Once a refresh cycle has

precharge)

before

the

starts before the refresh

the CPU into a wait state

begun, next
cycle until

it must be completed

(incliluding

cycle

begins.

If a RAM access

completes, the HAL state machine

the refresh operation completes.

the cycle
puts In

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

the worst case, this delay could by three wait states or 600 ns.

extend

the usual

memory e

access

time

Assuming slowdown percent.

a refresh time; r

of

the

CPU,

The worst case

value

of

14

wus,

and

BT
an

o

`average

400-ns

the average

refresh

overhead is about 2.9

is about 4.3 percent.

1

3.2.2.2

CAs and Address MUX Switch Generation.

A delay

the

Column Address Strobe X (CASX-) produces the address

1line from multiplexer

control (MSEL).

The delay line is set at

CASI-

1line,

and the RAM buffers are taken

after CASX-.

This ensures the maintenance

hold, and enough column address setup time.

quickly enough to finish an access within

40 ns.

Ul Dbuffers

the

from the delay line 60 ns

of an adequate row address

The RAM

still

operates

the system cycle time.

The CASX-

timing depends on wvhether the cycle

If the cycle is a read, the CASX- signal

from

equivalent

to the RASI- signal.

This provides

time for the RAM chip to access it's

data

and

expansion

bus.

The

delay

line

guarantees

CASI- to the dynamic RAMs.

is a read or a write.

the logic

array

is

the maximum available

present

it

to the

the timing of MSEL and

If the cycle is a write, edge of the first system

then the CASX-

signal

clock during the write

follows

the

cycle.

This

130 ns after the occurrence of RASI~. data from the processor to propagate the parity generator chip (74LS280).

This delay allows time through the data buffers

rising is about
for the and Ue,

agdewdgwo3tfrheyrruh.eetrnitine2neopvaten.erruemtre2rt"rei.vaaonc3etdt.fridollottroihine/npRsEtec-AupxhhfMmerpoAs"elrfoaC.oc(evnAapskissSaeeodIipure-ioatspni(prnaUTuaSrhaatt)ein1eM<ttlchehyiheminWcioeegofpClvdhrAeeaewynSatrrt-r(arih.co7otenl4PnreoLaulbcSrumiptks2nibahTdsce8eterhuy0ryeirc)otilnofyneruGgot)totfh.eigtmepmnhegueienewtnrern"tgaire1hpTftitaerhal"weiteasri.hoeotinpelsnot-nopryfegatlivirnhaoaceiinpaRrstdnA.1ydMatrhlCitertoihucianssehyeeicTidtpkhshdtiieahhssnteotngutnalaoos.pdtyeasssrpwirrbdttieyraTaltyttvkohiheeeweeevtnniRrtnAipspgtMosaauDtrrbnfaieitrbttitttitoihhnheylymteeeg

When the RAM

presented

to

at the end of

flop US is set

clears on the

this board.

isnttehhtxeeorteagrideenr,aetndaeedrrarlacultywpocitlrtoeh/f.cthhcetehocerkIrfeCePrdcU,aattaopnapanrabdirittithytseyth,eaNenMrdIrpo-orarriolttnihiyens e.thdoeuiptsaprcTfuiohittvirysestreisdNM,wbIirs-tiatmfepllliiaepnrdt-eeo

Using the "odd sum" method of parity

error, even vhen the system attempts

(To determine

the

size of system

"feels" for memory not present.

checking does

to read

from

memory, system

not cause a parity

nonexistent

RAM.

software sometimes

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.2.2.4

Expansion Memory Control State Machine.

A hard array

1logic

device

(HAL16R4),

set up as a state machine (U2), drives the memory

control.

This device has four outputs egquipped

with

clocked

flip-

flops

and

four

outputs that are direct combinations of the inputs.

Table 3-1 gives the logic for the memory control state machine.

The

logical

AND of the

terms

on a line ORed with the AND of terms on

other

lines

results

in low-going

outputs.

This

occurs

either

directly,

on

those outputs without registers, or after the c%ock on

those outputs having registers.

!

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Table 3-1

Expansion Memory Control State Machine Logic - HAL16R4

Input

MRD-

XA18

RASI-

RFSH-

MHR-

LGND-

XWAIT- RRAS-

Output

RFRQ XA19

XXXX B2IN-

CASX- WCASBUFE- ZzZZ-

-------------- ottt bbb b

m P

-- b

m =

Comment

RASI-

L

LHL

.

R

IRHEHE

or L

L IHELL

L

or

L

LR HE L

NS . C'HEH

e

.

S HEHO0

or

L .HLL

L

o a

"W HEHE

X2

o's .9 o g g

a

a

LI -

- - bb -- b e -- b b bb bbb

==

XHA'TT o R

. e

o

. L L

(3¥ o 1b o B 4 B4 B

. .L

L

-

- ot bbb bbb

mb b rb

5 .
=

(AR

4548 b 8'b O

SO

S H

or L

LR HE LR

o

. HH

.

or L

M HELA LT

.

.

o B

--_------ - et

e b m bbb mc bbb bbb

------

BUFE-

LR U 1 R DA

o 0 m

or or or
_______

. L

HLL .L

L

. LHL

., .

L .

HLL . L

Pmr bbb bbb e

IR

S

S

.

g

.

.

TR

-- bbb

m kg

Memory read low bank Memory read high bank Memory write low bank Memory write high bank Refresh
Refresh+memcycle 1, 2 Refreshrmemcycle 2, 3
Write, either bank Read low bank Read high bank
Write low bank Write high bank Read low bank Read high bank

The
_______ Pmd

following four outputs

e bbb

bbb

m b e b

have flip-flops:

m

=&

RFSH-

H H H

or

HELW LS VR,

or .

HEH S H ST

or

W HEHE LS SRS H

(P 9 o 00 o ld' o b

(12 6 0 o o 8.0 D g

.

T

.

.

SR
S

.

B

H
H RS

H RS

B

o

W H

.

LRHET

Refresh Refresh Refresh
Refresh Refresh Refresh

no memcycle motherboard cycle graphic cycle 1; high bank not in 1; illegal cycle RF2,3

CY2e% % o g0 0 b

.

H.

-------e -- - Por bbb

m b m b

RRAS SO

. IR -

b

bbb b

-

L

==

(e 3% 0% 5 & B

.

.

.

.

---------- Pebm bbbk

WCAS -

LR S H N LI

bbb
e

b b m b b e ==
. HH

orE LIS HELEL NS I

o

SR S HR H

O KRN LT S

o

-

o

------ -

bbb e bb rm bb b e b

-

ZZZZ -- S Ul 7 NS

3D .

Reset
Refresh RF2,3,4 Reset
Write low bank Write high bank Reset

--_--------- - Pt bbb b --
Legend
L = Low signal.

e bbb

bbb

m bbb ==
) s

H = High signal.

3-5

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Notes for Table 3-1

Ofl..Q_

The signal RASI- activates 'RAS- from the RAM address

multiplexer of the 2364.

;

The signal XWAIT- puts the processor into a wait state,

The signal BUFE- activates the expansion memory system data

buffer.

The signal CASX- controls the CAS and MSEL generation.

The signal RFSH- instructs the 2964 address multiplexer to

put out the refresh address.

:

The signal RRAS~ combines with RFSH- to indicate that a

refresh RAS is in progress.

The signal WCAS~ delays CASX- during a write cycle.

The signal ZZZZ-

is not used.

A timing diagram of the memory system, shown the major operations of the memory system.

in Figure

3-1,

indicates

HARDWARE OPTIONS

-9t zezzr
WYHOVIO DNIWIL AHOW3W NOILJO NZLG/95T

_
anNvA 38 LS

Figure 3-1 Expansion Memory Timing Diagram

=X
NWNI0J
/R
R S

HS3¥434 + avay

--

avay

TO T

MOY

MOy

= =

XX

--DGEC

NWANI0D

MOY

% framwE

/e 0% R\

N
e

e e\

e\ T

N e WY

£8¢

0sZ

8E

X=X
NWNI0D

/

\

HSIYIIY + JLIHM o--m

X

OO

MOY

MOY

NANI0D

/

\

3119M
F--1__
Moy

10H3a/amvoy AXD

@ S

e

v

all

Bl e e\

e

awm
\ B 3 0ng

/\

ST\ xsw

05t

NS

N/

[

N Isvy

/3 tee e \ S

-ZZ22

/s rar e\

SRy

llw\ll/

RS

S

o ------ ==\

R\

L

D e

r--

\ll(ll
.

I\

SR

e B

>

--EE--Teee-- T )

--

_--

-SVHY
|
e
--T5------vivad
$53¥aQvY

=y

S

--4

\

-J0YW

S |
128

1= (e

ML

ML

(e | & ML S [ 1= M|

ML

L

L

L

/

99,

\ S

\_ omwy

i) Ml Ef| S | S et = [ S ) S

M e M | U E:EL

L {%Z1H0W4 8)

L

L

L

198

vl

ML

ML

£

L

L

vi

N.--

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHWARE OPTIONS

3.3 SYNCHRONOUS-ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS BOARD

This subsection describes the theory of operation and

the

functtons

of

the

synchronous-asynchronous

communications

(sync-async

comm)

board.

Figure 3-2 is a block diagram of the sync-async

comm board.

Refer to Section 6, drawing 22230986, for logic diagrams.

SAECLKECT

ADADDDRREESSSS ]
SEL--E_--CT INPUT SELEC--T OUTPUT

ALODoEDGCRIOECDSES SCEOLMECMT
INPUSCTEY/LCOELUCETTPUT

SYiSsTteEM BOARD Cj

DATA BUS

INTERRUPT

ACIKNNTLOEOWRGLAICUEPDTGE

INT ACK

CcLOCK

(\SELE10CT

CHIP SELECTOR

1/08US

>

DATA BUS

¥ COMCMOUNNTIROCLALTEIRONS

1 INRTSS-E2:3B2F-ACCE

2 DAvTA BUS

Recs.n.`vens +:- }

5

: |

|I®j EDXETVEIRCNEA£SL

|

TRANSMITTERS

G

INTERRUPT LOGIC

2223216-12

Figure 3-2 Sync-Async Comm Board Block Diagram

The

sync-async

comm board

is

Communications Controller (SCC).

based

upon

This device

the Zilog ZBS30 Serial

automatically

handles

asynchronous protocols.

It also services most synchronous protocols,

including

data

link control

(HDLC), (both bit-oriented.)

(SDLC) Cyclic

and high-level data 1link

redundancy

check

(CRC)

control is an

automatic function and can be included in any transmission.

A sample procedures

NOTE

program,

showing

general

and recommended use of the

programming sync-async

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

comm board,

is included

in Appendix

manual.

For more detailed information,

the Zilog 8530 Technical Manual.

E of this

refer

to

The functions of the sync-async comm board are:

* System interface * Baud rate generation * Port addresses

3.3.1

System Interface

Most

of

interface

the

components

on

the board are involved in handling

between the system bus and the 2Z8530.

Of special

note

the is

the logic

that

generates the interrupt acknowledge (INTACK) signal

that the Z8530 requires in response to an

interrupt

request,

The

INTACK~

signal

is software-generated.

It is not part of the system

interrupt acknowledge signal because of the setup time

because

the

system expansion bus does not provide for

required expanding

aad the

number of interrupt levels.

To generate the

the I/0 address

(read)

from the

interrupt vector

INTACK- signal, the software does

for interrupt

acknowledge

and

same address.

The data received

from the Z8530.

~

a AIOWC- (write) to

then

does

a

IORC-

on this read is the

The AIOWC- signal clears US5B, activating the INTACK-

signal

Z8530.

Hhen

the

IORC-

occurs, the vector from the Z8530

onto the data bus.

The rising

edge

of

IORC-

clocks

USB

inactive state which releases the INTACK-.

to

the

is gated

to

the

Other logic on the system side of the board delays the read and write

commands

to the SCC so that the address and data setup times and the

hold-time requirements of the part can be met.

IORQ is connected

to

the

input of a flip-flop 74LS74 (USA).

The clock input is connected

to the system CLK line.

The rising edge of the clock occurs

133

ns

after

the

IORC-

or AIOWC- signal occurs.

The output of USA, gated

with IORC- and AIOWC-, delays the start

of

the SCCRD-

and SCCKR-

signals.

The

clear input to USA is connected to BDCS, allowing the

SCCRD- and SCCWR- signals to occur only when the board is selected.

Resetting the

held

active

and U6D with

lines.

Z8530 requires simultaneously. the RESET signal

that This from

the SCCRD- and the SCCWR- lines

be

results from the logical OR of U6C

the bus and the SCCRD- and

SCCHR-

U4C

inverts

and

buffers

the

interrupt output from the SCC.

signal then goes to a set of stake pins and is used to determine

This the

3-9

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

interrupt level at which the board is operated.

3.3.2

Baud Rate Generation

The 4.915S2-MHz

<c¢rystal

provides a clock for the

generate a specific baud

oscillator

on

the board,

divided

by 2,

SCCs (internal baud

rate

generators).

To

rate, program the values given in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2 Sync-Async Comm Board Baud Rate

Baud Rate
i9 200 9 600 7 200 4 800 3 600 2 400 2 000 1 800 1 200 600 300 200 150 134.5
110
75 SO

Sync Value
62 126 169 254 338 S10 612 681 1022 2046 4094 6142 8130 9134
11169
16382 24574

Percentage of Error
6.000 0.000 -0.196 0.000 0.088 0.000 0.065 -0.045 6.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001
~0.001-
0.000 0.000

Async Value
2 6 8 14 19 30 36 41 62 26 54 82 10 69
96
1022 1534

Percentage of Error
0.000 0.000 -3.030 0.000 1.587 c.000 1.053 -0.775 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.090 0.001
0.026
0.000 0.000

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.3.3

Addressing

A 74LS139

decoder

(U3)

and several gates (to qualify the address)

comprise the address selection logic.

The board

design

preseats

a

choice

of four address locations, permitting the addition of several

communications boards to the system.

As with other

are

decoded.

1/0 devices for U3 provides

this two

bus, only 10 of the address

decoded

outputs:

INTCS-,

lines which

activates the INTACK logic; and SCCCS-, which

activates

the Z8530.

The

logical

OR of INTCS~ and SCCCS- creates the board select signal

(BDCS).

The logical AND of IORC- and AIOWC~ creates IORQ.

BDCS

and

IORQ combined enable the bus buffer U7.

3.3.4

Programming

The

sync-async

comm

board

port

number

is

jumpers on the board.

Five I/0 addresses and

level control each port.

programmed a distinct

by placing interrupt

Table 3-3 gives the board addresses is the board connector.

for

the four possible

ports.

P60

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Table 3-3 Sync-Async Comm Board Port Addresses

Jumper Locations E1-E2 E7-E8

P6C Pin No. 8 (INTO)

Port 1 Interrupt

Address
OOEOC 00E4 00ES O0E6 00E7

Function
Interrupt acknowledge CHB command CHB data CHA command CHA data

E4-ES E10-Ei1

Port 2 Interrupt

SO0 (INTL)

OOCES 00EC OO0ED OOEE OOEF

Interrupt acknowledge CHB command CHB data CHA command CHA data

E2-E3 E8S-E9

Port 3 Interrupt

48 (INT2)

OOFO COF 4
COFS OOF6 GCF7

Interrupt acknowledge CHB command
CHB data CHA command CHA data

ES-E6 E11-E12

Port 4 Interrupt

46 (INT4)

OOF8 OOFC O0FD COFE OOFF

Interrupt acknowledge CHB command CHB data
CHA command
CHA data

- y

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Two channels

(A and

B) from each port control the Z8530 operations.

Channel A, the main communications channel through which data

transfer

takes

place,

also monitors or controls some of the RS-232-C signals.

Channel B does nothing but control or monitor signals.

It is not

wused

for data transfer.

i

Each channel

can be accessed by two addresses:

The command address for either channel is used to

read

or write

registers that control the Z8S30

address for channel A is used

to read

received

transmitted data.

The data address for channel B

"command" and "data."®

access any of the

1§

operations.

The data

data and

to write

is not used.

Because

the

2Z8S30

does not contain pin-outs for the DSR, SCF, and RI

signals, unused pins from channel B are used for these signals.

Table

3-4

lists the specific pin-out for these signals.

Table 3-S5 lists the

Channel B pin-out for the Z8530 interrupt enables.

Table 3-4 Channel B Pin-Out for Z8S530

Z8530 Signal

Channel B Pin-~Out

DSR

DCD

SCA

DTR

SCF

SYNC/HUNT

RI

CTs

Table

3-S5 Channel B Pin-Out for Z8530 Interrupt

28539 Interrupt

Channel B Pin-Out

Enable

DSR

DCcp

SCA

none

SCF

SYNC/HUNT

RI

CTS

Each port has an I/0 address used to acknowledge the 28530

interrupts.

An

I/0 write followed by an I/0 read done at this address acknowledges

the interrupt.

The data written during the I/0 write

is

irrelevant.

After

the

1I/0 read, the Z8530 returns the code for the interrupt that

occurred.

These

codes

are

explained

in the

Zilog 8530 Technical

Manual.

:

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

TthheefMegxmtaeirlnsal a*t contnhiesctorconn`e9c6t9o)r. is an RS-232-C type.

Tabl. e,3-6

ident®ifies

Table 3-6 RS-232-C Connector Signals

e --m------ P

--

e, m e, e e ----r e,

-- === D

et +*

{ Pin

|

Signal Name

} signal

i

r------------ e m e

et mm e e tmm

+

1

i Chassis ground

2

| Transmitted data

3

| Received data

4

| Request to send

S

| Clear to send

6

| Data set ready

7

} Signal ground

8

| Data carrier detect

9

| Ko connection

10

| No connection

| sSecondary request to send

i AA

1

i BA

|

| 8B

i

i RTS/CA

|

| CTS/CB

|

| DSR/CC

|

| AB

|

] DCD/CF

|

i

oo

|

|

-

|

| sca/cCH

§

{ Secondary clear to send

| scF/cCI

f

13

| No connection

|

--

f

14

| No connection

15

| Transmitter clock in

16

| No connection

17

i Receiver clock in

18

| No connection

19

| Xo connection

20

| Data terminal ready

21

| No connection

22

| Ring indicator

23

| Same as pin 11

24

| External transmitter clock

25

| No connection

|

=

|

i TXC/DB

|

|

S

|

i RSC/DD

|

1

-

|

|

S

|

| DTR/CD

l

| A

)

1 RI/CE

i

i SCA/CH

|

i DA

|

1

2o

|

o ---- P m e m e, --,--

e e

-

- ---------- tmmmm== -

3.4

INTERNAL MODEMS

Texas

Instruments

offers

two internal modems for the Professional

Computer.

One is a Bell 103-compatible type, which operates

at

300

baud.

The

other

is Bell 212-compatible and operates at 1200 baud.

Both are full-duplex modems, and the Bell 21i2-compatible can

operate

in full-duplex,

synchronous,

1200 baud.

These are "smart" modems,

and can handle a variety of commands for establishing communications.

Both modems have automatic dialing capability using either

pulse

or

tone

dialing.

The modem also

provides

status

indications

for

monitoring the progress of the dialing procedure.

The following subsections describe the architecture and interface

of

the modems to the system for those users who want to write their own

communication program, and who want to use an internal modenm.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.4.1 Architecture

.

»

The interface hardware for the modem board

is identical

to

that

created

for

the sync-async

c¢omm board.

Therefore, it is easy to

adapt software written for the sync-async comm board so that

it can

operate

with

either of the modems.

Adding code to handle the modem

dialing procedure is

the major

change

required.

The

same

port

addresses

and interrupt levels used by the sync-async comm board are

used by the modem bdoards.

Figure 3-3 shows a block

diagram

of modem

hardware. : The

serial

controller

(Zilog

8530)

sends

the modem commands during the modem

initialization and dialing procedure.

Then the 28530 transfers

data

between the modem and the remote system.

(1 Z8I5L3O0G

MICROPROCESSOR (2)

MODEM

RJ 1 3) RJ

Figure 3-3 Modem Hardware Interface

223218-13

3.4.2

Zilog 8530--Modem Signals

Two special control signals,

(acknowledge

control mode),

passed by the Z8530.

/RNCTL

while /ACNTL information is

/RNCTL (request control mode) and /ACNTL

tell the modem how to handle information

information is processed

as

commands,

interpreted as data to be transmitted.

The

signals that appear at the Zilog 8530--modem interface are shown

in Figure 3-4,

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Zilog 8530

Modem

15 (/TD) 13 (/RD}

----

BA

<------

BB

18 (/CTS)

«~-------- /CB

16 (/DTR) 21 (/DSR)

----> /CD <------ /CC

29 (/sbCD) <«-------- /CI

19 (/DCD) 22 {/RI}

<------ /CF <«------ /CE

23 (/RTSB} ----

/RCNTL

11 {/SYNCA)} «-------- /ACNTL

12 /RTXCA) <------ /RX CLOCK 22 (/TRXCA} «-------- /TX CLOCK

27121614

Figure 3-4

2Zilog 8530--Modem Interface Signals

The following paragraphs give brief descriptions of these signals.

NOTE In the following descriptions, "ON" refers to an active~-low TTL voltage level.

(/TD) -> BA The

Z8S30

sends

condition of /RCNTL determines

data or command data).

BB -> (/RD)

The

modem

sends

condition of /RCNTL determines

data

to the modem on this line.

The

the type of data

(either

transmitted

data

to the Z8530 on this line.

The

the type of data

(either

transmitted

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

data . or command R data).

=> /CTS

.Hhen

this

signal is on, the modem is ready to receive

transmitted

Z8530

can

data from the 28530.

Even when this signal is off,

the

9till

send command data if /ACNTL is on and /CD (DTR) is

off.

No transmitted data is sent while this signal is off.

{/DTR) -> /CD When this

the communication.

This

command mode, but before

start-dial

command

is

"command failed"" status.)

signal signal giving given

is on, the terminal is ready

is turned on while the unit

the

start-dial

command.

before /DTR is on, the modem

to start

is in the

(If

the

returns a

/C -> (/DSR)

The modem completes dialing, then turns this

while waiting for

the answer

tone and

the carrier.

indicates

three

things

by turning

this

electrically connected to the communication

signal

on:

line;

that

it

hook; and that it is ready to start communication activity.

signal on The modem that it is
is off-

/CI_-> (/SDCD)

After answering

a

signal to

indicate

how

fast

data

terminal,

Turning

the

line

on

transmitted at high speed.

Turning

is being transmitted at low speed.

signal represents the selected rate

call,

the modem generates

is being

transmitted

to

indicates

that

data

is

the line off indicates that

During the originate modes,

of data transfer.

this the
being data
this

[CE _-> (/DCD)

data

signal

begin.

When from

this the

signal is on, communications
&

the modem

line

and

is receiving communications

the can

The modem generates

indicate

the

ringing

activity.

ringing.

Between rings, or when

off.

The

software

detects the

and asserts DTR if the call is to

the voltage levels on this line

to

When the signal is on, the line is

there is no ringing, the

signal

is

ringing activity through the zss30,

be answered.

(/RTSB) -> /RCNTL

The software uses this signal to change

the mode

of data terminal

transfer.

When

this

signal

wants to enter into the command

is on, mode.

it indicates that In command mode,

the the

modem

does

it uses the

not data

transmit the data received on the line BA. for command and status information exchange

Instead, between

the

terminal

and

the modem.

During

initialization

and dialing

procedures, the modem uses the command mode commands and to receive status information.

to send modenm dialing

Once

the data transfer mode is initiated, the command mode cannot be

invoked again unless the line is disconnected.

/ACNTL -> (SYNCA)

The modem generates this signal in response to the

/RCNTL signal from software.

The software does not send any

command

data

on

line

BA

until

this signal is turned on.

When the /RCNTL

signal goes away and the modem enters the data

transfer

mode,

this

signal

is

turned

off.

The /ACNTL signal is usually pulled high on

the RS-232 interface board.

When both /RCNTL and /ACNTL are on,

the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

terminal can exchange commands and information with the modem.

The /ACNTL

signal combined with the /RCNTL signal can differentiate

between the modem board and a sync-async comm board.

To check for an

installed modem, the software first activates the RCNTL,

then

waits

for

the modem to return the /ACNTL signal.

If no acknowledge signal

returns, then a sync-async comm board is installed,

rather

than a

modem board.

RX CLOCK -=>

RTXCA

This

asynchronous communication.

is the

receive

data c¢lock

1line for

TX CLOCK ->

TRXCA

This is the

transmit

data clock

line

for

asynchronous communication.

3.4.3 Modem Initialization

At power-up,

the RESET

modem, using the operating

these same defaults at any

signal

on

the system bus initializes the

defaults.

The user can reset the modem to

time with the software reset command.

The default parameters are listed in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7 Modem Default Parameters

-

Parameter
Dialing Line termination Modem transmitter Modem mode Data/command mode Communication

Default

«
Setting

Pulse dial on hook Squelched Originate Data mode
Asynchronous

3.4.4

Command Mode Operation

The modem has two modes of operation, data transfer

(also

called

control)

mode.

The

terminal

communicates with the processor on the modem board,

mode and system either

data

transfer

or

the

command mode.

All data and command

passes through the USART.

command

software

for

the

transfer

At power-up, the default setting is for the data transfer mode.

For

various

reasons,

such as a software request for diagnostic status

information, it is necessary to place the unit in command mode.

The

terminal

and

the modem

are in master-slave configuration, and the

modem cannot initiate the command mode.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

To prepare for command mode operation, the Z8530 must be set

up

300-baud

operation,

no parity, 8 bits per character, one stop

for bit,

and ons start bit.

The 2Zilog 8530 Technical Manual contains

on setting the Z8530.

Also, refer to subsection 3.3

Appendix F contains "RCNTL"", a sample subroutine that

of this checks

details manual. for an

installed modem.

Once enter line modem until

the appropriate signals are set, the modem and the terminal can

into a command status transfer dialogue.

The software

asserts

/RCNTL,

requesting

the

modem to enter the command mode.

The

responds by asserting the line /ACNTL.

The software then waits

/ACNTL is turned on by the modem before sending any commands.

To find the status

"send diagnostic

the

first

byte

of the modenm,

the computer

transmits

status" (44H).

The modem returns a 2-byte

indicating

that

the "status byte followsTM

the code response,
and the

second byte giving the status,

The commands and status codes

are

Appendix

F contains

"DIAGST",

a

dialogue in the command mode.

listed sample

later

in

routine

this

section.

for

starting a

After the modem completes a

"command

complete"

(A=41H)

After sending a command, the

command,

expecting

either

command code or computer a

from the computer,

it sends

a "command failed" (Z=SAH) code.

waits

before

sending

another

direct

response

or a command

a

complete/failed status.

The terminal software a command to the modem against possible modem

can insert a fail-safe time-out between

and receiving the command

status

to

malfunction.

issuing protect

After the software

the

/RCNTL

1line.

The system is now

completes the command/status dialogue, The modem responds by releasing the
in the data transfer mode.

it releases /ACNTL line.

hThdtahahiseelstceoDbcdnTeonRemenmcatasnnsieddgsntaamlbottldhheieewshheeclniadpnn.henotonhteeanybleilniteniemreeisenDitsTdReirsecditoso nnteubwcerutnnelededs.dsisocffoT,tnhhnee eocnstcoecefdot.mwmtauhreneicTcahottenuirnonenscmtoidooefnmifs

3.4.5

Dialing Procedure

Tdiioninasletbtqrhedeugicnttieo(laniesnpcchlaoluonldne,ingthnteuhemabnmeyerttehrsomTedip(na7ar1loaf3t)o-drt8ir9aa5lns-isy0hmm0gib0to1slXs(,sutchsheuT chatserleasqeT upeho(sortn)se

P).

number -, +,
For tone

and

X

is

the

telephone

number

terminator.

The number

maximum of 23 digits long.

complete""

status,

then

"Dialer"", a sample routine

The
dials for

modem
the dialing

responds

with

the

number.

Appendix

F

a telephone number.

to be or @) and
example, dialing, can be a
"command
contains

3-19

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

The ( ) and They have

- separators are used for no meaning to the modem.

number-grouping The modem reads

purposes

only.

the + separator

as tandem dialing.

Each time the modem

finds

& +,

it waits

for

another

dial

tone before continuing.

The @ symbol represents blind

dialing.

When the modem finds the @ separator, it waits 2.0 + 0.1

s

after

the command is received, then dials the number without waiting

for a dial tone.

The

dialing

methods

include

tone

dialing,

pulse

dialing,

and

automatic

selection.

The modem is able to alternate dialing methods

during the dialing procedure.

Simply insert the proper characters (T

for tone dialing, P for pulse dialing) in the telephone number.

For

example, in the number

T8-50-33333344-P(713)-895-0001,

the

modem

dials all the digits to P using the tone mode; all digits

after P are dialed using the pulse mode.

The modem echoes the number

back to the terminal (without separators) as

it dials

each

digit,

then

sends status to the terminal for full call-progress monitoring.

The status can be ringing, busy, no answver, or voice.

The

terminal

screen displays the appropriate message.

When

the connection attempt is successful, the modem does not

a status indicator.

Instead, the computer monitors the signal

The modem asserts /DCD, indicating a successful connection.

return /DCD.

The dialing procedure is aborted any time the DTR signal is dropped. The modem sees this as a command to stop dialing, and goes on hook.

The modem waits

through

10 rings

before

reporting

a no-answer

condition.

The default

time

to wait between retries is 11 s, the

default number of retries is 0.

Ten rings as a no-answer

condition

is a fixed number; however, the time to wait between retries and the

number of retries can be programmed into the terminal software.

3.4.6 Time-Outs

Both the terminal and the modem can cauge

time-outs

are:

loss

of

carrier,

long

response.

The two types of modem time-outs

abort timer.

time-outs.

The

terminal

space

received,

and

no

are:

loss of carrier and

Table 3-8 summarizes the time-outs.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Table 3-8

Types and Durations of Disconnects

Terminal

Modem

Type Loss of carrier Long space received No response time-out

Duration 200 ms
1.5 s 1 s

Type Abort timer Loss of carrier

Duration 17 s 50 ms

The following conditions.

paragraphs

give

brief

descriptions

of all

time-out

3.4.6.1

Terminal or Software Time-Outs.

*

Loss of Carrier.

If

safe disconnects vhen

before disconnecting.

the

terminal is programmed for fail-

the carrier goes off, it vaits

S0 ms

*

Long Space command to the /ACNTL
within 1.5

Received.

At

the modem, then

signal.

If the

s, the terminal

start-up,

the

terminal

sends a

waits for the modem

to

turn

on

modem fails to return the signal

disconnects.

¥

*

No Response.

then

waits

disconnects,

The terminal for the modem

sends a response.

command

to the modem,

After 1 s, the terminal

3.4.6.2

HMHodem Time-Outs.

*

LstttootuisarmsynerssrecoofogfhonffoCiflazdrefsrotirheerth.SteOhDeCDmlsoDsuDssrCi(Dignnotgafhle1latihnlteeoetnegmcttphatheorrrrueiaZo.erf8ryS.3t0hH,leooswsecvaetuirosfm,ienrg),cifartrhtiehteehre,socfatrmwrotadihereinersm

*

Abort Timer procedure,
tone. The
status and

- Originate Mode.

the

modem

goes

modem waits 17 s,

goes on hook.

The

During the automatic off hook to listen for
then sends the "command
terminal responds by

dialing the dial
failed"
dropping

DTR.

The

abort

timer

resets

after

the

complete.

If the modem being used is

type, the abort timer is set for Bell

dialing

procedure is

a Bell 212A-compatible

212 high-band carrier.

*

Abort Timer procedure,

- Answer Mode. the answver-tone

BDuring

a

abort timer

manual is used

the dial-tone abort timer.

The originating modem

dialing

instead of

looks

for

3-21

TECHNICAL

A REFEEfiNCB
.

HARDWARE OPTIONS

an answer

from

the remote modem.

The answver depends upon

the type of modem installed in the remote

system.

If the

remote

is

Bell

103-compatible,

the modem

1looks for the

carrier.

If the remote is Bell

212-compatible,

the modem

looks

for

the scrambled mark or the unscrambled mark.

The

modem waits 17 s for the answer tone, then drops DSR.

3.4.7

Modem Software

The modem software is very simple.

Some commands

are only 1 byte

long,

such as the "Manual Disconnect" command.

Field commands, such

as "Telephone Number" (an op code followed by a field), are longer.

The terminal sends a command to

direct

response

or a status

failed).

The terminal does not

handshake is completed.

the modem.

The modem

byte

(command

complete

send additional commands

returns

a

or command

until

this

Table 3-9 lists the software commands from the terminal to the modem.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONg

Table ,3-9

Commands from .the Software to the Modem

B+ HHUICHUIDVDOXIPTQTUMMEBU

ASCII Code A B c

Command

Dial following telephone number, select dialing mode

Next byte contains number of retries (ASCII, 0-9)

Next 2 bytes contain time (in s) between

retries (ASCII, 0-399 s)

Request diagnostic status

Disconnect on loss of carrier

Do not disconnect on loss of carrier

Manual answer

Select 1200- bps option

Select 300~ bps option

What modem type?

Manual originate

Dial following telephone number using pulse dialing

Start RDLB test*

Synchronous communication mode

Dial following telephone number using tone dialing

Asynchronous communication mode

i

Software reset

Telephone number terminator

Start ALB test*x

5

Tandem dialing (wait for another dial tone)

Blind dial (wait 2.0 s, then dial)

i

* The

RDLB

compatible

lines. received

The data

(Remote

Digital

Loopback)

test

is for

a Bell 212-

modem.

It checks the condition

of

the

communication

originating modem makes the answvering modem echo all back to the originating modem.

** The ALB (Analog Loopback) test causes the modem's internal

logic

to connect the transmitter to the receiver and loopback the data.

Table 3-10C lists the possible responses from the modem.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

Table 3-10 Response from the Modem to the Software

NSTOZITTHOW»

ASCII Code

Command
Command completed Busy tone Diagnostic status follows Phone number terminator Phone number follows Bell 212A option installed Bell 103 option installed No answver Lost call Ringing from ringback Voice reception Command failed

One

possible

modem

Immediately after the

diagnostic indicators

response

is D, diagnostic

status

modem sends this reply, it

sends

one

from Table 3-11.

follows.

of

the

Byte Value
o0 o1 02 o4 08 i0 20 40 80

Table 3-11

Diagnostic

Heanifig
Good check ROM error RAM error Processor error Timer error Not used Not used Not used Not used

Status

Indicators 4

3.5 GRAPHICS VIDEO CONTROLLER BOARD

The

graphics video controller board operates with the CRT controller

board.

It is mounted

(piggyback

fashion)

on the CRT controller

board,

and all

its connections

are

to the CRT controller board.

Figure 3-5 is a block diagram of the graphics video controller board.

(Refer to Section 6 for logic diagrams.)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

ADOcRPEySS.

AEFAESH ADURESS PADCESSOR ADDRESS BUS

S2MTER

a1 8MUx

41 MU

i

[T

RAM ADDRESS BUS

PIXEL ATTRIBUTE A

&1 Mux

41MUX

JL I

PiXEL ATTRIBUTEB PIXEL ATTRIBUTEC

SHIFT REG|--{SHiFT REG | | sHiFT ReG--{ sHiFT REG|

8R1A6xKM

N«B1R6AKM

|

16K aRAM

A

T

16K BRAM

LATEW I

PALETTE DATA IRED!

PALETTE DATA (BLUET

RED PIXEL

BLUE PIXEL GREEN PIXEL

ML81UX

M8u1 x

M8U1X

PALETTE DATA IGREEN? LATCH

CON8T0CRATAO0TRLDLER

T0CPY

HROELADD-LDAATTCAH

ATCH

OATA 8US TICMOLINONTGGIRCOALND

PALETTELATCHES.

2223216-15

Figure 3-5 Graphics Video Controller Board Block Diagram

The graphics video controller board uses the same

number

of pixels

(720

horizontal

X 300 vertical)

on

the

screen

as

does

the

alphanumerics board.

Each pixel

can

contain

a maximum

of

three

attribute

Dbits

(labeled

A,

B, and C). These attribute bits are

converted by a palette look-up table to three colors - red, blue, and

green.

Aspects section

of the graphics include:

video

controller

Dboard described

in this

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWHARE OPTIONS

* Pixel addressing * Color selection * Timing and synchronization. * Graphics logic array program

3.5.1

Pixel Addressing

Each dot

on the graphics screen is a pixel.

Each pixel has a 3-bit

value associated with it that selects one of eight palettes (0 - 7).

Each palette

is assigned one of eight colors, as determined by the

contents of the latch.

The latch is simply an array of eight

3-bit

values.

The

palette

number

of

each

pixel is an index into that

array.

So, the color of a pixel is the color

value

of

the latch

entry

that corresponds to the palette number of the pixel.

Changing

either the palette or the color assigned to the palette

changes

the

color

of

that

pixel.

Changing

the color

assigned to a palette

changes the color of every pixel with the same palette number.

A plane is a block of memory containing 1 bit for each pixel

in

the

disgsplay.

Each

of

the 3 bits assigned to a pixel is in a different

plane.

All three planes are formatted identically; only the

segment

address

differs

from plane to plane.

The segment addresses of the

three planes are C000,

800,

and

DO0OO.

For example,

it a Dbit

assigned

to pixel

(x, y)

is

the

fifth

bit

of.memory location

C000:mmmm, then the other two bits assigned to

that

pixel

are

the

fifth bits of locations C8CO:mmmm and DOOOC:mmmm.

-

In

the following explanation, memory addresses refer to offsets into

the segment of any of the three graphics planes.

The diagram below

shows the organization of graphics screen memory into pixels,.

Pixels

are numbered (x coordinate, y coordinate) and are zero relative.

Byte Address
0000-00SB 005C-0087

{ Pixels Represented

{(8,0) |(8,1)

- (15,08)}(0,0) - (15,1)j(0,1)

- (7,0)](24,0) - (31,0)}(16,0) - (7,3)}. . . . .

- (23,0)

Pixel (0,0) is the MSB of location 0001. The LSB of location 0001 is pixel (7,0). Pixel (9,0) is the MSB of location 0000. The LSB of location 0000 is pixel (15,0). Pixel (16,0) is the MSB of location 0003.
The bytes are flip-flopped in this way so that if a move instruction ic executed from a word in the graphics plane to a word: register, the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

register then contains 16 consecutive pixel bits in order from MSB to

LSB.

For example, if a MOV AX,

ES:0000

is executed

(where

ES

contains

the segment address of the desired graphics plane), the MSB

of AX is pixel (0,0) and the LSB is pixel (15,0).

With this

scheme,

4S5 words are necessary to represent the 720 pixels in each row of the

display.

There is one unused word at the end of each line, so a new

row begins every 46 words, or 82 bytes.

Line

one

(zero-relative)

begins

at byte address 92 decimal, O00SCH.

Therefore, pixel (0,1) is

the MSB of location 0O0SDH and pixel (8,1)

is the MSB

of 1location

OOSCH (because the bytes are flip-flopped).

Example:

To

find

the values of the rightmost 16 pixels on the bottom line of

the display,

299 (zero-relative number of last line on display)

X

92 (bytes per line)

+

88 (first word = 0, second word = 2, so 45th word = 88)

= 27596 (6BCC hex)

So, MOV AX, ES:6BCC puts the values of the

last

16 pixels

on

the

display corner.

in AX, with the LSB of AX being the pixel in the lower right

The three graphics planes

are

named

A,

addresses

of

the planes

A,

B,

and C

recpectively.

In determining the palette

from the C plane is the most significant,

the least significant, and the B plane bit

B, and C.

The

are C000, 800,

number of a pixel,

the b{t from the A

is in the middle.

segment and DOOO,
the bit plane is

Example:

To find display,

the first

color

of

the

pixel in the lower right

find the palette number assigned to it.

corner

of

the

The MSB of the palette number is the LSB of D00O:6BCC; the middle bit of the palette number is the LSB of 800:6BCC; the LSB of the palette number is the LSB of C000:6BCC

Say,

for

example,

respectively.

Then

color is assigned to

in effect, the color

that

these

the

color

palette 5.

of the pixel

three

bits

are

1,

o,

and

198

of the lower right pixel is whatever

If the default color assignments are

is cyan.

3.5.2

Color Selection

Each of the eight entries in the

three

primary

colors:

green,

colors are formed by combinations

Table 3-12.

latch has red, and of those

one bit for

each

of

the

blue.

The eight available

three colors, as listed in

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Table 3-12 Color Combinations

Green

Red

Blue

Color

Color

i

o

o

o

black

c

o

0

1

blue

1

0

1

0

red

2

o

1

1

magenta

3

i

o

0

green

4

1

o

1

cyan

s

1

1

o

yellow

6

1

1

1

white

7

To access the latch, you must write all eight bits

of a particular

primary color to the appropriate memory location for that color.

You

cannot change all three bits corresponding to one palette number in a

single

write.

The latch consists of three memory locations, one for

each of the primary colors.

These locations are:

Blue latch Green latch
Red latch

DF00:0010 DF00:0020
DF00:0030

-

You can write to these locations, but you cannot read from them.

For

this reason, it is necessary to maintain a memory image of the

three

color

latches ifindividual palettes are to be changed.

You are then

able to change a single palette by setting the

appropriate

bits

in

the memory

image

to the desired value and updating all three color

latches.

Each of the three color bits of a palette is in the same bit position

in all which

three color latches.

However,

bit

in

the latch is addressed

the

scheme

for

by a pixel is not

determining the same as

that for determining the palette number.

In determining

the latch

bit addressed by the three-bit value assigned value is the most significant and the C plane

to a pixel, value is in

the the

B plane middle.

The and the

A plane value bit 0 is the LSB
correspondence

is still of the between

the color
the

least significant.

Bit 7 is the MSB

latch byte.

Table

3-13

displays

bits assigned to a pixel and the bit

positions in any of the three color latches, and shows the comparison

of these bit positions to the palette numbers.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE Table 3-13 Bit Correlations

HARDWARE OPTIONS

B Plane Bit
c o 0 0
1
1 1 1

 Plane Bit
o o 1 1
o
o 1 1

A Plane Bit
o 1 o 1
o
1 o 1

Latch 8it Addressed
C 1 2 3
4
S 6 7

Palette Number
o 1 4 S
2
3 3 7

Figure 3-6 shows this correspondence horizontally, latch byte appears as a byte register.

so that the

color

8 plane bit C plane bit
A plane bit

1

1

1

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

0

1

0

1

"

0

Latch bit addressed

7,

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Palette number

7

6

5

4

3

2

Figure 3-6 Color Latch Byte

1

0

222321618

Example

This example of the three

shows color

how to create latches.

a memory

image

of

the default

values

Combining information from Table 3-12 with information from Table 3-13 (thé the information necessary to construct

(the Color Combinations Bit Correlations table),
Table 3-14.

table), yields

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Table 3-~14 Default Values of Color Latches

Latch

Palette Number

Green

Red

Bit

(= Color Number)

Bit

Bit

7

7 (white)

6

6 {(yellow)

S

3 (magenta)

4

2 (red)

3

S (cyan)

2

4 (green)

1

1 (blue)

0

0 (black)

1

k9

1

1

0

1

0o

1

1

1]

1

[

o

o

0

o

Blue Bit
1 0 £ 0 1 o 1 o

The

default

condition

is palette number = color number;

the color latches are set as follows:

therefore,

Green latch = 11001100 binary = CC hexadecimal at DF00:0020 Red latch = 1111000 binary = FO hexadecimal at DF00:0030 Blue latch = 10101010 binary = AA hexadecimal at DF00:00l10

Example: #

This example lists the s;eps necessary to <change palette

three

to

yellow from the default condition (magenta).

TM~

1. Find find

the desired palette number (three) the associated latch bit (five).

in Table

3-14,

then

2. Find the desired color (yellow) in Table

3-14,

the bit settings (red = 1, green = 1, blue = 0).

then

find

3. Set bit five in each of the color

latches

to the values

determined

in the previous step.

This change creates the

new values:

Green latch = 11101100 binary = EC hexadecimal Red latch = 11110000 binary = FO hexadecimal Blue latch = 10001010 binary = 8A hexadecimal.

4, Write the new values (from the previous step) to the

three

color

latch addresses.

{In- this

example,

it is not

necessary to change the red latch, because

the value

did

not change.)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.5.3

Timing and Synchronization

The

same `at

clock

that

generates

internal

timing

for the CRT

controller

©board <clocks

the graphics

video

controller

board.

Monitoring

the

display

enable

(DE) signal from the CRT controller

board helps to synchronize the pixel outputs from the two boards.

If

the DE signal has been low for a long period,

the

graphics

board

assumes that the scan is in the vertical interval. When DE goes high

again, the graphics board resets the graphic memory and scan counters

to zero.

When DE is low for a short period (horizontal retrace, for

example), the scan counters are stopped.

This places the last

pixel

on a line adjacent to the first pixel on the following line.

The

graphics

video

controller board gives the CPU essentially free

access to the screen memory.

During a single screen

display

cycle,

the hardware can access the refresh memory twice -- once to read the

data for screen display, and once for the CPU to read or write data

if needed.

To provide enough time for this access, a display cycle

accesses 16 adjacent pixels of 3 attribute bits each.

These are read

in parallel and loaded into three 16-bit shift registers for display.

After the memory has been read for screen display,

the CPU access

cycle

starts

when a read or write cycle is requested.

The accessed

memory is broken up into

one

of six

separate

bytes

by properly

decoding memory.

the enabling of bus buffers and write enable signals to the

Dynamic memory is used on the graphics video

board

because

of

the

large amount of memory required.

The memory chips are organized into

16k x 4 bits and are packaged in an 18-pin, dual inline package

(DIP).

The 8 address lines are multiplexed into

256 row addresses

and

64

column addresses to get to the 16 K locations in the memory.

The addresses to the RAM also need to be multiplexed between the

CPU

and

the refresh counter.

Performing this four-way multiplexing are

four 74LS153 dual 4-to-~1 multiplexers (U33 through U36).

Figure 3-7 is a timing diagram

for

the graphics

video

controller

board.

A 74LS163

4-bit counter (U39) and a HAL16RBA-1 logic array

(U41) generate the timing.

A 74LS163 counter connected as a one-shot

(U40), a 75LS00 gate (U44), and a 74LS04 gate (U45) provide the stop,

start, and reset logic for the refresh counter.

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Figure 3-7 Graphics Video Controller Timing Diagram 32

sz

ONDINYIE TVIILE3A 40 GN3

=t LI TPl

_ --

1

1

S Sl

o SL

ONIHNTAVGAHLINLON-IINTIYLIILLOEHISA-3NO

e
o

B -

(=s

_

'

1-- e e

!

v
1 '
_

T

T

v

7

| i
!

STTC1'y ICCECCE7vi CTI

! '
!

.

:

-

_

"

eT1

Te!

=i ]

| 4

e:;

R eB
P | e

L [

P

1

--1 ----------1 --

= e

% v

M!7

|

|

!

R

!

1 : n

i 1

1 ;

v
:

9NINYIE H 40 aN3

= Ll N

-- e e

1

+

e L

)= o S

03QIA JALLOV 40 GN3

-

--/T

w0TANNOD

----_ -- 1
S eyt e B o----B S

oW
LSSTBXYD)

1371Vd £¢N
934 14IHS
i

40 40 40

LNO LNO LN0
T

1133XXIIdd TaxId

18¥14 LSHId 1syls
3

-- ~| ~--=

0

= :

!
- | _

'
!
!--; T

)
) "

!

r----

CCCII.,CCICITIM 'iL TITI.

; !

. ;

I el S

;

:

fro=--il: (ol : B

|

r

s

.

T

1

!
' :

v

7 L

!

!

|

T, '

----1 ----------1 ------

:

.

<

v

- T

M

L

s

1

" 1SYX
--a03q
13a .
-- LIVMD --304v1 --N3LY1 --FCNr3end)4ng _gvwy
-13s9
----qYyM
[N

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

.
1 y

AVF110dASDIG

|
;

ANSB33NIFOdLUYIWIES3M WT!

31040
Avidsia

!

+
L

AV3ITd0SAIDa

!

! 310AD
! AV1dSIa ANOD3S

Waw ; 3NMT30 | ONDINVISH

'SANY33II3NYNIJDS'

IFTOAD AVIdSIQ

ONIHNG ITIAD ' NIFYIS LSV

1SHId

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.5.4 Graphics Logic Array Program

Programming for the logic array is given in Table 3-15.

Table 3-15

Programming for the Graphics State Machine HAL Input

RD~

X1

LATEN-

BUFEN-

Ooutput

WR-
GSELDE

X2
ROWGRCLK

LATOE-

SRLD-

RAS-

GHAIT-

CAS-

DED-

------- et b b et m bt m bbb b=t

b m

LATEN- L . L . . . HL

or

g 15150 o oo B

L

T

R

or

. LL

TR

L

- L -

or L L .

R

% 0.0 D @ o W o

-------------- P

bmb b m e bt m b b m bt m bbb

LATOE- L . L

HHHL

T L

R

CF

holh'8

48 8 o

O N LS LR

N

&M s plb & d slo o b g'vewo

------- Poebmbmb et

mb et bbb m b=

RAS -~

. . LHLH

VIR

or

R LBLIE SN R

Y N L

or 'L,

¢L

L HLL

o

L

HES

R

or

. .

or

TRIECR

. HH L . L H

. L

DRI Rl

%o 0o O 0

or

NI

L HiH

O Vi L L PSSO

I o

R

L - DAF- S-S

da.

@ ols. b

1D

et

b m bbb m bb bb bb ==

U TR

H

B8

s o lF o9

or

85 6 8.0 o3 B

ERRE L

T

------- otttk m bbb m b

BUFEN T N TSI A

v

b -- bbb==
o 2 D o 4ot

Or

NLBLOE

MHSLSLR L

O R

eL I

or

L LR

e |

oo oy o dBeo

OR L L

- I

-

-

G- il

------- Por bbb b et bbbt

SRLD- . . . LHHH

e R

IL- AR

O N LN L

.S e T

CRE I

N

T

------- ot b m btt -- t b m bbb

--r =

CHA'IT NI RTINS

N e

HEUHI . TM e

or

o 5% d b 6 b w

Ll g 9.8 d o o 4

(e & 3h-05 o 4 doay o

R

- =

-------
DED-
or

Fobb m bb bm m bbb b m -- b -- b b =

5 5 00l b

e

Y

]

-

PR

Li'e o.g o

Tl

-------------- Pttt
Legend:

m bb b b b bb --r ==

L = Low signal.

H = High signal.

Comment

Read S85,6,7,8 Hrite S3 Hrite S4 till All other ORs

not write inactive

Read s8 Read S9 till not read All other ORs inactive

Refresh screen Sil1

Write sS3

Read

S3

CPU sS4, :refresh s12

CPU 85,6, refresh .S13,14

CPU S7, refresh s15

(Inactive term)

$13,14,15,0,5,6,7,8 All other ORs.

Read $4,5,6,7,8 Write s2 Write 83,4,5,6,7,8 All other ORs inactive
S1is All other ORs inactive

Delayed DE All other ORs.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

When the logical the AND of terms result is true.

AND of terms from another

from row,

one row of Table 3-15 is ORed

the

output

goes

low

when

with the

3.6 WINCHESTER DISK DRIVE AND CONTROLLER OPTION

The

Winchester

disk drive and controller board option consists of a

controller board,

cable

and

hardware,

and a S- or 10-megabyte

Hinchester

drive.

Aspects of this option described in the followving

paragraphs include:

* HWinchester hardvare theory of operations * Register assignments * Bit definitions for registers and ports * Controller status bit combinations * Normal command sequence operation

3.6.1

Winchester Hardware Theory of Operation

4

The Winchester controller is addressed by the 8088 as a block of four

I1/0 ports:

0030H through O0033H.

1/0 reads are indicated by the bus

signal IORC, and I/O writes are indicated by the bus signal AIOWC-.

The controller can generate an interrupt following conditions:

to the host under one of the

* When

data

controller

is ready

to be

read

from

or written to the

* When the operation

is completed,

and

the

controller

is

requesting a status read (C/D- = 1, [/0 = 1)

Both

of the interrupt conditions can be individually disabled.

the interrupt is active, the computer's interrupt line 6 is held

until it is cleared by a read to the controller status register.

When high

3.6.1.1

On-Board EPROM/ROM.

A 4K x

8-bit

EPROM/ROM

driver

routines

for

the controller. Addressing this

the output to drive the data bus

through

a tristate

EPROM/ROM

is at memory address OFB8O0O00H.

Access time

EPROM or the ROM is less than 350 ns.

contains

the

device causes

Dbuffer.

The

to either the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.1.2

Commands and Command Testing.

block

to the'controller to specify the

device control block (DCB). the DCB.

Table 3-16

The computer sends

a 6-byte

operation.

This block is the

gives the bit definition

for

hi

Table 3-16 Device Control Block Bit Diagram

B

Yrm----m-------- SEESS +~B I T

N UMBER --+-~nw-u-o S

S

+*

t}

7

§

6

{

S

{

4

|

3

|

2

|

1

|

0

Q-g0-=======0=======¢=======¢=======4-=======0=======¢=======0=======0

|0] COMMAND CLASS |

OP CODE

|

e ------------

e =

- ----- e ----------- P ------------- O

------

- *m---------- b ------ - +*

j1}

LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER

I

b mmm----- Fmm--m------

- -------- P m -

HIGH

ADDRESS

( See Note 1 ) |

b

---- o

---- tmmem---- e

------ +

{24

MIDDLE ADDRESS

( See Note 1 ) |

R
13}

F------------ o --m----------

------------ b m-------------- P m----------

LOW ADDRESS

-

- -------- +*

( See Note 1 ) |

et mm

e -- - e --------- o -------- o m--------

-

R

e

- ---- o ---------- +

jai

INTERLEAVE OR NUMBER OF BLOCKS

( See Note 2 ) |

P

- -

= -

e ------- P ------------ -

- e

-------- -------------- P -------------- *

|s| b e m-------

CONTROL

FIELD

bmm------

e = o -------- e

-

e

------ P

| m-------- +*

Notes:

1. Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6. 2. Interleave factor for FORMAT,

CHECK TRACK,

and READ

ID commands.

-

3.6.1.3 bytes that

Explanation

of Bytes

in the Device Control

comprise the device control block are defined

Block.

The

as follows:

§

Byte

Definition

o

Bits 7, 6, and 5 identify the class of the command. Bits

4 through 0 contain the opcode of the command.

1

Bits 7, 6, and S identify the logical unit number (LUN).

Bits 4 through O contain logical disk address 2.

2

Bits 7 through 0 contain logical disk address 1.

3

Bits 7 through 0 contain logical disk address 0.

4

Bits 7 through 0 specify the interleave or block count.

5

Bits 7 through O contain the control field.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

'

HARDHARE OPTIOKNS

3.6.1.4

Control Field Detailed Description.

Byte

S5,

the

field

of

the DCB,

allows

the user to choose options for

different types and makes of

disk

drives.

The following

defines

the Dbits of the control byte.

The step options are

in control byte S of the command descriptor.

The

encoding

with bits 0 through 3 as given in Table 3-17.

control several listing encoded is done

Table 3-17 Command Descriptor Byte

Description
Default 3-ms step rate
Seagate STS06 (MLC2)
Tandon fast-step Texas Instruments fast-step 200-us buffered-step 70-us buffered-step 30-us buffered-step 15~-us buffered-step Olivetti 2 ms/step (561) Olivetti (S62) fast-step
(1.1 ms typical) Spare (for future use)

Bit No.

3

2

1

0

o

o

o

o

o

o

o

1

o

o

1

o

o

o

i

1

0o

1

o

o

0

1

0

1

0

1

1

o

o

1

1

1

1

o

o

o

1

o

o

1

1

1

1

1

4

To configure

a drive

for fast-step or buftered-step; refer to the

manufacturer'''s manual for instructions.

If the drive

is hardware-

configured

for fast-step,

all

commands

requiring the seek option

selection must use the fast-step option for that drive.

NOTE

The step option bits

exclusive.

Select

configuration.

(3 through 0) are

only

one

option

mutually for any

Bits 4 and S are reserved for future use.

Set bit 6 to O for regular operation.

When this

bit

is

set

to

during

a read sector command, any failing sectors are not reread on

the next revolution.

Set bit 7 to 0 for regular operation.

`Setting this bit to 1 disables

the four retries by the controller on all disk-access commands.

Set

bit 7 to 1 only during the performance evaluation of a disk drive,.

B.E`-CHNeICAL REFER".E. NCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

3.6.1.5

Command

Completion .Status Byte.

the controller feturns a completion

status

This

Dbyte

indicates

whether

or not

an

command execution.

(If the error bit is set,

wvhat

caused

command.)

the

error,

you must

send

At byte error
and the

the end of a command,

to

the

computer.

has occurred during

you

want., to know

REQUEST SENSE STATUS

The format of the completion status byte is

1/0
Port

(MSB)

b

7

6 |

'0::

T+===S

e

Bit Number

(LsB)

|

4 |

3}

2 | 1]

e |

R TR R4S SR ST+ S S S S S 4SS SIS eSS SIS

Address||Don't

0030

J|care

(read) ||

{Don't |care
{

|Dri |No.
j

|pon't {Don't |Don't {(Error|Don't |

jcare

|care

|care

| bit jcare

{

|

i

|

§

1

|

I§======§======0======0======0======0====:=0=====0======0'

3.6.1.6

Logical Address

of the drive is computed

(HIGH, MIDDLE and LOK).

The logical

by using the following equation:

address

Logical Address = (CYADR x HDCYL « HDADR) x SETRK + SEADR

Where:

CYADR HDCYL HDADR SETRK SEADR

= Cylinder address = Number of heads per = Head address

cylinder

= Number of sectors per track

= Sector address

3

<

maWv3shaade.elxjc6nutiu.eoms1rut.m7etcdraanniisnnStfoettbeeceertrraorllcprieehanaaisgvveseivIenendgmt.uevlramitllnauiexepaibWlvmyheiutenmiensg.daa4stthyaesfotfoTerhnsmemuetamchtbetpdeoierrsrsdckfe,oovmorimfcmcaoeatnhnndsetcercecot.oiilosnnlrttsereriorgllspseeusareubvdple,optcorkraaftcnaskc(tDioCmnrBitv)neau.rrcsliaenaabTvlhbee1e.e

poTFssnohheerecyctstooionerrce.xpsaarlmarpceoltfveIiot,scledeucadtttoaioaenorsnof.frnioonimtstienrmatleeteargrnaliavveneeastnvfhieantrfgtrarecadftcikovrieansvoonstleotovfcheetsonroSnsneaxmtdamofpejapalnicodsnegagntitacallthopaghatirycecsoainlcteaivltnercuraooynnsustesficentfruoidrrofaseutt.dsha

csilIfeooncgnctitrtocerhraaoelslelseirnoftseetrchheltadosearatsvayetso tfermdwfo'auam'ircstitnogrootnhpeeeirstahfteudtilionlosgk.serloceswtvp,oeoerlId-u.nitthcniertoeenarCslPiUibneegafcvoaernentohtteimreeitanrdatainevnsragflieelraavbelthete.hefacnfteuToxlhrtle

Tisthaniektneegrlolepfe-ueaslrvleaecttiaondrgfvaacntstoytarsrsgtaeenmsifsoefrshpso,rtuohlebdabtlhcpyeeornftnorodrtoimlflfneemorrut'elisntccieepaslbieln-ets.eienrclteosarpveiendgdatbaetfwetearetanunrsef.vearrsiousItno

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.2 Register Assignments

The

register

assignments

for ¢t he

controller are given in Table 3-18.

1/0 ports

of D the

Hinchester

Table 3-18

HWinchester Controller 1/0 Port Assignment

P

-------- P

e

e

i

Address

}

+

Pt

m

e e

dd e e mm e m e -- e --mm------m o +

Functions

|

---------------- P

rrc et --

e, e ---- = +

|

}

|

|

P m-------------------- e

In
r e ---- e, e

|
|
-- -

out

{

|

e e,

m e e e c---- .- +

|

0030H

f

Data IN port

}

Data OUT port

|

e m e~ - R

R

et

e e

e ------, ---- - - *

|

0031H

{

Status register

{

RESET

o

m-- e ---- e -- e

r e

--r e, r e -------- e mr et _--r----

e -------------- +

|

0032H

§

Not used

|

Not usead

|

mr v, -- - -- P e, r e e ------,-------- e e

m e, ------, - -------- +

|

0033H

|

Kot used

§ Interrupt mask

{

et

e

mme

et

e, e, e,

------ +

An

IN function

gets

data from the Winchester controller board and

puts it on the compute r's 1/0

expansion

bus.

Conversely,

an ouT

function

sets

data from

the computer's /0 expansion bus onto the

Hinchester disk contro ller board.

~

For byte definitions of the registers, refer to the

1I1/0 memory

map

given in Table 2-1.

For pin-outs

of the

Electrical Interface.

Hinchester

cable, refer to paragraph 3.6. 20,

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

i

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.2.1

Data Input Port.: Disk read data and controller sense

Dbytes

. pass

through

this

register

to the computer.

The data is held for

each handshake cycle.

The format is as follows:

1/0
Port

(MSB)

Bit Number

(LsB)

Il

7 1

6 |

s |

4 |

3 |

2 | 1|

c |

|¢======0======o======0======¢======0======¢======¢======b

Address||

i

!

1

i

|

|

|

|

0030

J IDATA 7|DATA 6|{DATA S|DATA 4|DATA 3|DATA 2|DATA 1|DATA 0}

H

I

]

J

|

|

1

|

|

l0======#======0======0======0======§======*======#======0

3.6.2.2

Data Output Port.

Command

this

register

to the controller.

the CPU.

The bit arrangement is as

bytes and disk data pass

through

Data is latched until updated by

follows:

MSB

BIT NUMBER

LSB

1/0
Port

i1

7 |

6 |

5 |

4 |

3 |

2 |

1

0 i

'¢======¢======0======0======§======o======0======¢ Zz===+

Address||

]

)

}

|

]

|

|

i

0030 ||DATA 7|DATA 6|DATA S|DATA 4|DATA 3|DATA 2|DATA 1|DATA O}

(write) |

1

f

|

|

}

|

i

l#======Q======0======0======0======0======0======#======0~

3.6.2.3

Controller

Status

Register.

controller

status.

It enables the CPU

and to monitor the controller operation.

is defined as follows:

This

register

stores

the

to read the controller status

The controller status

byte

MSB

BIT NUMBER

LSB

1/0
Port

1l

7 |

|+===a==+

6 |

s | 4!
=

3 |

2 |
=

1

f

=

o |

Address||Don't

0031

|J|care

(read) |}

|Don't |care
|

|Don't |jcare
}

|Don't IDon't

|care

|care

|

|

| COMMAND| INPUT/| DATA

|

|/DATA

|OUTPUT{REQUEST)

|

|

|

|

"======Q-======§======0======0======O=======0======#=======0~

3.6.2.4

Reset Port.

This byte resets the controller.

Any write to

port 0031 causes a reset.

Reset clears each error status, aborts all

operations, and places

the Winchester

controller

in the command

receive mode.

The byte definition follows:

1/0
Port

MSB

BIT NUMBER

LSB

i

7 |

s |

s |

AP

3 |

2| 1

o

l¢======¢======0======0======¢======0======0=====#======+

Address||{Don''t |Don't |Don't |Don't |Don''t |Bon't {Don't|Don't |

0031

|jcare

|care

|care

|care

|care

|care

|care |care

|

(write)||

)

i

}

!

§

!

|

|

l*======5======`======#======0======0======0====="======Q

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

3.6.2.5

Interrupt Mask.

interrupts

are

to be

definition follows:

This is a serviced by

2-bit field that determines which

the CPU.

The interrupt mask byte

MSB8

BIT NUMBER

LsB

1/0
Port

b

ZH

s |

s |

4 |

3 |

2 |

1

o

|

'¢======0======0~======¢==:===4-======0======¢======¢=======9

Address|}Don't |Don't |Don''t |Don't {Don't {Don't |DATA

|STATUS |

0033

|}|care
Hi

|care
§

jcare
|

|care
}

|care
|

|care
§

{INTR. |JINTR.

}

JENA|BELNAE BLE |

"0-======§======#======§======Q======§======0-======Q=======&

3.6.2.6

Error Status Byte.

This

special

byte

1is available

only

after

the

completion of a command.

The controller sets the I/0 and

C/D bits with DRQ

to indicate

that

this

byte

is available.

A

definition of the error status byte follows:

MSB

BIT NUMBER

LSB

1/0

N

7

Port

i

6| s|
zez====2=

Address||Don't |Don't |Drive |Don't |Don't

0030

||care

|care

|No.

jcare

|Jcare

(read) ||

§

|

|

|

l0======0======§======`======#======#======#=====#======Q`

3.6.3

Bit Definitions for Registers and Ports

Table

3-19

gives

the definitions

controller registers and ports.

of bits

-

for

the

Winchester

TECHNICAL RE FERENCE

.

b H}RDHARE OPTIONS

.

i

» Teble 3-1 8 Bit Definitions for Controller Registers and Ports

{DATA 0-7 { READ or
| WRITE || DARTEAQUEST
| INPUT/ | OUTPUT| COMMAND/ | DATA| I ] |

§

Logical sState

|

Pt

M

e e e e m e e m e e mcc e e cccmmrm----mm---- - = +

| Data true ; data high ;

| Data false ; data low

§

| logical one »= 2.4 V

] logical zero <= 0.7 V

§============================*============================é

|

}

bata bit = 1

|

i

i

Data bit = ©

§

|

R

R

e

e kR

1
P R

R

|

e

+*

| Commands, status, or data

| No command, status, or

}

| ready to be transferred

| data transfers to or from

|

| to or from controller.

| controller.

R

Y et

] P

m et e e c et e --cr e -- e m e - +

| The CPU reads data or

| The CPU writes data or

| status from the controller.| commands to the controller.|

e
| When

R

R

INPUT/OUTPUT-

is

]
high,|

e
When

e, e St e

mr-------- .. - ------ -

INPUT/OUTPUT- is high,|

| status

PR

R

is sent to the CPU. | data is sent to the
KR KRR KKK KRR KRIRRRKK | kAR AR KKK KRR KRR AR

CPU.

]

RRRRAR |

When INPUT/OUTPUT- is low, | When INPUT/OUTPUT~ is low, |

commands are sent to the

| data is sent to the

controller.

{ controller.

¢ -

| Controller interrupts the

|

|| STATUS

| CPU after the CPU completes| | the current command and is |

.

| | |

| INTERRUPT { ready to return the status

No status interrupt

|

| ENABLE

| byte.

permitted.

i

||| DIAENTNTAAEBRLREUPT

| | |

Controller interrupts the CPU when data needs to be read from or written to

| | | No data interrupt

| |
i

§

| the controller.

| permitted.

i

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

3.6:2

g #
CSntroller'status Bit Combinations

Table 3-20 gives all valid controller status bit combinations.

Table 3-20

Valid Bit Combinations for Controller Status

____________________________________________________________________ o

{ COMMA|NINDPU/T/ | DATA

i

{ DATA

| OUTPUT|REQUEST||

Meaning of Pattern

|

Q-========§=======Q======="Q============================:============0

j

|

|

1

i

0

}

o

f

0

|

}

}

Not valid

§ !

0========§=======0=======Q{-::======================================='

§

|

{

{§{ A data byte may be sent from the CPU

|

o

{

0

§

1

|| to the Winchester controller. The

|

|

§

§

{{ controller waits for data to be written.}

0========#=======#=======#Q=========================================f

!

i

]

i

0

{

1

i

o

|

|

i

Not valid

|
§
J

§========0=======4:======00========================================='

§

j

|

{{ A data byte may be sentfto the CPU

{

0

}

1 ¢

1

{| from the Winchester controller. The

|

{

}

|

|{ controller waits until data is read.

|

§

i

|{

Command bytes may be sent to the

|

1

|

o

|

1

| Winchester controller from the CPU.

|

|

)

|

i
§
|

0========#=======#=======00=========================================1-

}

|

|

1

§

1

{

1

{

0

Naot valid

|
{

|

|

|

i

}

¢========Q-=======§=======§0=========================================Q~

|

§

§

|}

A status byte may be sent from the

|

i

1

|

1

|

1

j1

Winchester controller to the CPU.

{

i

|

f

i

|

0========0=======0=======0¢=========================================Q

TECHNICAL REFERENCE
2 6.5 Normal Command

Sequence

Figure 3~B8 depicts the logical

C o)

Operation flow of the

HARDWARE OPTIONS

controller
J

functions

--_-- WAIT1

RESET THE WINCHESTER
CONTROLLER WRITE TO PORT 31
READ STATUS PORT 0031

WRITE OR READ CONTROLLER DATA
{READ/WRITE TO PORT - 0030)

1S RAECQTUIEVSE T
OUTCPOU(PBNOTWYTRRTTRIECOTSOLE00TLMT3OE0MO)RAND

WAIT1

READ STAT us FROM PORT 0030

HAFRADUWLATRE

ANOCCDEIURDRR?OR

WISk

DO REQUEST STATUSANCDOMMAND
DECODE ERROR END

Figure 3-8 Controller Operational Flowchart

2223216-20

TECHNICAF REFERENCE

" HARDHARE OPTIONS

3.6.6

Detailed Descrifiiibn of Commands

The commands fall into eight classes -- 0 through

classes O and 7 are used.

Classes i through 6 are

commands

are

data, non-data transfer, and status

commands perform diagnostics.

7; however,

only

reserved. commands.

Class O Class 7

Each command description are shown as

is described in the following includes class, opcode, and "unused."

paragraphs.

The command

format.

"Don't care" bits

3.6.6.1

TEST DRIVE READY Command.

This command selects a particular

drive and verifies that the drive is ready.

The

following

diagram

shows the format of the device control block for this command:

B

Y R
e| 7

e et
6 |

Bit Number--------ec~-eecmcccceca +

S | 4 | 3 |2

b1

| o

|

O'-V-O======0======0======Q======0======0======0======0======0

| o

o

Pomm e

|

o |o

] o

I o

] o

I o

I o

- -------- m----------m m---------- tm---------- ----------- m-------- m---------- +

IRl

o

0 | DRIVE|unused|unusedjunusedfunused|unused]|

e mm---------- m--mm------ mmm------ m------------ e ---------- m---------- e ------ rm-------- +

| 2 junusedfunused|unusedjunusedjunusedjunusedjunused|/unused]j

tmmmb mm----= tm---------- ------------ b

e

=

pmm----- e -------- +*

| 3 |unusedfunused|unused|unusedjunusedfunused|unused|unused|

P

-

om - tmm-------- $------------ -

b

rm---------- +

| 4 junusedfunused|unusedfunused|unusedjunused|unusediunused]j

b mm b ---------- b ---------- -

mm-------- ------------ m------------ -

o -------- +

{ § |unused|unusedjunused|{unusedjunusedfunusedjunusedfunused|

mmmb--m---- == tmm-------- rm---- -

-

r------------ m------------

- R

+

To determine

that

a drive has completed seeking before issuing the

next command, use the TEST DRIVE READY command with overlapped seeks.

(Refer to the paragraph entitled "SEEK Command" in this section.)

If

the drive is still seeking, the end-of-command status byte

indicates

an error, and the sense status indicates "drive still seeking."

This

is a type

O error,

code 8. Sequential TEST DRIVE READY commands

determine when the drive is ready to accept another command.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.8.2

RECALIBRATE

read/write

(R/W) arm

are as follows:-

DRIVE Mommand.

at tratk 000.

Bit

This

command

'pléces

the

definitions for this command

YB b

e

e BIT NUMBER=------c-coeooomoceoo .

t

7 |} Bit 6| Bit 5| Bit 4| Bit 3| Bit 2| Bit 1] Bit o

Q--e--0-======Q======0======0======0======0======Q======Q=====30

o |

o |

o

Pmm--pm--m------ P

| o

i o

o --.------- R

| o

i o

i o

i1

§

Pmm-------- o --------- b -------- o -------- +

f 1|

o |

0 | DRIVE|unusedjunused|unused|unusedjunused]

b

= Fmm---------- tm--mmeaa m--------a o ---- e tmmw----e temmee

o +

} 2 |unusedfunusedfunusedjunusedjunusedfunusedfunused|unused]

boemmmm-- L

rmm--mae b

D

Fmmm-------- t--------ea Pm---------- +*

} 3 lunusedjunusedfunused|unusedjunusedjunusedjunusedjunused]

e

m e

tm----e--e bm---------- e

m---- - tm------ - t---------- o ---- - +

| 4 |unused|unused|unusedjunused|unusedjunusedjunusedjunused}

tm--m e m e

| 5 |RETRY?{

o

tmmm mmm rem-------- L

m-------- - rm------------ +

|

o |

0 [STEP 3|STEP 2|STEP 1|STEP 0}

e~

Pm--------- e ---------- mrmmm--- P ------- P ------ - Pmcmm----

o m--- +*

3.6.6.3 command returns these follow.

REQUEST SENSE

STATUS

Command.

The computer

sends. this

immediately

after it detects an error.

The controller then

4 bytes of drive and the controller status.

The formats

for

4 Dbytes

are shown after the DCB.

Definitions of these bytes

B

<

Y 4o t

7

mmm e | Bit

6]

Bit

S|

BIT Bit

4}NUMBBitER-3~|~--B-it---2-|=

e Bit 1]

Bit

. 0}

0--e--0======0'======#==`====0======'======0~======Q======`======Q

] o|

o |

e ------

o |o

] o

i o

| o

I 1

o1

i

- - rm---------- o m------ m--mmm- m------------ rm-------- rm---------- +

f 1

o |

0 | DRIVE|unusediunusedjunusedjunused|unused|

R

e

- tmm-------- P ------ Fmmm - ---------- o -------- P

*

| 2 junusedjunusedjunused|unusedfunused|unused|unused|unusedj

e m b m---------- bm---------- tmm-------- o -------- mm-------- tm------------ e

------ m---------- +

f 3 junused|unusedfunused|unusedjunused|unused|unused|unused]|

tmmmb e ------ Fm---------- o ------ tmmmmme remm-- o m-------- o -- torm-------- +

| 4 {unused|unusedjunusedjunused|unused|unused|unused|unusedj}

Pm b

m- o

b

b

Pmmm------ tmm-- - ------------ o

---- +*

| S |lunused|unusedjunused{unusedfunused|unused|junused|unused]|

R

e

tom e --m---- Fmmme- Pmm-------- e -------- tmmm------ tmmmm- +

Bit 7, the address valid bit in the error code byte, is relevant only

vhen the previous command required a logical block address.

In this

case,

it is always returned as a 1; otherwise, it is set to 0. For

instance, assume that a RECALIBRATE command is followed

immediately

by

a REQUEST

SENSE STATUS command.

The address valid bit could be

returned as 0 because the command does not require

a 1logical

block

address to be passed in its DCB.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHWARE OPTIONS

The format for the sense bytes returned is as follows:

B

yty

7 | e § S | 4 § 3 § 2 { 1+ 4 o

e

o

NOTE: Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

Hhen

an error

occurs

on a multiple-sector data transfer (read or

write), the REQUEST SENSE STATUS command returns the logical

address

of

the failing

sector

in bytes 1, 2, and 3.

If the REQUEST SENSE

STATUS command is issued after any of

the

format

commands

or

the

CHECK TRACK

FORMAT command,

and

if no error exists, the logical

address returned by the controller points to one

sector

beyond ' the

last track formatted or checked.

If an error does exist, the logical

address

returned points to the track in error.

Table 3-21i, Table 3-

22, and Table 3-23 list the types 0, 1, 2, and 3 error codes.

Table

3-24

summarizes the error codes returned by the REQUEST SENSE STATUS

command.

"

<

Code OH 1H 2H 3H 4H SH 6H

Table 3-21

Type O Error Codes, Hinchester Disk

Definition

The controller detected no error of the previous operation.

during

the execution

The controller did not detect an index signral from the drive.

The controller did the drive after

not get a SEEK COMPLETE seek operation.

signal

from

The controller detected last operation.

a write

fault

from drive

during

After the controller selected the drive, not respond with READY signal.

the drive did

Not used.

After stepping maximum number of cylinders, controller did not receive track 00 signal from the drive.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Hex Code
OH
1H
2H 3H 4H
SH
6H 7H B8H SH
AH

Table 3-22 Type 1 Error Codes, Controller Board

Message ID Read Error Data Error
Address Mark Not used. Sector Not Found Seek Error Not used. Not used. Correctable Data Error Bad Track
Format Error

Definition

The controller detected an ECC error in the target ID field on the disk.

The controller detected ECC error in the target during a read operation.

an uncorrectable sector

The controller did not detect the target
address mark (AM) on the disk.

The controller found the correct cylinder and head, but not the target sector. The controller detected an incorrect cylinder or track, or both.

The controller detected a correctable ECC error in the target data field.

The controller detected the bad flag during the last operation.

track

During a CHECK TRACK FORMAT command, the controller detected one of the following:
* Track not formatted * HWrong interleave * ID ECC error on at least one sector

3-47

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Table 3-23 Types 2 and 3 Error Codes, Command and Miscellaneous

Code OH 1H OH

Type

Message

Invalid Command

tllegal Address

Disk

RAM Error

iH

Program Memory

Checksum Error

2H

ECC Polynominal

Error

Definition
The controller received an invalid command from the host.
The controller detected an address beyond the maximum range.
The controller detected a data error during the RAM sector buffer diagnostic.
During its internal diagnostics, the controller detected a program memory checksum error.
During the controller''s internal diagnostics, the hardware ECC generator failed its test.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Error Code

Table 3-24 Meaning

Error Code Summary

Illegal (direct) access to an alternate track.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

Error Code 1DH 1EH
1FH

Table 3-24 Error Code Summary Meaning

(Concluded)

f"._ X4t,',

On a FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK command, the track is already assigned or is flagged as a bad track.
When the controller attempted to access an alternate track from a spared track, the alternate track was not flagged as an alternate.
On a FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK command, the bad track equaled the alternate track.

Note:

The Address Valid bit (bit ?) may or may not be set and is

not included here.

=

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

f!%.s.c

FORMAT

DRIVE

Command.

This

command

uses

the

selected

-interleave

factor

to format all `sectors having ID and data fields,

and writes 6CH into data fields. -The

controller

formats

from

the

starting

address,

which is passed in the command, to the end of the

disk.

Setting FORMAT pattern

bit S (from control byte DRIVE command causes the written on the disk data

S of the

command

block)

with

sector buffer to be used as the

fields.

the data

To initialize the

sector

buffer,

command

before

the FORMAT

DRIVE

follows:

issue

the WRITE

SECTOR

command.

Byte definitions

BUFFER are as

Notes: ¥ Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6. 24 Factor is number of sectors per track minus one.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.6.5

on

the

does not

CHECK TRACK FORMAT Command.

This command checks the format

specified

track for correct ID and interleave.

The command

read the data field.

The byte configuration is as follows:

B

Y atam S e S RS TIT +-B I T

t]

7

| 6

|

S

t

NUMDBER

4

|

3

-4------- o

}

2

§

-------- tm--m-------- *

1

| o

030-=======§=======Q=======0~=======0=======+=======0=======#=======Q'

lof

o

-

I

o

|

o

bmmmem---- -

}

o

|

o

------------

-

]

1

|

o

|

i

{

e m------------ m---------- Fmmmmm == +-

t1)

o

§

o

|DRIVE

|

HIGH

ADDRESS (See note 1)/}

- ---------- bm--em------ em e

e mm---- mm--mm- e ------ o

m------ - +

|2}

MIDDLE ADDRESS

(See note 1)

}

tmb -

tme m rm-- e ---- tm--mmm---- mm

mm---------- b-- - m----------- +

13}

b mmmm=

141

o

mmmm------
| o

b m

- L

|S| RETRY?)

o

b -------------- P m---------

LOK ADDRESS

(See note 1)

rm-------------- mmme------ e m------ Pm

-

|

o

i

INTERLEAVE FACTOR

b m

- -

m----m.---- Am-------------- m--------------

§

0

{ o

| STEP 3] STEP 2|

e ---- m----m-------- R

o ------------

§ ------------ -------------- +
(See note 2)
mm---------- trmm-------- *
STEP 1| STEP 0|
-------------- m------------ +

Notes:

1. Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6. 2. Factor is number of sectors per track minus one.

s

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.6.6

FORMAT TRACK Command.

The FORMAT TRACK

command

reformats

the

track,

eliminating

all references to bad and alternate tracks.

Setting bit S from control byte S of the

command

block

causes

the

sector

buffer

to be used

as the data pattern in the data fields.

Otherwise, the command writes 6CH

in

the

data

fields.

The byte

definitions are as follows:

141

0

|

o

}

o

}

INTERLEAVE FACTOR (See note 2) |

L

e -------- e

{s] RETRY?|

o

| o

-

- --------- P ---------- e ----

- P

+

]

o

| STEP 3| STEP 2| STEP 1] STEP 0]

P
Notes:

------

-

P

------ P --------- b

-------- Cmm

.- b m-------------- P ---------- - +*

1. Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

2. Factor is number of sectors per track minus one.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.6.7

FORMAT BAB TRACK Command.

This

track, setting the bad sector flag in the

are written.

The byte definitions are as

command fdrmats a specified

ID fields.

No data

fields

follows:

B

VRt el Bl GoooEccts +-B I T

NREUNMEBNERRES S So st e

SESS e +

t

7 |6

|s }4 !3

|2!1 }o

|

e P
jol
P
11}

T S S L S+ S S I T S C R e R

IT I S d T T

o Jo ]o !

---------- P -------- Fmmm-------- b

o

{

o

|DRIVE |

T T S R A S S ST S S S 4SS S S S SS 4SS S S E SR 4SS SR EEE S
o !o )1 !1 )1 }
-------- o m------ Fmmmmmm--== m---------- e mm - +
HIGH ADDRESS (See note 1) |

e
12)

e ------------ e

rm e ------ b= -------- mm

=

MIDDLE ADDRESS (See note 1)

e mm-------- P--

- - +*
|

mbmmmm === tmmm - *------------ -

e mm--- - .-

e

134

LOW ADDRESS (See note 1)

- -------- +
|

et m e -- - e m - P ---------- m------------ mmmm - tmmmm-- Pmm--m-------- T

+*

ja]

o

|

o

| [}

|

INTERLEAVE FACTOR (See note 2) |

P -------------- P ---------- e

-

P

P

e

----- T

------ +

|5} RETRY?{

o

|

o

{

0

{ STEP 3} STEP 2| STEP 1} STEP O}

e m e ---- - mmmm-- tmmm-------- m------------

e e

- P mm - P ---------- +

NOTES :

1. Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

2. Factor is number of sectors per track minus one.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.86.6.8

READ Command.

Starting

this command, the controller reads a

The byte definitions are as follows:

with the sector address
specified number of

given in sectors.

Notes: 1. Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6. 2. If this bit is set in the READ command and an ECC error is
found, retry the command.

3.6.6.9

HRITE Command.

This command writes the

sectors, starting with the initial sector address

DCB.

Byte definitions are as follows:

specified number of

contained

in the

)

S

|S| RETRY?|

o

J 0

1

o

| STEP 3| STEP 2| STEP 1} STEP 0|

Note:

Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

e

b

;

HARDHARE OPTIONS

»

3.5.6.10.',SEEK

Command.

This command initiates a seeklto the track

" specifieidn the DCB.

The

drive

must

be

formatted.

The byte

definitions are as follows:

Note:

Refer

HUMBER -+4------~ e

tm------------ .

|

3

i

2

}

1

|

o

e mccma

T

USR SSISRII S S LIS

| 1

| o

|

1

i 1

om -

e mr e -- - rm----------

e m------- +

HIGH ADDRESS (See note)]

P

tm----m------ tmm---------- = S T

+

MIDDLE ADDRESS (See note)

i

P --

e~ ------ o ------------

e m-------- Fmm---------- +

LOW ADDRESS

(See note)

|

S --------- mm--m-- Fmmmm = mmm= ---- +

|

P -------- tm--m--m------ tmmm-----

mmm------ +

| STEP 3| STEP 2| STEP 1| STEP 0|

mm---------- o

o ---------- mm--m-- +

to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

For drives

using buffered

seeks, SEEK commands can be overlapped.

After the controller issues a SEEK to the drive, it does not wait for

the drive to complete the SEEK, but returns a completion status.

If

the return status shows no error, then the SEEK was issued correctly.

If

there

is an error,

then

the SEEK was

not

fssued.

After

transferring the status, another command `can

be

issued

to either

drive.

If a drive with an outstanding SEEK receives a new command,

the controller waits (holding BUSY active) until the

SEEK

completes

before

executing

the new command.

(See the section entitled "TEST

DRIVE READY Command" for a special

case.)

There

is no time-out

condition

in the controller

waiting for the buffered-step SEEK to

complete.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

.

.

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.§.6.11

INITIALIZE DRIVE

CHARACTERISTICS

Command.

This

command

'enables

the controller

to work

with drives

thfi} have different

capacities and characteristics.

However, both Winchéster drives must

" be of the same manufacturer and model number.

b

After the computer sends the command

(pcB)

to the

controller,

it

sends

an B-byte block of data containing the drive parameters.

Some

of

the parameters

occupy

2 bytes;

all

2-byte

parameters

are

transferred are:

with the most significant byte (MSB) first.

The 8 bytes

9T mAa o o

Maximum Maximum Maximum Starting Starting

number of cylinders (2 bytes) ECC data burst length (1 byte) number of heads (1 byte)
write precompensation cylinder reduced write current cylinder

(2 bytes) (2 bytes)

When the controller values are set:

is powered up or reset,

the following default

Maximum Maximum Maximum Starting Starting

number of cylinders (C)= 153 ECC data burst length (E)= 11 bits number of heads (H)= 4
write precompensation cylinder (P)=64 reduced write current cylinder (W)= 129

The parameter for the maximum ECC burst length defifes the length

of

a burst

error

in the data field that the controller is`to correct.

The burst length is defined as the number

of bits

from

the

first

error

bit

to

the

last

error bit.

For example, if the controlier

detects a S-bit ECC error and

the

erroneous

data

appears

(before

correction)

as

S

(1100

0101),

it could appear as D4 (1101 0100)

after the correction.

However, if the CPU has set

the maximum

ECC

burst

length

at 4 Dbits,

the

controller

might flag this data as

uncorrectable.

This is a type i1, code 1 error.

TECHNI CAL REFERENCE

- WARDWARE OPTIONS

: -

9 '

£

`Byte d efinitions for the INITIALIZE DRIVE CHARACTERISTICS command are

as fol lows:

.

i 7 | Bit 6| Bit S| Bit 4] Bit 3] Bit 2§ Bit 1} Bit 0|

Byte d efinitions

for

the drive

parameter

Dbytes

{passed

to the

contro ller

after

the

INITIALIZE

DRIVE CHARACTERISTICS command has

been i ssued) are as follows:

------- +--===m=-+=-B I T

7

}

6

}

S

i

NS URMEBRENRE - &

4

i

3

|

+ ee = -

2

|

e S oS oo s s = --

1

|

o

§

EEE

SSE 4 SS

SSE 4 TS I TS

4 S S TS S

S 4SS IR ST SIS SRS S SASNIRISSS SIS SRS

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CYLINDERS: MSB

i

-------

e ee

e, m el r e

e e-

ee o

------

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CYLINDERS: LSB

-------

ee m

e et mm

e e c e dec e mc e b e m e m

f -

o

|

0o

i

]

|

o

| MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HEADS

|

-------

e m

e ee

e mmmm e

m e m e dmmcm b m-------- b m e

b

STARTING REDUCED WRITE CURRENT

--------------

e m

e, --c e e --, e, e b

CYLINDER:
--, e b e rm----,

MSB

i

e ---- ------ b -----------

STARTING REDUCED WRITE CURRENT CYLINDER:

LSB

-------

e m----

e, e, b e, m

b e m, e ----m b, --,-- ---- b

------

STARTING HRITE PRECOMPENSATION CYLINDER:

Msa

------- W

=

e

e

e

i
- ----------
§

STARTING HRITE PRECOMPENSATION CYLINDER:

LsSB

------- e

et e

r ee

b m e --c b --

i e ----------

o

]

o

------- o m

f

0

i

e e

b

0

| MAXIMUM ECC DATA BURST LENGTH |

-- b e e e r ---- fm e

r b

----

-

- ----

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.6.12

READ ECC

transfers 1 byte to

burst

length

that

command.

This byte

type 1, code B.

Byte

BURST

ERROR

LENGTH

Command.

the CPU.

This byte contains the

the

controller

detected

during

is valid only after a correctable

definitions are as follows:

This

command

value of the EcCC

the last READ

ECC data error,

e

e 6] Bit

S|

BiBtIT

4]NUMBiBtER=3-| -=Bcict--c2]omeBiotocc1o| mmBointn.

. 0|

S+=Z=SaTTe=e =S I===S T 4

Fmm et m e - ----------a

e m------ tm--mm-- L

Pm--m e

e ---- re-------- +

P

m e

bmm P mm - tem--m - -

Pem e tmmm e

r------me *

be | mm4 mb]m unmm uese --edlb P unumems--em--detjtuo--nm--mmum--s----e----dlm P umn--u-- semmd-- ]rL u--n--u--sm--e--dlP o unumsme----d--lut tmnmmu-- ms--m--em --d--lurnmmu--m--s----e----d----l

+ +

e m e ---- - b----em--

e mm--- t------mm-- e

---- r------m----

m--mmm---- Po--mm- +

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

e

>

.

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.6.13 =FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK Command.

The FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK

command formats the header fields of the "bad track" with the.

alternate

track

information

(assigned

by the CPU).

The alternate,.

track is formatted to identify it as an alternate.

The command

byte

definitions for FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK are as follows:

IS} RETRY?|

0 f(Note 3) 0 | STEP 3| STEP 2| STEP 1| STEP 0}

Notes: 1. Refer

to paragraph

3.6.1.6.

2. Factor is number of sectors per track minus one.
-

3. If this bit is set, the data in the existing sector buffer

is used to fill the data field. If this bit is cleared,

the data field is written with 6CH.

-

The

interleave

command, and is

byte (S) is set,

the data field.

byte

(4)

is programmed

the same as in the FORMAT

used on the alternate track.

If bit S of the control

the data in the existing sector buffer is written to

If not, the data field is written with 6CH.

After issuing the

Alternate

Address

assigned alternate

ignored.

command, data
logical

the controller

block.

These

3

address.

Again

asks

for

the

Assigned

bytes

point to the CPU-

the

sector

address

is

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

.

HARDWARE OPTIONS

The byte definitions
are as follows:

'

for

the

Assigned
b

Alf!}nate

Address

Data

Block
>

Note: Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

3.6.7

Alternate Track Assignment

The computer both assigns alternate tracks and locks out bad

tracks.

Bad

areas

on

the

disk are

labeled defective on a track basis by

issuing a FORMAT BAD TRACK command (command code 07).

One procedure

for assignment and handling of alternate tracks is given below.

1. Give the FORMAT

DISK

command

(command

code

04).

formats

the

entire

disk

drive starting at logical

00,

This track

a. If any errors occur, give the command .

REQUEST

SENSE

STATUS

b. If a format error is indicated, bytes 1, 2, and 3 of

the returned

status

give

the address

of the bad

track.

. Give a FORMAT BAD TRACK command (command code 07)

to

the track.

d. Reissue the FORMAT DISK command.

e. If any

other

errors

occur

during

the

subsequent

formatting,

reissue the REQUEST SENSE STATUS, FORMAT

BAD TRACK, and FORMAT DISK commands until the

entire

disk is formatted.

2. Give the RECALIBRATE command (command code 01) to the heads over track 000.

position

All

sectors

on

the disk

errors occurred in the data.

are read to see if any uncorrectable ECC The FORMAT command places a 6CH pattern

in the data fields of all

sectors,

and

the

computer

program

can

verify

this

data

pattern

after

the data

is read

into memory .

However, verifying the data byte for byte is not

usually

necessary,

because

the

error

detection

and

correction

circuitry

flags all

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

'
uncorrectable errors. multiple sector reads

e

£

If a la;gé block of host memory is

can be issued to speed up the verify

o
available, process,.

When

an

wuncorrectable

error

is found, issuing a FORMAT BAD TRACK

command (command code 07) to the failing track

writes

a bad

track

flag

into all

identifier

fields.

Later

accessing of this track

results in an error, causing the sense status that follows to show an

error code 15H.

NOTE

WHhenever a user program

accesses

the disk,

be

sure that the operating system does not allow the

program

to issue a READ or WRITE command to the

alternate tracks.

The disk controller has no way of knowing when an alternate track

is

being

read.

The alternate tracks are sometimes assigned at the end

of the disk (highest track numbers), but they can be assigned to any

tracks

so

long

as

the

track label is maintained by the computer.

Given the error correction capability of the controller, four

tracks

reserved

as alternates

should

be adequate

for all disk drives

currently available.

However, the system programmer

should

consult

the disk drive manual for the hard-defect specifications.

3.6.8

Alternate Address Protocol

s

After

receiving

the FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK command and the assigned

alternate, the controller performs the following steps:

1. Seeks to the "alternate assigned track" and verifies

that

it

is

not

already an assigned alternate or a flagged bad

track.

NOTE

If the track has

already

been

assigned

as

an

alternate

or is flagged "bad", then error code

1DH is given and the command

is aborted.

This

usually

implies

that the computer is attempting

to assign two bad tracks to

the

same

alternate

track.

2., Formats the track as an assigned alternate track.

3. Seeks to the bad track and formats the header

as a spare

TECHNICAL REFERENCE E

.

»

o .

v

track pointing to the assigned altq;nate.

4. Destroys - data fields on both the bad-»'track

track.

:

HARDWARE OPTIONS and alternate

The procedure follows:

for wusing

the

FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK command is as

1. Format the entire disk, including spare tracks.

2. Verify the disk.

3. Assign each media defect an alternate track.

4. Assign alternate tracks list.

for

drive

manufacturer's

defect

The wvhen

controller

automatically

seeks

an access is made to a flagged

to the assigned alternate track

defective

track.

Consecutive

accessing controller

does

not result in reseeking to the alternate

maintains position on the alternate track.

track.

The

NOTE

When using the FORMAT ALTERNATE TRACK command, be

sure

to

< include

(in

the

controller

initialization)

cylinder and head ranges for the

alternate tracks.

7

Generally, the actual disk space is greater

the

system

software.

This

extra

space

tracks as needed.

The alternate tracks are

than the amount fixed

by

can be used for alternate

invisible to the host.

The number of spare tracks depends on the drive

of defects

allowed by the drive manufacturer.

track is allotted for each S0 to 100 tracks.

size and

the

number

Generally, one spare

Direct access track results

(attempted data transfers or

seeks)

in an error code 1CH, and no transfer

to an alternate takes place.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

_,,_.,_. > s M

3.6.9

HWRITE SECTOR BUFFER Command

-

This command

pattern.

No

The

command

buffer.

The

is used to f£fill the sector buffer with a host-given data data is transfered between the drive and the controller.
accepts S12 bytes of data and stores them in the sector byte definitions are as follows:

Ao 6] Bit S| BiBtIT 4|NUMBiBtER-3-| -=B-i=t=---2§==mBoit=-=1~{ =--B--i--to--© +

3.6.10

READ SECTOR BUFFER Command

This command sends 512 bytes of data from the

CPU.

The byte definitions are as follows:

~
sector

buffer 0

to

the

8

y t e

+| emm7mmm|mmBmitmmm6]mmBmimt mmSe|ooo

BIT Bit

4]NUMBBitER-3-§--=Bi--t=--2=| -=-Bi--t------1|=meBoiot----0}+

v

o

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHARE OPTIONS

.

-

20

3.6.11 RAM DIAGNOSTICS Command

This

command

performs

a data pattern test on the RAM buffer.

The

byte definitions are as follows:

B
Y t +omcm
e
v o

e

Bit

e e
S|

BIT
Bit

NUMBER-~=-------c-meccace--ao
4| Bit 3| Bit 2| Bit 1| Bit

0| +

(i

3.6.12

DRIVE DIAGNOSTICS Command

* B

This

command

tests both

the drive

and

the`~ drive-to-controller

interface.

The controller sends RECALIBRATE and SEEK commands to the

selected

drive

and verifies sector 0 of all the tracks on the disk.

The controller does not

perform

any

write

operations

during

the

command; it assumes the disk has been previously formatted.

The byte

definitions for the command are as follows:

B

y

P 4 mrmmmcec e ee BIT NUMBER--~--~----=--

s *

e |

7

| Bit 6| Bit S| Bit 4) Bit 3} Bit 2§ Bit 1] Bit of

0--v--`-======fi-======0======§======§======§======0'======0`======0

| o | 1}

LIRSl B 1

e m b -- oo b

D

| o | o j o ] £ 13 2 |
Fm------ tommm-- mme e tommmm m--m - +

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.13

CONTROLLER INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS Command

This

command

causes

the

controller

to perform a

controller

checks

its

internal

processor,

data

circuitry,

and

the checksum of the program memory.

does not access the disk drive.

The byte definitions

self-test.

The

buffers,

ECC

The controller

are as follows:

o mmm7 o | Bit o 6§ Bit S| BiBtIT 4]NUMBiBtER-3-| ==B-i-t=-2-|--cBi-t-om1o| --oBoimtooO}*

3.6.14 READ LONG Command

i,

This command transfers the target sector and 4 bytes of data

ECC

to

the CPU.

If an ECC error occurs during the read, the controller does

not

attempt

to correct the data field.

This command is useful for

recovering data from a sector with an uncorrectable ECC error and for

diagnostic operations.

The byte definitions are as follows:

B

Yt

S

Commoona +-B I T

NUMBER -+------- Soooooo) Sl +

t]

7

}

6

|

s

|

4

§

3

§

2

|

1

f

o

§

+ B+ S S S S S E S+ I ST T

104

1

) 1

b=

|2

o

e ----------

|

c

b --=

o ----------

eSE S SS
] 1
r--------------
|DRIVE
L

4 S S E S T E S+ S S ESS TS 4SS SESSS4ASSSSSRSEISSSSSS

| 0

| o

l 1

i o

j 1

R

e

Y e

e

------ -

o m------ +

|

HIGH ADDRESS (See note)|

e --

- ----

o ------ e

e

e

+

j214

MIDDLE ADDRESS

(See note)

|

b

-- --

m------------ e

------ mm---------- Pm--m-------- e ---------- o ---------- e

------ +

13)

LOW ADDRESS (See note)

|

P
14}

---------- e

b ---------- *mmm-------- e
BLOCK COUNT

---- m------------ mmmmm= b m-------- +
(See note)

ot

-- = m---- e

e -------- e -------- mmm-------- -

- -

e

+

|S| RETRY?{

c

§

0

|

o

| STEP 3} STEP 2} STEP 1| STEP 0}

e R

-------- e -------- rm------------ b mmm -

m--------------- o

e

+

Note: Refer to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.15 WRITE LONG Command

This command transfers a sector

to

the

disk

drive.

During

supplies the 4 ECC bytes instead

bytes.

This

command is useful

byte definitions are as follows:

of data and four appended

ECC Dbytes

this

write

operation,

the computer

of using the hardware-generated

EgCC

only for diagnostic operations.

The

Note:

Refer

T

NUMBER -+------- S

SESS +

|

4

|

3

|

2

I

1

|

o

|

===0=:=====0=======0=======O=======0=======0

| o

|

o

------- Pt

et e --

|{DRIVE |

|

1

|

i

|

o

|

b mm--rrm e m b e e

b e m----------¢

HIGH ADDRESS (see Note)]

-------

e

Mt e

e me e meb

e mr--r -- e ------

MIDDLE ADDRESS

(see Note)}

------- P e

e pee

e e, e b r e m---- e b e ---- e ---- g

LOW ADDRESS

(see Note)|

------- P r et

et e et e

rbe e e

-- e ------g

BLOCK COUNT

}

------- P e et

eee e

r e e

mr e et e ------

§

0

| STEP 3| STEP 2| STEP i} STEP 0}

------- e e e e e
to paragraph 3.6.1.6.

bt

r e bt

-- e

--------d

a

&4

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDHWARE OPTIONS

3.6.16

Execution Order of Remaining Diagnostics

Kot all of the diagnostics are executed

The remaining

diagnostics

should

be

following order.

by the computer on powver-up.

<called

by

the

CPU

in the

1. CONTROLLER INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (command

code

E4).

This

command

tests

all

the

logical

and

decision-making

capabilities

of the controller,

the

program

memory

checksum,

and

the error detection and correction circuits

(ECC).

Executing

this

diagnostic

ensures

that

the

controller can communicate with the computer.

2. RAM DIAGNOSTICS {(command code EO0O).

This

command

verifies

that

the sector buffer is operational by writing, reading,

and

verifying

various

data patterns

to and

from

all

locations.

3. INITIALIZE DRIVE CHARACTERISTICS (command code

O0C).

This

command sends the new drive configuration to the controller

when the parameters of the connected drives differ from the

defaults. The INITIALIZE DRIVE CHARACTERISTICS command must

be igssued before executing the DRIVE DIAGNOSTIC command.

4. TEST DRIVE READY (command code 00).

This

command,

issued

before the DRIVE DIAGNOSTIC is executed, finds out when the

drive is ready to accept a command.

S. DRIVE DIAGNOSTIC (command code E3).

This command issues

a

RECALIBRATE

to the disk drive and then steps though all

tracks, verifying the ECC on the identifier fields

of

the

first

sector of each track.

If this diagnostic passes, it

implies that the disk has been formatted and that the first

ID field of each track is good.

3.6.17

Error Correction Philosophy

The typical error-correction time of the controller is approximately

S0 ms, which is greater than the time for one revolution of the disk.

The sector

in error can be reread (if bit 6 is not set in byte S of

the READ command DCB) on the next revolution during a READ

command.

In most cases, the error is soft and does not reappear on the reread.

This initial reread of the failing sector is in addition to the retry

count passed in the DCB (bit 7, byte 5),.

The

controller presets the error retry count to 4 each time a sector

is read succegsfully.

Sometimes, an error labeled

uncorrectable

is

later

found

to be correctable.

If this happens during a multiple-

sector transfer, the controller resets the retry count

to 4 Dbefore

another sector is read.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.18

Sector Field

Table 3-25 describes

Description the sector information

fields.

Table 3-2S5 Sector Field Format

Field
AM GAP1L SYNC GAP2 coM CYLH CYLL HEAD SEC FLAG ZER ECC GAP3 SYNC2 GAP4 DATA ECC2 GAPS

£WE -nANNM -OAKMMEELEBENEO

Kumber of Bytes

A

Field Description

Address mark

Zero byte gap

ID sync byte

ID zero byte gap

ID compare byte

Cylinder high (MsB)

Cylinder low (LSB)

Head number

Sector number

Flag byte

Zero byte

ID ECC bytes

Zero byte gap

5

Data field sync byte

Data field zero byte gap

Data field

-~

Data field ECC bytes

Inter-record zero gap

Notes: 1., Cylinder (track) numbering is O-based. 2. Sector numbering is i-based. 3. Disk surface numbering is O-based

The

track layout for the Si12 bytes/sector, 17 sectors/track is given

in Table 3-26.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE
e»,

HARDWARE OPTIONS
-

Table 3-26

S12-Bytes-Per-Sector Format

BYTE

MSB

LSB

dmmmemmmeeeem BIT NUMBER--~-=we-wmcomacoooo--o +

T Z0

6 S

S T SR AR | 3 | S 2 S e L | JE R0

EEEEEEREE
1-4
--------
s-13
--------

A R EEE A R R AR

R

|

ADDRESS

et e e, e r e e b e
§o {o |o |

e m e, e, et

22 A
MARK b
o } b

s R

RS

e e e b e ------ b e
o }o {o

e

e be

b me

RSEE TR EY
|
-- ==
§o |
m b m-- == 4

14

i

-------- b m
1s-16 | ©

ID SYNC BYTE

|

e e

e e ee e bree

{4 o } o }j o

b e m e mm------fmmmm e -- === &
| o J o } o |} o |

-------- P e e m e b e e r e b m e

-- b m e -- b m---- ==}

17

|

-------- P m e

ID COMPARE BYTE --mr e b e mr e b rr e e b e e e b

i cc e b m e -- e -- = --------

i8

§

--------

e e

CYLINDER NUMBER ( MSB )

{

e

e e ee

e e,

m e m e -- b m e m b m--------

i85

§

-------- P

20

|

--------

m vm b et m

CYLINDER NUMBER ( LSB )

m e

b

HEAD NUMBER

b

e mbe

e r e, e

mm e

e m e bee ce

{ == ---- -
|
e ------

21 --------
22

] e
f

e e,

SECTOR

NUMBER

b, e, e e b e,

b r

FLAG BYTE

e b e

§

b e

-- - --------

}

--------

23

FE

-------- A

e e, c e, e e b

e b m,r

08 | N0 SN I 0 S

RO SN 8 O

e e

e e e e o e e ey v e

e e

b m e-- be --

b ----------

[R Ol

.0 14 o |

e m

e e e o e e e ee

24-27 --------
28-43
--------

|

ID ERROR CORRECTION CODE BYTES

§

&-----~-¢----~----¢--------+--~------¢---------¢--------0--:--0---------+

| o | © § o |} o f o | o t o | o |

Fmmmmc e m e

c-- e mmm---- e m b

-- b ----

=== &

44 --------
45-46

§

DATA FIELD

Fmm e m b e mm e
|© }o

mc b
|o |

SYNC BYTE mcm b e mmc b e m e
o |} o § o

m b e m e
4 ©

i m == &
|o }

---------------- Prmmmm b e

et e m b

c b eme e

-- b mm------ bk ---- == 4

47-558 | --------

e, et e

512 BYTES DATA e b r e, --r e b e, r e b e m e

rm e b

{ m -- - --------

$59-562 |

DATA FIELD ERROR CORRECTION CODE BYTES

§

--------

e et e, e r e rr e b

cm e

e me

--- -

s63-605 §j o § o | o } o | o } o | o | o |

---------------- P e e

e

e bt e e e et m

= --------

60S bytes/sector including ID and overhead

Track Capacity

= 10416

10285 +131

= 17 sectors of 605 bytes/sector = Speed tolerance gap

10416

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDWARE OPTIONS

3.6.19

Specifications ~ Controller Board

Table 3-27 gives the Winchester controller

board

specifications.

Table 3-27

HWinchester Controller Board Specifications

Environmental Paramsters:
Temperature Relative Humidity
o (@ 40 F wet-bulb temperature, no condensation) Altitude

Operating

o

o

10 C to 40 ¢

°

o

(32 F to 131 F)

10% to 950%

Mean sea level to 10 000 ft

Storage

[}

o

-~10 C to 60 C

o

o

(-40 F to 167 F)

10% to 90%

Mean sea level to 4S5 000 £t

Power Reguirements:

Voltage

Range

+5.0 vade

4.75 to S§.25 vdc

-12.0 vde

-10.8 to -13.2 vde

Current 2.5 A maximum 2.0 A typical 66.0 mA maximum 48.0 mA typical

3-71

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

HARDKWARE OPTIONS

3.6.20

Electrical Interface

This paragraph specifies the electrical

interface

requirements

for

the S 1/4-in Winchester disk drive.

All

Winchester

controller

boards

use

header

interchangeable with the AMP type 87215-7 for the 20-pin

(to J2/P2),

and type 1-87215-7 for the 34-pin connector

Section S5 contains assembly drawings showing the pin-outs

connectors.

The connector layout is shown in Figure 3-9.

assemblies

connectors

(to J1/P1).

for

these

WINCHESTER CONTROLLER
BOARD
TAAYMSPPSEEMH8BE7LA21YD5E7R OR EQUIVALENT
AMP HEADER TAYSPSEEM1B-L87Y215-7
OR EQUIVALENT

RIBBON CABLE TO WINCHESTER DRIVE

ATCRYMEOPPCNEENPET8CA8T3CO7L7RE-4 OR EQUIV.

ATRCYMIOPBPNEBNOEN8C8T37O3R-6| 5, OR EQUIV.

20-PIN RIBBON CABLE

RIBBON CABLETO WINCHESTER DRIVE

oARCMEOPCNENPETCATCOLRE 88377-6
OR EQUIV.

oARCMIO5BPNBNOENCTOR

883733
OR EQUIV.

J

WINCHESTER DISK DRIVE

34-PIN RIBBON CABLE

223216-21

Figure 3-9

Control and Data Cabling for the Winchester Disk Drive

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Section 4 DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.1 ROM INTERFACE INFORMATION

ahdTicnheanodivrtmsidepcwraeaftRraiOescMbeceicoltniitotiorfunynosflagoer.tmhpowaefirttoihvotihTTndeheeexsfausisttnuacsrnlyedusIiadtnnreesfdsmtoprrrumoRIimadO/netMu0tnicetotrdcssnreouvnpittcaPaeinrsondnovsfeecitsnoiosnnwrirsstoiht,netraiiulnnctssgteyyirssottfnCeeaosmmcmsiponufmugftoneetrimwrtov..arrhwyeiatrhdmwaapTfrtshohe,ere Tadcuhnsiaedesrkefoftufhulunoscpttehtireoaosarneetasivnoagsivaddmaeeisslcycarsafbituulbesneemicdntgit(ooDanOraseSn.a)yllicmisopunlsefeirlmnsiescntttasoelfdledwt.ihwetihthsyHsocttwhoeeedmever,roinpeegrattarhhtdee ilneugsssysesrteosmfmyusstwtehRmiO'cMbs,he

paTTafiosnoyundipntnicertctrekairpeeloulyxtlnpaboesytcoc,eaurtthmdoiefe,anlcgtlhhauaesnseadDoienrSrisR-smwp.pIlraNafairTruytten,tceE(tanaoiifccnohctaneenacsdsromsrdaDeuejS.dpoRtad,rri)esbkyd,jueisvpnatilsccacthecerapsisuansctgsetceadihrovanuinnttcihheeqrooufopeucrigoonthduthveeteeirctnrthaeiuoenpprp.tlBi0r(cBeDa8SgvIbRieil)scne,sttdoeoifrrvtitwdysaupuraecAe.tlhHo

For

specific

microprocessor,

Manual.

information

read

the

on

the

architecture

IAPX 88 Book

or

the

of

the Intel 8088

IAPX 86,88 User's

4.2

HWRITING SOFTWARE FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH FUTURE PRODUCTS

Tserlhaoxeerfplgteeewnaasssriioevnfegit,nwvtaehrasaettnnmdeewcnatysnohuoubvleeodfrdseuisvboeeeyndlosouaprvwoiitofhdfoetridm.feustthouifrstTaewnhadiprsrTeoexdmgauouscnitiedsye.InusnwwitudlsroluuuMambaletlkhnyeietdnlslgpydipyofrcrufoheidapcunrtucgeotlesstse.cnrtesaaatnnedda

4.2.1

Compatibility Levels

In order for the software to work

compatibility

must exist at some

level, the system ROM interface

level.

on more level: level,

than one hardware

product,

either the operating system

or the hardware

interface

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.2.1.1

Opefgring System.

system level is compatible

system, including products

Software that interfaces at the with all products using the samé of other manufacturers.

operating operating

4.2.1.2

System

ROM

Interface.

Software that interfaces with the

Texas Instruments-supplied system ROMs through the interface

vectors

is compatible with other hardware products having the same functional

characteristics.

These products can differ in physical or electrical

characteristics

from

the

standard

Texas

Instruments

product.

Programs compatible at this level or at the DOS level are more likely

to be compatible with future products.

4.,2,1.3

Hardware

Interface.

Programs

that

use

directly

(for

example,

input or output to hardware

least likely to be usable in another computer system.

the

hardware

addresses) are

4.2.2

Areas of Hardware Compatidbility

Texas Instruments recognizes that the system ROM

interface

is not

sufficient

for all applications.

Products

wusing

the advanced

capabilities of the hardware cannot be restricted to

wusage

of

this

interface.

The

following

paragraphs

descridbe

the hardware

compatibility that can be expected in future subsystems or subsystems

accessed from ROM only.

4,2.2.1

Alphanumeric CRT.

The alphanumeric CRT is wéfil--supported by

the system ROM.

Accessing the screen directly can speed

processing,

lets you use "windowing", and lets you use horizontal scrolling.

You

should

restrict

direct access to the alphanumeric CRT screen to the

attribute latch and to address ODEOOOH, the actual memory buffer

for

the

screen.

(The

"H"

represents

hexadecimal.)

Before using the

screen directly, these programs should issue a Clear Screen

function

call

to ensure that the hardware is set up for direct access.

Refer

to paragraph 2.4.7 for information about the CRT hardware.

Using the ROM functions to put data on the screen while accessing the

screen directly

can

cause

undesirable

hardware

actions.

It is

possible,

for instance, that the screen can be hardware-scrolled, so

that the logical upper left position is no longer the physical

upper

left

position.

All

operations

on the cursor should use the ROM

interface calls.

This will ensure that possible redesigning

of the

cursor logic does not prevent the program from running.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.2.2.2

Graphics

CRT.

The graphics screen is not

system ROM; therefore, all graphics screen functions

to the hardware.

The graphics screen size is 720 by

supported by the must go directly 300.

To simplify modification,

all

routines

hardware

should be arranged in a modular

constants should be given symbolic names.

for more information.

that access

the graphics

fashion.

Hardware-specific

Refer

to

subsection

3.5

Texas

Instruments

will

endeavor

to keep future graphics hardware

fully compatible with the current hardwvare.

4.2.2.3

Disk Subsystem.

The disk subsystem is fully

supported

in

the

ogystem

AROM,

with

the

exception

of

the -ability

to format

diskettes.

For normal operations, direct access to any of

the

disk

hardware

should

not be necessary.

Upon request, Texas Instruments

will supply a format routine to gqualified software vendors.

4.2.2.4

Keyboard System.

The keyboard

the

system

ROM.

Direct

access

to

necessary for normal operations.

system is fully supported

in

the keyboard interface is not

4.2.2.5

Interrupt Controller.

The interrupt

controller

system

is

used

by

the system ROM, but it is not supported in a fashion usable

by software writers.

In future

products,

Texas

Instruments

will

attempt

to Xkeep

the same

interrupt

levels,

usage, and hardware

addresses for accessing the device.

However, the constants

uged

to

access this hardware should be symbolic to facilitate modification.

4.2.2.6

System Timers and Speaker.

The system

that allow

other

software

to intercept

the

interrupts.

The extra timer is reserved for use

software products.

ROMs contain vectors

2S-ms

system

timer

by Texas Instruments

The

speaker

access is not

(or bell) necessary.

is well-supported

by the system ROM.

Direct

4.2.2.7

Parallel Printer

fully

supported

in the

for normal operation.

Port. system

The parallel

RONM.

Direct

printer port system

is

access is not necessary

4.2.2.8

Serial Communications.

is not

directly

supported

by

compatibility, Texas Instruments

hardwvare.

The serial

communications

hardwvare

the

system

ROM.

To ensure future

does

not

intend

to change

this

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.3 SYSTEM ROM INTERRUPT VECTOR USAGE

The

system ROM uses interrupt vector locations in the first 1K bytes

of memory.

These vector locations are used for hardware

interrupts,

as

interfaces to the ROM functions, and other uses as given in Table

4-1,
ROM.

The vectors marked with an asterisk are actually

used

by

the

The other vector locations cause a "wild"" interrupt if vectored

to, and the usual display is:

"*% SYSTEM ERROR ** - 1042"

To patch

in replacement routines for those in the ROM, any of these

vectors can be changed by the disk operating

system

(DOS)

or by

applications

software.

Table

4-1

gives

vector usage in terms of

"interrupt type," which is the number used in an INT instruction.

To

calculate the absolute address of the vector, multiply the

interrupt

type by four.

For example,

the keyboard print screen interrupt

vector (type

SEH)

would

be a double

word

at

location

0:0178H

{(SE x 4 = 178H).

NOTE The symbol "H"" denotes a hexadecimal value.
*

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Table 4~1 System Interrupt Vector Usage.

Yector

Descri

ion

Re

oc 01 02% 03
04 0S5-1F 20-3F 40 41 42 43% 44 4s 46% 47 % 48% 49% 4A% 4B% 4ac 4Dx* 4E% 4F % S0 Six%x S52% S3% S4% 55-56 S7% S8% S9% SAx
SB* SC* SDx* SE* SF*

Divide~-by-zero trap Single-step trap Non-maskable interrupt Break (single-byte)
software interrupt Overflow trap (Reserved by Intel) (Reserved for MS-DOS) 8259 interrupt ¢ 8259 interrupt 1 8259 interrupt 2 8259 interrupt 3 (Timer 1) 8259 interrupt 4 8259 interrupt S 8259 interrupt 6 (Disk controller) 8259 interrupt 7 (Keyboard UART) Speaker DSR interface CRT DSR interface Keyboard DSR interface Parallel port DSR interface (Reserved for future use) Disk DSR interface Time-of~day clock DSR interface System configuration call Fatal software erfror trap Restart timing event
Cancel timing event SVC interface subroutine Activate task subroutine (Reserved for future use) CRT mapping vector System timing, 25 ms (time slicing) Common interrupt exit vector (ROM) System timing, 100 ms
(timing serv.) Keyboard mapping vector Keyboard program pause key vector Keyboard program break key vector Keyboard print screen vector Keyboard queueing vector

IAPX 88 Book ! IAPX 88 Book ! IAPX 88 Book !
IAPX 88 Book ! IAPX 88 Book ! IAPX 88 Book ! MS~-DOS Operating System @ Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Component Data Catalog ! Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !!
*k Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !
* & keR * % * & * % *x Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !!
Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !! Section 3 !!

Notes:
* Vector actually used by ROM. ** Texas Instruments use only - not to be changed.
 Texas Instruments Incorporated pubfication ! Intel Incorporated publication ! This manual

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Table 4-1 System Interrupt Vector Usage (Concluded)

Vector

Description

Reference

60* 61% 62% 63% 64% 6S5* 66%
67%
68-9F AC-DF EO-E3

System ROM

DS pointer

(F400:A000)

DS size in bytes

Factory ROM DS pointer

(F400:0000)

DS size in bytes

Option ROM

DS pointer

(F400:2000)

DS size in bytes

Option ROM

DS pointer

(F400:4000)

DS size in bytes

Option ROM

DS pointer

(F400:6000) Option ROM

DS size in bytes DS pointer

(F400:8000)

DS size in bytes

Memory size in paragraphs

Outstanding interrupt count

Installed drive types

Extra system configuration

(word 1)

Extra system configuration

(word 2)

Reserved for Texas Instruments

User interrupt vectors

Reserved for CP/M {tm]

(180H) (182H) (184H)
(186H) (188H) (18BAH) (18CH) (18EH) {190H) (152H) (194H) (196H) (198H) (word) (19AH)(byte) (19BH) (byte)

Section Section Section
Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section

3 !! 3 !! 3 !!
3 !! 3 !! 3 !! 3 !! 3 !! 3 !!
3 !!
3 !! 3 !! 3 !! 3 !! 3 !!

{19CH)

Section 3 !!

(19EH)

Section 3 !

CP/M 86 Progpammer's Guide @

E4-FF

«
Reserved for Texas `Instruments

Notes: * Vector actually
* % Texas Instruments e Texas Instruments f Intel Incoporated
1! This manual

used by RONM. use only - not to be changed. Incorporated publication publication

4.3.1

Hardware Interrupt Service Routines

All

standard

interrupt service routines (ISR) have limited internal

stacks.

They provide four levels (B bytes),

which

is the amount

required

by any application

program

or subroutine that runs with

interrupts enabled.

An ISR needs 8 bytes

of

the

wuser's

stack;

2

bytes

to push

the

wuser's

code

segment

(CS),

2 bytes

for the

instruction pointer (IP), 2 bytes for flags, and 2 bytes to push

the

data

segment (DS).

The ISR saves the user's stack segment and stack

pointer in the RAM data area of the system ROM.

The ISR then changes

the stack segment and

stack

pointer

so

that

they point

to the

internal

stack

of the interrupt routine.

W®hen the ISR is complete,

it executes a long jump to the common interrupt exit vector.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.3.2

Common Interrupt Exit Vector

All ISRs (in the ROM and in Texas Instruments applications

programs)

use a common

interrupt

exit vector.

The ISR executes a long jump

(LONG JMP) to the routine pointed out by the common

interrupt

exit

vector.

The common

interrupt

exit routine restores the stack and

commonly used registers, decrements the outstanding interrupt counter

(INTCTR), sends the end-of-interrupt (EOI) command to the interrupt

controller,

and

returns to the interrupted code with a return-from-

interrupt instruction (IRET).

A real-time operating system (0S),

communication

programs,

uses

the

outstanding interrupts.

Be sure to

creating an ISR.

such as

the O0S kernel

of TI

INTCTR

to keep

track

of

the

include the appropriate code when

A sample interrupt service routine,

with

installation

and

removal

instructions, is included in Appendix G.

The

common interrupt exit routine is contained in ROM, but an OS can

patch it so that all interrupt

service

routines

exit

through

the

operating system.

Because the interrupt structure is complex (due to

interaction

between

the shared interrupts and the requiremenfotr a

common exit point), the potential

wuser should

read

the following

paragraphs, carefully studying the examples given.

4.3.3 «

Timer Interrupts

*

The

system

timer

ticks

every

25 ms.

The ISR for this timer is

located in the ROM, and it processes events such as disk motor

time-

outs and date/time-keeping.

Software interrupts are performed at two

points

during this interrupt service routine, allowing access to the

timing services.

One interrupt occurs every count (every 25 ms), and

the other occurs every

four

counts

(100-ms

intervals).

UYsually,

these interrupt vectors point to an IRET instruction in the ROM.

The

user

can

patch

one

or

both

of

the

vectors to point to his own

routines.

These routines are free to use the AX,

BX,

DI,

and ES

registers,

but

they must

preserve

any other registers used.

The

stack used is the internal

stack

of

the .timer

interrupt

service

routine

and

it is limited in depth.

If the user does not re-enable

interrupts (the INT instruction disabled them), there

are

8 levels

(16 bytes) of stack available.

If the interrupts are re-enabled, the

user has only four levels (8 bytes) available.

If more stack size is

required, the user should switch to an internal stack of the required

size (allotting 8 bytes for higher priority interrupts).

It

is

important

to remember

that

the routines installed in this

manner are executing at the interrubt level.

Interrupts must not

be

disabled

for

any significant length of time, because any time spent

in these routines directly affects system efficiency.

The user must

also

understand

how some other mechanism (such as a timing event in

the handler routine of the OS)

can

patch

the

timing

vectors

ang

install

itz

own routines.

Instead of using the IRET instruction to

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

end the routine, make a long jump

to

the

original

(which was saved when the routine was installed.)

vector

address

4.4 ROM STRUCTURE

The

following

paragraphs

describe

sequences for optional ROMs.

the wuse,

format,

and calling

4.4.1

ROM Usage

Optional ROMs provide an interface

between

the hardware

and

the

system

software.

With this interface installed, modification of the

hardware requires changing only the ROM software,

not

all

of

the

applications programs.

The

system

system ROM.

board)

for

which can be

defines

locations

for

six ROMs.

One of these is the

Texas Instruments has

reserved

another

(on

the

main

future

use.

The four remaining are the optional ROMs,

used by any of the available operating systems.

Table 4-2 shows the ROM addresses and suggestions for their use.

Table 4-2 ROM Addresses and Suggested Uses

é.

Absolute

Address

Cs:Offset

F4000H

F400:0000H

F6000H

F400:2000H

FB80O0O0H FAOOOH
FCCOOH

F400:4000H F400:6000H
F400:8000H

FEOOOH

F400:ACO00H

Use
Miscellaneous I1/0 option
Local area network
Mass storage Oopen System ROM
expansion System ROM

Comments

Reserved for Texas Instruments

Reserved for Texas Instruments Texas Instruments Winchester card Oopen

Reserved Reserved

for Texas for Texas

Instruments Instruments

4.4.2

ROM Format

The ROM format must be known to:

* Identify the ROM

* Use a standard calling sequence

* Use the diagnostics

. "TECHNICAL -

REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

e

ROMs can be one of the following sizes:

* 256 bytes

.

* 512 bytes

* 1024 bytes

L

* 2048 bytes

* 40896 bytes

* B192 bytes

The ROM size, word value is convention.

in binary, stored low

is stored in the first word in the ROM.

The

byte first, following the INTEL Corporation

The

second

word

in

the

option ROM is the power-up initialization

address.

The system ROM uses a NEAR call to this address during

the

power-up

process,

The

user must

ensure

that the initialization

address is calculated as an offset from the segment address F400.

The next location

ROM.

The

first

(1 byte).

This

displayed.

in the ROM stores a text

string

identifying the

entry

in

this string is the length of the string

information

determines

how

much

material

is

The rest of the string consists of a five-character version number, a

space

character,

a six-character

name,

and any descriptive text

(copyright, for example) that the vendor requires:

The option ROM code and fixed data (in a format

determined

by

the

vendor) follows the text string.

The

last word in the ROM stores the cyclic redundancy check (CRC-16)

remainder from all the previous bytes in the RONM.

Both the power-up

test

and

the advanced diagnostics test read this word to see if the

ROM is working properly.

The CRC-16 routine, available in the system

ROM, calculates this remainder.

When the CRC remainder is correctly

placed,

running

the CRC~16 routine through the entire length of the

ROM (including the CRC) results in a zero remainder.

The CRC-16

routine available in the system ROM calculates the remainder.

4.4.3 Option ROM Interrupt Vector Usage

The

system ROM uses interrupt vector locations in the first 1K bytes

of RAM for hardware interrupts, interface to the ROM functions,

and

other ISRs.

See paragraph 4.3.1 for more information.

Interrupt

vectors

access

the option ROM entry points.

The option

software can use the vectors above 80H (vector address 200H).

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

-

¥

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

NOTE

Conflicting chtor

assignments

can

loss

or

data errors.

Be extremely

making these assignments.

cause careful

data when

4.4.4

RAM Usage by Option ROM

Each ROM has a separate RAfi.data area' assigned

to

it.

These

data

areas

float; therefore, the ROM does not require a dedicated area in

RAHM.

Copying the data area and updating the pointer moves

the data

area.

The ROM accesses these data areas using the pointers and sizes

in

the

interrupt vector area, so that moving the data area does not

affect the ROM.

The ROM initializes the pointers and data

areas

at

boot~up

time,

so the system ROM data area pointer is the only one

used.

All option ROMs are addressed at absolute

segment

addresses

F400H,

with an offset

from 0000 to AOOOH.

The ROM code is linked so that

its code segment is F400H.

This code

segment

was chosen

so `that

option ROMs can be addressed with the same code segment as the system

ROM.

This

enables

the option ROM to access the ROM powverup entry

routines as NEAR instead of FAR.

The first location

of

the

system

ROM, described in segment:offset notation, is F400:A090.

There

is another

advantage

to linking

the ROMs . this way.

The

interrupt vector area at location 0000:0000 is now also accessable as

F400:C000.

This simplifies slightly the code sequence used to assign

a local data area.

4.4.5

Initializing the Option ROM

The power-up sequence executed by the main ROM tests each option ROM

address in sequence.

Address OF400:0000H is tested first and address

OF400:8000H

(the main board option ROM) is tested last.

When a ROM

is found, the diagnostics performs a CRC-16 calculation.

The

system

displays an error message if the ROM is bad.

If the ROM is good, the

system initializes the option ROM.

The initialization code saves the

BX, DX.

SI, SP, CS, Ss, and DS registers so that using a NEAR return

instruction returns control to the system ROM.

4.5

BOOTING UP THE SYSTEM

.

Most

system

software

is contained

in some mass-storage

system

(diskette, Winchester disk, or local network server).

The user must

be able to find and load the system software from these devices.

The

Texas

Instruments

Professional

Computer

loads

a single sector of

program information from a known point on the specified device.

The

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

. 't

system

then

calls

the code that was loaded, which

rest of the programs.

i

The

location

loaded

at

available.

For diskettes

cylinder (track) 0, surface

start at 1.)

power-up

is

the

1lowest

and Winchester

disks,

(side) 0, and sector 1.

"bootstraps" the

logical

sector

this location is

(Sector

numbers

4.5.1

Boot Sequence

The options installed in the system determine the boot sequence,

The

sequence proceeds

starts at the highest-priority option address (OGF400:0000H), to the lowest (OF400:8000H), then boots the diskette system.

The boot sequence is:

1. Local Area Network (LAN)

2. Winchester disk subsystem

3. Diskette drive A

4. Diskette drive B

S. Diskette drive C

6. Diskette drive D

5

«

EkobPssttSeonhhyryCyoeecssetettseeskob"mmieonmwnyocohpgtevireticcsteooowlsrinnoeticttwqhffteaeaeurlyriieoa.snnmnsmEsschSoe"CvttehhseeeibEaktoteoapythcpLbtheheAoortNaohdtreusttrhiaadeinnmonsenweeagnxqcLLftrAuAitNNoerhttssneohatscevaoernaEtdiShdptCelihoataesowabkeWkWlereiiWett-ynnoittupccnhepehhc,oieehspossefttstsipeefetoriqrrentreu,hr.sese,tsndecidess,cwpFkorhrd,rieei(lessitenskhmp)eieerxmntaeegtmsdpespsir.ycliaeshenttstah,geesenlmigyneEgsIitSffhlCeoawfetEkttttreSehhhhsryeCeee

4.5.2

Loading and Calling the Boot Code

apbrTcsstI(fhdyhrteyhTeetdaesmeaerctsxarstkeeaeiahsssmnnceysDcdtssbeooeeetofprcroeehs0tmIre0inbtcanGyhsoktgCetftpsi"eOesraNs:susOClsm"Ooadte.eOwdehabs)inOedvreentHserislcsteceoobeswroTas(rthbFlehesAobdctRegyiht0l)nitis,o0.tstsceka0,hysasde0slsst:aeeCdTtitmihdhhnustFeeersdhetCeeeiceHstdtcshslssoate.yoybrstnsgso,feotitosotecrenrlmamluoAliyntafactsdtohgeeedeTdcgdreneraeftxielonhbalvrreeyaassetatttrhteaeCestRasnpdtIeChdauonse-tdmws7c1abre4toa6eerHndrbrs-euoasusmontpaetteno.re(ndsrr60tit,oas0sesrg0re6e0rc91oI:oHt,fvmlCsroeeoOyrcrsa0so2(tsd0t,nhteaOeeitmacdHgm)aleo,.e.3ilds).CnesRdaCifg-sTTer5ttk1hh1.hhoa.6Iee2eetfm

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

i ;?

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

which the system boots is placed in register BL.

Before

loading

the operating

required initializations such as

(single

or double sided, 40 or

Winchester drive.

{(The DSR must

for further loading.)

system, the boot code performs other

setting up the type of

floppy

disk

80 track), or setting up the type of

be able to recognize the disk format

The boot code then loads any system files needed by the 0S and

jumps

to the O0S code.

If the OS requires RAM where the system ROMs are

using it, the RAM data areas used by

the

ROM

can

be

moved.

The

pointers

to the RAM segments must be modified accordingly.

If a ROM

is not using a RAM data area, its pointer is 0000.

This pointer must

remain zero even if the area is moved.

Table 4-3 gives the addresses

of these pointers.

Table 4-3 Pointer addresses and Descriptions

Address Pointer Description ROM Address

00600:0180 0000:0182

System System

ROM data ROM data

segment pointer length in bytes

0000:0184 0000:0186

Option ROM data segment pointer Option ROM data length in bytes

0000:0188 0000:018A

Option ROM data segment pointer Option ROM data length in bytes

0000:018C 0000:018E

Option ROM data segment pointer Option ROM data length in bytes

0000:0190 00600:0192

Option ROM data segment pointer Option ROM data length in bytes

0000:0194 0000:0196

Option ROM data segment pointer Option ROM data length in bytes

F400:A000
F4oo:gooo 3
F400:2000
F400:4000
F400:6000
F400:8000

If any errors occur during the loading and initializing

of the Os,

the Dboot

code returns to the caller.

The registers BX, ES, CS, and

the stack must be preserved.

unless

the

ROM

data areas

The

register

DS must

bDe preserved

are moved.

If the data areas are moved,

adjust the DS register

by

the

amount

of

difference

Dbetween

the

original

position and the new position.

A DSR error code returns to

the caller displayed

as & system

error

message.

This

code

is

presented in register AH.

Appendix

H gives

boot sector.

a sample source program that could be used in the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.5.3

Booting From an Option Device

When an option device is to be booted up, it maust

be

the

1last

one

called called

in and

the power-up seguence.

Otherwise, othér options must be

initialized during the boot sequence.

Appendix G contains

a sample assembly code showing the boot seguence.

If more than one bootable option

must

have

the DX register set

is present to OFFFFH.

in the system,

each

The bootable option

one then

calls all lower priority ROMs in the system.

Any ROM called in

this

manner

performs

all

reguired

initialization

except

for booting.

Because the system ROM sets the DX register to 0OCO0OH when

it calls

the

option

ROMs, an option device will boot if called by the system

ROM, but not if called by another ROM.

If booting appropriate BX, DX, SI, options. Floppy Disk

from an option

device

fails,

error

messages and returns to

and DS intact.

The

system

ROM

If none

of

the

options

boot,

system.

the ROM displays

the

the caller with registers

then

calls

the other

the system ROM boots the

This procedure can causgse multiple

initializations

of

the

However,

no

harm

results,

Entering

the

warm

boot

(CTRL/ALT/DEL)

from

the

keyboard

also

causes

initializations.

options. seguence multiple

4.6

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION FUNCTION CALLS

«

The

following

paragraphs

describe

the

types of system configuration information,

function calls which are:

for

the two

* Function calls that return the

information

(System Configuration Function)

in a register

* Function

calls

that

return the address of the information

(Extra System Configuration Function)

The first type, System Configuration Function, returns

most

of

the

information

required

for

application

programs.

Extra System

Configuration Function, the second type, is intended for use

at

the

system level.

This method contains additional information usable for

changing the configuration of devices set by software.

4.6.1

System Configuration Function

This function is used to determine the installation status of certain

system options.

It is invoked by executing an INT 4FH instruction.

Upon

return,

register

BX contains

the size of

(starting at 00000H) in paragraphs

(16-byte blocks).

system, for example, would return 2000H in BX.

«contiguous

RAM

A 128K-byte

TECHNICAfi L REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Register

AX contains

the system

the installation status of various

word are defined in Table 4-4.

configuration word, which

system options.

The bits

reflects of the

Table 4-4 System Configuration Word-Bit Definition

Bit

Definition

ox

Diskette drive 0 (internal) installed

1

Diskette drive 1 (internal) installed

2

Diskette drive 2 (external) installed

3

Diskette drive 3 (external) installed

4

E1-E2 jumper (O indicates Drive A is double-sided)

S

E3-E4 jumper (0 indicates Drive A has 80 tracks)

6

ES-E6 jumper (0 indicates a SO0-Hz system)

7

Winchester disk controller installed

8

Serial port 1 installed

]

Serial port 2 installed

10

Serial port 3 installed

11

Serial port 4 installed

12

Graphics RAM bank A installed

13

Graphics RAM bank B installed

14

Graphics RAM bank C installed

is

Reserved

* Bit

O is the least-significant bit.

Unless othetwise stated, a

statement is true when its corresponding bit is a 1. <

Y

4.6.2

Extra System Configuration Function

This function determines the installation status

of

system

options

that

are

not

covered

in

the

standard system configuration call.

Hhereas

the

standard

system

configuration

call

returns

a word

containing the information necessary for most applications, the extra

system

configuration

function

is used primarily

for

systems

programming purposes.

The extra system configuration function is invoked by placing

a O0BH

in register AH and executing an INTerrupt 48H.

Upon return, register

AL contains the drive-type byte (AH is undefined).

BX contains extra

system

configuration

word

1%

and CX contains

extra

system

configuration word 2.

The bits of extra system configuration word

1

are defined in Table 4-5.

-

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

:

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Table 4-5
Bit

Extra System
pefinftion

Configuration

Word

1 (BX)

ox

8087 numeric coprocessor is installed

1

\

2

|

3

|

4

>

Reserved

s

|

6

i

7

/

8

300/1200 baud modem in port 1

9

300/1200 baud modem in port 2

10

300/1200 baud modem in port 3

11

300/1200 baud modem in port 4

12

300 baud modem in port 1

13

300 baud modem in port 2

14

300 baud modem in port 3

1s

300 baud modem in port 4

Bit

©0

stated,

1.

is the least-significant

bit,

Unless

a statement is true when its corresponding

s

otherwise

bit is

a

Word

2 of the Extra System Configuration function call is contained

in CX.

This word is currently undefined, and is being

reserved

for

later expansion.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

The drive-type

byte defines

the

types

of the installed diskette

drives.

This information, combined with the "installed

drive"

bits

in

the

standard

system

configuration

word,

yields

complete

information about the drives in the system.

At power-up, the drive A

definition jumpers (Ei - E2 and E3 - E4) are read.

The

information

is stored in memory as a byte of four identical, 2-bit fields.

This

byte is read

during

the extra

configuration

function

«call and

returned

in register

AL.

The

drive

byte

(in AL) is the 2-bit "

configuration code for all four of

the

diskette

drives,

which

is

shown in Figure 4-1.

7

6

Drive D

5

4

Drive C

3

2

Drive B

1

0

Drive A

Each 2-bit field is defined as:

MSB* LSB

Definition

*MSB

0

0

=

Single-sided

0

1

= Double-sided

1

0

= Single-sided

1

1

=

Double-sided

= Most significant bit; LSB = Least significant bit. .

-~

40 track 40 track 80 track 80 track
zrnen

Figure 4-1 Register AL Drive Byte

The

operating

diskette files.

system

uses this drive byte

It is possible to mix drive

to format, copy, and use types in one system (for

example, one single-sided and one double-sided drive) by setting

the

drive-type

byte with

the pertinent

information; but, this is not

recommended.

Mixed-drive

type

systems

are

confusing.

Users

frequently insert the wrong diskettes, thereby losing data.

4.6.3

Get Pointer to System Configuration

This

function

is invoked

by placing

a O09H in register AH and

executing an BX contains (hereafter,

interrupt 48H.

on return, ES contains

the

offset

of

the standard system

the notation for this is ES:BX).

This

the segment,

configuration

function

is

and word wused

by system

software

that has

a need

information.

Although

an

application

to change the configuration

program

can

access

the

information in this manner, the configuration must not be changed.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.6.4 g:t Pointer to Extra System Configuration

This

function

1is invoked

by

placing

a OAH

in

register

executing an INTerrupt 48H.

On return, ES:BX

points

to the

system configuration information, formatted as follows:

AH and extra

ES:[BX-3}=(word) ES:{BX+0]=(byte) ES:{BX+1]}=(word) ES:[BX+3]=(word)

Size of memory in 16-byte blocks Drive-type byte Extra system configuration word 1 Extra system configuration word 2

This

function

is wused by system software

the configuration information.

Although an

access

the information in this manner, the

changed.

that has a need to change

application

program

can

configuration must not be

4.7 GENERAL-PURPOSE ROM FUNCTIONS

The following paragraphs

describe

some

summarize

the ROM interface interrupts,

the ROM.

general-purpose

functions,

and explain how the RAM uses

4.7.1

Delay

s

This function causes a delay, in milliseconds, of the value placed in

register CX.

To invoke the function, place the delay

value

in CX,

OSH in AH, and execute an INT 48H.

The delay is approximate, but can

be

wused

wherever

an

inexact

software

delay

is acceptable.

All

registers except CX are preserved.

4.7.2

CRC Calculation

This function calculates the cyclic redundancy check

(CRC~16)

value

for

a specified

block

of memory.

It

is invoked by placing the

address of the memory block in ES:BX, the size of the

block

in BP,

and

the value

O06H in AH, then executing an INT 48H.

On return, DX

contains the CRC value; if DX=0000, the Z-flag is

set.

For memory

blocks

that

follow the convention of the CRC being the last word in

the block, this routine allows easy CRC checking.

First, the CRC of

the memory block is calculated, with the size of the block set to the

actual size minus two.

The CRC word is then written to the last word

of

the block.

Subsequently, the CRC of this block can be checked by

calling this function with

the actual

size

of

the

memory

Dblock

(including

the previously

calculated CRC).

By definition, the CRC

result of this block is zero (if the CRC matches the data) and the z-

flag is set; otherwise, the CRC fails and the Z-flag is

reset.

All

registers are used except DI, SI, and DS.

ES remains unchanged.

4-17

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.7.3

Print ROM Message

This

function

displays a ROM CS-relative message.

placing the offset of the zero-terminated message in

and

executing an INT 48H.

This function is used by

because all the ROMs share a common CS.

It is not a

routine.

it is invoked by

SI, 07H

in AH,

the option ROMs,

general-purpose

4.7.4

Display System Error Code

This

function

format:

is used

to display

a system error in the standard

*% System Error*kx - xxxXx

It is invoked by placing the error

displayed

message

above)

in BX,

executing an INT 4BH.

code

{(the xxxx value

in the

placing the value 08H in AH, and

4.8 SPEAKER DSR

The following paragraphs describe the speaker DSR and

the

functions

it provides

to the system or application programs that use it.

The

functions are:

)

* Sound the Speaker

* Get Speaker Status

TM

* Set Speaker Frequency

* Speaker ON

* Speaker OFF

The speaker DSR functions are located

in

the

system

ROM

and

are

accessed

through

the

software

interrupt

mechanism

of

the

8088

microprocessor.

The desired function is chosen by placing an

opcode

in

register

AH and executing an INT 48H instruction.

All registers

are preserved except AX.

4.8.1

Sound the Speaker - AH = O

This function turns the speaker on (at the current frequency) for the

length of time specified in register AL.

Time is measured

in 2S-ms

increments.

For

example, a value of 40 in AL causes the speaker to

sound for 1 second.

Timing is handled in the ROM with

the

result

that

the

reguest

turns

on

the

speaker,

starts

the

timer, and

immediately returns to the user.

The sound continues until timed out

by the ROM code.

Because this function

<c¢all

occurs

asynchronously

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

with the 25-ms system timer, the time can be "off"" by as much as 25

ms.

For example, specifying a single 25-ms unit of

time

can cause

the speaker to sound for a period of 0 to 25 ms.

If there is need to

synchronize

with

the

sound

or simply to know when sound is turned

off, use the Get Speaker Status (AH=1i) function.

4.8.2 Get Speaker Status

- AH = 1

This function returns the status of the speaker in

the

Z-flag.

If

the speaker is currently enabled (sound), the Z-flag is set at 0.

If

the speaker is currently disabled (no sound), the Z-flag is set at 1.

This function can be used to find out when a sound requested with the

Sound the Speaker (AH=0) function has been completed.

4.8.3

Set Speaker Freguency

=~ AH = 2

This

function

sets

the

frequency

of

the

speaker.

Usually this

function is called only when the speaker is disabled.

The value

ir

CX sets

the frequency

of

the timer that drives the speaker.

The

input frequency of the timer is 1.25 MHz, and the value in CX becomes

a divider for this frequency.

For example, the system

beep

routine

(800 Hz) uses a value of 1563 (1 250 000 Hz / 1563 = 800 Hz).

4.8.4 Speaker ON - AH = 3

This

function enables the speaker (turns on

remains on until it is turned off by either

(1) the Speaker OFF (AH=4) function or

s
the sound).
-

The speaker

(2) by the ROM timing routine, which results from

either

the Speaker (AH=0) function or a normal system beep.

the Sound

4.8.5

Speaker OFF

- AH = 4

This

function performs the reverse of the Speaker ON (AH=3) function

by disabling the speaker (turning off the sound).

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.9 TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK DSR

The following paragraphs describe the time-of-day clock DSR and

the

functions

it provides to the system or application programs that use

it.

The functions are:

* Set the date

* Set the time

* Get the date and time

The clock DSR consists of routines to set and read the

time

of day

and date

information kept by the timing services of the system ROM.

At power-up, the time is set to 00:00:00.00, and the date is set

to

0000.

These can be reset by system or user programs.

Once set with

a valid time,

the clock keeps

the correct

time with a 1/10-s

resolution.

The

time

is Xxept

in 24-hour format and the date is

simply a cumulative count of days since

matter

of convenience

(for MS-DOS),

the clock was started.

As a

the date is specified as the

number of days since January 1, 1880.

For example,

the

date

value

for September 10, 1982, is 983.

The

three

clock

functions

are

1located

in the system ROM and are

accessed

through

the software

interrupt

mechanism `of

the

8088

microprocessor.

The desired function is chosen by placing an opcode

in register AH and executing an INT 4EH instruction.

All registers

are preserved except AX and any other registers in which information

is returned.

4.9.1

Set the Date

=~ AH = 0O

This function sets the date to the value in the BX register.

The

date

is simply a count

of days since the clock was started.

8y

convention, this is the number of days since 1-1-80.

The

count

is

incremented when the hour rolls over from 23 to 00.

4.9.2

Set the Time

- AH = 1

To set the time, the registers must be initialized as follows:

CH = Hours (00 - 23)
CL = Minutes (00 - S3)
DH = Seconds (00 - S9) DL = Hundredths of seconds

.
(00 - 99)

It

is

the

wuser's responsibility to make sure the values passed are

within the ranges specified.

These values are not checked for

range

and

can

be set to represent a meaningless time.

The time, however,

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

eventually -
4.9.3 Get

counts .

into

the normal

seguence.

the Date and Time

- AH = 2

This time

function returns the current date in registers CX/DX in the formats

in register AX and the described previously.

current

4.10 CRT DSR

The following paragraphs describe the CRT

provides

to

the

system

or application

major

functions

are

(1)

video

mode

handling.

DSR and

the

programs that

control

and

functions

it

use it.

The

(2)

character

For

information

about

2.4.7, and to subsection

the

system ROM and are

the CRT graphics hardware, refer

3.5.

The CRT DSR functions are

accessed through the use of the

to paragraph

located

in

8088 software

interrupt mechanism

call).

A typical

interface code (the

(essentially

an address-independent

subroutine

wuser

of

this

DSR

is

the OS-dependent sygstem

BIOS), which resides on a particular O0S disk and

is loaded

into

RAM during

disk boot up.

chosen by placing an opcode in register

AH.

The desired function is

The

CRT

opcodes

and

DpAcDfafXuaunt.rrneiacrntmegiexotenecsrrtuhestigesisattroaieennrtbeeIrNgrTipAuHvapegt4ns9,eHadndailnailnntdheTrsaepbgeptlicaheesirftaiemcress4t-pe6er.carireefgriieVesgapdtirresierotssueefsrrusvnecdCiatnRriTeonexafc`dusedneptictitts iiuoopAnn,Xsp,ertfhoCrteXroe,mgeqauuqsiaAderHn..red

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Table 4-6 CRT DSR Opcodes and Functions

Function

(Null function)

Set cursor type

Set cursor position

Read cursor position (Null function)

(Null function)

Scroll text block

Scroll text block

Read character and attribute at current cursor position

Write character and attribute at current cursor position

Write character only at current cursor position

(Kull function)

{Null function)

(Null function)

Write ASCII teletype

{Null function)

Write block of characters at current cursor with attribute

Hrite block of characters only at current cursor

Set entire screen to specified attribute(s)

Clear text screen and home the cursor

Clear graphics screen

T

Set TTY status line beginning

:

Set attribute latch to specified attribute(s)

Read physical display begin pointer

_

Print TTY string

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.1

Set Cursor Type - AH = OlH

This function allows an application to define the

scan

line for the cursor and its characteristics

no cursor).

Required input for this function is

4-2,

starting (either described

and ending blinking or
in Figure

CH = 7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Byte1

Start scan line of cursor
Cursor type: 00 = no blink 01 = no cursor 10 = fast blink 11 = slow blink
Not used

CL =

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Byte2
*
End scan line of cursor

Bits 7 through 5 not used

(Valid values for scan line are 0 through 11 decimal.)

223216-23

Figure 4-2 Byte Definition - Set Cursor Type

TECHNICAL REFERENCE.:

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.2

Set Cursor Position - AH = O2H

NOTE

The user should be aware that screen coordinates

use the 0,0 coordinate

as

the

wupper

left-hand

corner of the display.

All routines that require

a coordinate parameter use this convention.

The

screen should look to the user as though he were

working

with

the absolute

value

of fourth-

guadrant

coordinates

of

a

tvo-dimensional

coordinate system,

This

function

causes

the cursor (of the current type) to be set at

the specified x,y (column/row) coordinate of the display.

Required input for this function is as follows:

DH = x

Column coordinate (valid values are

0 through

79 decimal.)

DL = y

Row coordinate

.

{Valid values are 0 through 24 decimal.)

+

4.10.3

Read Cursor Position - AH = O3H

o

This function returns the current position and type

of

the

Output from the read cursor position routine is as follows:

cursor.

DH, DL = x, y f{column/row) location of the cursor

CH, CL = current cursor type

Refer CL.

to paragraph

4.10.1

for an explanation

of the values

for CH and

The

"phantom""

position of the cursor in column Bl creates a special

situation in reading the cursor postion.

If a character

is written

in the last column of the screen by a TTY write, it can be read, even

though it is not visible.

This position, column 81 of the last line,

becomes

visible

after

another

character is written and the screen

scrolls.

The position returns as column 0, rov 25. This is invalid

input to the Set Cursor Position (AH=02H) routine.

See paragraph 4.10.18 for additional information on the cursor.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.4

Scroll Text Block - AH = 06H and O7H

The

ROM

contains

only

one

general-purpose

scroll routine, which

handles both upward and

coordinates

are less

and to the left; when

the source coordinates,

downward

scrolling.

When

the destination

than the source coordinates, the scroll is up

the destination coordinates

are greater

than

the scroll is down and to the right.

The

scrolling

functions

allow

block of text, then move or copy

the screen.

Specifying a scroll

an application program to specify a

that block to another

location

on

with blanking causes the source text

bllsctttohlhoopheeacceanaacrkttiadbeiifceadsooitt.onneeau..drr.bclbeaeinisTnkhTTgeihhadrsienesndamdopvrmaesoeddtvthetiheosodtdeiitsonracahstaafiirsotcotraionecspmtfipmaeieoordervsnleaoodrcn.yadbittesehiesotrnrepsrDrugrueecireqwtsisuraitneiirvgeretrervteeemdnetthhmneiotasvnedsitnoaptmrhieaonitcti,iesttatsssnhsde,inlodbdecvleesteaasshcntenttrtikiiooinnlnsnaalogtituniitrhgooca,nneiitss

Required input for this function is as follows:

" nouwon o

AL

0 (Blank out source text.

This is a move block.)

or

AL = >0 (Don't blank source text.

This is;a copy block.)

(fiH,DL) (BH,BL)

Source begin column/row location -
= Destination begin column/row location

CH

Column length of block

(valid values are 1 through 80 decimal.)

CL = Line length of block (Valid values are 1 through 25 decimal.)

The source text block boundaries in (x,y) coordinates are as follows:

Upper Upper Lower
Lower

left right left
right

(DH,DL) (BH + CH , BL) (DH , DL + CL) (DH +«+ CH , DL + CL)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

The following

items

further

describe

explain the segquence of operation.

the

scrolling routines and

* A sentence is considered the smallest logical block of text.

Therefore, with this

scrolling

capability,

the wuser can

specify

a block

to be a sentence.

This may (or may not)

wrap to a new line and "unwrap" as it is moved

(or copied)

to

its

destination

(that

is, the column length parameter

would bypass line boundaries and pick up characters from the

next line).

The wuser

should

note

that

this

is quite

effective

wvhen the 1line length is equal to one but might

cause unwanted block movement if the line length is greater

than one.

* Boundary

checking

for

the

scrolling routine is done on a

character basis as the characters are being moved.

When

a

scroll

down

is

in progress,

the

=croll copies the last

character in the source block to the last character position

in

the

destination

block.

The processing

is backwvard

through

the Dblocks while checking character positions for

out-of-bound characters.

This means that in the scroll-down

action, no scroll takes place if any

destination

position

lies

beyond

the end of the screen.

Asymmetrically, when a

scroll up is in progress,

the

scroll

copies

the first

character

in

the

source

block

to the first

character

position in the destination

block.

The

scroll

proceeds

forward,

through

the blocks,

while

checking

character

positions for out-of-bound

characters.

In

the

scroll-up

action,

the

scroll

takes place until it reaches a source

character position that lies beyond the end of the screen.

* When the user requests scrolling with blanking,

the

status

of the attribute latch at entry is preserved.

The character

attributes

follow

the character

as

it is moved on the

screen, and the blanked area is

written

with

the default

attributes

(that

is,

high

intensity

for a monochrome

monitor, and white for a color monitor).

* HWhen the wuser requests

scrolling

without

blanking,

the

attribute

latch

is set to the same status as the attribute

of the last

character

that

was

scrolled

(that

is,

the

attribute

of

the first character of the source block when

scrolling down, or the attribute of the 1last character

of

the source block vhen scrolling up).

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.5

Read Character/Attribute at Cursor Position ~ AH = O8H

This

function

returns a character and its associated

the current cursor position on the screen as follows.

4.10.15

for attribute

values

and a description of

supported.

attribute from See paragraph the attributes

AH

n

Attribute value

AL = Character read

NOTE The attribute latch remains set to the that is returned.

attribute

4.10.6

Write Character/Attribute at Cursor Position - AH = 09H

This

function

enables

the writing

of a character with the given

attribute at the current

cursor

position.

(The attribute

1latch

remains set to the attridbute specified in register BL.)

The user can

specify

a count and cause the character to be writtenca given number

of times starting at the cursor's current

position.

This

function

does

not

increment the cursor automatically, and the cursor remains

at

its

current

position

while

the characters

are written

in

succession from that location.

If an application uses this method of

writing

characters,

it is assumed that the application also handles

the

cursor

positioning.

Therefore,

no

cursor

movement

is

implemented.

Control characters (CR,LF, and so on) are not executed

as such when using this function; their symbols are

printed

on

the

display.

For more information, refer to paragraph 4.10.15,

The required input for this function is as follows:

AL = Character to write

BL = Attribute of character(s)

CX = Number of times to write the character

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.7

MWrite Character at Cursor Position - AH = OAH

This

function

is similar

is that the character being

in the attribute latch from

refer to paragraph 4.10.6.

to the preceding function.

The difference

written takes on the attributes remaining

the last CRT call.

For more information,

The required input for this function is as follows:

AL

Character to write

cX

1

Number of times to write the character

4.10.8

HKHrite ASCII Teletype - AH = OEH

This function allows

TTY output

to

the

screen

from application

programs.

Writing

begins

at

the current cursor position, and the

cursor is advanced automatically to its next position on the screen.

For more

information,

refer

to paragraph 4.10.18.

The screen is

scrolled automatically when needed (such as writing past the end of

the screen).

The control characters CR, LF, BS, and BEL are executed

rather than written.

NOTE

=

:

If a status

region

is currently

in use, the

scroll starts one line before

the beginning

of

the

status

region, exactly as if that line were

the end of the screen.

Because the contents of the attribute latch

remain

character

written

with

this function assumes the

previously written character.

-

unchanged, attributes

each of the

The required input for this function is as follows:

AL = Character to write

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.9

Hrite Block of Characters at Cursor With Attribute - AH=10H

This function writes a given block of data with a specified attribute

to the

screen,

starting

at

the

current

cursor position.

This

function

reqguires less screen I/0 overhead if an application program

has a ""known" block of data to be written to the screen.

"Known"

means

that

the

block

is

of

a

given

1length,

and is in a given

contiguous area of memory.

As with the Write/Character Attridbute

at

Cursor

Position

function,

the

cursor

is not automatically

incremented.

For more information, see paragraph 4.10.1S.

The required input for this function is as follows:

AL = Attribute(s) of characters *

DX = Segment location of character block

BX = Offset location of character block

CX = Block length *x*

4.10.10

Hrite Block of Characters Only at Cursor Position - AH=s11lH

This

function

is similar

to

the

preceding

difference that

the attribute

parameter

is

characters

assume

the attribute(s) remaining

from the last CRT call.

funqgtion,

with

not

specified.

in the attribute

*

the The latch

The required input for this function is as follows:

AL = Don't care

.

DX

Segment location of character block

BX = Offset location of character block

CX = Block length *x

%

The attribute(s) specified is in effect for the entire

block and the attribute latch remains set to the attribute

specified in register AL.

*x

This routine "clips" any characters that do not fit on the

screen,

Characters are written to the end of the screen, then

all other characters are lost/not written.

To prevent losing

characters, the user should place the cursor so that the

number of character positions from the cursor to the end of

the screen is greater than or equal to the block length.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.10.11

Change Screen Attribute(s) - AH = 12H

This

function

specifies

attribute(s)

that

affect

all

of

the

characters

on the display.

The attribute

latch

is set to the

attribute specified in register AL on exit.

This

routine

does

not

change

the position

of any characters on the screen.

Two examples

are blinking of the entire screen and reverse

video

of

the

entire

screen.

For more information, see paragraph 4.10.1S.

The required input for this function is as follows:

AL = Attribute(s) to use

4.10.12

C(Clear Text Screen and Home the Cursor - AH = 13H

This

routine clears the text screen and sends the cursor to the home

position (0,0 coordinates).

NOTE

This function ""erases"" any data contained

status

region

but

leaves

the

status

implementation in effect.

in the region
<

»
The required input for this function is as follows:
AH = 13H (function number)

4.10.13

Clear Graphics Screen(s) - AH = 14H

This function clears the graphics screen.

Required input for this function is as follows:

XH = 14H (function number)

4.10.14

Set TTY Status Region Beginning - AH = 1SH

This function specifies a beginning line on

the

screen.

The

text

from

this

beginning line to the end of the screen is considered the

status region.

This fucnction can define a status region of

one

or

more lines.

This region remains in effect until it is reset.

During

TTY writes,

this area remains intact and everything above this line

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

scrolls should:
1.

as necessary.

'@

.

. i

Read and save

In order
A
the current

to write

to this

cursor position.

area,

the wuser

2. Locate the cursor within the status region.

3. Use one of the write).

write

character

functions

(not

the TTY

4. Restore the cursor to its original position.

Required input for this function is as follows:

CH

i

0 (must always be zero)

cL

"

Start line of status region

(valid values are 0 through 24.)

A value

of zero

(0) for

the start

implementation.

The start line must be

cursor position, or no status region is

line resets the

a line

after

implemented.

status region

the

current

4.10.15

Set Attridute(s) - AH = 1i6H

This

function provides an alternate method with which to control the

following attribute(s).

* Intensity levels 1, 2, and 3 (blue, red, and green) * Character enable/disable

* Reverse/normal video

* Underline

*

Blink

* Alternate character set

aTCbletohaluftitorftsccesrthkcoih,trebfuuotrnaPectoaa(tstnsssidri)iotin.nibgoutlhntseeue)sbeCtsoH(semraAsqtibHputi=eeten0chnCi9eiutnHfr)CgisheoadsrrpcftaehhuiccnaPisictrnoftaesiicrirfeott/eundeiAgn.roticsntstrtiaieotTrnb(htAwuerHrti=iewBbOtLia.AutttHetht)ne(re(iiasbt)ftuhouHteWnerrcittthiieenblotlanootCscchckhraerhteaahoncserrteemarsasiatisnthnuegts(mlreeeii)btsuhatstemehearetet

Although more than

not

make

sense.

one attribute For instance,

can be used, certain combinations if the character enable attribute

do is

4-31

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

set to a zero, then the character will not appear nor will any of the other attributes except for reverse video. The required input for this function is shown in Figure 4-3.

BL = Attribute(s) to set (BL is used to distinguish this function from the change screen attributes function).

|--> L----» L L
% »

Intensity level 1 (biue}

intensity level 2 {red)

Intensity level 3 (green)

Character enable (second dominant)*

Reverse video (first dominant)*

Underline

Blink

.

Alternate character set

* The user can specify more than one attribute. For instance, it is possible to have reverse video with an underlined, blinking, red character. The user can mix the intensity (color) bits for different intensities or colors for a given character.
223216-24
Figure 4-3 Byte Definition - Set Attribute(s)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTIKES

4.10.16

Get Physical Display-Begin Pointer - AH = 17H

This function is used to return the physical display-begin pointer to

an application.

Logically, the display-begin pointer

is alwvays

at

0,0,

but

there

is a physical address (offset) associated with the

beginning of the display that changes from time to time as the screen

is scrolled, cleared, or otherwise

changed.

This

routine

returns

that

offset

address

relative

to the CRT memory area whose segment

address is DEOCH.

The screen memory is a 2K-byte contiguous block of

RAM.

Once the starting location

of

this block

is known

to the

application,

any character

on the screen

can be accessed.

For

example,

the 1last

character

on

the

screen

is

located

at

(DEOOH: display-begin

+2000)

and

the eightieth

character

on the

screen

(top line,

(DEOOH:display-begin

as follows:

last

character

on

the

line)is

located

at

+ 80).

This returns the display-begin pointer

DX = 16-bit display-begin pointer (offset)

Example:

DX = 0 implies that the first character on the display resides in memory location DEOO:0000H

DX

1S0H implies that the first character on the

display resides in memory location DE0OG:01SO0H

4.10.17

Print TTY String - AH = 18H

HWith this

function,

the user

can have

a contiguous

string

of

characters,

of a given

length,

1located

in a code segment to be

printed (starting at the current cursor position) in a TTY

fashion.

As with

the Hrite

TTY function, this routine executes the control

characters CR, LF, BS, and BEL and scrolls the screen if necessary.

Reguired input for this function is as follows:

BX = Address (offset) of the string*

Where: (BX) byte ©
(BX) byte 1

"

length of the string first character of the string

* The user's code segment address is obtained from the stack and therefore does not need to be passed as a parameter.

4.10.18

CRT TTY Mode Behavior

e

The following

used

in

the

"mixed"" modes.

especially if

is a brief description of the behavior of the CRT when

TTY mode as well as its behavior when being used in

The user

should

read

this

information

carefully,

the user mixes non-TTY functions with TTY functions.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Internally,

the CRT DSR

implements

a "phantom" column 81 on each

?'line, which is actually

column

1 of

the

following

line.

This

"phantom"

column

occurs

vwvhen a TTY write puts a character in the

eightieth column of the current line.

If a carriage

return

(<CR>)

command

is issued at this point, the cursor moves from the column 81

of the current line back to column 1 of the current

1line.

However,

if the cursor

is in column B8l, reading the cursor position returns

(current line + 1, column 0), instead of (current line,

<column

81).

The user must be aware of this before attempting to restore a cursor

position which logically came from column 81, because the Set Cursor

Position

function

has no concept

of a column 81.

This concept

disturbs the TTY mode and it restores the cursor

to a new logical

position, that is, to column I of the next line.

Although the column

1 position

has only one physical location, it can be interpreted as

two different logical locations, depending on the current CRT action

{mode).

4.10.19

Custom Encoding of the CRT

It is possible for the user to custom encode the characters displayed

on

the

CRT,

wusing the CRT "mapping" function.

This mapping allows

the applications first to intercept characters (and

CRT actions

if

necessary) then to encode them.

:

Upon

entry

to

the CRT DSR, a software interrupt is executed, which

points to an IRET instruction.

An application program can reprogram

the

IRET to intercept calls to the CRT DSR.

The program can thereby

"take over" the CRT.

This

is the

typical

method

used

to remap

characters

to the screen.

For instance, this feature can be used to

scan through a table, converting English characters to characters

in

some other language.

Another use is intercepting "function calls"

(such as scroll

or attribute

handling)

so

that

the application

program

can

custom

encode CRT functions.

The user must be careful

when performing this operation, however, because it

is possible

to

disturb the data structures of the CRT DSR.

NOTE

After finishing with this function, the user must

restore

the

vector

to its

original

value.

Otherwise, the system could "go away."

After the user enters his mapping routine, he can use all registers

except

ES,

bs,

and BP.

To use these registers, he must save them,

then restore them upon exit.

Before using this mapping feature,

the

user must

look at the opcode in register AH to determine if it is a

write character request.

If so, he must also preserve

register AH

and any

registers

associated

with

the write

function contained

therein.

For example, to map all dollar

sign

symbols

($§) to the

percent

sign

(%),

the routine monitors register AH on each call to

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

the CRT DSR.

If AH contains a write character

opcode,

the routine

then looks at register AL.

If register AL contains 24H (the ASCII

code for "$"), the user changes that register to 25H (the ASCII

code

for

"%"), then executes an IRET instruction, returning to the screen

with the new character.

(The currency symbol returned depends on the

internation keyboard being used.)

All registers are preserved,

but

register AL has been changed.

4.1t

DISK DSR

Table

4-7 describes

the

disk

device

service routines (disk DSR)

supported by the Texas Instruments Professional Computer.

To access

a function,

place the proper opcode in register AH, then execute an

INT 4DH.

On return, all registers are preserved except where stated.

Table 4-7 Disk DSR Opcodes and Functions

Aldb Code

Description

OO0H 01iH 02H
O3H 04H OSH O6H* O7H* OBH*
O9H* OAH*® OBH*

Reset disk system

Return status code (for last operation)

Read sectors

Hrite sectors

¢

Verify sector CRCs

Null operation

Verify data

o

Return retry status

Set standard disk interface Set DIT address for unit

table

(DIT)

for unit

Return DIT address for unit

Turn off diskette drive motors

* These functions are primarily for the use of syatem-level software and utilitiss,

4,11,1 BReset Disk System - OOH

Input:

AH = QOH

Quiputlt! AH = OOH

This function causes

state.

The actions

the requirements of

general, the function

the disk system to restore

itself

performed for each supported device

the device and the device~-dependent

causes the disk controller(s)

to

to a known

varies with

software.

In

reinitialize

before their next use.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.11.2 Return Status CodeS - OlH

3 :

Input:

AH = 0O1H

Output:

AH = OOH AL = Status code for last CF = 0 (Ko change)

disk

I/O operation

Not

all

disk

DSR

instance).

A status

status

of

the last

(via this function),

functions

are

I/0 operations

(this

one, for

is returned in AH for

each

function,

but

the

/0 request is always retained for later access

if desired.

4,11.3

Read Sectors - O2H

Input:

AH

02H

AL = Number of sectors

CH = Cylinder number

CL = Sector number

DH = Track (surface or

DL = Drive number

ES:BX = Segment:offset

to transfer
side) number of buffer

Qutput:

AH = I/0 status code (For more information,
AL = Number of unprocessed ES:BX = Segment:offset of

refer to sectors
the last

i paragraph 4.11.13.) sector processed*

This function reads data from the disk. transferred subject to memory boundary boundary and disk boundaries cannot be

Any number limitations crossed.)

of sectors can be (The segment''s 64K

* "Last sector processed" means exactly that.

Even if the

read

was

in error, the data is transferred to memory.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.11.4

Write Sectors -03H

Input:

AH

O3H

AL = Number of sectors

CH = Cylinder number

CL = Sector number

DH = Track (surface or

DL = Drive number

ES:BX = Segment:offset

to transfer
side) number of buffer

Output:

AH = I1/0 status code

(For more AL = Number

information, refer to paragraph of unprocessed sectors

4.11.13.)

ES:BX = segment:offset of the last sector processed*

This

function writes

transfered subject to

64K boundary and disk

data to the disk.

Any number of sectors can be

memory boundary

limitations.

(The

segment's

boundaries cannot be crossed. )

*

"Last

sector

error, ES:BX

to transfer.

processed"

means exactly

points to the

data

which

that. the

If DSR

the write is in is attempting

4.11.5

Verify Sector CRCs - 04H

4

Input:

AH

O4H

.

non

AL

Number of sectors to transfer

CH = Cylinder number

CL = Sector number

DH = Track (surface or side) number

DL = Drive number

ES:BX = Segment:offset of buffer

Qutput:

AH = I/0 status code (For more information, see paragraph 4.11.13.)
AL = Number of unprocessed sectors ES:BX = Segment:offset of the last sector processedx

This

function

verifies

the

this function is handled like

though

a

transfer

is

to

transferred.

Any number of

memory

boundary

limitations.

boundaries cannot be crossed.)

CRCs of the specified sectors.

Because

an I/0 function, ES:BX must be

set

as

take

place although no data is actually

sectors

can

be

processed

subject

to

(The segment''s 64K boundary and disk

:

* "Last sector processed"" has little meaning this function does not actually transfer

in this data.

case

because

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.11.6

Null Operation - OSH

LFre

This function is not currently gupported.

.

4.11.7 Verify Data - O6H

;

Input:

AH

O6H

=

AL = Number of sectors

CH = Cylinder number

CL = Sector number

DH = Track (surface or

DL = Drive number

ES:BX = Segment:offset

to process ¥
side) number
of buffer

Output:

AH = (For AL = ES:BX

I[/0 status code more information, see paragraph Number of unprocessed sectors
= On error, segment:offset of

4.11.13.) WORD in error

This

function

of sectors can

(The

segment's

crossed.)

verifies disk data against data

be processed subject to memory

64K boundary

and

the disk

in memory.

Any number

boundary

limitations.

boundaries

cannot be

4.11.8 Return Retry Status -~ O7H

£

<

Iinput:

AH = O7H

Output:

AH = OOH AL = Soft error

status

of last

[/0 operation

This function

returns

the

refers to an

retried.

is similar to

"soft"

error

error that did

the Return

Status

Code

function.

It

status of the last operation.

Soft error

not recur when

the

last

operation

was

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.11.9

Set Standard Disk Interface Table - O8H

Input:

AH

O8H

AL

Standard DIT number

(valid values are 0 through 3.)

DL = Diskette drive number

(valid values are 0 through 3.)

Qutput:

AH = Error status (For more information,

see paragraph 4.11.13.)

(Note:

This function is used by the operating system software.)

Disk

interface

tables

{DITs)

are

information that

the device-dependent

interface with the device-dependent code

data part for a

structures

containing

of

the DSR

wuses

to

specific disk device.

With

this function, the user can set a diskette

standard configurations by setting the drives''s

DIT numbers are defined as follows:

drive DIT.

to one of four

The

standard

Number

Description

o

Single sided, 48 tpi,

1

Double sided, 48 tpi,

2

Siqgle sided, 986 tpi,

3

Double sided, 86 tpi,

sectors/track, sectors/track, sectors/track, sectors/track,

S1i2-byte Si2-byte Si2-byte S12-byte

sectors sectors sectors sectors

uon ® OO

4.11.10

Set DIT Address for Drive - 038H

Input:

AH

0SH

bL

Disk drive number

(valid value is 0 through 7.)

ES:BX = Segment:offset of DIT for drive

Qutput:

AH = Error status (For more information,

see paragraph 4.11.13.)

(Note:

This function is used by the operating system software.)

Disk

interface

tables

(DITs)

are

information that

the device-dependent

interface with the device-dependent code

data part for a

structures

containing

of

the

DSR

uses

to

specific disk device.

With

this

function,

the

user

can

set

any

configuration.

The disk drives are dynamically

by this mechanism.

disk to a linked to

nonstandard the system

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.11.11 Return DIT Address for Drive - OAH

-

input:

AH

DL

OAH Disk drive number
{valid value is 0 through 7.)

Output: AH ES:BX

= Error status (For more information, see paragraph
= Segment:offset of DIT for drive

4.11.13.)

(Note:

This function is used by the operating system software.)

Disk

interface

tables

(DITs)

are

information that the device-independent

interface with the device-dependent code

data part for a

structures

containing

of

the DSR uses

to

specific disk device.

Hith this function, the user can access a drive's DIT for information and verification purposes.

4.11.12

Turn Off All Diskette Drives - OBH

Input:

AH = OBH

OQutput: AH = 0

s

ES:BX = not preserved

(Note:

This function is used by the operating system software.)

During regular operation, the diskette drive motors are left ON for a

short

period following a read or write operation, thereby saving the

time the motor would use to come up to speed.

notably

diagnostics,

require

assurance

that

Some

applications,

the

motors

are not

running.

4.11.13

Status Codes

All functions return a status code in register AH and an

error

flag

in CF.

If

the

carry condition is set (CF = 1), then an error has

occurred and AH contains the error code.

If the

no-carry

condition

is set

(CF = 0), no error has occurred and AH contains a zero.

The

error codes are given in Table 4-8.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

now W
DEVICE SERVICE RéUTINBS

Value
OOH 80H 40H 20H 10H 08H 04H O2H O1H O3H OSH 09H

Table 4-8 Error Codes

Description

No error Time-out - drive not ready or hardware Seek failed - track not found Controller hardware failed CRC error Data request error - controller failure Record (sector) not found No data - bad disk format Command error - bad opcode or parameter Disk write protected Data did not verify I/0 transfer crosses 64K byte boundary

failed

4.11.14

Disk Interface Tables (DITs)

The Disk Interface Table (DIT) structure

interfaces

code with the generalized disk driver code.

device-specific

Because in ROM.

DITs

contain read-only data exclusively,

The gtructure of a DIT is shown in Figure 4-4.

they can be placed
s

TECHNICAL REF*kE:REZNCE

DEVICE SERV&CE ROUTINES

<---- 16 bits ---->

00H DITDIR
02H

04H

DITSEC

06H

DITTRK DITCYL

08H

DITDSK DITERR

Long pointer to disk interface routine
Sector size in bytes Track size in sectors; cyclinder size in tracks Disk size in cylinders; error retry limit

All other fields depend on the code requirements of the specific device.

A. General DIT Structure

\

<4--16 bits ---->

00H FLPDIR
02H

Long pointer to diskette interface routine

04H

DITSEC

Sector size in bytes

06H

DITTRK

DITCYL

Track size in sectors; cyclinder size in tracks

08H

DITDSK

DITERR

0AH PRCOMP

Disk size in cylinders; error retry limit Threshold track number for changing write precompensation

B. Diskette Drive DIT Structure

223216-25

Figure 4-4 DIT 'Structure

e ;

-,

Tscu_n,x.&pfnk%&aucz =

o
DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

The following procedure shows how to set up the disk DSR in

access

a 'flexible disk

(floppyii with a "nonstandard"

("Nonstandard" is a®format that usudlly is not supported by

Instruments Professional Computer.)

order

to

format.

the Texas

MOV

AH, OAH

; Set "return DIT address"" opcode

MOV

DL, <unit number>

; Any floppy disk unit (0 - 3)

INT

4DH

; Call disk DSR

LES

BX, ES:(DWORD PTR [BX]

; ES:BX := address of floppy code

MoV

<your DIT>+0,BX

; Put address of floppy-specific

MoV

<your DIT>+2,ES

8

code in your own DIT

<initialize your DIT>

; Do whatever else you need to your BDIT

MOV ES,SEG<your DIT>

MOV BX, OFFSET<your DIT>

MOV AH,9 MOV DL, <unit INT 4DH

number>

; EX:BX = address of your DIT

Set Unit Call

"SET DIT ADDRESS" number disk DSR

opcode

-

NOTE

-

The floppy-specific code comprehends only double-

density (MFM) recording format.

it does not know

how

to access

single-density

(FN)

recording

format diskettes.

-~
_TECHNICAL REFERENCE

. DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.12

KEYBOARD DSR

This

subsection

describes

the Xxeyboard DBSR and the functions it

provides to the system or application programs that use it.

It also

shows

the various

codes

returned

by the DSR for

the standard

configuration of the keyboard.

The keyboard DSR functions are located in the system ROM and are

accessed

through

the 8088 software interrupt mechanism (essentially

an address-independent subroutine call).

The

typical

wuser

of the

keyboard

DSR

is

the system

interface

code

(the

BIOS).

Each

operating-system~-dependent BIOS resides

on a particular

operating

system diskette and is loaded into RAM during disk boot.

The

functions

described

in this subsection access a buffer that is

controlled by the keyboard interrupt service routine.

All

encoding

and any special handling (described in subsequent paragraphs) occurs

in the

interrupt

service

routine.

All discussions

of keyboard

mapping

vectors

refer

to actions occurring during the servicing of

the keyboard hardware (not software) interrupt.

Placing an opcode

desired function.

functions

of

the

paragraphs.

in register AH and executing an INT 4AH chooses the

All

registers

except

AX are preserved.

The

keyboard

DSR

are

described

in the following

.

<

4.12.1

Initialization Logic

-

The code for this function is automatically executed during

power-up

or reboot

and

is not directly. available to the user.

It performs

diagnostics on the Xxeyboard hardware,

sends

to

it

the

required

initialization

sequences,

and

initializes

the DSR

internal data

areas.

4.12.2

Read Keyboard Input - AH = O

This function reads and removes the current character (if

any)

from

the keyboard buffer.

The character value is returned in register AX.

I1f no character is ready, the DSR waits until one is received before

it returns to the caller.

This

character

has already

been

fully

encoded

(Table

4-10 lists the ASCII codes.)

Typically, the encoded

ASCII character is returned in register AL, and register AH contains

00.

If AL = 0, then the coded value in AH corresponds to one of the

various function keys.

(Table 4-11 lists the non-ASCII codes for the

function keys.)

Yihr ety - NICAL REFERENCE
-

4.12.3

»
Read Keyboard

Status

- AH = 1

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

This "function determines that a character is ready

at

the

keyboard

but

does not

actually

read

it.

If no character is waiting, it

returns with the

2Z-flag

set

(ZF = 1).

It

the

2-flag

is

reset

(ZF = 0),

a character is available to be read.

The character

is returned in AX, but is not removed from the keyboard buffer.

value

4.12.4

Read Keyboard Mode

- AH = 2

This function determines the current mode

value

is

returned in register AL in the

The definition of the byte is as follows.

of the format

keyboard.

The

shown in Figure

mode 4-5.

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Reg AL

Figure 4-S

l--» 1 = CTRL key depressed

`-------- `------------ `------------------&

1 = ALT key depressed 1 = SHIFT key depressed 1 = Last key was result of
repeat-action sequence

000 (always zero)

--» 1=CAPS LOCK key depressed

Byte

Definition

- Keyboard

Modes

282

-~

- TECHNICAL REFERENCE

S

DEVYICE SERVICE ROUTINES

fecause the

"mode"" applies -to

the

1last

character

typed

and

not

necessarily to the one at the front of the queue, this function returns

valid

information ,only, ,_di.fl ti'ie_ '&b&)'board buPfer contains one or less

characters.

In order to use this function., read the key normally, then

make a status check to ensure that the buffer is empty.

When the

buffer is empty, the mode reading will be valid.

Use

this

mode when

"Custom

remapping

function

only if it';s necessary

the last character was;/'typed.

See

Encoding

of the CRT"

in Section

the keyboard.

to know the
4 for

the state of the section entitled an explanation of

4.12.5 Flush Keyboard Buffer - AH = 3

This function is used

buffer.

It

simply

empties the buffer.

to "flush"

resets

the

(empty)

the Xkeyboard

type-ahead

queue

pointers, which effectively

4.12.6

Keyboard Output

-~ AH = 4

This function sends the keyboard

command

in AL directly

to the

keyboard,

with

appropriate

handshaking.

On return, the Z-flag has

the status of the operation.

If

the

2Z-flag

is set

(ZF=1),

the

command was performed correctly; otherwise (ZF=0), an error was made.

The keyboard commands sent by the CPU are given in Table 4-9.

Table 4-9 @eyboard Commands

<

Register AL

Function Performed

[sX¢]
o1% 02 03 04% oS 06%* 07 os

Performs a power-up reset and installs default parameters
Turns repeat-action feature ON Turns repeat-action feature OFF Locks the keyboard Unlocks the keyboard
Turns keyclick ON#*%x Turns keyclick OFF«x%t Resets Returns keyboard ROM version

* Indicates the default value. ** Keyclick requires a hardware modification.
(It is not presently supported.)

TECHNLCAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE AOUTINES

These

Eommands

are intended for "one-shot"

mode at power-up.

Although they may be sent

use, to set the keyboard

at any other

time,

the

overhead of receinng several commands can cause the keyboard to miss

fast A CRT

Xkeystrokes.

There are

emulator program may be

other ways to implement these commands.

required to turn repeat-action

on and

off

in response

application

needs

lock/unlock

the

programmed into a

to escape sequences

to set/reset

Xkeyboard

in real

keyboard

mapping

from a host.

For example, if an

the

repeat-action

mode,

or

to

time,

these

functions

can be

routine.

Refer

to paragraph

4.10.19.

4.12,7

Put Character Into Keyboard Buffer - AH = §

kgpakfZBkicTctieleX~phuehhvy.-aiypnyaa)sfescbclbrrlneotioaaaidaigacccsrorattdAinodfetennsurriissnroiucnebncbttmetthcahusoieeilofewwnlotfmaaugtnesmsshRkreeaee.rtdnt(ayhe.ZpddtebtFlhenpoa=raodluatt1icanKOr)eecnedTb,ddvehyeuestebrfhsptrofsehlheiiaetaatantfrrtavcuo,dbnteterruhhmddntmiefehs,asfeaotbIennenbrislepuncb"1iyntuf"6huft-osfawttbrtfrahhdpresaeairfausrttctenunthttsgenlhabeeeseecnumr"e(stdfp.tdsvitafth,haco2ryeeilhn-cdrsua.fh.erlaaataatrhAcbigceansuhRtcyfeaet(itafrnhTredteeahshurriecesss1te6KseBr-Xetrciubsaysshfwrirburaaettsoaosrh,dtlmaeaahgirtsecerdtnevfcteecahuaasrsertllnsaoIl(aludemmnZetyee)pF.eru=kedt0emaaeti)saynxhn,cdibatpabI(ntonoylfAsaiHrtc=hdtitttt0ah,hhhhtnb)iteeeeeeon

To

place a normal ASCII character

call with the character value

in

function

keys

into

the buffer,

extended function
Table 4-11.)

value

in 8H,

and

@

into the buffer; make the function

BL and

zero

in BH.

To place

make

the ~function call with the

zero in BL.

(See Table

4-10

and

This though

function they had

is useful when been typed.

a Two

program needs characters examples follow.

to appear as

*

aAci"nnehnocaithrtaohaip"ecaprtlleiirzckfaaeettyaiitoo(unanCrn.TedRLcatnubyrNTnhsedifiosnorafsofbeplreetrMtiaShnte-giDntOhgeSec)htoh.eosypisenttraoeapmtpirnogtphsreeieastsyebsutftefhmeir*s"echaposrdiunrojtifuenfsrg"t

*

pMfisttahrnuieenovnmryogcumkrtilkeainaeomoatypntibeaenorsgaa,srttede«iccraanonmfgnilbdnuutasfypshtfprpyeeeorssrdvot,,tieghdmreesaamcn,oktdmhelemyaoabcnptnkeoeho.dareprfreadoerrbamyitnsbcIituhmnofamg"fiectendhhriaia,stntiahygntesietncltegohym"embf"nmueafatnftappbdeuklerrreafo.escog,e(rrweahoimvcceshaaHhr)nha,d.erpnarcocrtgoeetruahrtaldihsmdsse

' TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVfCE'ROQTIHES

4.12.8

General Keyboard Layout

The

outline

of the kXeyboard and the key-position numbers associated

with each of the keys are shown in Figure 4-6.

The numbers

in

the

upper

right-hand corner of the keys are the scan codes sent from the

keyboard.

These codes are used internally by the xeyboard

DSR

to

encode

a key

when

pressed.

The

mode

keys

(marked **t) do not

generate a scan code.

=) I () @

©
G 

& ) &
& )
® @ & ) & ) & B B
&@)

OEBAeEEEEe6M0

L@@@

2®@o@9Bm2nBB©@S&&&ETM%%2A8G))iE)0@08SSa5a8@5g0@oB (@a00&00000m60)0n)|

23218-27

Figure 4-6

General Keyboard Layout Showing Scan Codes

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

.

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.12.9

Character Codes

Table 4-10 lists

by

the

keyboard

keyboard DSR, and

this table,

the character

DsSR.

The

the returned

and extended function

codes

returned

modes

are handled

internally by the

code reflects

the mapping

shown

in

Table 4-10

sStandard Keyboard Character Codes

|

] £S

{
I

02
03

] 04

{ £f6
| £7 | £8

i

0S

| £s

§

o6

] 07

| £10
| £f11

i

os

| 69

| £12
| 1

| 10 |

{1

T S

{f1122 RN || s4

| 14 | 1s

| 6 | 7

| 16 | 8

{| f1s17 180 0208

|
j

9
ol

1) =

98-

j 2¢

|} BS

1|2 322

|4 R =TS

o Py
} 25 | 26
||2 278

) B
| sPp | HT
|| -=1=

]

29

| 30

I3 T

{03 2

1S 3N

{ o
| CR
01 il £
|L 9

§

34

f 3s

|

=

| 2

3F*|sfS

4401xx||ssff7é 42%|sfs

43%|sfo

44%|sf10
4Sx|sfil

46x|sf12
31} ¢
32 | e
33 | #
34| $§
3s | g
36 | A 37 | & 38 | *

39
aglh

|
[

BN,

(

2D | _

3D |

08 | BS

D6T0 || ~(=

28 |+
20| sp 05 |Bktad
=R=l | ==gk=

30 |

0

oD | CR

34 | 4

3 5T s

39 | 9

2D

=

32001102

S8x|cfS

S9tjcte
SA%|cf7 SBt|cf8

SCx|cfo

SB*{cfl10
08x|cfll

09%|cf12

21 | --~

40 | Fnul

23
24|

|

------

25 | ---

SE | RS

26 | ---

2A | ===

2298

|
|

-----~~

SF | US

28 | -==

08 | DEL

3ZE0 R | e= T

2B | +
208 | sp OF*| HT

3=1 {N1==

30 | 0
OB | CR
34 | 4 35 } §
39 | 9

2D |

=

3201 o>

62%|afs

63%|afe
64%|af7 65+|afs

66%|afs

67xjaflo
OA*|afil

oOBx|afi2
-- | altl
03%} alt2
---- || aalltts3
-- | alts
1E | alté ~-- | alt? -~ | alts

----

|
|

aalltto9

1F | alt-

-- | alt=

7F | =--

3D | pR fi

2B
20

| pf2
| pf3

09 | pfe

-31 || ---=~=~

30 | ~---
OD | =---
34 | --35 | -~~~
39 | --~

2D | ---
82 | -~~~

6Cx|
6D*}
GE%x| 6F%|
70%} 71%{
O0C*|
0D*|
78x|
79x|
77BAxr||
7cCx|
7P| 7E%| 7F*j s81oixy| B2%| B3%}
-~ |
8C*| |
8D*|
B8E*| 8F*|
--- ||
-~ |
-- |
-~ | =-- |
=-- |
-- |
-- |

FsS

i

F6
F7 F8

|
} |

F9

{

F10
F11

|
|

Fi12

{

i

|

i J

{
} ) |

| § | |

Back space

|

Numeric =

) |

Numeric
Numeric

+
SPACE]

i

Numeric TAB |

N(uumneursiecd) 1

i |

Numeric 0

|

Kumeric
Kumeric Numeric

ENTER|

4

|

§

}

Numeric 9

|

Numeric -
Numeric 2

|
}

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

- DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Table 4-10.

Standard Keyboard Character Codes (Continued)

______________________________________ e

-- e

| Key #|

Normal | SHIFT

| CTRL

|

ALT

|

Comments

f

j 36 | 37 | 38
§ 39
{ 40
} 41
L2

| -== } -== | ---
| 7
| 8
| 6
|

==} === ==} === --j -=--
378 | R" 7.
38| 8
36 |} 6
'l b

== | ===

== | ===

--{ ---

37N

7

38 | 8

3¢ | 6
2 |,

-- | #-~- | === ~-- | =---
37 | ---
38 | ---
36 | ---
2¢ | ---

-- | (Unused)

=-- | (Unused)

-- | (Unused)

==
-~

| Kumeric
| Numeric

7
8

=-- | Numeric 6
-- | Numeric ,

| 1 |
i
|
{
|

{ 43

| 3

33 | 3

33 | 3

33 } ---

~-- | Numeric 3

}

{| 4454 || ==s= 2=E= || ==o= 2=E= || === 2=E= || -=-=-= ---~ || N(uUmneursiecd) .

} i

| 46

| C-rt 4Dx}sC-rt B8A%*|cC-rt 74%jaC-rt 4Ex| Right Arrow

}

] 47

| Ins

5S2x| sIns 28%] cIns 29%| aIns 2A%| INS

]

j 48

| Del

S53%| sDel 38+%| cDel 39%| aDel 3A*| DEL

]

§

49

] so

{ s1

| s2

j s3

i s4

| ss

{ HT
| g | w | e { r | t | y

©09
71

|Bktab
] @

OF«|
S1 |

HT
DC1

7?7 | W 57 | ETB

65 | E 72 | R 74 | T

45 | ENQ S2 | DC2 54 | DC4

79 ] ¥ S8 | EM

©09
11

| ---
} altQ

-- | TaAB
10%]

17 | altW 11|

05 | altE 12%]

12 | altR 13%|

14 | altT 14x|

195 | altY 15%]|

i
| f } | |

|

56

i

u

75 | U

S5 | NAK

15 | altU 16}

}

|

S7

| se

i

i

| o

69 |
6F |

I
O

49 |
4F |

HT
SI

©08
OF

| altl
| alto

17x|
1ex|

4

}
}

| S8
] 60 IS 100

| P
| I | ER]

70 | P
SB | { sp | }

S0 | DLE
7B | ESC 7D} 68

10 | altP 19%*}
1B | --- -- | 1D | --- -- | =~

§ -
| }

| 82 | 63

| LF } =--

OA | LF OA | cLF

--}

br =-- | -==-

75%| aLF == ] ===

4F*| Line Feed -~ | (Unused)

i |

| 64
| 65

| C-up
| ESC

41B8%|s| 5CE-SCup

18B8%|| cCE-SuCp

84%|aC-up
1B | ---

49%| Up Arrow
=-- | ESC

§
|

|

66

{ a

61 | A

41 | SOH

01 | altA 1Ex|

|

{ 67
| 68

|

s

| 4

73 | S
64 | D

s3 | bBC3
44 | EOT

13
04

| alts
| altD

1iFx|
20%|

|
I

|

69

] 70

i

£

| g

66 | F
67 | 6

46 | ACK
47 | BEL

06
07

| altF
} altG

21x}
22%*|

{
|

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Table 4-10.

Standard Keyboard Character Codes (Concluded)

| Key #] Normal

| SHIFT

| CTRL

|

ALT

|

Comments

i

]| 77+2 || h§

8A || JH

448A || LBFS O08A || aallttHJ 2234%%||

{

| 73 | X 6B | K 4B | VT 0B | altK 25|

§

74

f

1

6C | L

4C | FF

0C | altlL 26%|

{

fo7s |

38 |

Xy |} (o oall] aoe o

|

)] R7R7ZE N || M CR O2D7581 | C8=R O2D2 I | sCR OsB ok || -T -- A=R-l |{ Return

|

| 78

SC.l |

7C §{ FS 1C | === == }

| 79 | C-1f 4Bx|sC-1f 8B*|cC-1f 73*|acC-1f 4C*| Left Arrow

j

| 80

| Home 47*|sHome 86*|cHome 77*}jaHome 8S5*| HOME

{

f 81

| sP 20|

SP 20|

SP 20 | SP 20 | Space bar

|

| 82 | =z JA | Z SA | SUB 1A | altZ 2C*|

|

| 83 | x 78 | X S8 | CAN 18 | altX 2Dx|

§

84

|l 8

§

c

| v

63 | c
76 | V

43 | ETX
56 | SYN

03 | altC 2Ex|
16 | altVv 2F«|

}

86

| b

62 | B

42 | STX

02 | altB 30|

{

|

87

§

n

6E | N

4E | SO

OE | altN 31x|

§

|] 88 | m 6D § M 4D | CR OD | altM 32«|

§

|| 8990

||Pto,gl 27c2%| | *k<k

S%C%I | =-~S-

S-- | =~==~= Sl ~- s || PRINT

{

JI|ES 18E2R ||I/

228E || ?>

I3FE S| im-i==== == l | ===--== -=- |

|

S S Bl

el

e S Sl

e

L= | B (Uu n 3'e d1)

|

e ) iseseed ] e

co

oo ae ) o

B | (Unused)

I

1RO S I B

| e

e | =S =

== =~ R |l (Unused)

|

] 96

| C-dn SO*|{sC-dn 89%|cC-dn 76%]|aC-dn Si%*} Down Arrow

|

IS 7

| =-- o

= R --ss

Re B

R (Unused)

i

1RO 0 R

e et |l =

= = |B

= N | R=C N -- R (Unused)

|

1S S
{ 100
| 101

s st
| Ppau
| £1

dt)

s

** | Pbrk

3Bx{sf1

el | == N 30-- S

** | ---
Sdx|cfl

-S-E*||afi---

= R M (Un'used)) 6-8~%x| | FB1RK/PAUS

| | |

| 102 | £2 3Cx|sf2

SSktjcf2

SFxjaf2

69%| F2

{ 103 | £3 3Dx|sf3

S6x|c£3

60%jaf3

6A%} F3

] 104 | £4 3Ex|sf4

S7tjcfa

61%jafs

6B%x| F4

Notes to Table 4-10:

1.

Key # is shown in Figure 4-6.

2.

In

the

"Normal","SHIFT",

"GTRL",

and "ALT"" columns, both the

"graphic" and the hexadecimal values of the character

are given

in

the form:

GGG HH.

Mnemonics are used for the "graphic" descriptions

of

the

function

keys.

These

are

generally self-explanatory:

a

leading a, s, or c indicates ALT, SHIFT, or CTRL, respectively.

For

example,

f1

4is the F1 function key:; afl is the F1 key pressed while

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

holding down the ALT key.

C-rt means cursor right (right arrow), and

cLF = CTRL linefeed.

?

.

~ »

3. Entries consisting of "--- --" " indicate that the

combination

is

suppressed within the kxeyboard DSR.

4.

Entries

consisting of "xxx **" indicate special handling in the

form of direct

action

by the xeyboard

DSR.

(For details,

see

paragraph 4.12.14.)

B0

Normal

(ASCII)

characters are returned in register AL with the

scan code key number in AH.

6. Entries consisting of "xxx yy" are returned

with AL=0

and

the

indicated value (yy) in AH.

78

An asterisk after 2 number means extended codes, listed in Table

4.12.10

Extended Codes

The "extended"" codes are non-ASCII

codes.

They

represent

special

function

keys on the keyboard.

To distinguish these codes, register

AL contains 00 upon returning from a Read Keyboard

(AH=1

or AH=2)

function

«c¢all,

and

the

extended code is in register AH.

The code

range (OOH through FFH) includes normal ASCII

codes.

The

extended

codes

are given in Table 4-11.

Use the mnemonics to cross-reference

with Table 4-10.

<

Table 4-11

Extended

Function

Lt
Codes

Tresl -

S

I S DR

eo e

} © |Pbrk JaltQ

j 1 {Ppau jaltW

P2

faltE

| 3 | 4

|Fnul |

|altR |altT

JI

.

Jalty

f6 | 1 7

faltU lalty

{ 8 |}(sfil |alto

} 9 { A
| B

|{sfi2 jecfii
jcfi2

jaltP |
|

I ¢ lafiyr |

| D |afi2 |

JIRSEIRE

faltAa

{ F {Bktablalts

s
e e
|altp jaltF jaltG jaltH falts |altK jaltL f |sIns jcins jains
j
laltz faltXx
|altc jaltv

e
|altB jaltN |altM | | } | | |sDel {cDel |aDel
| £1
| £2 | £3 | f£f4 | £S

e nlye L2

el

R

e e

e

| £6

| C-dnf c£3 | af9 jalt9 |

| £7

Jac-dn| cf4 Jaflio |alto |

| £8

| Ins | cfS jPtogllalt- |

{ £9 | £10

| Del | sf1

| cf6 | cf7

|cC-1fjalt= | jeC-rtjeC-up]|

| £11 | sf2 |} cf8 | cLF }aHome|

| £f12 | s£f3 | c£9 |cC-dn}sHome|

| Home| sf4 | cf£10|cHomej

i

| C-up| sfS | afi |Jaltl |sC-up]

jaC-up} sf6

|

| s£7

| c-1£} sfs

| af2 } af3
| af4

{alt2 |alt3
jalt4

jsC-dnj |sC-rtf
|sC-1f}

Jac-1f} 'sf5 | af5 lalts | pfi |

| C-rt{ sfio] afé jalte | pf2 |

lac-rt| cfl | af7 Jjalt7 | pf3 |

{ aLF | cf2 | afg jalts | pfa |

* MSD = most significant digit; LSD = least significant digit

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.12.11

Keyboard Modes

In the standard keyboard, the mode keys

have

the effect

shown

in

Table

4-11.

The

latching

(push-push)

CAPS LOCK key affects the

alphabetic keys (S0-S9, 66-74, and 82-88 on the standard keyboard) by

forcing

the SHIFT mode.

Normally

the alphabetic

keys

produce

lowercase characters, and the SHIFT key temporarily causes them to be

uppercase.

When the CAPS LOCK mode is invoked (the CAPS LOCK key is

latched down and the LED in the CAPS LOCK key lights), the alphabetic

keys produce uppercase and the SHIFT key has no

further

effect

(on

the alphabetic keys).

In

the standard encoding, the

CTRL/ALT/DEL,

which

is wused

only for

valid combination

system

reset.

of mode keys is Simultaneously

pressing

the

CTRL,

ALT,

and DEL keys results in the keyboard DSR

initiating the equivalent of a system pover-up reboot.

The action is

handled internally by the DSR and

does

not

return

a code.

This

function

is

"hardwired" and cannot be disabled.

In any other cage,

when two or more mode keys are pressed simultaneously,

only

one

is

recognized.

The order of precedence, beginning with the highest, is

as follows:

fAdLeTd CTRL, SHIFT, and CAPS LOCK

The ALT key has a special

use,

letting

s the user enter

any

character

code (COH-OFFH) from the keyboard.

When the ALT key is held down and

knackI(teeephnhfxepyyraptuopsrltmataidcrcndtoaoeek(tncrAeit-iHh,swoAme=inaL0t)lThwebfreikafersceuvtsyanahtulcratsuteheseeietnoronourn.zcemekotkarfheolecysosIttrfehXcrenehzoydeaf,ksrreedtoawwseecos,ttrtihheeerkr1eiesdtyhnctasehudnxetrisctrrrihoeematkncprhkvetltaerasyllycel)yyetu.eeprraatecdhscir"Iiisugfsospeimuldtgua~sthtlchyreaepesteteetdunhdkafdrereisnereoespnARdteeLraT"ittd/thyosNepnUeeaKMtdnoen,dyunorbmovoeraaarmldtttraiudwhhldcseoee

nothing to the ALT/NUM value.

Pressing

the accumulated value and starts a new

more than

three

keys

three-keystroke seguence.

sends

Example:

ALT 003 places the value for an ETX in the keyboard buffer. ALT 3, followed by any non-ALT key performs the same function.

4.12.12

Type-Ahead Buffer

The

DSR

implements a circular type-ahead queue,

to 1S keystrokes.

(Each keystroke is 2 bytes.)

filled,

entering

further

characters

from

the

which can If the
keyboard

buffer queue sounds

up is the

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

system beeper. queue pointers,

The Flush Keyboard Buffer (AH=3) effectively emptying the buffer.

function

resets

the

e

4.12.13

Repeat-Action Feature

If the repeat-action

feature

(the default) is enabled, th;re is a

half-second delay and all keys become repeat-action at a 1S-cps rate.

Repeat-action

characters

are

ignored

when

the queue

currently

contains

more

than one pending

character.

This

means that the

application does not have to worry about the repeat-action "coasting""

problem.

That is, if the application does not

or cannot

read

the

keyboard

input

faster

than

the repeat-action rate, the undesired

repeat-action characters are not queued and the keyboard does not get

ahead of the application.

4.12.14

Special Handling

These paragraphs describe functions

handled

by

the

Xkeyboard

DSR.

Several of these require immediate reaction (for example, pausing the

output

routine so a fast-scrolling screen can be read).

Most of the

keyboard DSR functions are implemented with

the

software

interrupt

facility of the 8088 microprocessor.

Fach of the defined interrupt vectors points to some default piece of

code

that

either

does

nothing

(for

example,

a single

IRET

instruction)

or performs

some

system

function.

fAn application

program

can

change

these interrupt `vectors in order to gain direct

access to a function.

However, the

application

must

preserve

the

original contents of the vector and restore it before terminating and

returning to the system.

If the application routine is used, it must

end with an IRET or the equivalent (FAR) RET 2, which allows flags to

be passed.

The

stack

used

is

the

internal

stack

of the keyboard interrupt

service routine and only 10 levels (20 bytes) of stack are

available

to the user's routine.

Interrupts are disabled when the user routine

is entered (by the INT instruction).

Interrupts should be re-enabled

immediately

wunless

it

is necessary

for

Registers AX, BX, CX, DI, and BES can be used

them to remain disabled.

(information

is passed

in AX);

any

others must be preserved.

Hhen the available stack is

too small, the routine must switch to an internal stack of sufficient

size (including © bytes for possible interrupts).

Also, the routine

is executed

as

a part

of the keyboard interrupt service routine,

which means that routine finishes

no other keystrokes

are

and returns.

The normal

accepted

until

the user

way to communicate with the

outside

world

watch for it in

(outside

the service

the application.

This,

routine) is to set a flag and for example, is how the BREAK

function is implemented in MS-DOS.

Control should not be retained by

the user's routine unless a complete system initialization is

to

be

performed.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.12.15

User-Available Interrupts

The

following

is a summary of the software interrupts (performed by

the keyboard DSR) that can be

used

by application

programs.

The

interrupts

are presented in their order of execution.

The number in

parentheses, instruction.

the

"interrupt

type,"

is used

in

an

interrupt

The absolute address of the corresponding vector.is the

interrupt

type

times 4.

As an example, the address of the keyboard

mapping vector is SBH x 4 = 16CH.

Any of the special

key

interrupt

functions

can

be

Dbypassed

by

re-encoding the key code.

For more

information on the key code, refer to paragraph 4.10.19.

The keyboard DSR interrupts and their mapping vectors are:

* Keyboard mapping (SBH) * Program pause (SCH) x * Program break (SDH) * * Print screen (SEH) * * Keyboard queueing (SFH)

*

»
These interrupts occur after internal encoding.

OrFk4titoneethh.ryefeh1nee2rtr.hiw1esmqki5oeust.yreoepg1.euq,reuepessuaserKWieahendttgeyhhfanreebnoadorbpamukDhtrtaeShdtyRepie4bor.enceMuf1fosnao0odecpr.erropo,1emdin9sen.sge.nucitcsaiouttndshhigeieesTsnhgiketsehnXtyikch,seeotiydhnbeeotkcdiaeeh,nryret,drcekkureasprylttublhqpoeoutfaweoriirusdDniSgtpnRogethreprqftlehuoeamers(acupSmpeiFeeusnHcsdg)ietarhlteheeaiitcoknknhetetkyeyeesyrbr,etrorniuaumcprpceootdatddn.,.eeda

fr4isoct4reh-aean.te1sust11stte2)re~ro.ess-rr1otpsui5urcpnt.roortg2ntgoharlatatlhvamisieteoPncfrgkttteohbcoyewgeairarsflraolPscemreAcoeirUdrnrSeeeP.iesanonitupfr.tkesodeereeynrm.drsrieIiuntssbpaiAetlttrnoqerieuePndetr.gasnune.uafcdrspopenrsppsoilarnilAtcrgctlaeaaonumtwseaissemyosetbshnpxeetattreuehaimsennedpgs(ercuudorsnpfegesuotrerhnwhcnaeiceomftrdtite-ohooueornpdli,)cpdgae,(nirornffetaofhwlBreehRcimritKhsc/avhnPevatgAcnoeoeUtcwSsonttar,oocTrptasibabktolnuehnietdyesa

Tncfihrohneotatmhreiracnrcagutrpetrhtryeelsfsieslovaafgltaeuwnxedaedrceeutsiteniermdimp,nAilXtyneersitrsheuexpitptt.lhcseaa.creradycItfIiffiolnntathtgoeheofcitshaceratrrhryreeqysueekftulefeayl.gabagonadrisdBisetfhsoeerrteDe,sSeeRxtt,ttehhneeodntehDdseSonRfrtewtdcauootrrehdensee

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

for

the program

pause

function is placed in AX.

Therefore, if an

IRET instruction is used to return instead of the default

ROM

pause

routine,

the

DSR

returns

the

program

pause function code to the

application.

Because the carry flag is usgsed to pass information, the

IRET instruction must be simulated with a (FAR) RET

2 if

the

user

needs

to return

with

the

carry

flag set.

(The IRET instruction

restores flags to their pre-interrupt state.)

4,12.15.3

Program Break.

Pressing the (shifted) BRK/PAUS key causes

a software interrupt and allows the user

to perform an action

or

return

a key

code.

It can be set to return an extended code (see

Table

4-11)

to

the

caller,

if

desired.

Buring

powver-up

initialization,

this

interrupt

vector

is set to point to an IRET

instruction so that the BRK key sequence

is ignored

other

than

returning

the break

code.

An application program can change the

interrupt vector in order to support a break

function

of

its

own.

However,

the program

is responsible

for preserving the original

contents of the vector and restoring it before terminating.

For more

information

on

the

encoding/software~interrupt

technigue,

see

paragraph 4.12.1S5.

4.12.15.4

Print

Screen.

Pressing

another software interrupt.

The user

a key code.

This interrupt normally

within

the ROM.

The DSR checks

described in paragraph 4.12.1S.

the SHIFT and PRNT keys causes

can perform an action or return

vectors to an

IRET

instruction

the carry flag upon return, as

The carry flag is set before the interrupt is executed,*so that

when

the routine consists only of an IRET, the key is effectively ignored.

This

can

be (and is, by the MS-DOS BIOS) patched so that it vectors

to an actual print screen routine.

This routine executes as a part

of

the

keyboard interrupt service routine and, therefore, cannot be

interrupted by another keystroke.

The preferred way

to handle

the

Print

Screen

function

is to use this interrupt to start the Print

Routine

(in

the

background)

then return

immediately,

thereby

reenabling the keyboard.

4.12.15.5

Keyboard

Queueing.

This software interrupt occurs every

time a character, whether encoded by the DSR or by the user,

is

placed

in the type-ahead buffer.

This interrupt lets the real-time

0S know when there is a character to read.

The user

can choose

to

ignore

the Xkxey (not

queueing

the keycode).

Refer to paragraph

4.12.15 for keyboard queuing interrupt conditions.

4.12.16

Custom Encoding

An application program can encode the keyboard using

this

function.

Each time a key is pressed on the keyboard, the keyboard sends one or

two Xey codes

to the DSR.

The mode Xeys are handled internally.

(For more information, refer to paragraph 4.12.17.)

The DSR performs

a software interrupt each time it receives a key code (not

including

the mode keys).

Normally

the interrupt vector points to an IRET

instruction.

An application program

can

reprogram

the

vector

to

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

:

:

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

kkvrieeeenyysctsete,torrc,ceoctpdhoteemstnbheinetaxhatteepyiscppoeulinticeacslakl(teyCiyaToRnLs(/cFcAaAocRnLda)senTs/,DREttEahLTkr)eo.u.2ngEehocinanTthussretsodmrgeugrcé8tyUitetaofribnnyl.eetevsheirnygtttohhaticenongmceoisdbneuttetrhictrtesohpeutgsshpseycstithtaeihlmse

NOTE

It is essential that the application restore

the

vector

to

its

original value after completion.

Otherwise, the system will crash when the special

encoding routine is later written over.

akkArWItLhehheen,eeeyystanbtbudoeorctaanahadretrerh,bdddreu.yfmfosetdhorffseelr.fcaoatgmnwvbaayrtlTeiteuhshceieossdsiiesenittniisnetirne((rrACoiurLnFAnpue=Hctp1lat)un,.w(ddatiiyhsneAgtHhpIteofemnoratdrfhcteeeohhtreahmnepbregylecdetaapsecreteraatd(ytnhfied-sraaodfrcmlisdstarthigeoaotcwnhnentdenilascyrodbkidnierityei,nsbnegeotnftoaciirogfiddus(irCstenFhebgIe=tyS)0Rp))ao)s5fitssywephadtteenh.hi-ndeen

abrsIttnfhuohedeemfpefeeakritttnwhe.foe-yuasntctchitretscioiaTokorhmmnenrioosyrdeedisibciarabftneyclictacgegtenbilseosysraiiessudibsnalencebsddileettun,dtdwteiooh3dreeasnenholdfiyisn,ntohAtteHhpt.eaheranstnepvdieeaTsdcclhcueuialeannaltoorutscoehfohsridearnennoAgdLudctalainsiinnseaigs.t.hrcrehecoothpuoualhtsrraiiencagneehceddtebwrih.patsieicrnhfOoofFrFTmtHhhAso,eeLf

If

the

scan code is

the user

must

strip

instruction

is AND

the IRET instruction

pass flags back.

used in a table look~up

off

the

(possible)

AL, 7FH).

Because this

must be simulated with a

or a direct repeat-action is a software
(FAR) RET 2

comparison,

bit

(the

interrupt,

in order to

4.12.17

Keyboard Interface Protocol

kApfPtLheoorTeslye,lis-otspmwiiooCeondsAdngeiPStibkoayenLtyoOksCe.tKyhb,teyhteoenkTahnekedyeit-syhepbmCoooTpasdRrkeriLeed)tcyiebbodoynhDeataSdersRd.bybcityshseae.Innfangdesevbdteyhrteeasissnetscnahbtetoyetweiatnlhogeof nre.elttahhpeesrtesmcIetoundrketrewieiynnlsktglterysoaskltetwah,(ateSyuHssIFktTehb,oyeef

The mode

byte

is never

because it is sent only if

transmission.

The mode

function,

sent the cannot

during a

mode

has

change

repeat-action transmission,

changed

since

the

last

during

the repeat-action

4-57

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

The 7).

second This

byte bit

(key position) contains a repeat-action key bit

(bit

is set to 1 during a repeat-action key transmission,

and reset to O during a non-repeat-action transmission.

If

the

Xkey

is still this time

pressed with bit

after 7 set

a half-second delay, the code to 1. The keyboard remapping

is sent again,

routine

wuses

this bit to suppress the repeat-action key function when necessary.

All communication with the keyboard is:

* Asynchronous

* Serial

* 8 data bit

% 1 stop bit

* Even parity.

The keyboard at 30S bps.

transmits

its data at 2440 bps and receives

its commands

Both bits

bytes

have

similar formats, as shown

3 through 6 of the mode key status byte

in Figure 4-7. are all set to

However, 1.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

e

L

FIRST BYTE (Not always sent)
Control Alternate Shift = 1111 (denotes first byte) Caps lock {uppercase) Parity

8

7

6

5

4

2

1

SECOND BYTE

Scan code

Repeated character

{repeat-acstion keys)

Parity

«

22321628

Figure 4-7 Byte Definition - Keycode

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

The keyboard

understands

Keyboard

OCutput

(AH=4)

acknowledges each command.

several

commands,

function,

and

`as the,
5

explained

in. the

keyboard

generally

The codes sent by the keyboard (refer to Tables 4-10 and 4-11)

range

from scan code 01 through scan code 104 (OlH through 68H).

The spare

scan

codes

(from

69H through 6FH) will possibly be assigned in the

future.

If 3o, the size of the standard encoding tables will also be

increased.

Codes 70H through 73H are status codes

returned

by

the

keyboard

in response to commands.

Codes 74H through 77H are unused

but reserved, and codes 78H through 7FH are for encoding the mode key

status byte.

For more specific information, refer to the paragraph

entitled

"Receiving and responding to commands from the system unit"

in Section 2.

4.13 PARALLEL PRINTER PORT DSR

The following

printer

port

use it.

paragraphs describe the

functions

that

DSR provides to the system or application

the parallel programs that

The printer compatible characters,

DSR provides

routines

to implement

a

Centronics~

parallel

port

interface.

The

wuser

is able to output

get printer status, and initialize the printer.

The printer DSR functions, located in the system ROM, `*are accessed

through

the software interrupt mechanism of the 8088 microprocessor.

To choose a function, place the opcode in register AH, place zeros in

register DL, and execute an INT 4BH instruction.

(For an explanation

of register DL, see paragraph 4.13.4.)

All registers

are preserved

except

AH,

which always

returns

with

the printer status.

(See

paragraph 4.13.3.)

The functions available are:

Output Character to Printer (AH=0, Initialize Printer (AH=1, DL=0) Return Printer Status (AH=2, DL=0)

DL=0)

4.13.1

Output Character to Printer

-~ AH = 0, DL = 0O

This function sends the character in AL to the printer

port.

The

BUSY signal from the printer is checked before sending the character.

If the printer is still busy after approximately 0.33 s, the DSR sets

the

time-out

Dbit

in the

status byte (in AH) and returns.

If the

printer is not busy, the DSR returns with

the

time-out

bDbit reset.

Any unusual

conditions on the status signals from the printer cause

the printer to go BUSY.

Time-out also occurs

if the printer

sets

FAULT,

PAPER OUT,

or NOT SELECT.

The printer can also set BUSY,

causing a time-out.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

It generally is not advisable output routine during regular

to rely on the time-out of the use, especially if one is using

printer the DSR

from the printer task of a real-time OS.

This time-out is a software

loop and causes the application

The preferred

method

has

the

through the printer status call

to "hang" during the time-out period. application watching the BUSY signal
so that the application can implement

and control a time-out.

The standard sequence used to print a character is:

REPEAT Interrupt 4BH with AH = 2 and "Return Printer Status."
UNTIL
STATUS = NOT BUSY END

DL = 0 (see

paragraph

4.13.3,

INTerrupt 4BH with AH =

IF STATUS
THEN

= (time-out)

<handle the error> END

0, DL = 0 (FAULT or

and AL = <character> PAPER OUT or (NOT SELECTED) )

Note:

Refer to Figure 4-8 for byte definition of the

Return Printer Status function.

5

4.13.2

Initialize Printer

- AH = 1, DL = ©

~

maaTphcacritntisuuinaaotlnle)rf.unstcyatkstietonoeTnmhpeeirspafocowtpsreirymrvsi-atnutetpetmehser-(dnesteohqopteufetinwvodIaanNerlIneeTtnstysstia(egcromnfteaiflevarraetspeoenosttowetrChtt-eThhueiRpsLi/nAtarsLeepiTrsgp/efnrDtaaoE.lcpLer)i.oanTctlhaeyeusiosnnppgcreeic,nitfteiharcet

4.13.3

Return Printer Status

- AH = 2, DL = 0

This

function

reads

the

information

in register

returned after the Output

and the Initialize Printer

printer

status

port

and

returns

the

AH.

This is the same information as that

Character to Printer (AH=0, DL=0) function,

(AH=1, DL=0) function.

The bits of AH are encoded as shown in Figure 4-8.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

)

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

Figure 4-8

--

Time Out {on busy) {not used)

----

Busy

Paper Qut

Selected (online)

Fault

22321829

Byte Definition - Return Printer Status

4.13.4

VUse Under an Operating System

When the software interrupt technique interfaces with ROM routines, a

DSR can be enhanced or replaced by patching its

interface

interrupt

vector.

Ynder

MS-DOS,

for example,

the

serial

printer support

emulates the parallel printer functions of the ROM.

s

The printer interface is implemented by patching a small

routine

in

front

of the printer

interrupt

vector.

This" routine

1looks at

register DL to determine the desired printer.

If DL=0, a jump to the

ROM routine is made, and the user is unaware of the patch.

If BDL=1,

AH is decoded

to perform

the appropriate function on the serial

printer.

If DL = FFH, then the desired function is performed on the

default (currently configured) printer.

Because

the

serial

support

emulates

the status

returned by the

parallel routines of the ROM, the user knows of

the

operation

only

because

he

set

register DL.

Some operating systems do not require

that register DL be set.

In the case of MS-DOS, however, the DSR

is

extended

in a manner that requires the setting of DL.

Refer to the

documentation appropriate for the operating system in use.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTIKES

4.14 HWINCHESTER ROM

&

The Winchester ROM, on the Winchester

controller

board,

interfaces

with

the system ROM software, specifically the system disk DSR.

The

Winchester ROM is addressed by the system processor.

Iits address, as

determined by the hardware, is OF8000H.

The convention

1locates

the

ROM at the address (as seen by the software) of OF400:4000H.

In addition to the disk DSR software, the Winchester ROM contains the

software necegsary to drive the Winchester controller, to boot up the

system

from

the

Winchester

disk,

to format the disk, and to run

diagnostics (both power-up and advanced) on the controller and disk.

After initialization, all regular operations of

the

Winchester

(read, write, verify, and so on) are done through the disk DSR.

subsection 4.11.)

ROM (see

4.14.1

Limitations

The DSR

and

other

utilities

provided by the system ROM limit the

types of Winchester drives that can

be

used

by

the

system.

The

limits are as follows:

* X x Y cylinders per drive where 1 < X < 256 ard 1 < Y < 1§ i
*+ 16 surfaces per drive

* 17 sectors per track

* 512 bytes per sector

* 2SS error retries

* 11-bit error-burst length

Most

of

the

that describe

the following

routines

within

the type of drive.

drive parameters:

the ROM are driven by data structures

The system is powered

up assuming

1S3 cylinders 4 surfaces
125 first track of 64 first track of 1 error retry 131-bit error-burst 3-ms step option

reduced write current write precompensation
length

If

the

use, an

install

default

parameters are not correct for

Initialize Winchester Disk System option

the correct parameters.

The system can

the call boot

type of drive in must be made to
the first sector

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

with the default parameters.

%

4.14.2

System Interface

The Winchester controller board ROM is initialized to the system when

it is called by the system ROM following the power-up self-test.

The

system ROM tests the Winchester disk controller ROM to make

certain

the

controller

is functioning properly before calling it.

To allow

the system ROM to test and call it, the

HWinchester

disk

controller

ROM

contains

a header defining the ROM size, the entry point of the

ROM, a version number for the ROM,

and

an

identification

message

preceded by the message length.

The

entry

point

called

by

the system ROM is required to

device- dependent initialization and, optionally, to boot the

from the device that the called ROM serves.

For the Winchester

the operations are as follows:

do any system
disk,

* Set

the RAM area of the ROM in the system.

Set the device-

installed bit in the system configuration word.

This second

step permits the system unit to "sense" that the controller

is installed,

and,

under the diagnostics diskette Display

System Configuration test, to display all options

installed-

in the system unit.

* If

the

caller has passed the "do not boot flag" (OFFFFH in

register DX), return control to the caller.

Othegwise (with

0 in register DX), the initialization segquence continues.

.

* If the user has pressed the ESC key, control gxeturns to the system ROM and the system boots from the diskette.

* oOtherwise,

display the Hinchester disk controller ROM sign-

on message and execute the controller's power-up tests.

* Test all ROMs that have a lower priority than the Winchester

disk controller ROM and then call them.

The "do

not

boot""

flag

(DX

= OFFFFH) must be set so that the ROM can do any

regquired initialization of associated hardware.

* Read in

the

boot

sector

from

the disk,

check

usability, and jump to the code in the boot sector.

it for

* If

any

errors occur in the above area, control is returned

to the system ROM.

4.14.3

System RAM Usage

.

The HWinchester disk ROM uses 30 bytes of RAM in the system

This

RAM

is allocated

as

a contiguous block of memory

previously called ROMs have been allocated their RAM space.

block is pointed to by a word in the system vector

area.

RAM area. only after
This RAM The data

4-64

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

structure of this vector area is given in Table 4-12.

Address

User

Table 4-12

RAM Segment Pointers-

Value

Address

0000:0180 0000:0182 0000:0184 0000:0186 0000:0188 0000:018A
0000:018C C000:018E
0000:0184 0000:0186 0000:0184 0000:0186

System ROM U663 System ROM U63 F400:0000 ROM ¥F400:0000 ROM F400:2000 ROM F400:2000 ROM MHindisk ROM Windisk ROM F400:6000 ROM F400:6000 ROM Option ROM U62 Option ROM U62

RAM segment address for ROM Length of RAM segment in bytes RAM segment address for ROM Length of RAM segment in bytes RAM segment address for ROM Length of RAM segment in bytes
RAM segment address for ROM Length of RAM segment in bytes
RAM segment address for ROM Length of RAM segment in bytes RAM segment address for ROM Length of RAM segment in bytes

F400:A000 F400:0000 F400:2000
F400:4000 (30H) F400:6000 F400:8000

All

accesses

to the Winchester disk controller RAM area are through

the segment pointer

at

0000:018CH.

Because

the :Winchester

adisk

controller

ROM

is located

at

segment OF400H, the segment painter

location can also

be reached

from

the

code

segment

at address

OF400:C18CH.

.

The segment pointer allows the Winchester disk controller RAM area to

be located

anywhere,

but

care must be taken if the area is moved

after the system is initialized.

If this

is done,

the HWinchester

disk

system

must

be

reinitialized with the Winchester disk option

call "0" (Initialize System) after the RAM area

is

moved

and

the

vectors

are set to the new values.

To do this, pass the nev segment

address in DS and 00O0CH as the pointer to

the

initialization

data.

(See paragraph 4.14.318.1.)

4.14.4

Power-up Testing

To determine that the Winchester disk controller is working properly,

it is tested by its own

Fajlures

are

reported

internal diagnostics and the as system errors 1lixx, where

RAM diagnostics. xx indicates the

error received.

If an error

occurs,

control

is returned

to

the

system ROM,

F

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14.5

Booting from the Winchester

After

the

power-up

testing

of

the controller

completes,

the

Winchester goes through the boot sequence.

Only drive 4 (E:

for MS~-

DOS) can be booted.

I£ drive S5 is connected to

the

controller,

it

can be used for data only.

First,

the

If the drive

on), the ROM

condition.

wait, control

conducts the

boot

procedure polls the drive for the

is not ready (as would be true after the

routines wait approximately 30 seconds

If

the user presses the ESC key at any

is returned to the system ROM, and the

initialization boot.

ready condition.

power is turned

for

the

ready

time during this

diskette

drive

4.14.6

Error Recovery

The

error

recovery

procedures

depend

on the

controller errors

(time-outs),

the controller

retries

are

attempted.

A hardware error code

disk DSR.

error.

For

is reset,

is returned

hardware and no
from the

For disk retries code.

drive errors (seek incomplete, write fault, and so on),

no

are

reported,

and

the disk DSR returns the hardware error

Read Data operations have

two

types

of

errors:

uncorrectable.

1f

the data is correctable, it is

error is reportgd directly.

A DSR Read

Soft

Retry

this error.

correctable

and

corrected, and no

Status

reports

-

For

uncorrectable errors, a "restore" is done before each retry.

If

the retry does not succeed, the data buffer is filled; with CCH when

the

data

cannot be read at all, or with the uncorrected data if the

data can be read but contains an ECC error.

For other operation errors, a "restore" is placed before each retry.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14.7

Error Reporting

The disk boot can reported

DSR is report by the

capable of reporting only a few errors.

The power-up

more but not all.

Table 4-13 is a listing of errors

digk controller and the codes reported by the DSR.

Table 4-13

Winchester DSR Error Codes

Reported Error

20H Hardware failure

20H Hardware failure

20H Hardware failure

20H Hardware failure

20H Hardware failure

10H CRC error

10H CRC error

O02H Disk format error

04H Record not found
40H Seek error

O0H

No error (on RETURN)

10H CRC error (soft stat)

01H Command error

02H Disk format error

C1H

Command error

OiH Command errorx*

O02H

Disk format error

GiH Command error*

CiH Command errort%

0iH Command errorx

20H Hardware failurex 20H Hardware failurex

20H Hardware failurex

Controllier

Error

O01lH No index detected

O02H No seek complete

O3H HWrite fault

O04H DRIVE NOT READY during operation

06H Track 00 not found

10H

ID field read error

1iH VUncorrectable data error

12H Address mark not found

14H Record not found
1SH Seek error

18H

Correctable data error

18H Correctable data error

19H Bad track flag detected

1AH Format error

1CH

Illegal access'to alternate track

1DH

Illegal alternate track for format

1EH

Expected alternate track, isn`'t

1FH Alternate track = bad track

20H

1Invalid command

2iH

Illegal disk address

30H RAM diagnostic failure

31H Program memory checksum error 32H ECC diagnostic failure

* This error should never be encountered by the DSR.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

The errors that can be reported during given in Table 4-13 and Table 4-14.

boot are

the controller

errors

Table 4-14

Displayed Error Codes

All errors have the following message displayed: *% SYSTEM ERROR -~ 1llxx *%*
Where xx = the extended error

Extended Error

Explanation

33H

Status error on REQUEST SENSE STATUS command

40H

Time-out

wvhile waiting for WRITE DATA mode

41H

READ

MODE

while waiting for WRITE DATA mode

42H

COMMAND MODE

while waiting for WRITE DATA mode

43H

STATUS

MODE

while waiting for WRITE DATA mode

44H

HWHRITE

MODE

while waiting for READ DATA mode

4SH

Time-out

while waiting for READ DATA mode

46H

COMMAND MODE

while waiting for READ DATA mode

47H

STATUS

MODE

while waiting for READ DATA mode

48H

WRITE

MODE

while waiting for COMMAND mode

48H

READ

MODE

while waiting for COMMAND mode

4AH

Time-out

while waiting for COMMAND mode

4BH

STATUS

MODE

vhile waiting for COMMAND mode

4CH

WRITE

MODE

while waiting for STATUS mode

4DH

READ

MOBE

while waiting for STATUS mode

4AEH

COMMAND MODE

while waiting for STATUS mode

4FH

Time-out

while waiting for STATUS mode

S1H

Disk not ready

S2H

CRC error

S3H

Seek error

S4H

Sector-not-found error

SS5H

Disk (unknown) error (controller failure)

S6H

Not a TI-system disk

S7H

Disk format error

S8H

Bad boot sector CRC or bad controller

S9H

System ROM version doesn't support Winchester

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14.8

Hardwvare Interface Routines

This

interface

to the Winchester disk system implements additional

functions in a straightforward way.

The calls provide

a method

of

interfacing with the hardware that is almost hardvare-independent.

To use this interface, do a long call through

the RAM area of the Winchester disk controller

for

the

operation

in register

AH.

Other

explained with each operation.

the first doubleword in

ROM.

Place the opcode

register

wusages are

For more information, refer to paragraph 4.4.4 and to

the

table

in

paragraph 4.5.2,

The programming steps required to do the long call are given below.

WINROM DD

00000000

:LOCAL PLACE TO STORE VECTOR ;TO ROM.

; The next steps get the entry vector for the Winchester ROM ; code from the ROM data area and put it into local storage

PUSH ES

XOR AX,AX

MOV ES,AX

"

MOV ES,ES:WORD PTR 18CH

LES AX,ES:DWORD PTR 0000

MOV WORD PTR WINROM+2,ES

MOV WORD PTR WINROM,AX

POP ES

;SAVE ES ;SET ES TO 000QH ;GET WINCH RAM SEGMENT INTO ES ;GET VECTOR FOR WINCH ROM ;SAVE IN OUR DATA AREA B ;RESTORE ES

; The following steps access the Winchester ROM functions ; after the above initialization is completed

MOV

AH,OPCODE

CALL WINROM

{SET OPCODE INTO AH ;GO DO THE OPERATION

The

following

entry point.

paragraphs explain the operations available from this

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

.

4.14.8.1

Initialize Winchester Disk System.

=

opcode:

AH = OOH

b

Entry:

PS:SI = POINTER TO DATA BLOCK

offset

Value/Use

OOH

(Word) Sector size in bytes

02H

(Byte) Track size in sectors

O3H

(Byte) Number of surfaces

04H

(Byte) Number of cylinders on disk

OSH

(Byte) Number of error retries

C6H

(Word) Reduced write current cylinder

08H

(Word) Write precomp start cylinder

OAH

(Byte) Step option

OBH

(Byte) Error-burst corrected length

Exit: Used:

AL = Error code AX, BX

This operation

being

used.

tells the disk subsystem the type of Hinchester

drive

It

sets

the hardware and software data structures so

that a user can simply call the DSR to use the drive.

4.14.8.2

Check WHinchester ROM Version.

Opcode:

AH = Ol1H

Entry:

None

Exit:

AX = BCD ROM version number

.

Used:

AX

Example:

If ROM is V1.23, then AX returns O123H

This operation returns the Winchester ROM version often useful for software-compatibility checks.

number.

This

is

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES,

4.14.8.3

Request Controller Error Sense.

Opcode: Entry: Exit: Used:

AH = O2H DsS:SI = Address of AL = Error code Z = Set if no error Data block contains AX,CX,81,DI

6-byte what

data block controller

returned.

This operation gets error information

an

error

code.

If

the controller

error codes are returned.

from the hardware

controller is broken,

and returns appropriate

4.14.8.4

Send Winchester Controller Command.

Opcode: Entry: Exit:
Used:

AH = O3H
DS:SI = Address of 6-byte data block containing command and other data (see hardware spec) AL = Error code if Carry flag is set Z = Set, C = Reset if no error Z = Set, C = Set if time-out Z = Reset, C = Set if improper controller mode AX,CX,sI

This operation sends a command for a response.

to the controller.

It does

not

wait

4.14.8.5

Get Data From the Winchester Controller.

Opcode: Entry: Exit:
Used:

AH = O4H

ES:DI = Address of buffer to receive data CX = Number of bytes of data to get

AL = Error code if Carry flag is set

Z = Set, C = Reset if no error

Z = Set, C = Set if time-out

Z = Reset, AX,CX,DI

C = sSet

if improper

controller

mode

This operation waits for the controller to provide data and then puts

it into the user's buffer.

The operation waits about 1 second before

returning

a

state or the

time-out

error.

If

the controller is in the command

status state, an appropriate error code is returned.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14.8.6

Hrite Data to the Winchester Controller.

Opcode: Entry: Exit:
Used:

AH = O0SH ES:DI = Address of data buffer to transmit CX = Number of bytes of data to put AL = Error code if Carry flag is set Z = Set,  = Reset if no error Z = Set, C = Set if time-out Z = Reset, C = Set if improper controller
AX,CX,DI

mode

This operation waits for the controller to ask

for

data

and

then

writes from the user's buffer to the controller.

The operation waits

about

1 second before returning a time-out error.

If the controller

is in the command state or the status

state,

an

appropriate

error

code is returned.

&

4.14.8.7

Get Status From Winchester Controller.

Opcode: Entry: Exit:
Used:

AH = O6H

None

AL = Error code if Carry flag is set

Z = Set, C = Reset if no error

2 = Set, C = set if time-out

Z = Reset, C = Set if controller mode is

Z = Reset, C = Reset if status indicates

has an error

«

AX,CX Sy

not status controller

This

operation waits for the status return from the controller.

The

operation waits about 1 second before returning a time-out error.

If

the controller is in the command state or the data-transfer state, an

appropriate error code is returned.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

y

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14.8.8

Get and Compare Data From the Winchester Controller.

Opcode: Entry: Exit:
Used:

AH = O7H

ES:DI = Address of buffer to receive data

X = Number of bytes of data to get

AL = Error code if C flag is set

Z = Set, C = Reset if no error

Z = Set, C = Set if time-out

Z = Reget, Z = Reset,

C = Set if improper controller mode C = Reset if data does not compare;

if no compare, DI to the miscompared data

AX,CX,DI

This operation waits for compares it with the data compare, the data pointer

the controller

to provide

in the user's buffer.

If

(DS:DI) is set to point at

data

and

then

the data does not

the data address

that

does

not

compare.

After a wait of about

returns a time-out error.

If the controller is in

or the status state, an appropriate error code is

1 s, the controller

the command

state

returned.

4.14.98.9

Enable Data and Status Interrupt From Controller.

Opcode:

AH = O08H

Entry:

None

Exit:

None

Used:

AX

+

This

operation

enables

the Winchester controller interrupts to the

system bus,

However, this

operation

does

not

enable

the

system

interrupts

from

the

interrupt

controller

or from

the processor

interrupt.

4.14.8.10

Enable Status Interrupt From Controller.

Opcode: Entry: Exity: Used:

AH = OSH None None AX

This operation

system

Dbus.

interrupts from

interrupt,.

enables the Winchester controller

However,

this

operation

does

the

interrupt

controller

or

interrupts

to the

not enable the system

from

the processor

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTIKES

4.14.8.11

Disable

Opcode: Entry: Exity: Used:

Data and Status
AH = OAH None None AX

Interrupt

From- Controller.
c e

This

operation

disables the Winchester controller interrupts to the

system bus.

However, this operation

does

not

disable

the

system

interrupts

from

the interrupt

controller

or from

the processor

interrupt.

4.14.8.12

Poll for Controller Request.

Opcode: Entry: Exit:
Used:

AH = OBH None Z = Set if request is not active Z = Reset if request is active
AX

This operation determines when the controller is ready

for

command,

status, data in, or data out.

4.14.8.13

Format a Track.

Opcode:

AH = OCH

Entry:

DL = Drive number (4,5)

PH = Interleave factor

TM~

CX = Logical track number to format

The drive parameters must have been set using operation O.

Exit:

AL = Error code, 0 if OK

CX = Track number of error, if there is an error

Used:

AX,BX,CX,DX,s1,DI

This

operation

formats

a track on the Winchester disk.

The drive

parameters must be set up by a call to operation 0. Multiplying

the

cylinder number by the number of surfaces, then adding in the surface

number

yields

the Jlogical

track number.

The interleave factor is

typically 12 or 13 for optimum use of the DSR in reading

sequential

sectors.

The

error code returned is the controller error code with

extentions for such conditions as time-outs.

This

operation

always

does

a RESTORE

operation before the track format, so it is slow to

format a disk.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14,8,14

Farmat an Alternate Track.

Opcode:

AH = ODH

Entry:

DL = Drive number (4,S5)

DH = Interleave factor

CX = Logical track number to format

BX = Logical track number of alternate

The drive parameters must have been set using operation 0

Exit: |

AL = Error code, 0 if OK

CX = Track number of error, if there is an error

Used:

AX,BX,CX,DX,SI,DI

Formatting routines use this operation to map a bad

track

to an

alternate

track.

The drive parameters must be set up by a call to

operation 0. Multiplying

the cylinder

number

by the number

of

surfaces,

then adding

the

surface number yields the logical track

number.

The interleave factor is typically 12 or 13 for optimum

use

of the DSR in reading sequential sectors.

The error code returned is

the controller

error

code with

extensions for such conditions as

time-outs.

4.14.8.15S

Format a Track as Bad.

Opcode:

AH = OEH

Entry:

DL = Drive number (4,S)

DH = Interleave factor

',

CX = Logical track number to format

s

The drive parameters must have been set using operation ©

Exit:

AL = Error code, 0 if OK

~

CX = Track number of error, if there is an error

Used:

AX,BX,CX,DX,S%,DI

This operation formats a defective track so that read

operations

do

not

miss

the defect.

The drive parameters must be set up by a call

to operation 0.

Multiplying the cylinder number

by

the number

of

surfaces,

then adding

the

surface number yields the logical track

number.

The factor is typically 12 or 13 for optimum use of the

DSR

in reading

sequential

sectors.

The

error

code

returned is the

controller error code with extentions for such

conditions

as

time-

outs.

This

operation

always

does

a RESTORE operation before the

track format.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

DEVICE SERVICE ROUTINES

4.14.8.16

Check the Track Format.

Opcode:

AH = OFH

Entry:

DL = Drive number (4,5)

DH = Interleave factor

CX = Logical track number to check

The drive parameters must have been set using operation 0.

Exit:

AL = Error code, O if OK

Used:

CX = Track number AX,BX,CX,DX,sI,BI

of error,

if there

is an error

This operation checks a track for proper format.

This

routine

does

not

report

errors for tracks that have been formatted as bad tracks

or alternate tracks unless the ID fields are

incorrect.

The drive

parameters

must be set up by a call to operation 0.

Multiplying the

cylinder number by the number of surfaces, then

adding

the

surface

number,

yields

the

1logical track number.

The interleave factor is

typically 12 or 13 for optimum use of the DSR in

reading

sequential

sectors.

The

error code returned is the controller error code with

extentions for such conditions as time-outs.

4.14.8.17

Format a Winchester Drive.

Opcode:

AH = 10H

Entry:

DL = Drive number (4,S)

DH = Interleave factor

a

CX = Logical track number to begin format

The drive parameters must have been set using operation 0.

Exit:

AL = Error code, 0 if OK

n

CX = Track number of error, if there is an error

Used:

AX,BX,CX,DX,sI,DI

This operation formats a Winchester drive.

The drive parameters must

be set by a call to operation 0.

Multiplying the cylinder number

by

the number

of surfaces, then adding the surface number, yields the

logical track number.

The interleave factor is typically

12 or 13

for

optimum use of the DSR in reading sequential sectors.

The error

code returned is the controller error code with extentions

for

such

conditions

as

time-outs.

If an error

occurs

during

the drive

formatting operation, register CX returns the track in error.

If the

formatting operation must be completed, increment

the

track

number

and call

the routine again.

This could be necessary, for instance,

.if a drive defect falls directly on an address mark or ID field.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND LISTS OF MATERIJIALS

Section S

ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND LISTS OF MATERIALS

This section

contains

applicable to the Texas

assembly

drawings

and

Instruments Professional

lists

of

Computer.

materials

Title

TI Drawing No.

Page No.

Motherbeoard Assembly

Alphanumeric CRT Controller Board

Option RAM Board

IC, Numeric Coprocessor

Power Supply Assembly

Main Enclosure

Keyboard (Domestic)

System Assy,Domestic

System Assy,International

Graphics Video Controller

Electrical Pin Configuration

Communication Card

Cable Assembly (motherboard

to Floppy disk)

o

Option Kit, RAM Chips

Video CRT Controller

Cable, Video Monochrome

Cable, Parallel Printer

Wire List, Parallel Printer

Color Display Unit

Winchester Disk Controller

Outline Specification, Option Soard

Configuration, Power Cord AC

Diskette Drive

Cable Assembly, Daisy Chain

Cable Assembly, Radial

Cable Assembly, (motherboard
to external floppy)

Cable Assy, External Drive

Speech Electronics

Telephone Electronics

256/512 RAM Expansion

256 RAM Expansion

Speech/Telephone Assembly

.

Keyboard, Low Profile

Communications Loopback Plug

2223003

2223009

2223015

2221021

2223037

2223038

2223038

2223050

2223051

2223061

223082

2223094

¢

2223087

:

2223088

2223100

2223105

2223106

2223107

2223219

2223220

2223231

2223278

0986289

2232326

2232327

2232329
2232332 2232373 2232403 2234243
2234246 2234261 2230528
2207885

5-3 S5-17 5-28 S$-35 S~-41 S-47 S-51 5-53 S-61 5-67 5-80 5-84
5-89 5-93 5-384 S-10S 5-107 S-116 S-118 S-127 5-133 §-141 $~143 $-150 5-154
s-158
§-160 $5-162 S~169 S-180 S-184 5-186 S-188 5-201

S-1/2

.

i}

s: me£0 EqLr22]2 -- 2 189] 9900

Sl=ISvYoO5sdd - UQY Y08; vOsdHIOn v [IIBLI= N-IS[ LS, A0 \

o]

T

T,

=

ST > 1

-

etWO iviiaismvere s

e = wesvesaow= i

LDyCIIIVCREIPBITTISTANT) B oy S= Ty EresAonTs

o

IYIY[R[ ST S(3S[0[R 7[ Se[

| Y]

ixo--savszzz] smeoms. 7o0=00s0oo6ez2zz | iRwI§sdSV)

W4

1000 -012E222 |08 15)4]

m_fl

AW FyXrHoVrSesF1 OuN1KH9mK 1|[10o00o ||| 127000~--22s20316i | |T8v00a70n5s] |3

= =

1o 1=, = =] 2l de I

2vaeA[5vIl2{vl]Seov*Ii]aalOv{ilvVaivaavfTiswvTaailv<[f|¥W][a¥a3A|]3l]W¢f TaavJs[[aflv]a]f[aaca[[[A0Raf]lw3[3]ln]3ea3[{x[a]Wa]]x[0F[n{]][VWdx]}D]]]]%¥]|To101o0t000o00000-00--:to5Gvor¥0O0pzo0E2tTtsEzR2L2ZZ22ZZz2_A _wA3aw0N8wa4Id, svIs1iSyag0,] &

sTC

oR"A%sLL<zZ590

v$20

LEVHI NOISYMNOI

[ \
5-3

|L75r QUIN S S PEAVNIOUI5L 4--V1OCS3T7N9 I5GI3O7T0IRI NdIYIOOW

710A00I0500t0--n§cN0o0ots12232z0ZZ8

is-0) zus
v M3IA

10 INOZ'T HS NO L NOT ATY

syws 2 G5

> z
a

it i D18 Te 227D N 161= XOOTL
718 37 W TIATS
SE]833 GUVGAN

]K73[VL(80e t1I)3NA145eGQ1TRIA)7z -YSLV3VTiwVMANANETtD WA]40N](]Di|3U1|S0VI{0¥Qw01&TWoAGSU1VOG 1#L1IM ATW8QQT3I1v0T2t5A0NoN0I1BH710I0L1WIoO1-5sy0NYT1#0O9%N3Oi0vI (N90IWG0W2SNS00)03V0UtA1V00-M110M1V29W0y11,10VOSi106V)A I003140vA0G1~90~TG31oWTW-1mRAIYN0rTwYgrMMLGooa1eOSt0eWI fP nTwy-(g3AGAaAMV72O(G@IQN33Sw3eIT3kr1vO0},GNTYA6uPro001irM V7 (T00G)Ispt12I)Z1TRsCOWAw01aLT1DWOaE000IIaO066e89IM1WLR5aDv500NNc0nS VT5 E9VIL0093TlTa3eISwVYIti66091WIer0IV-ItN000%ApS0%AotOROw8w5LSWGIoH BisWaAva01Y14lTMuC34dynQB33(0MSIsNYHY0GOI0DIwI[[[00T0[aM:-VaST]5TIWsuv,TVyWWIhY]]S |

IS TSNSNSUILSI07I2N¢7U0X ON2(1F@) 2B913641120005oNH(#WD1I[KT1Tt ]

3O -

T _GOY

() )

WY 5OI

1T 0CO=-Ta0DnJuv151v5T21003R0)w(8())(aZS(vT0oo7aWesc77er9o-s/0Jn200i2ns550msw5dpyoa43mn2n2ocIn3y[[][g75]|1T]]]]

TSes'Ngv J2_S3WMwe1WiDr21 W]11M 1[o)YOAT--SE2y6T2 l01I1)M1O1L7202 0(A@eLYNI8dDRWI2SSIIYVCFIMM2EVeAA0Ne2A99DDNdW1L1[11|4K1T~)[HV ]

THIS SN x:euul.ij

oS

AY =

B Yo
[MOIS2oV3LMnNAOwUvS*ITNiYEWTT4O-IaAE13ILSW0T0t1#VIvWI3V02TIAT1I0JNoNFYSR00RI0NWmS-FG4IUTD0MHTT$91L¥NIA6MIF20SN0SMYO0ITU5S8TYIM8MN2HISYLGHT2IWNTIMBLN2IGTSMTrY30R'OmBM1Y§OOe aW)IKASNnMA0LL1iYIaW00IELdLvA06VLeT-A1IS"YsTO0YO1WLGW53AA'63SITV00OL)f0RHV1wIYR62Y0eI1M2SN28d2TV0o42O3I%A0VNaT8Ae II1LS34NW30S4Q)FYVVWXTLGTIaVNM21HnII5QOIAHvoLMwRISOe3IImwAIBAnTaTyTedXMIYsOTWuSRMl
T¥WBIT(QSUIMWLWYTDALVLI2`T9SA00WXNNNVMII0EMNS20OISU00L1I0V-VSI0LVO-AETN»YN9RIMOM01 LTHL3 E2QBIACAI20IT2DW0V0 0NAI0IvLS0E-0NMT001I-WLLV2Gl6I02bS2E2T4ULT0YK)61TN10 NO 6"N4S0)"I0IS32ob4-N1-2StO- 22WS6vVNW1NlIi0dD3tN?Y0 YILNIOY I(fiLNOVNIVVIS6 JLCIWL3XLDI0T)JO #iNf OIOWNL3TYLIIWWMIIASNNNDeISY

3
[ 2
`44 [§]
[F] [T

TM

SINW NA

m

USBI6LTVWIV0L2LO7 OIONJVOuW0'81NL2AAN(O0TI2MN3IQTATLSy11 ALSDS) T9M39V6 AWNAyLL +32°T2I3VWAoSwA1sI0

ILLVNIISOJNNAOOALNNIL1OIIN2SODH9DI0SL2NNIIIWWVIOAILLYHIWSTL7NSTDTF"OBONOEOMYINNIULYNNARGIOS1GNIUUNDIVLSSIIS§FH31YYSIOIGSSM1iLIM1NOs"A3YIIIONINIYGNONWSSLGNIIISOJ0VINoSTOVv

OC M

MTIGVOHOVNINT3OSO

OWWLt 30U0I3d

WTI[ L/V$I5lI7O2N0S 80IsIaVovEWsS

t

s

I

9

'
. [3) SRV

.

NOFISSIINIZYI0O8WSV S¥ 3N0 OILHYSNIION ZUWVIIdSIOSdWow71T4o3w7s [)

TIVHE GO0 IL NOIN IGIOVOR 13PHLL 51F0R2OVY NNONN:

VHLIsLNNTITN.e OSSITQNUOLD25SI 0M6°CTo1IK4m7v1d3

=2 [T)

ORAOIAS FEMEIUO SSTN SUON

[

.

i

°

k-

M0

IAIT AZ¥ QLGN

2e |sosral| .wS13ZVL1OJ7N{N£)H5.0°01N'3I0 3Nw9Or0Ig3SyI311A3Zr%Yva.onrys2 QiAnM3a2yyt) [9¢

TITIVLN SPAGIQITISHEENT

XI® VIAIT ATy O 04N (§) 2B

dwe.--WT

:|73ol

"SEgOMYr0Dw8701»80"0-38-ESwa (`10)8 2 #S3 tWO av|
T AT L1 240N AFSIATY (1) =AJ (G) ¥EFLRIN)]
NA7g2TwISaISNTIIWYIUEIo N)ONT5 01ITnr0uLTaOPiNdD [y

N\12}; 59128 oQoSUtSR0Iw Ton Ve v.S a1nB0YKS16r53e10n6c00ysv8o0Va1n81) a1

5

> i) ¥ 7302 7horns WIGOaoHav TI1A9T0I0 AwTY2yQLvv auaEUn iyl

RN TS b o S CE N AP

T TI

e

--
>

e et 1L )
311}

[eser | 25 -

GV 5OT MG (6 B0LLWU TRTUSTTRNV of4T1AEt&u.v1,QOe0_I0mS,S5u:I~Nn_TT"E%.Ys"1%aW143So"am=&e3(fn5BA1F1CAT6O"w8NSQCnUTIIUW1URIaIETGLTnNDESEsORQLeIUFaV1DT0iTo20n0IyTNI

o]

B=t b b62177 G > s whits e ev % 4

%2 y-3|ealsees e

--

-s | o | a5a©#50£eI11`B321:4&08T2S3u9Te.Wo4YOOssT(It1NDYO0E1AIO5dB4IIS8IRILT0VYyT19dDeHGRS3S1ITS0MMOwE,WTW02STvJVWLILOLNs

"g set d
a

SvnTe«alegmc4g| 7

13040321060440012D£219¥WS1hesmen101u10Ws73n010))0 1

T

FuG|i+sAly [eJ<o0ceee

T

m--

0

7628

:`

\
|
W B
'
BN ()
nil 7

! i
"

3



T

=
* \_. _ TM
oo

"
o

=

R

& e = .
:

i
P

S

wif1i:X eneld:s

'
et

E

q

X

¥y - -

7

¥{6M9} 1 3H3S§

v

¥

S

T

fléfil----------
i cIh fi-ap iflgfa:efad{tmaj
B
5 4

{g&o20z'29nx) SO SOL STIMOL MIFTS AIIYNOITWISAO0CTWYOLHLiVitGh

U gammser 39 aew 1y onv'orn (0351 91) 11y S104 9

(so10-me2t6 z\.» YOLSISTY WLk SYM b1y ANV

(00122206 M10)Y00t sm LWtyY'Ly 3iT1a5w33507an0e MQv WIALRIy SAOSSYSHiwd0 [T

ML SSOVIN(1000-L92L6 NI)5E WILI ONV L1y (000~ @¥Eu2Md) M WAL TIVISK ¥3a¥T @iy IV
TIBTNLAVSINIOVSTGE1I0W6A WQDTN§1TT10H0D S1010 %0

NOILISOS NI
1A1WTMYOGIAw0sIsHvaeNwnTso

[T) 5]

®

TS

*i0d

e

0D 4op

/@

T

oT-1sn

e15on 1

nnes A T -

LTU"VH1SUI0VT}NESVOT1I7H0A4WNWT0150Q3IUSWNAOG4II0SULILNSLTTEUBWYSIB1NM2UIEV0DGMSTT-D)SNwBOU1AS3ETNHtGy

TGV TEM AWIN iMaOwMnEr S150 INA2WI7S1E4Y 11

»1

16 S0

9

z

T

e

12714783

PART NUMBER

PEV

2223003-0051

AG

1TEM,

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

ooacs

n"09l .000

00974A

00040

0004C

0009

00001, 090

00094

0013

0C005, 030

00134

0014

0000t .000

00144

0024

00001, 000

00244

00240

0024C

0026

00001, 0230

0026A

0032

09001. 000

00324

0034

00000, 000

00344

00348

0034C

00340

0034E

0034F

00335

00002. 000

00354

00358

0035C

0041

0C001.900

List of Materials

DESCPIPTINN.veaseavoscscesssacscccssssne MOTHERADARD - PFGASUS

COMPONTNT.. DESCRIPTINMNesecocscsscscanssscccocssscns UM

2223005-0001

DTAGRAM,LAGIC, MOTHFRPOARD

EA

22101R8-0018
2210R35-0010 2211342-0016 0996166-0005 0972811-0001

SNoC DIPK 440E -PINT S,LOW PROFILE

EA

SEE T -T DRAWING

xu2

SFF T -1 DRAWING

*T1-CRB40-41 SOCKEY 1S AN

SEE T -1 DRAWING

®*ACCEPTARLE SUBSTITUTF

SEE T -1 DRAWING

CRYSTAL+15.00 MHZ,HC~-1R/U MND CASF

EA

SEE T1- DRAWING

Yl

SEF TI1- DRAWING

CONM,CARD-EDGF,31 DUAL PNS,NO FARS

EA

SEE TT- NRAWING

J1¢32933404,J5

SEE T1- DRAWIMG

HEADER, SOCKFT, SHORT SOLNER T 6 CIRCUITS EA

AMP

- 350827-1

Jé

AMP

- 350827-1

NFTHORK-SNT4LS280N

A

U3l

ITFM 136 (PN 2210704-0001}

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

2210293-0003

DELAY MODULE, TAPPED, 3NS RISF TIME MAX

EA

SEE Tl- DRAWING

u3o SEE T1- DRAWING

»

2211342-C01S

CNNN,CARD-FDGE,22 NUAL POS,NO FARS

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

J1o

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223064~0005

ROM, SYSTEMS

EA

0000-0000-000

us3

0000-0000-000

ITEM 118 (2223031-0005) IN

0000-0000-000

CONJUNCTION WITH ITEM 119

0000-0000-000

12223031-00061 COMSTITUTF

0000-0000-000

AM ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0000-0000-000

FOR ITEM 34,

0000-0000-000

2210188-0016

SOCKET,01P¢24~PIN,LOW PROFILE

A

SEE T -1 DRAWING

XU62, XUS63

SEE Y -1 DRAWING

*T1-C0824-41 SNCKET IS AN

SEE T -1 NRAWING

*ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

SEE T -1 DRAWING

0996151-0005

HFADER,17 PINS PER ROW,STPAIGHT ,NBL ROW

A

5935-0900-000

56

12/14/83

PART HUMBER

REV

2223093-2001

AG

1TEM,

QUANTITY,

00414 0042

0C001.000

00424 0043

07°001.00C

0043A

0044 00444

00004.000

0054

oco0d1.00C

00544

0058

0000t .000

00584

0059

00001.000

00574

0060 00604 0079

0¢001.000 0co001.000

00794 0080 0080A oos3 00834

00001.000 0Cco0Cc1.000

0090 00904 0093 00934 0093R

00001.000 0Cc002.000

0093¢C 0095

0C002.%500

0096 0097 0098

00002.000 ccool.000 00007.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.ccsccesssovasecscacscsaccncns MOTHFRADAPD - PEGASUS COMPONFNT.. DESCRIPTION.ccccoocesosssscocccercsssscse UM

0996151-0002 0996151-0008 2211348-0002 2211079-0006 222049 5-0001 2220488-0003 0972537-0003 0972227-0013 0972227-0009 0972927-0025 2211700-0002 2211873-0002
0532348-0400 00R5936-0064 22231036-0001 09724870001

J9

5$935-0900-000

HEADER,20 PINS,STRATGHT,NNUBLE ROW

EA

22526--65611-140

J13

22576--65611-140

HEADER,PIN,3 PINS, STR, DOUBLF ROW

A

022526-65611-106

1-F6

022526-65611-106

HEADE1 R-R,OW 2-PNS,100 CENTER GOLD

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

17-18,F19-F20,J11-J12

SFE TI- DRAWING

1C, +5 VOLT REGULATOR,RURN-TN

FA

SEF TI~ DRAWING

u22

SEE T1- NPAWING

CNNNyPCR-MTG,5 FFMALF CONTACTS,RT ANGLE

FA

SFE Tl- NRAWING

Ja

SEF TU- DRAWING

COMMECTNR,RFCEPTACLE,PCR,25-PINS

EA

SEE Ti- DRAWING

Jr

SEE TI- DRAWING

DINNE,LED RED RT ANGLE

EA

072619-550-0406

CR1

a

072619-550-0406

RESISTOR, SO000 OHM, 22-TURN TRIMMER

EA

SEE TI- MRAWING

R18

SEE TI- DRAWING

RES,VAR, 5000 OHMS,1/2 WATT, CERMET

EA

032997-3292W-1-502

rR19

032997-3292W-1-502

CAPACITOR,B2PF 500V S% FIX,MICA DIELECTR EA

mIL

~CMROSER20-J0N

cs

MIL

-CMPOSER20-J0D

CAP, 220UF, 6.3V, 20%

A

SEE Ti- DRAWING

c12

SEE TI- NPAWING

TRAMS MPS 6602, NPN,COMPLEMENTRY DR VER

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Q1,02

SEE TI- DRAWING

*1TEM 140 IS AN ACCEPTABLE

SEE TI- DRAWING

*SURSTITUTE

SEF TI- DRAWING

STUD, EXTENSION-CRFS #4-40 X .188

EA

EYFLET-ROLLED FLANGE,. 116 0.0.4.219 L

A

PLATE,KEYBOARD PLUG

EA

1678-3036-033

JUMPER PLUG,CONNECTNR BLACK

EA

5935-0900-000

5-6

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-~0001

AG

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0100 0103 0103A 0104 0104A 0109 01094

REF 00001.000
00001.000
00001.000

0110 ol1t o113

REF 00002,000 00000.002

0114 o116 0116A o117 01174 olts 01184 a1188 otisc o118p oti9 01194 01198 o119c 01190 0136 01364 01368

AR 00002.000 00001.000 00001.000
00001.000
00000.000

List of Materials

DESC . ccR evavI seoP cccsT escsI nsosO ccsN cscsse MOTHFRBOARD - PEGASUS COMPONENT.. OFSCRIPTIONcasccececovecscscoccnscncsces UM

0994396-0001

PROC.+ SITE/ODATE CODE AND SERTALTZATION

EA

0972537-C004

LED, YELLOWsRT ANG PCB MTGe2.3V,5.0VR

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

CR2

SEE TI- DRAWING

0972537-0002

DINDE,LED GREEN RT ANGLE

EA

072619-550-0206

CR3

072619-550-0206

0972934-0011

DIODE,IN7S6A 8.2 V S% SIL VOLT REG

EA

QPL

- INT56A

CRS

QPL

= INT56A

2223270-0001

SPECIFICATION,UNIT TEST-MOTHERBOARD

EA

0411104-0135

WASHER, LOCK-SPRING, HELICAL, #4

EA

QPL

- M535338-135

0411435-0408

TAPE, INSULATION,ELECT1/.4 IN

RL

MMM

~ S56-1/4&

0415804-0005

SFAL COMP,A*ROBIC-BLUE,GD C,10CC BOTTLE

EA

2211348-0003

HEA 1 -D ROW E ,3-R P0S,,.,100 CENTERS,GOLD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

E13-15,R17

SEE T~ DRAWING

?2232425-0001

HEADER,2 X 2,MODIFIED

EA

1254-2425-000

E10-12

2

1254-2425-000

2223031-0005

EPROM, SYSTEM ROM, U62

FA

0000-~0000-000

u62

=

0000~-0000-000

ITEM 118 USED WITH ITEM 119

0000-0000-000

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0000-0000-000

FOR ITEM 34,

0000-0000-000

2223031-0006

EPROM, SYSTEM ROM, U63

EA

0000-0000-000

us3

0000-0000-000

ITEN 119 USED WITH ITEM 118

0000-0000-000

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0000~0000~000

FOR ITEM 34,

0000-0000-000

2210704-0001

1C,LS280,9-BIT ODD/EVEN PARITY GEN/CHK

EA

V-L1ST-1$280 BURN-TN

U3l

V-LIST-LS280 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 24

V-L1ST-LS280 BURN-IN

57

T 12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-0001

AG

1TEM,

QUANTITY.

0137

00000.100

0138

REF

0140

00000.000

0140A

01408

0999

00001.000

9999

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccooccrososcacase MOTHERBOARD - PEGASUS

COMPONENT,. DESCRIPTIONcccscsovavsesossscscccassscae

0535978-0058

WIRE ELEC. +SOLTD,"KYNARTM INSUL #30 AWG

2232440-0001

SPECIFICATION, TIPC MOTHERBOARD

2211415-0001

TRANSISTOR NPM

*ITEM 140 IS AN ACCEPTABLE

*SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 93

2223003-5001 0239999-9999

MOTHERBOARD -~ PEGASUS 1254-3004-069 CNST, SHRINKAGE

= AUTD

INSERT

UM FT A EA
EA EA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0003

00001.000

00034

0005

06001.000

00054

0006

00001.000

00064A

0007

00003.000

00074

00078

0007C

0008

00003.000

0008A

00080

0008¢C

0010

00001.000

0010A

0011

00001.000

DESCRIPTIONcccosccosscccoosasssvsssvsssse MOTHERBNARD ~ PEGASUS = AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT..« 2223004-0001 2220419-0001 2220424-0001 2220414-0001 0996420-0001
0996029-0001
2220435-0001 2220412-0001

DESCRIPTIONccecrssenssccscssvesoccccccee UM

SP11ECW6yEB69M-TMI0IO-C0T0RH0EOD-RRP0BA0ROW0AIORNCDGESSCOPRU

EA EA

USS11CEEl,EE MITTIC~-ROPDDRRROAACWWEIISNNGSGOR

BUS CONTROLLER

5

EA

u0UTUS000SSII11IIsSEEECS0CT000C3,EE,EE1.111,M¢2U222STA9b9N99NTTTTS5,5I15IT5LN1~U-----42-,7A~TS1CLSS4CSSNLSNNLNCNDDDTD27TSTETRRR4(C7A434P4AAAPLKL3TLLTNLWWWSSN3SSAIIISI3N33BNNN2T7G2GGGLTTT33E2EOI33IIN1CNNNNNE0TRA7SLA2UT0BO-SRD0T-0IT0TY1APUN)ETDE

DRTVER FLIP/FLOP

EA
EA
EA

TUTT11IlISC4T,ETM4APUNR4O192G~~A~,2RSCSSUANCNN5MTETT1(M4PA4PATLNLLBASSSLB2222ELTTT2EI331NNN0I7NS0TU2EB-RS0RT0UI0PT1TU)TECONTROLLER

uSS1CsEEyEsE

TI- DRAWING USTIA-RT,DPRRAOWGI.NGCOMMUNICATION

INTERFERENCE

A EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

5-8

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003~5001

AG

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0011A

0012

00001.000

00124

0015

00001.000

0015A

00158

0015C

0016

00001.000

00164

00168

oore6c

0017

00001.000

0017A

oole

£0000.000

00184

0019

000601.000

00194

0020

00002.000

0020A 0021

00001.000

0021A

0022

00001 .000

0022A

0023

00000.000

0023a

0025

00001.000

0025A

pozse

0025C

0027

90001.000

00274

List of Materials

DMOETSHCERRIBPOTAIRODNcc- esPsEsGcAcSUrSocs-csAsUsTsOsccINaScEcRoTscans

COMPONENT..
2220626-0001 0972900-7138
0972900-7139
2223052-0002 2211984-0007
2211102-0001 0972141-0057 2220445-0001 2223053-0001 2211984-0011 0972810-0001

ODESCRIPTION.. seccsevessessssncsscvssas UM

TTUTTuTTUSSuTTSII1I1t111IIIesSSEssEENRNTTIs3EssEEEEEEOCTTMMM,AWAW,MNNOOTTTS0IRRII1Y11SK-K-2-2S-------AA,43T~SSSCSSSS1CESNNN6CNNNNCDDDMN-TTTETTTTERRRSS([TR4SP44444PAAAPNPN4ILTNLLLNLTLLWWWTTLDTSASSSSIIA7SIS4ESB41NNLL1NB111LC122LLGG3G333L333OS322SPE889E9889D91111RNNN8NNNEN303G0869M6NSS5NR5U4UHL3=BAB--SLS001TT0I02II0N0LTTT116UUE))TTREEV_AL

TIMER .

EA £A
£a
A

US4

I1C,DMPAL12L6NC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

*US4,ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 17 SEE TI- DRAWING

4

1C4F40T1BPCOR,QUAD, 2-TNPUT , 5071 -BURN-IN

FA

SEE TI-DRAWING

us8

-

SEE TI-DRAWING

NETWORK4RES. 4.7 K OHM 2 X 14 PIN DIP

EA

BFC

= 899-1-R4,7K

U60,U66

BEC

~ B99-1-R4,7K

:

IC,OYNAMIC MEMORY CONTROLLER

EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

urr

SEF TI- DRAWING

ROM,MEMORY CONTROL, HALI6R4A

EA

1669-0000-000

u2s

1669-0000-000

1C+ DMPAL 16RANC

EA

SEE TI- ORAWING

*U28,ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 22

SEE TI- DRAWING

NETHORK-SNT4LS221N

EA

u29

ITEM 125 (PN 2210689-0001}

1s AN.ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0219402-7410

ICy, SNT4S10N

EA

ue

5-9

12/16/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

ITEM,

QUANTITY.,

0028

00001.000

0028A

00288

0028C

0029

00001.000

00294

00298

0029C

0030

00003.000

00304

00308

0030C

0031

00009.000

00314

00318

0031C

0033 00334

00004,000

00338

0033¢C

0036

00001.000

00364

0037

00001.000

00374

0038

00001.000

00384

0039

00001.000

00394

0040 00404

00000,.000

0045

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION :ccecscvecccocsosscsssscsvases MOTHERBOARD - PEGASUS = AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:ccooossvseococcasccccccccnss UM

0972900-7420

NETWORK SN74LS20N

EA

u32

ITEM 126 (PN 2210614-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTTITUTE

0972900-T432

NETWORK SNT4LS32N

EA

TI

~SNT4LS32N

U3

T

=SN74L S32N

ITEM 127 (PN 2210621-0001}

T

=SNT4LS32N

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

T1

=SNT4ALS32N

0972900-74T74

NETHNRK SN74LST74N

A

U21,U33,U68

1TEM 128 (PN 2210631-0001)

2211118-0005

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE IC4 64K X 1-BIT RAM,350 NSEC,READ CY TIME EA

U35,u36,U3T,U38,uU39

U40,U41,U42,U43

ITEM 120. IS AN ALTERNATE

0996755-0001

IC,SN74LS245N BUS XCVR TRANSITION

EA

001295-SNT4L S245N

-

ug,Ul12,U52,U61

001295-SNT4LS245N

ITEM 129 (PN 2210695-0001)

001295~-SNT74L S245N

IS AN ACCEPTARLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SNT4L S245N

2220415-0001

IC+FLOPPY DISX CONTROLLER,PLASTIC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

u13

SEE TI- DRAWING

2220421-0001

I1CFLOPPY DISK SUPPORT LOGIC

FA

= ©

-000

uls4

-- o

=000

2220418-0001

IC+FOUR PHASE CLOCK GENERATNR

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

u1s

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223054-0002

ROM FLOPPY SYSTEM CONTROL

EA

u1l9

2211984~0006 2211771-0001

1CeBLANK PROGRAMMABLE ARRAY OF GATES

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

*U19, ALTER FOR ITEM 39

SEE TI- DRAWING

1C, SNT4LS620N,EXTERNAL, TEMPERATURE COMP EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

5-10

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

ITEM. 00454

QUANTITY,

0046

00002.000

00464

0047

00001.000

004TA

0048

00001.000

0048A

00480

0048C

0049

00002.000

00494

0050

00001.000

00504

00508

0050C

0051

00002.000

0051A

00518

0051C

0052

00001.000

0052A

00528

0052C

0053

00001.000

0053A

00538

0053C

0055

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIOMccaosvcasscccccsse MDTHERADARD - PEGASUS - AUTD

COMPDONENT.,. 2211126-0001 0972999-4040 0972669-0001

DESCRIPTIONcceccscsoncacecccsanscecasass

ulé

SEE TI- DRAWING

IC, 1K X & BIT STATIC RAM

=

o

=000

ut7,uLs

= o

=000

NETHWORK 4040

=SEE TI DRAWING

ull

-SEF I DRAWING

NETWORK ,SNT4LS163N

UM EA EA EA

u20

ITEM 130 (PN 2210667-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0222222-7416

NETWORK SNT416N

EA

=SN7416N

U23,U24 ~SNT416N

0222222-7407

NETWORK-SNT4OTN

FA

TI-

-SNT4OTN

u2e6

TI-

-SN7407N

ITEM 131 (PN 2211059-0001)

Ti-

=SNT40TN

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

TI=-

~SNT40TN

-

0996 089-0004

IC+SNT4LS244N LINE ORIVER

A

=SNT4LS244N

U25,U48 =SNT4LS2644N >

ITEM 132 (PN 2210694-0001}) ~SN74L S244N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTTITUTE ~SNT4LS264N

0972900-7404

NETWORK SN74LSO4N

EA

uto

TTEM 133 {PN 2210604-0001) 1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

0996%508-0001

IC,T4LS393N DUAL BINARY COUNTER

EA

0D1295-74LS393N

uUsé6

001295-T4LS 393N

ITEM 134 (PN 2210727-00011

001 295-74L5393N

3

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-74LS393N

0222225-2311 . NETWNRK,COMPARATORSE,F DRAWING

A

SEE

- T1 DRAWING

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

ITEM.,

QUANTITY,

00554

0056

00001.000

0056A

0057

00001.000

00574

0061

00004.000

0061A

0062

00005, 000

00624

0063

00003,.000

00634

0064

00003.000

0064A

0065

00004,000

0065A

0066

00001.000

00664

0067

00001.000

006TA

0068

00001.000

0068A

0069

00001.000

0069A

0070

00002.000

00704

0071

00001.0C0

00TLA

0072

00008.000

0072A

00728

0073

00002.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.ccsossscccanscoencnscocccanses MOTHERBOARD - PEGASUS - AUTD INSERT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONcccecsoenscacscaccscsccoscccs

2211349-0001 0996304-0001

U6%

SEE

= T1 DRAWING

IC,SNTS5189AN3, QUAD LINE

SEE TI1- DRAWING

us7

SEE TI- DRAWING

IC+LM386,AMPPWLR,,A uon10

RECEIVERS

us9

0972946-0089 0972946-0081 0972946-0085 0972946-0057 0972946-0065 972496-0001

RES FIX 10K OHM 5% «25 W CARBON FILN

1658~

~000

R104R11+R34¢R6

1658-

=000

RES FIX #.7K OHM 5 2 .;5 W CARBON FILM

ROH

- R-2%

RT,R8,R405R41,RIT

ROH

= R-25

RES FIX 6.8K DHM 5 % 25 W CARBON FILMW

ROH

- R=25

R26,R27,R28

ROH

- R-25

RES FIX 470 OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

ROH

- R-25

R23,R24,R25

ROH

~ R=25

RES FIX 1.0K OHM S% «25 W CARBON FILM

ROH

- R-25

R&yR214R3IBR44S

ROH

- R=2%

NETHORK, SNT4273N

uso

0972946=-0017 0972946-0105 0972946~0037 0972946-0072 0539370-0364 0972946-0045
0972946-0058

RES FIX 10.0 DHM® 5 % .25 W.CARBON FTLM

ROH

= R~25

R22

ROH

= R=25

RES FIX &7 X OHM 5 T 25 W CAPBON FILM

ROH

= R-25

R13

ROH

- R=2%

RES FIX 68.0 OHM S % +25 W.CARBON FILNM

ROH

- R-25

R15

ROH

- R-25

RES FIX 2.0K OHM 5 % .25 W CARBON FILM

ROH

- R=-25

R3,R39

ROH

- R=25

RES FIX FILM 604

OHM 1% .25 WATT

COR

~ NASS

R12

COR

- NASS

RES FIX 150 OHM 5 T .25 W CARBON FILM

SEE TI- DRAWING

R29,R30,R31,R32

SEE TI- DRAWING

R43yR444R464R4T

SEE TI- DRAWING

RES FIX 510 OHM 5 £ .25 W CARBON FILM

ROH

- R=25

UM
EA EA EA EA FA EA EA EA A EA EA EA EA
EA

5-12

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0073a 0074 00744 0075 0075A

00001 .000 00001.000

0076 00764 0077 0077A 0081 00814 0082 0082A 0084 00844 0085 00854 0086 00864 0087 00874 0088 0088A

00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00012.000

00888 0089 00894

00001.000

0091 00914 00918 0091¢C

0027.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccocevcvsococcssecossssocance MOTHERBOARD - PEGASUS - AUTO INSERT COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.ccescosencscvncsasccasrasnee UM

0972946-0049 13972934-0010
0539370-0465
0539370-0430 0972757-0019 0972924-0038 0972757-0009 0972924-0021 0972757-0043 0972763~0013 0972763-0025
0972763-0021 0972763-0001

R1,R2

ROH

- R-25

RES FIX 220 DNHM S5 % .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R=-25

R33

ROH

~ R-25

DIODE, INTS5A 7.5 V 5% SIL VOLY REG

FA

QpPL

- IN755A

CR4&

QPL

- IN755A

RES FIX FILM 6.81K OHM 1% .25 WATT

EA

COR

= NASS

R3S

COR

- NASS

RES FIX FILM 2.94K OMM 1% .25 WATT

Ea

COR

=NASSD-100PPM/C

R36

COR

-NA5SD-100PPM/C

CAPoFIXED CER 3300PF 10% S0V

FA

c3

CAPACITOR, FIXED,TANT SOLID,35V,10%

A

ca

CAP FIX CER 4TOPF 10% SOV

A

ca

4

CAP FIX TANT SOLID 1.0 MFD 10 % 50 VOLT EA

QPL

~M39003/1-2356

c2

»

QPL

-M39003/1-2356

CAPACITOR, 15PF 4 10%,50WVDC,CERAMIC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

c1

SEE TI1- DRAWING

CAP+FIXED .010UF SO WOLTS

EA

004222-MC10SE1037

c9

004222-MC1051032

CAPACITOR, .10UF 50V FX,CERAMIC DIEL

EA

COR CA-CO3Z5U104Z050A

C7+C10+C4%6,4C4T7,C48,C49

CO5R0+CC5A1-C,OC35Z25,VCU5130,4C7504S,0AC55

COR CA-CO325U104Z050A

CAP . ,FIXED AXTAL LEAD, 047 UF,+80%,-20%

EA

1632-0000~000

c1

1632-0000-000

CAPACITOR, L00L1UF SOV FX CERAMIC DIFL

EA

COR CA-C0225U1022100A

6,C13,C14,15,C16,C17,C18

COR CA-CO2ZISUL102Z100A

C19,020,C21,C22,C23,C24,C25

COR CA-C02Z5U1022100A

26,C27,£28+C29,C30,C31,C32

COR CA-C02Z5U102Z100A

5-13

12/146/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

1TEM,

QUANTITY,

0091D

0092

00008.000

00924

00928

0094

00001.000

00944

0102

00001.000

01024

01028

o102¢C

0105 % N1054
0106

00001.000 00002.000

0106A

0107

00001.000

0107A

«

0108

00001.000

0108A

0112

00001.000

01124

o11s

00001.000

0115A

0120

00000.000

0120A

01208

0120C

0121

00000.000

01214

01218

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION svececossocosscccsasanacanns MOTHERBOARD ~ PEGASUS - AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:cosescccaasccsnccsscosscscce UM

0972924-0018
0972946-0053 0972900-7400
0972946-0035 0972757-0001 0972946-C083 0972946~0047 0972946-0093 0972946-0127 2211118-0004
2210720-0001

33,034,4(35,C36,037,C57

COR CA-CQ2Z5U1027100A

CAP FIX TANT SOLID 6.8 MFD 10 % 35 VOLT EA

QPL

-M39003/1-2304

C38,C39,C40,C41,C42,

QPL

-M39003/1-2304

C43,044,C45

QPL

-M39003/1-2304

RES FIX 330 OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

A

ROH

- R-25

RS

ROH

- R-25

NETHORK SNT4LSOON

EA

1233-7564-000

usT

1233-7564-000

1TEM 135 {PN 2210600-0001}

1233-7564-000

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

1233-7564~-000

RES FIX 56.0 OHM S % .25 W.CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

~ R-25

R42

ROH

- R=25

CAP,FIXED CERAMIC 100 PF 10% S0V

EA

uc

-C51C101K

56,C58

uc

-C51C101K

RES FIX 5.6K OHM 5 X .25 W CARBON EILM

EFA

ROH

- R-25

s

R48

ROH

= R=25

RES FIX 180 OHM 5 % .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25

R16

ROH

- R=-25

RES FIX 15K OHM S% .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R=25

R9

ROH

- R-25

RES FIX 390K OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R=25

R20

ROH

- R-2%

1C,64K-BTT DYNAMIC RAM,150NS TA/ROW

EA

THMS416-4-15NL

U3s,U36,U37,U38,U3U94,0

TMS416~4-15NL

U41,U42,143

TMS416-4-15NL

ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 31

TMS416~4-15NL

1C,LS373,0CTAL D-TYPE LATCHES

EA

V-LIST~LS373 BURN-IN

US, U6, U7

|

V-LTIST-L5373 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 7

V-LIST-LS373" BURN-IN

5-14

12/14/83

PART NUMBFR

RFY

2223003-5001

AG

ITEM, 0122 ni22a

QUANTITY, 00000.000

o122n

0123

00000.000

0123a

01238

0124 01244

00000.000

0124n

0125 0125a

9¢000.0C0O

01258

0126

00000.000

01264

01268

0127

000092.000

01274

01270

o128 01284

0C000.000

01288

0129

00000.000

01294

01290

0130 01304

0000.000

ot3o08

0131

00000.000

o114

o13in

List of Materials

DESCR e ceI conP scsT sonI cascO savN once ncnne HOTHEPRNARD - PFEGASUS - AUTD INSFRT

COMPONFMT..

DFSCRIPTINN.ccceeuccccscccsansrocsssnsas UM

2210702-0001

T1C+LS27340CTAL,O-FLTP-FLOP W/COM CLOCK

FA

V=LIST-LS273 AURN-IN

UeT,1069,US1

V-LTST-LS273 RURMN-TN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 8

V=-LIST-15273 BURN-IN

2210653-0001

1C,LS138,3-T0-8 LINE DFCODFR

A

V-LIST-tS138 BURN-IN

Uss

V-LIST-LS138 BAURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 001S

V-LIST-15138 BAURN-IN

2210654-0001

1C,LS139,0UAL 2-T0D~4 LINF DFCODER

FA

V-LIST-LS139 BURN-IN

us3

V=LIST-LS139 BURN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR TTEM 16

V=LIST-LS139 BURN-IN

2219689-0091

1C¢LS221,DUAL ONE-SHOT

FA

V-LIST-15221 uze

BURN-IN

V-LIST-1S221 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 25

V-LIST-1 5221 BURN-IN

27210614-0001

IC,yDLUAS L »24~0IN, PUT NAND

EA

V-L1ST-LS520

BURN-IN

u32

V-L15T-LS20

BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 28

V-LIST-LS20

BURN-IN

2210621-0001

1C,LS32, QUAN,2-INPUT DR

A

V-LIST-LS32

RURN-TN

U3s

V-LIST-LS32

BURNM-~IN

SUBSTIYUTE FOR ITEM 29

V-LIST-LS32

BURN-TN

2210631-0001

IC,LST74,UAL D FLIP-FLOP H/PSET E CLR

FA

V-LIST-LS74

BURN-IN

u21,U33,U65

V-LIST-LS74

RURM-TN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 30

V-LIST-LST4

BURN-TN

2210695-C001

IC,LS245,0CTAL BUS, XCIV 35TF, R NUT,PUT

FaA

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

U8, U12,U52,U61

V-LTST-L 5245 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 33

V-LIST-L5245 BURN-IN

2210667-0001

IC+LS163,SYNC 4-RIT RINARY CNT,SYNC CLR

EA

V-LIST-LS163 BURN-IN

u20

V-LIST-L5163 BURN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR 1ITEM 4R

V-LIST-15163 BURN-IN

2211059-0001

1Co 740TN3, HEX/BUF /DVR yBURN-TN

FA

SFE TI- NRAWING

u2e

SEE TI- DRAWING

SUBSTITUTF FOR ITFM 50

SEF TI- DRAWING

5-15

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223003-5001

AG

ITER.
ot32 01324
01328 0133 01334 01338
o134 01344 01348 0135
01354 01358
0139 01394

QUANTITY,
00000.000 00000.000
00000.000 00000.900
00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.eecccoscosnsvsaccscsoasncssscsns MOTHERBDARD - PEGASUS - AUTO INSFRT

COMPONENT.
2210694-0001 2210604-0001
2210727-0001 22106000001
0977946-0098

DESCRIPTINN seeocoeosscencosccsssscsnssss UY

VVuUVVVSVSVuVVVuRRSVVRRS1s--s2EO-=-11OUU1--o--U--U110e?SH4H5LLCCLLLRBLLLLLBLLBCC,,,ITS1TISIIIS1IISI,,ULLTSSSSTSSSTSSSTSSL1F5sSITTITTTTTITITTTTSSI0n2TT------T-T-----X3044--UULLLL1LU1ULLLLL90,4TTSSSS5STTSSS$S3S,H,EE0020RR22EE23303E0,OQ04--444444X990D900UC2246433U3AT55FADFFAKFOOOLO,TLRRRR,2NBBOR4-VHUBUBUB-1MEBBBRURRUABBURIIIIBNURUUUNRNUUNPRTUTTTRRIRPTRRR---ENNNFEEENNNTN§UNNEMIIMT--=MM/------TRNNNTTILIITTTISN§NNINNNNNN5SBN512t3IE0N.2N2A5ANDRDYRW IVCCEOARUR/NBRTOFENRCFIFIVLEMR

FA A £A A FA

4

i

12/14/83

PART NUMRER

REY

2223003-8001

AG

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

"

DESCRIPTION.esvcsane MOTHERRBOARD, PEGASUS

essceosvoscscscnna SPA

COMPNNFNT.. DESCRIPTIOM.ceesossocsvosccssvossscncveee UM

2222003-0001

MOTHFRBOARD - PEGASUS

EA

1254-3003-069

5-16

TE v e 22(w3] 6ooe2zz,,

== z

|

[peos&olap e 5772 JI0M X I

YITIOUINOD LHD
OILIWIS, o i===

B[ % VHAI TV B bP7~ R60I=r97 GQ225WT5i5wN{7 JArugged] ey

LI<25W06o6riv|aivtoeseovyceead]

$

s

|

°

¥ CI =] Jwummewems

|
TR
==

548

ROtee

[}
Taiw{

v[|v[irz|~]o]7]o9[Tse]vTiev3il

Viv[R[A[F1<1 o] 2| ¥

100103 -2¢.

T

DA3TW5eYNYI1So5Sm3YaL]| 32a097,8

N e y32a70857an2vowt || o1o0

,

kE

NOIIGIE3T

FELTLY,

FIVIQGINGD 18D whdlr | KOO~ 006222

LIIENI_OINV TITIONINGS L83 wha W | KOS-6006222]

|h||"d

BT o T

--

5

.

votw)-0;}awM.5«mnw\ }»

o0z U=

= et UL

oo L Do) 2

nole

£

X £ ¢. A DR

LS LUarm

' _M

= e o nn F

U

eyDD-S1WW

UL W

U =

e rermertTR
UL o= ¢
0 0,

L LoD L. Hollellos. £

i SnEnEqen

Ny

iz ent B d0 B0 et gh1 e

RlehVoIsVoefioor06oo--1s2t002s6

s2r(2ef20--2710| 0

o 2_0A93v5g3w0I7is85s2e4l

37770075 2
AIF]

[

/@

'

e~

5-17

MIBYE_TIAN =T[5

5

A8 Q1iva4AN -= ox W1

G(I)SIASTTSMG WHD~--fNNutaIArSoIsONeTaeWn[ioda

|

LA e0?

_ !

I(S3oNDIhT2I.FT0273)WTGXET1INVL0GVWIwRTT?Sp S110TW=0AI00LN0~TG?oSFeNIA"WNH&sT g()eQDv0O1IVwIvToNrFNSeTJneS:m.TI[D.oflW

o123 H0O3Zy ' 2 WYV)LT Vg3CI31gVkT2waL01SS0N0AW1LHGDL06MI)A40NGS 7Y3MOWINTS0SI OVZLGTSLnM01sOWwI 0W oILNT121 150Livt01 SnI4N111I0v1AlT

=

-----

s

A1 N ILON AY DOV ML ILOK

C A

Lo [

|m 7] O g T ouNMn e f GO Sty 3 [T

e i 30009 77477 A35_GISINCaNI1q I$IOu NNTae FOsNPTayAn T 1Wi IIIEThoe nHiw (37]

032

02:9320077 ((33)) 1SSOOLLZ2= FIMOIOID70e

999545P8964 s s£IeHC ? 9A2 T

wSetatAIssvStBCNEgGIs OTTeLT8gAE3oSs Wba:LeT dIss43ET 3S . r47ovG5sI1IQ0|Y0e0002D)])]

22 560B 029503 [N

$s 4 PS5 S.us e27.30 29- 2 21w0SL(Zg (2R) UO£4N20/24O0ON5V& 10w41l3315)8 |

oK`ImsOGumW3yIs(oSAsAsSTNYIYMoaAv1O39iL30n50NnnZe1NO5a8N)I3I1z110202010F00)2Q9oN00¥v¥O7WviMWIIsO0iLLSiakYITaW0TANI7TOI9JIVo6avAnWva3SO1NsIASlTIMLNIoT2HVsY.3WLSl1EAaI3NadYO7TvSF

NOILAD QFWLOVBISITNoIS5 Sp 96 (N68ILUWILQ)YL ILavNi3de

'

[TnaTALTY 800edZz T ]

<

[

v

E

=

-

-

---

-

sflg&sleku\»hn\m.\)(.unh\"\u"!?\" (ws)

OF 1 a1 01 I VY IS BIGWAC §6 Lt OTISA (31)

OF11 Q4 D217 300908N 14 B4POE I§6HOWDIII 1DVIgSA (NL)

o ey o o2 g b oo (P07 MO2) IO 1 J4CIIC 0T 30 FN AOF N IO4P (ML)

[ (3(8]
(8]

WPGo0LOsJOOIGMHL§3Fd3IaDH1WdIwLI9O4NaNLO3Io5LNG)M0OOION3LFF0DI0L8QLNOYDI2WM1ONL0ONAINNMUINNIOZ2Md!U2SNWG13TOO(NI9EILI6FSTIo 1YSIAVNMPW1SISDI(1SVL3SFD1NI0W3.I2.)1Ho(`0oT52wN1O3.S-IlW9'W0sMFJnO1OOIaOM5NIl2WPSvSEN.VOI8lOL1JAI(3BW()V)5DNI8O6116.MsI1I1SIO!NWNMMIZNW£Wi_WiggOO,W3NWdOIyVAVLSLIALtN1I6g)WNI)6OSwL30OOIT2io321&DIONSIOrA0NNNZ0DOI8E37OO0VSN3S930N0NW2ODOL3Y81OF

(OL) (IL) (3L (Ol (2} ((V9LL)

1

s

o

ol
J. .

DGt st oo in Loy S1700ME7 3 goyaosonmwd (I95S W31W1M)OMSAr SV 0IOI5A OWLOuSHOVFLIIMY [3) I

ONIV0WuMa§L3V3HOlL1TI0NS£$EN1NM0I5LZID3OVaI3LID$ 7Y7SSS0M8FOOL8 34NNTITuViOGIdINLY2iINr®L°IA2SviYU63 3NAIniAIIIGAOSTIWMZOO3NGG3GNLE"0 H0N9VWIDLA1I02IQNN:IE9DOSIIDNF3TL°0 S?IIBi1IVNPY2Iiv3VF3I9OV4uHiVIaIN0VOQS8 dOrEvSINoW73Ne|oIVV1IoDIMuSIwdOLN5d aH2DId#2SdHM1VIv3wwL5OvIINDOloSa5LNJOVPVaIwVoOLAQLwEiYuAL¥uSViWiInWOevex3AvSvOoVoveH©NwOaDweDWLwN8I

S (3]
(8]
[E) (T}

e

VALOISE FIMBUO ST SION.

|

L

e

(-9) tHS
V MaAA

5-18

'

¢ L 600222

i



OWG NO C2223009

|s,, 1|

+

METRIC CONVERSION CHART

0.25

MM

|

IN

CRT CONTROLLER

--

oW

ToxwOsATA IngFuents SYSTEMS GROUP s

DT e SIZE | FSCM NG

T

A[06668 scae NONE | 8755

09 l sheer 1

I8"j,!

TH-25910A

*

5-19

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223009-0001

R

ITEM.

DUANTITY,.

0002

REF

0015

00001,000

00154

0025

00091.000

00254

00258

0025C

0027

00001.000

0027A

0028

00001.000

0028A

0038

00001.000

001384

0041

00001.000

0041A

0043

00001.000

0043A

0044 0045

REF 00001.000

0045A

0046

00002.000

0052

00001.000

0052A

0053

00001.000

0056

00001.000

0057

00001.000

0095

00001.000

0096

00000.002

0097

00001.000

0098

AR

0099

00000.002

List of Materials

DESC e ssR occI essoP oncT csesI csaC cacoM scses ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER

CNMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.ccecvsssecacascsscacsvscsecss UM

2223011-0001 2223065-0001
0996508-0001
2210835-0004
2211878~0002
0972924-0014
2220688-0001
2210970-0005
0994396-9901 221104 7-0002
0972446-0012 0996193-0001
2223033-0003 2220629-0001 0935170-3499 0535978-0058 0411435-0408 0411100-0074 0996069-0003 0411435-0416

LOG DT AI GRAC M, , ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER

4

ROM,CHARACTER GEMNERATOR

EA

-

-

-000

u2s

o =

-000

1C,74LS393N DUAL BINARY COUNTER

EA

001295-74LS393N

u3s

001295-74L S393N I1TEM 105 (PN 2210727-0001)

001295-T74LS392N 1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-74LS393N

CRYSTAL,18 MHZ,HC-18/1} WITH GND LEAD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Yt

SFE TI- DRAWING TRANSsMPS6602, NPN,COMPLEMFNTRY DRIVFR

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Q1

SEE TI- DRAWING CAP FIX TANT SOLID 15 UFD 10% 20 VOLT

EA

QPL

-M39003/1-2289

c2

QPL

-M39003/1-2289

CONMECTNR,RECEPTACLE, PCB,9-PINS

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

J40

SEE TI- DRAWING

*

CONN, 22-P0S.,PC BD, SINGLE ROHW,.100 CNT EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

J41 SEE TI- DRAWING PROCEDURF,SITE & DATE

CODF

-~
SERTALIZATION

EA

CSEOENNETCIT-OR,DRARWEICNEGPTACLE ,2-ROW,11-POSITIOM

EA

J&2

SEE Ti- DRAWING RIVET,.116 DIA 3/16

LG DOMF HD ALUMW

EA

-75021-0406 HEADER ,STMGLE ROW RIGHT 1 POSITION

EA

BER

- 65521-116

El

BER

- 65521-116

PLATE,OPTION BDARD,9-POSITION

EA

1678-3333-013 AUDIO JACK,PANEL

MNTNG,ROUND

BASF,.185%

EA

1254~ WIRF,UL

=000 1629519

STRD,22AWG,WHT/YEL

FT

1650-0000-000 WIRF ELEC.»SOLID,"KYNAR®TM

TINSUL #30 AWG

FT

TAPF, MMM

INSULATION,ELECT.1/4 - 56-1/4

1IN

LOCKWASHER 174 INTERNAL TOOTH

CRES

RL FA

QPL

- MS35333-74

ADH,SOLTD, THRMPLSTC

25#

BAG

ANAEROBIC

EA

1280-4506-000 INSUL TAPE, ELEC, 1/2"W

RL

-SEE T1 OWG

5-20

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223009-0001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0100

00002.000

o101l

00002,000

0102

REF

0103

AR

0104 0105

00001.000 00000,000

01054

01058

0999

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCo R cccI eossP vosT ssccI sscO sccvN ancon ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER

COMPONENTee DESCRIPTIONcccocsccccescsccsoscscccsscse

0532348-0400

STUD, EXTENSION-CRES #4~40 X .188

0411100-0070 2223271-0001 041 5804-0005

QLPOLCKWAS-HERM$35#34 33-I7N0TERNAL TOOTH CRES SPECIFICATION,UNIT TEST-ALPHA CRT SEAL COMP,A'ROBIC-BLUE,GD C,10CC BOTTLE

2232367-0001 2210727-0001 2223009-5001

SPACER

V1-CL,I1S5T3-93L,SD3U9A3L,4B=U-RBNI-TIN BINARY COUNTER

u3s

V-LIST-15393 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 25

V-L1ST=-LS393 RURN-IN ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER

= AUTO

INSERT

1254-3010-029

UM EA EA EA A EA EA
EA

12/714/83

PART NUMBER 2223009-5001

REV R

ITEM,
ocot 0003 00034 0004 00044 0005 00054 0006 00064 0007 0007A 00078 0007C 0008 0008A 00088 0008¢
0009

QUANTITY.
00001.000 00001.000 00002.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000
00003.000 .
00004.000

DALEPSHCARIPCRTTIONCcOeNsTcROcLsLsEoRscc-s~ cAaUsTcOoseINcScEnRcTcssccs

COMPONENT..
2223010-0001 2220443-0002 0996952-0005 2223060-0001 2223058-0001 0972900-7155
0996755-0001
0996420-0002

DESCRIPTION.ceesocoscscsascsscsscssscccs UM

UuS1IISSLSU1uTT1u1Tl1IP0T1EuE0zECE4C06s0tLOt1Ié11N6S66TEE6WEES7,,O04ITG0600E6E66BG,6U2C1E,ICT911M9I,199K9M3RC2U,W-A2C2A-ATT-~STTT-9OS8N20N99LIII0I0N0R50N,-0--P951-50K70~010TXUA0HA0~~=--~00A450040CA96RAR0S7SSSSS0CSLL000OC-RDDDR-NOBNNNNNC-SSN---NCRRAR-AR0TSTTTTET023TS000TE(AABAYCAY04(444PA4047N4PN000PIRWWRWP,W,0LLLN5TL0L4LTTLT0N0T0OIIIITHHSNSSASN45SSANNLNNAAI411B1L222GGBGLGLL22S55LC25S444LLSE1412SB5SEO215T55E3R5S06U1NNNN1ASNNNN,NSLR0TT052®86IRN6SSC6O9UXU0L5BCB-ML-VSHS0RER0TZT0RA0II0M0TT1Ts1UCU1R)1TLTAOE5ENC0KSNIEST,RIPAOLTNEASTIC «

FA EA EA A EA A
EA
A

5962-0100-000

5-21

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223009-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

00094

00098

0009C

0010

00003.000

0010A

00108

0010C

0011

00002.000

00114

00118

0o11cC

0012

00001.,000

00124

00128

oo12¢C

0013

00003.000

00134

00138

0013cC

0014

00001.000

00144

0014B

0014C

0016

00002.000

00164

00168

0016C

0017

00001.000

0017A

00178

0017C

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONGsocecoevvcovenccccncsncscocs ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER - AUTO INSERT

COMPONEN.To DESCRIPTION acecssossccscncsee

0219402-T175

U10,Ut1,Ul4,U15 5962-0100-000 ITEM 108 (PN 2210721-0001) 5962-0100-000 1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE 5962-0100-000 NETH , SN NT4RS1KTSN

U16,ULT,U27

ITEM 107 (PN 2210764-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

0996089-0004 2220521-0001

IC,SNT4LS244N LINE DRIVER =SNT4LS244N
utz,u13 ~-SNT4LS244N
ITEM 110 (PN 2210694~0001) ~SNT4LS244N
IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE ~SNT&L S244N
1C, TTL SHIFT REGISTERS

u19

ITEM 111 (PN 2210669-0001)

0972686-0001

IS AN ACCFPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

*

NETWORK-QUAD MULTIPLEXFR, SNT4LS1STN

u21,U22,023

~

ITEM 112 (PN 2210662-0001}

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0219402-7163

METHWORK, SNT4S163N

U24

ITEM 113 (PN 2210761-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0972900-T474

NETHORK SNT74LST4N

u28,u29

ITEM 114 (PN 2210631-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0996422~0001

1C, SHT4LS125N 001295-SN74LS125N u3o 001295~SNT4LS125N ITEM 115 (PN 2210649-0001) 001295~SN74LS125N TS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE 001295-SNT4LS125N

UM EA EA EA A EA EA EA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

22237%09-5001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0018

00001.000

0018A

00188 00l18C 0019 0019A 00198 0019¢C

00001.000

0020 0020A

00001,000

00200 0020C 002t 00214 00218 0021cC 0022 0022A 00228 0022¢C 0023 0023A 0023R8 0023¢C 0024 00244 00248 0024C 0026 00264 00268

00001.000 09001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001,000

List of Materials

DALEPSHCARIPCRTTIONC.OcNcTRcOsLsLsEcRsso-scAcUaTsOassINcSsEsRsTsacsan

CONPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONcoccocccaccavcasssocsccscsses

0972900~-T7420

NETWORK SNT4LS20N

U3l

ITEM 116 (PN 2210614~0001)

0219402-7486 0219402-7610 0972900-7432 0219402-7400 0219402-7404 0972900-7404 0972900-71T4

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE
NETWORK SNT4S86N U3 ITEM 117 (PN 2210749-0001}) 1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF IC, SNT4SION u33 ITEM 118 (PN 2210740-0001) IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUASTITUTE TUTTTI1I11SN4NTEEETTMHAWNOORR1KK1--A-9-SCSSSNCNNSNTETTNS(T4P44PTN4LNTLL4TLSASSL4S3BIISS3I2L223O222ENNN2ON1NN06S2U1B-S0T0I0T1U)TE. u3s
ITEM 120 (PN 2210735~0001) IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE NETWORK SNT4S04N u3s ITEM 121 (PN 2210738-00011 1S AN ACCEPTARLE SUBSTITUTE NETWORK SNT4LSO4N u3? ITEM 122 (PN 2210604-0001) 1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBST ITUTE NETHORK SNT4LS1T4N
u18

ITEM 123 (PN 2210674-0001}

UM EA
EA FA "EA EA « A EA EA

5-23

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223009-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0026C

0029 00294

00001.000

0030

00001.,000

0030A

0031

00002.000

00314

0032

00001,000

0032A

0033

00001.000

00334

0034

0C001.000

00344

0035

00006 .000

00354

0036

00002.000

00364

0037

00001. 000

00374

0039

00014,000

00394

00398

0040

00010,000

00404

00408

0047

00001,000

00474

00478

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION ccssccscasesvsosnnssoscasscses ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER - AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT., o DESCRIPTIONGcceveccsccncasannssscsssssees

0972946-0041 0972946-0074 0972946-0066 0972946~0091 0972946-0076 09729646-0084 0972946-0081 0972946-0057 0972757-0009

TS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

RRRRRRRRRRRRRRCRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR146OS2EEEOAOOEEEOOOOOEEOOOOOO1O3THSSSHPHHSSSHHHHHSSHHHHWHH2,4R,R1RBFFFFFFFFF01I,IIIIIIII3XXXXXXXXXR-----==----==--= I,CRRR3RRRRR4RRRRRR6RR12141RE2-7-.----0---=----.--...R0102202222222222222224715555K55%55555K555KK51KK,4RTOOOOODOO1OHHHHHHHH4PMMMMMMMMF,R5LS55555S %%E10T%%%%%%..22......55222222S555555OVWW

W W
W W W W

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
3

FILM FILM FILM FILM FILM FILM FILM F+ ILM

c1

0972763-0013 0972763-0025 0219402-7174

CAP,FIXED .010UF 50 VOLTS

004222-MC10SE0132

4,C5,C7,(8,(9,010,C11,C12

004222-MC1051032

C13,C14,C15+C16,C17,C18

004222-MC105E1032

CAPACITOR, .10UF 50V FX,CERAMIC

COR CA-CO3Z5U1042Z050A

27,30,C31,C32,C33,C34

COR CA-CO3Z5U1042050A

35,038,C39,C40

COR CA-C03Z5U1042050A

NETWORK SMT4S174N

Ti-

-SNT4S 174N

U39

TI-

=SNT4S1T&N

ITEM 124 (PN 2210763-00011%

TI-

-SNT4S174N

DIEL

UM A Fa EA
EA EA EA EA EA EA
A
EA

5-24

12/14/ 83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223009-5001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0047C 0049

00001.000

00494

00498

0049C

0050

00001.000

00504

0106

00000, 000

0106A

01068

o107

00000.000

01074

01078

0108

00000.000

0108A

01088

0109

00000.000

01094

01098

o110

00000,000

01104

01108

o111

00000.000

01114

nli1s

Gii2

00000.000

01124

ol1128

o113

00000.000

01134

ni13e

List of Materlals

DESCRIPTION ecoovvovoscsssscssansosscsse ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER = AUTO INSERT

COMPONEMTo. NESCRIPTIDNccesococossscecosassssnsccccs UM

1S AN ACCEPTARLE SUBSTITUTF

TI=-

~SNT4S1T4N

0219402-7157

NETHWORK SNT4S1S5TN

EA

0972946-0079 2210660-0001 2210695-0001 2210721-0001 2210764~0001 2210694-0001 2210669-0001 2210662-0001 2210761-0001

u20

ITEM 125 (PN 2210759-0001)

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

RES FIX 3.9K OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILNM

EA

ROH

- R=25

R1S

ROH

= R=2S

ICyLS155,DUAL 2-LINE TO 4-LINE DECODER

EA

V-LIST-t.5155 BURN-IN

us

V-LIST-LS155 BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 7

V-LIST-LS15% BURN-IN

IC,LS245,0CTAL BUS.XCIVER,3ST.OUTPUY

EA

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

urT,U8,U?

V-LIST=LS245 BURN=-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 8

V-L1ST-15243 BURN~IN

1C,LS374,0CTAL D-TYPE FLIP=-FLOP

EA

V-LIST=LS374 BURN-IN U10,UL1,UI4,UL5

V-L1ST-1.$374 BURN-IN

>

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 9

V-LIST=L5374 BURN-IN

1C,S179,QUADF/F,DOUBLE RATL QUTPUT

A

V-LTS5T=S173 BURN-IN

>

Ut6,uUl17,u27

V-LIST=S175 BURN=-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 10 V=L I5T=5175 BURN-IN

1C,1.5264,0CTAL BUF/LINE DRIVER/RECEIVER

EA

V-LTST-L5244 BURN-IN

uUlz,ul3

V-LIST-LS244 BRURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 11

V-LIST-L5244 BURN-IN

IC+LS166,8-BIT PARALLFL/SERTAL INPUT

EA

V-LIST~LS166 BURN-IN

u19

V-LIST-LS166 BRURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 12

V-LTST-LS166 BURN-IN

IC+LS157,QUAD 2-LINE TD 1-LIME DATA SELE EA

V-LIST=-L5157 BURN-~IN

u2t,022,u23

V-LIST-LS187 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 13

V-LIST=-LS157 BURN-TN

1Cy S163, SYNCHRONOUS 4-BIT COUNTER

EA

V=LIST~S163 BURN=-IN

u24

V-LIST-S163 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 14

V-L1ST-S163 BURN=-IN

5-25

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223009-5001

R

ITEN,

QUANTITY,

0114

00000.000

01144

01148

0115

00090.000

Ol15A

01158

o116

00000.000

ol16A

01168

o117

00000.000

01174

01178

o118

00000.000

01184

01188

0119

00000.000

0119A

01198

ot20

00000.000

01204

01208

o121

00000.000

01214

o121

0122

09000.000

oL122A

01228

0123

0000.200

01234

01230

0124

0000C.000

List of Materials

ADLEPSHCARIPCRTTIONCcOaNvTReOcLsLsEsRace-ssAsUsTcQcscIcNSnEnRcTosance

COMPONFENT.. DESCRIPTINM.cucececsssocccncscsssencanse UM

2210631-0001 2210649-0001 2210614-0001 2210749-0001 2210740-0001 2210621-0001 2210735-0001 2210738-0001 2210604-0001 2210674-0001 2210763-0001

IC,LS74,0UAL D FLIP-FLOP W/PSFT & CLR

EA

V-LIST-LS74

BURN-IN

u28,029

V-LIST-LST4

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 16

V-LIST-LST4

BURN-IN

1C,15125,QUAD BUS BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPU EA

V-LIST-LS125 BURN-IN

u3o

V-LIST-LS125 BUPN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 17

V-LIST-LS125 BURN-IN

IC,LS20,4D4 UIANPLUT NAND

EA

V-LIST-LS20

BURN-TN

U3l

V-LIST-L520

RURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 13

V-LIST-LS20

BURN-TN

1C,S86,QUAD, 2-INPUT EXCLUSIVE 0R

A

V-LIST-S86 BURN-IN

u32

V-L1ST-5S86 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 19

V-LIST-586 BURN-IN

1C,yS10, TRIPLE, 3-INPUT PNSITIVE AND

EA

V-LIST-S10 BURN-IN

u33

V-LIST-510 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 20

V-LIST-S10 BURM-IN

A

ICyLQUS AD3¢ 22 -TI, NPUT 0OR

EA

V-LIST-LS32

RURN-IN

u3s

V-LIST-LS32

BURN-IN

s

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 21

V-LIST-LS$32

BURN-1N

1C,500,QUAD,2~-TNPUT NAND

EA

V=L IST-S00 BURN-IN

u3s

V-LIST-S00 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 22

V-L1ST-S00 BURM-IN

1C+504,HEX INVERTERS

EA

V=-LIST~-S04 BURN~TN

u3s

V-LIST-S04 BUPN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 23

V-LIST-S04 BURM-IN

ICsLS04,HEX INVERTERS

EA

V=LIST-LS04 . BURN-IN

u37

V-L1ST-1S04

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 24

V-LIST-LS04

8URN-IN

T1C+LS174,HEX,D-TYPE REG W/ COMMON CLR

FA

V-LIST-LS1T4 AURN-IN

uls

V-LIST-LS174 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 26

V=LIST-LS174 BURN-IN

IC,S1T44HEX,FLIP-FLSIONPGL,E RAIL OUTPUT EA

V-LIST-5174 BURN-IN

5-26

2/14/84

PART MNUMAER

REV

2223009-5001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

01244

01248

0125

0000.700

01254

01253

List of Materials

OALFPSHCARIPCTRITNN,CONsTuRuOvLeLeFsRs

sesscsescsersoscns AUTD INSFRT

COMPONTNT.. 2210759-0001

DESCRIPTION..ceeeoneeenscasasoncosencees UM

uuVVVVVSS21----1-UU0eLCLLLLBBI,1I1SSISSSTS§TST5ITITTT1=TT----5-UUSSSS7STT1111,1FE575705747407ADFF,OAABABRRR2UUUUU/RRRRR1MNNMMN{I-----TTIIITTEELNNNNNMMIMF4479 SELFCT/MULTIPLEXEP

FA

12714783

PART NUNRE®R

REV

22230C9-80n01

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

090t

00001 .000

DFSCRIPTeIcOeeNas ALPHA CRT CONTROLLF

esesescensesssns SPARFS

COMPOMFNT.. DESCe cR eeovI osaP ancT sossI scaM csanN soans

2223009-0001

A1L2P5H4A-30C0RT9-0C2O9NTPOLLFP

UM FA

P '

=TS0t 222 w1

TesTaI90E[--a

NOISNVdX3 WV

OWLANIS|,P , o]

iteyt sy AE o L

e =

T A0 Tiwve

{

s

e Toeg

| 1!.*'_oT.] o°v em |enod 1

nouves SsLaTviy e e

| =

e STeise8wTo

GG/8

[160zz22| V|Si i|al5lev6[1r[|¥|F51 [17 ¥00[00-i--0 ws2Foi1oEoc0rsEs02es2ssZ]| TEwyE¥IovGswMsidae

&

(7A¥73g0G07002s7522Wi54m; t4arx9rki0ill|ooyNi4 goro| .io«oet.--.2.0u6" | WTrQayvuveiWes|e('

* -

1000~2L28222

084 15U |

] T

-- ((Xx28A621X)1T)SNI LoPN aQuUrMaY

WWWwyDryyLd V (I3X2B0Z0 H

o.WyNYW`wYYONwYIowoiSN\NSSXNwOEnE"LNywIkVZseXiIsNyFX:GV3.TS|||

3  zSuo21Tv0o0o0 o0v0o5We--<0 Ss---.isi5SoGr1010 sMo00£s62M522222\2122222.22WK_urut7é00v0+.x4u04c_wVuA,.IfiflSew:é0LdV

4

Elfi ~ e 0

_

et

-

y

S g

= S

'

IG

fl

g

H._m_

1 no

.I

=

-]

g

g

{----
= --o 7

og l <f

3

Y8919[9

vV[]110I00000--L911008T222L2

|

WOWIQ
ELY)

Li[3*10o]1 =| 11 0000-5021z0r80z2e2z2| ISIoBmWaIiSsEnY]

ogL 70"

-

SIHONI

uny

14VHD NOISUIANGD

mH__

mnm

g mu g

' i

;|

B3 T-- --ELi TeSe~ET RGaNrMoaGTIey1mNyNB nAsTes2 wahntiialy! 5r)

PV ATy 01

7A007I0M £S5 GAVI`51N81C90T13I10VN0N0CAw9Za~vGHiIV)GA)OAVoLpwI1Ld0ioea0vWn0ais+gLns$u7ol!0[0s0T-

IO [ ey [

T

e

L|INYTNAY=H]ISLOIzFL 3Ni7vloaSa@WnA(GL1I2WnLAaI7v7SsOYe0oTnSid(L1t

KD [ 3
Wi[7]
[e

fanS2002od )©1


o

I_u_uz_

5

K |

] D: al o ] 250

..Dm_ ==

s 7

finmm

._u =

I.umu.."_r

UGN WD JOWN O3IVKDSNOINI GLNAWANIER] SNXIL NOTSNWATD WeE

4537 400010 aXn o0 (7]

MKTJLQOOHWNUYROKWWCWS IDYIVWLGRY&LiAY1 I»X3TT%4TI0oY01tI KLL.I9QFNT OMI0GIYNNS4CGT I\X HWLTLQSIIKMGIT0 FI&INSOTG.NIHC %SVJI26"22EII001S1%) SXK¥MH\ANLIYSNWUSY(YND}ONBLSI%LIOWLSWHC&OlILIOOINTNO-[3IX%IRT3NWoHO1ON&I1YI..ZDQW4HWAoAY0GIITKSn4ILH§)tyOE

% S

v

z

<

T

9

HIJVIIESHVAGNS TH&IYIWSILlONYX34300£0QISUS30i1Io¥G0G0Ns FF1IoaSm¥ydSNyvbMW

E

NyGILBV3HgOuNnIn WI0SVYdGS NJIiy¥i£3v4aS1o3Sy73d0d0Ny4O4ISIWAv¥T3WYd

(]

FAWLOGYMOToL:oHI0I0I%H!e

oLoIINY8N77IT?N13SGI8WIJHlWSaG1vSsWIHQSWSWVwPOKiEQ,inOyiyyxSIoeNdwLT

R (2)
SI(ITO}N

I

z

I

e

o !

| T

&

Srofzz?

QWNNMum o

<«

5-29

=

TG Ayg

v e

'

I ¢ 51C. el

|



12714793

PART NUMBER

RFY

2223215-0001

J

ITEM, 0002 0004 00044 000471 N004C

QUANTITY, RFF
00018.200

0004N

0009

REF

0010

REF

n101 4919

CCON1.CO0 00000.500

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIOMNeescesenvoscccssassancccccnce FXPANSTION RAM

COMPONENT.. 2223017-C001 2210147-0012
0974396-N001L 2223212-n001 2223015-5001 7239999-9999

NESCRIPTINN.ccceccoosvocscscsccascsesaas

SCHEMATIC, EXPANSION RAM

SOCKETDIP,16-PIMNS,L(M PROFILF SEE T -1 DRAWING XULO,XULT,XUL2,XUL3,XUL4 SFE T -1 NRAWING XULS, XUL16, XULT, XUJ18, XULD SEE T -1 DRAWIMNG XU20, X214 XU22,XU23,XU24 SEE T -1 DRAWING XU254XU26,XU27 SEE T -1 DRAWING PROC ., STTF/DATE CONE AND SFRIALTZATINN

SPEC,UMIT TEST-E£XPANSION RAM

EXPANSION RAM -AUTO 1254-3016~042 COST, SHRINKAGF

INSFRY

UM EA A
FA FA EA FA

12/14/83

PART MUMAFR

PEV

2223015-7102

J

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

" 0003 00034 00038 0004 00044 000648 0004C 20040

00099.000 00018.000

0009

REF

oole

REF

o101

00001.000

9999

00000.500

4 g

DESCRIPTION ceeaacsoscssvocnccsscacsacces

EXPANSION RAM (12AK)

-

COMPNNENTe 2223017-0001 2211118-0004
2210188-0012
0994396-C001 2223272-0001 2223015-5002 02319999-9979

DESCRIPTFIOM.cceccacccavovssoacncoscsacnoe

SCHEMATIC,EXPANSION RAM

IC,64K-BIT DYNAMIC RAM,150NS TA/ROW TMS416-4-15NL 1110,U11,U12,U13,U14,U15,U16 THMS416-4-15NL ui7,u18 TMS416-4-15SNL SOCKET,DIP,16-PINS,LOW PROFILE SEE T ~1 DRARING XULO XUY 1, XUL2XUL3X1,14 SEE T -1 DRAWING XUL1S,XUL6,XULT,XU18,XU19 SEF T -1 DRAWING XU20¢XU21¢XU224X112X312,4 SFF T -1 DRAWING XU25y XU26, XU27 SFE T -1 DRAWING PPNC.s STTE/DATE CODE AND SERTALIZATION

SPEC,UNIT TE%Y-EXPANSIHN RAM

EXPANSTON RAM 1254-3018-006

[128K)-AUTO

COST, SHRINKAGE

TMSFRT

UM FA FA
FA
EA A EA EA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-0003

4

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0002

REF

0003

00018.000

00034

00038

0003C

0004

00018.000

0004A

00048

0004C

00040

0009

REF

0010

REF

0101

00001.000

9999

0C000.500

List of Materials

DESC s seR ecesI avsP acnaT sascI cssO scsaN vocnes EXPANSION RAM (192K}

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:csocaceoncacscccscssssocscscss UM

2223017-0001

SCHEMATIC,EXPANSTION RAM

FA

2211118-0004

ICy64K-RIT DYNAHMIC RAM,150NS TA/ROW

EA

TMS416-64-15NL

Ul0,UL1,U12,U13,U14,UL5,U16

TM5416-4-15NL

u17,U18,U19,020,U21,U22,U23

TMS416-4-15NL

U24,U25,126,027

TMS416=-4-15NL

2210188-0012

SNCKET,0IPy16~PINS,LOW PROFILE

EA

SEE T =1 DRAWING

XUL0yXUX L2U , XL UL3L , , XULS

SEE T -1 DRAWING

XU1S,XUL6,XXULU8L, TXU,LY

SEE T -1 DRAWING

XU20 s XU21 4 XU22 4 XU23,4 XU24

SEE T -1 DRAWING

XU25,XU264 XU2T

SEE T -1 DRAWING

0994396-0001

PROC., SITE/DATE CODE AND SFRIALIZATION

EA

2223272-0001

SPEC,UNIT TEST-FXPANSION RAM

A

2223015-5003

EXPANSTON RAM (192K)-AUTO INSERT

A

1254-3020-008

0239999-9999

COSTy SHRINKAGF

EA

A

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-0004

J

ITENM.

QUANTITY.

0002

REF

0009

REF

0010

REF

0101

00001.000

TM

DESCRIPTINN.ceoecoccsnasasscsscsscsssnse EXPANSION RAM (192K) COMPLETE

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONeseccocsscess

ecsacescece UM

2223017-0001

SCHEMATIC,EXPAMSTON RAM

EA

0994396-0001

PRDC.y SITE/DATE CODE AND SERTALIZATION

FA

2223272-0001

SPEC:UNIT TEST-EXPANSTON RAM

EA

2223015-5004

AUTO INSERT TAPE FOR-0004

EA

1254-3022-000

5-31

12714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-5001

J

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0003

00009.000

00034

0005

00002.000

00054

0006

00010.000

0006A

00068

0007

00011.000

00074

00078

0008

00002.000

00084

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONeeececsacossaansascssccccocce EXPANSTOMN RAM ~AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.ecsevscseosonoesnonassananss UM

2223016-0001 2211118-0004 2220360-0002 0972763-0001
0972763-0025
0972924-0018

cTTuCCU SCCCCCCC1SCQQ1OOOEOOOPEAP2CH2HAI1I116PR0RRLERRRFPLC8C2APSS8,61W,,,,PA44,C91 ,0R6¢0AC11C-2£TCCCCTCCC4F22C,I6610IIT41IAAAAKAA39TI--F-A~X900-, 2------~OTL44,0XR3C,CCCC-CMRO-I=C0OP,C00M0,O03,RTDDT112-2C3U U21A323A3,9RRN5500Z9%4NIZ3ZI.Z0N[AARNN,05.T0,,5A50,5SWWO50SL1LDC0U0UMC0U2 IIUNUUCU3OY123SLNN511L111/UN1/SGGUF0y000014A01ORUFD2C4, 424-M4L2-AR62II26ZZ22C2M2IDC51004301131VN005SS05C0U 050EUVO000400T40R,TVAAAAR6,A44C,.A03 F1U8MX8F68X,,,3,,1C-CUCM5ESF991C0RDTE7NAARSMTAI1EM0CITCAOT /UDRITD3CFP5IWLUELTSVOLT

£A A A 7
A
FA

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-5002

J

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001 0003

00001 ,000 00009.000

00034

0005

00002.000

00054

0006

00010.000

00064

0006R

0007

00011.000

0007A

00078

0008

00002.000

0008A

a

DESCRIPTIONcccwoass

escssscsvesensare

EXPANSION RAM (12BK)-AUTD INSERY

COMPONENT., DESCRIPTION.ceccrvacvsnsscovscssnoscocas UM

2223016-0001 2211118-0004 2220360-0002 0972763-0001
0972763-0025
0972924~-0018

PWB, EXPANSION RAM

EA

1669-0000-000

TC+64K-BIT DYNAMIC RAM,150NS TA/ROW

A

TMS416-4-15NL

Ul,U2,U3,U4,U5,U6,U7,U8,U9

TMS416-4-15NL

1C, NCTAL DRAM DRIVER, 3-STATE OUTPUTS

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

u28,uU29

SEE TI- ODRAWING

CAPACITNR, .001UF SOV FX CERAMIC DIEL

EA

COR CA-C02Z5U1022100A

1,C24C3,C44C5+C64C7,C8,C9

COR CA-C0O275U1027100A

10

COR CA-C02Z5U1022100A

CAPACITO. R10,UF S0V FX,CEPAMIC DYEL

EA

COR CA-CO03Z5U1047050A

C11,C12,C134C14,C15,C16,C17

COR CA-CO3Z5U1042050A

18,C19,20,C21

COR CA-CO325U1042050A

CAP FIX TANT SNLID 6.8 MFD 10 T 35 VOLTY EA

QPL

-M39003/1-2304

22,C23

qQPL

-M39003/1-2304

5-32

12/14/83

P2A2R2T301N5U-M5B0E0R3 RFVJ

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001,000

0003

00009.000

0003A

0008

00002.000

00054

0006

00010.000

00064

00068

0007

00011.000

0007A

00078

0008

00002.000

00084

12/14/83

' PART NUMBER

RFV

2223015-5004

J

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

cootl

00001.000

0003

00027.000

00034

00038

0003C

0003n

0005

00002, 000

00054

0006

00010.000

00064

00068

oco7

00011.000

0007A

00078

0008

00002.000

0008A

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cccosossessccacacsaans EXPANSION RAM (192K)-AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT. DESCRIPTION cessacsnacsascacsvocssnnsace UM

2223016-0001 2211118-0004 2720360-0002 0972763-0001
0972763-0025
0972924-0018

PHB JEXPANSION RAM

EA

1669-0000-000

101 64K=-BIT DYNAMIC RAM, 1SONS TA/ROW

A

TMS416=4~15NL

ULyU24UUS4311644 U UT & 4UR,oD

TMS416=-4=~15NL

1C,OCTAL DRAM DRIVFR, 3-STATE NUTPUTS

A

SFE TI- DRAWING

uz8,u29

SEE TI- DRAWING

CAPACITOR,,001UF S0V FX CERAMIC OTEL

A

COR CA-CO02Z5U1022100A

C1,C2+C34C49CS54C6,CT79CB4CO

COR CA-C0225U1022100A

clo

COR CA-C02I5U10271004A

CAPACITOR,.lOUF 50V FX,CERAMIC DTEL

EA

COR CA-C0325U1042050A

C11,C12,C13,C14,C15,C16,C17

COR CA-CO3IZ5UL1042050A

18,19,C20,C21

COR CA-CO325U104Z050A

CAP FIX TANT SOLID 6.8 MFD 10 % 35 VOLT A

QpPL

-M39003/1-2304

Cc22,23

QPL

~M39003/1-2304

DESCRIPTIONc coosverccsccacscecccnsscnnse AUTO INSERT TAPF FOR-0004 COMPONENT.o DFSCRIPTION.ccsccccccccsacaasscnsssscacss UM

2223016-0001 2211118-0004
2220360-0002 0972763-0001 0972763-0025 0972924~0018

PHB ,EXPANSINON RAM

2

EA

1669-0000-000

1C, 64K-BIT DYNAMIC RAM,]150NS TA/ROW

EA

TMS416-4~15NL

Ul,U2,U3,U4,U5,U6,UT,U8,U9

TMS416-6-15NL

U10,U11,U12,U13,Ul4,Ul5,U16

TMS416~4-15NL

Ul7,U18,U19,U20,U21,U22,U23

TMS416-4-15NL

U24,U25, U269 U27

TMS416~4~15NL

IC,OCTAL DRAM DRIVER, 3-STATE OUTPUTS

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

1y28,u29

SEE TI- DRAWING

CAPACITOR,.001UF S0V FX CERAMIC DIEL

EA

COR CA-CO21I5UL027100A

C14C2,C3,4C44C5,C6,4C7,C8,C9

COR CA-C02Z5U102Z100A

clo

COR CA-C02Z5U1027100A

CAPACTTN. RLO,UF 50V FX,CERAMIC DTEL

EA

COR CA-CO315U1047050A

Cl14C12,C13,4C14,4C15,C16,C1L7

COR CA-CO3I5U10420504

C18,19,C20+C21

COR CA-C0375U1042050A

CAP FTX TANT SOLID 6.8 MFD 10 % 35 VOLYT EA

QrPL

-M39003/1-2304

22,C23

QPL

=M39003/1~2304

6-33

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-8001

J

ITEM,.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONcercovsovevsccccsccsscssccsccas EXPANSION RAM - SFARFS

COMPONENT,, DESCRIPTINMN eecosscncnsosssossscsscsasnce

2223015-0001

FXPANSION PAM 1254-3015-042

UM EA

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-8002

J

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

0C001.000

NESCRIPTION ceoescacoacecsssvoccccncccncse EXPANSION RAM (128K) - SPARES

COMPDONENT.. OESCRIPTION:ccaccasessesasccassssoscasss

2223015-0002

EXPANSION RAM (128K) 1254-3017-006

UM EA

12714793

PART NUMBER

REV

2223015-8003

J

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

< «

DESCRIPTION . ceveovas

.............-.:-

EXPANSION RAM {192K) - SPARES

COMPONEMT.. DESCRIPTION.cseesscscascccocaccssssscccs

2223015-0003

EXPAMSION RAM (192K} 1254-3019-008

UM EA

12/14/78)

PART NUMBER

REV

2223715-8004

J

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001 0002

00001.500 REF

DESCRIPTINNceeseoscoasacsccnccacanssscas RAMJEXPANSION 192K COMPLETE/SPARES

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONGccescensccccascsscsasscccsce

2223015-0004 2231993-0001

EXPANSION RAM (192K} COMPLETE 1254-3021-023 SERVICF PACK INDEX~RMR

UM EA EA

5-34

v

2221021

L,. 1 |

APPLICATION

NEXT ASSY

USED ON 8501

REVI

+ LEVEL 2

I

REVISIONS

l 5962 2500

DESCRIPTION

I

DATE

I APPROVED

1.0

SCOPE:

£e

THIS SPECIFICATION COVERS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR AN N-CHANNEL, DEPLETION

LOAD MOS NUMERIC DATA PROCESSOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT WHICH EXECUTES TRANS-
CENDENTAL FUNCTIONS AND PROVIDES ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL INSTRUCTION

SUPPORT FOR NUMERIC DATA.

1))

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS: SEE TABLE I.

2.0

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS:

WHERE THIS SPECIFICATION REFERS TO ANOTHER DOCUMENT, THAT DOCUMENT IS

OF THE ISSUE IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF INVITATION TO BID OR REQUEST FOR
PROPOSAL. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS APPLY TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED HEREIN.

THIS SPECIFICATION GOVERNS WHEN A REFERENCED DOCUMENT CO&FLICTS.

CAUTION: & STATIC SENSITIVE
EZLECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE CAM DAMAGE THIB COMPONENT, PRODUCT MUST BE BHIPPED IN ANTISTATIC CONTAINER AND MAINTAINED IN ANTISTATIC PACKAGING, INDIVIDUAL DEVICKS BSHOULD BE HANDLED ONLY AT STATIC-FREE WORK "A`I'lo_fl.

REV
SHEET
REV STATUS OF SHEETS

REV SHEET
5

11213

]4 |56

|7 |8 {9 |10]11f12|13}14]|15]16]17
{@"~ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS SI-METRIC Oightsi Sywtame Growp

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, NUMERIC DATA PROCESSOR

| THRD ANGLE

[V mre----.

SIZE Fseuuo

/g

SCALE NONE

£ o

DRAWING NO

2221021 sHEET 1 OF 17
FlLiacl

5-35

PIN (TCOOPNNEVCITEIW)ONS

GNDE 1

{M1g) ap14 [1f 2

(A13) A013 [ 3

(((AAA11102)))

012 oAp11yo

[ [

4 )6

((nagg)) aanogg [[}}|7e

Aoy Q|9
asoosg [[ fu110

ADg E 12

ADrAo3zr [[Jffa1s13
Ao [ 16

ne [

ne [J]1s
Lk ] 19

GNO [t 20

40 :] Vee

19 |[] a015

328|3|[J ma1r6//s5q3

3356 ||[3J AA1e8//s5s5

u | swessy 33 |[J mseT,

2|0
u |3

mvwrET,

30 |3 ne

29 11 e

22286|100|H 5%%
25 {17 aso

26|17 o5y 23|[3 susy

22 |[J ReAoy

21 |[J Reser

FIGURE 2

(@x\ TEXAiBalSTelctlaatIlSaNrltoSronTleaRlAaUtvoMlEeiNoTS

A SHeer 22210421

[REV)

Ti-e280.4

f

5-36

DC CHARACTERISTICS (Ty = 0 9C TO 70 ©C, Vgg = 5V + 10%)

SYMBOL

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

VIL |INPUT LOW VOLTAGE

Viy |INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE

VoL |OUTPUT LOW VOLTAGE

ToL = 2.0 mA

VoH [|OUTPUT HIGH VOLTAGE

Igy = -400 wA

TcC |POWER SUPPLY CURRENT

TA = 25 OC

TLr |INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT

0V < VN < Ve

1,0 |OUTPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT

0.45 V < VouT < Vg

VCL |CLOCK INPUT LOW VOLTAGE

VCH |CLOCK INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE

CIN |CAPACITANCE OF INPUTS

fo = 1 MHz

Cio |CAPACITANCE OF I1/0 BUFFER

fc = 1 MHz

[(RAQD/0G-T1)5, ANAD16-CALlK9, BHE, S2-S0,

CouT |BCUSAYP,ACITIANNTCE OF OUTPUTS

fe = 1 MHz

TABLE 11

MIN

MAX | UNITS

-0.5 0.8

v

2.0 |Vect0.5 | v

0.45

v

2.4

v

475

mA

+10

uA

+10

vA

-0.5

0.6

v

3.9 |veerl.0| v

10

pF

15

pF

10

pF

AC CHARACTERISTICS (Tp = 0 ©C TO 70 ©C, Vge = 5 V + 10%)

TIMING REQUIREMENTS

SYMBOL

PARAMETER

TEST CONDITIONS

TCLCL | CLK CYCLE PERIOD

TCLCH | CLK LOW TIME

TCHCL CLK HIGH TIME
TCHICHZ | CLK RISE TIME TCL2CL1 | CLK FALL TIME TOVCL | DATA IN SETUP TIME TCLDX | DATA IN HOLD TIME TRYHCH | READY SETUP TIME TCHRYX | READY HOLD TIME TRYLCL | READY INACTIVE TO CLK TGVCH | RQ/GT SETUP TIME TCHGX | RQ/GT HOLD TIME TQVCL | QSg-1 SETUP TIME TCLQX | QSp-1 HOLD TIME TSACH | STATUS ACTIVE SETUP TIME

FROM 1.0 V T0 3.5 V FROM 3.5 V T0 1.0 V
TABLE "111

Ti--e230.

@TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATEOD T oe ?

? MIN ~ 200 (2/3 TCLCL) - 15
(1/3 TCLCL) + 2
30 10 (2/3 TCLCL) - 15 30 -8 30 40 30 10 30

MAX [UNITS 500] ns
4 10 10
v ns

2221021

REV

A
SHEET 5

6-37

|

TABLE 111 - CONT

AC CHARACTERISTICS (T4 = 0 9C T0 70 OC, Vgc = 5 V + 10%)

TIMING REQUIREMENTS

SYMBOL

PARAME TER

TEST CONDITIONS

TSNCL | STATUS INACTIVE SETUP TIME

TILIH | INPUT RISE TIME (EXCEPT CLK)

FROM 0.8 V T0 2.0 V

TIHIL | INPUT FALL TIME (EXCEPT CLK)

FROM 2.0 V T0 0.8 V

TCLML | COMMAND ACTIVE DELAY [2]

TCLMH | COMMAND INACTIVE DELAY [2

TRYHSH | READY ACTIVE TO STATUS PASSIVE

TCHSY | STATUS ACTIVE DELAY

TCLSH | STATUS INACTIVE DELAY

TCLAV | ADDRESS VALID DELAY

TCLAX | ADDRESS HOLD TIME

TCLAZ | ADDRESS FLOAT DELAY

TSVLH | STATUS VALID 10 ALE HIGH [2]

CL = 20 - 100 pF (FOR ALL

TCLLH | CLK LOW T0 ALE VALID [2)

MOl E IoAb

TCHLL | ALE INACTIVE DELAY [2

TCLDV | DATA VALID DELAY

TCHDX | DATA HOLD TIME

TCVNV | CONTROL ACTIVE DELAY [2]

.

TCVNX | CONTROL INACTIVE DELAY

.

"

TCHBY | BUSY AND INT VALID DELAY

TCHDTL [ DIRECTION CONTROL ACTIVE DELAY

=

TCHDTH | DTRECTION CONTROL INACTIVE DELAY [2

TCLGL | RQ/GT ACTIVE DELAY _

CL = 40 pF (IN ADDITION

TCLGH | RQ/GT INACTIVE DELAY

T0 NDP' SELF-LOAD)

TOLOH |OUTPUT RISE TIME

FROM 0.8 V T0 2.0 V

TOHOL | OUTPUT FALL TIME

FROM 2.0 V T0 0.8 V

NOTES: [1] APPLIES ONLY TO T2 STATE (8 ns INTO T3)

SIGNAL AT BUS CONTROLLER SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, SEE FIGURE 3

APPLIES ONLY TO T3 AND WAIT STATES

[4] REFERS TO THE NUMERIC DATA PROCESSOR SPECIFIED BY THIS DOCUMENT

TABLE 111

MIN [mAx |units

30

ns

20 | §

12

10 | 3

10 | 35

110

10 {110

10 |13

10 [110

10

TCLAX | 80

15

15

15

10 {110

10

5 | a5

10 | 45

10 [150

50

30

0| 8

o | 8s

20 |y

12 | ns

Ti-ezss-t

=
f[LEAXS RNS TRR UMETSR [P

SHEET 22210621

REV

5-38

6.0 6.1
Ti-a2se.q

|

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION: (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

PIN DESCRIPTIONS:

NOP REFERS TO THE NUMERIC DATA PROCESSOR SPECIFIED BY THIS DOCUMENT.

SYMBOL

TYPE

NAME AND FUNCTION

IAD15-ADg
AAA111789///555456,, A16/S3

1/0

ADORESS DATA: THESE LINES CONSTITUTE THE TIME

MULTIPLEXED MEMORY ADDRESS (T)) AND DATA (T2,

T3, T, T4) BUS

1/0

AMTMTANS(3RAO6IADH,,ELSOTDITNIRGSOEHHT.SNIS)y4INSS,,,CPIRUG1TOSNMDAWASPIENNHURDDMFIRAOLOIIVWECRNCAHTSYEGAII43:SN.CLSTSHA5MOABRERLEMATEDFIOHSDOURERDRYR1RISOAENENLSNNGSWEDDOSIPPARNPTYVEHTSEyREMLCCDSAIOOOETNNNNTLIETITOHASORTWERNLN.OOSDOISLERLN,FSLEOCESRUATDRRHWSEERHTMDSEEAEUBENNTMURTTUSOIHSLRNEALYYGNICNYFIECOONOTESLUpNFPXR,EEOETSRRE,-AR--

1/0

BUS HIGH ENABLE: DURING Ty THE BUS HIGH ENABLE

SIGNAL (BHE) SHOULD BE USED TO ENABLE DATA ONTO

THE MOST SIGNIFICANT HALF OF THE DATA BUS, PINS

D15 - Dg

1/0

STATUS: FOR NDP DRIVEN BUS CYCLES, THESE STATUS

LINES ARE ENCODED AS FOLLOWS:

52

ST S

0 (LOW) X X UNUSED

1 (HIGH) 0 O UNUSED

1

1 READ MEMORY

4

---- O

1

0 WRITE MEMORY

1

1 PASSIVE

RQ/GTo RQ/GT]

STATUS IS DRIVEN ACTIVE DURING T4, REMAINS VALID DURING T1 AND T2, AND IS RETURNED TO THE PASSIVE STATE (1, 1, 1) DURING T3 OR DURING Ty WHEN READY IS HIGH

1/0

REQUEST/GRANT: THIS REQUEST/GRANT PIN IS USED BY

THE NPX TO GAIN CONTROL OF THE LOCAL BUS FROM THE

CPU FOR OPERAND TRANSFERS OR ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER

BUS MASTER. IT MUST BE CONNECTED TO ONE OF THE

TWO PROCESSOR REQUEST/GRANT PINS.

1/0

ARNEOQTUHEESRT/GLROACNATL: BUSTHIMSASTREERQUETOST/FGORRACNET THPEIN NDIPS UTOSEDREQBUYEST THE

LOCAL BUS. TIF THE NDP IS NOT IN CONTROL OF THE BUS

WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE THE REQUEST/GRANT SEQUENCE

IS PASSED THROUGH THE NDP ON THE RQ/GTg PIN ONE

CYCLE LATER. SUBSEQUENT GRANT AND RELEASE PULSES

ARE ALSO PASSED THROUGH THE NDP WITH A TWO AND ONE

CLOCK DELAY, RESPECTIVELY, FOR RESYNCHRONIZATION.

RQ/GT] HAS AN INTERNAL PULLUP RESISTOR, AND SO MAY

BE LEFT UNCONNECTED

dpTeasannaTe DIGITAHLOUSSYTSOTNE.MSTEOXIAVSISION

Al e

SHEET

15

IREV

T;

5-39

6.1

PIN DESCRIPTIONS: CONT

SYMBOL
QQss1o,
INT BUSY
READY RESET CLK vVee GND

TYPE

NAME AND FUNCTION

1

QS1, QSo: QS1 AND QSo PROVIDE THE NDP WITH STATUS TO ALLOW TRACKING OF THE CPU INSTRUCTION QUEUE

0 Qs(LOW)

Qs0o NO OPERATION

0

1 FIRST BYTE OF OP CODE FROM QUEUE

1 (HIGH) 0 EMPTY THE QUEUE

1

1 SUBSEQUENT BYTE FROM QUEUE

0

INTERRUPT: THIS LINE IS USED TO INDICATE THAT AN

UNMASKED EXCEPTION HAS OCCURRED DURING NUMERIC

INSTRUCTION EXECUTION WHEN NDP INTERRUPTS ARE

ENABLED. INT IS ACTIVE HIGH

0

BUSY: THIS SIGNAL INDICATES THAT THE NDP NEU IS

AATEIONCCXTTEIICTTVVUHHEEETEINCCUHGIAPNGSUTHE`IASL NOFUTTHEMESEATRNIECXPUICNINEMNPASTSTTIKOROENUDPCRTOIEIVSOXICNDE.CEPLTEIASORYNIETNDC.HBIRSUOSYNCBIUOZSNRAYNETEMICAOITISNEN.DS

1

READY: READY IS THE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FROM THE ADDRESSED

MEMORY DEVICE THAT IT WILL COMPLETE THE DATA TRANSFER.

THE RDY SIGNAL FROM MEMORY IS SYNCHRONIZED BY A CLOCK

GENERATOR TO FORM READY. THIS SIGNAL IS ACTIVE HIGH

1

RESET: RESET CAUSES THE PROCESSOR TO IMMEDIATELY

TERMINATE ITS PRESENT ACTIVITY. THE SIGNAL MUST BE

ACTIVE HIGH FOR AT LEAST FOUR CLOCK CYCLES. ,RESET

IS INTERNALLY SYNCHRONIZED

©

1

CLOCK: THE CLOCK PROVIDES THE BASIC TIMING FOR THE

PROCESSOR AND BUS CONTROLLER. IT IS ASYMMETRIC WITH

A 33% DUTY CYCLE TO PROVIDE OPTIMIZED INTERNAL TIMING

POWER: Ve IS THE 5 V POWER SUPPLY PIN

GROUND: GND ARE THE GROUND PINS

Ti-e2se.L

@ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

2221021

REV

ION I0IC TAnLO oUR s8T¥P o8NTO E,NR STeA DRINT VEIR BIOD N

A SHEET 16

5-40

1
B[

=e [ zes

_ [§L8n5lI0zL/a= 2z

:

ASSY AlddNS ¥3M0d

&

¢ [PNUIAsiNIeS

T

i

A9 Sivve

|

im0 w0 AT

I

[ 42-TSI6S65255272 AJlUTMM- MSOAAUI1N2G40A2 NAUw2Adl-oA!P1IceSLD.EIWw)nTNzTe 2=|3

=rrSSaeye]

FT29o6Wi6Lal] 303TNITNNi1Od90u5I12N0FILWGiI12AR3SN021G9Nv(WLF1lIQ 8VetIS-iW2N)LeIIrS[RTg]E]

NOILIISIO

ON L8V

TUNOLINAINSIH *FAASSSSYY AKlNdMSS I¥NINOOSS |

1000 -LEOS 222 2000-LE0ETZT

(741L2001) {D`bfgi\. [POt PO P]

e STx

=

=

-- w:" = 2 )

(el

T

(L802m w73 409 QINONIY W A03) § NILI

t PR X

=

2, 2,

FLCe S /

~==(E2e90 0ET a

N %o'T=o=vl=a0 r

9 oSs

Q-. QvsNOWLTsRS
Q.vIut )
aozuzBE

P2 e

[ ]

a3y 2{0)

»)

£

TIHOWIY

*§

WAL

ALRYTI `YMOT

¥OF WLIN

N3

S0

_ fl. otiT varart s<stis o ..e.l_T T rees2 T 2075 G | 3_ 10-221{ 905 | T

V= (12)2 58
yl

NI10D*)

wWw ¥'S2

eeomWaNiEC1sR3'es9Ce ||| mwmenwiwrzrwooosjsee1St0oO0

| soo1m3007| -NOKIGkAuNOlD -]

5-41

=

T2s,|

7F7u

g L

~f|T uSmwwRsS I707277T02I16112O1W9SvOwOwM"ZVn4SoNM1Ev Vs000Wn7i-alrSeANwTGlTiFiaVvTt?essoNoeWQs3eE0sTL2oUWLwu0TN0SoaeNmlDsB||

W 1 1X9

IR OW LN

T) AJH (I NIINAIGEIISISTRNT

/1)

S0 SymM
NE2I7N300G5YS(&(WD7)

146SoXOw30T?S9P20P9N702wEDY0 H5[.T(]1)

NTO EGILTvIw¢VASNSoTO9V-AQWANITN I12WUAaW_ITSLSLIaIigiM1PNIGH4NDI0LGNMNS3TO38INL3LTYOLTNNTAI)IViWNRLOS

(3]
[

M

daAnOeZrES xStau7NiOrUsISAdeO

(3]

NAfL

A

Qligvam

I38NIOLOSDNSW

JuCTR sam W

B

ASI? $1 YOURE OWN 10 : d7 RemW XUITTFS TN B

wigieo o

el [T)

wro;ro @ e (@

wwirr a v [E)

T8QLMI W DLIRI TL CUTRUINNRTNMe (B

§ WU DI

O TIOOWW

DI

IZ Al 77T 20000 (B]

1 s

Ly g o

[

s ousmv s53 [7)

CERSOD FIMESEPNNUTDUON

t

T T+ w7z

«

T

-

¥

-

T

~

V- (2w}tIs

NHLWILSOTI NN
&0

NTROT(3R 77;1 N 2CO0e5E L1U5TRY [ A1&]

17PN s asociys olima oo 0 2Rt

OMT ONY SwT 0L SE

e77P|

7¥ |gpyoL2ansaicsvQh-a0oy s;1M9,N|A

ddav]

JIV

NOiLadra?s xT

ANGT AFY

'

[ T usoezzz, ] |

2(-52-0)swm
S (I

4L i

I T R S B sT 30
W3

whaIwrvO`wi £0WvZ3_yQ3138044O000L97W7OeW3w8IQINlNiA1Wg5Y3wY0 ¥_ONwOYNavw6wa2TlglE

(5] (]

) JOISH INL x;u.:Oxx» SIwLE QI M

INOD SZUON

z

T

]

5-42

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223037-0001

W

ITEM. 0001 0002 0003

QUANTITY, 00001 .000 0000t.000 000901.000

0004 0005

00001.000 00001.000

0006 0007

00001.000 00000.500

0010

00004.000

0011

00004.000

0012

00003.000

0018 0020 0025

00002.000 00001.000 00000.000

00254

00258

0026

00001,000

0032

00092.000

0034 0035 0036 0038 0039

00003.000 00001 .000 00002.000 00001.000 0c001.000

0040 0041

00001.000 00000.167

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION ccoccssoovscsococecnes

POWER SUPPY ASSY-115V

ESTIC

COMPONENT,. DESC G ccR tccI ssovP ccrT osssI sscO csssN oncns UM

2223091-0001 2223025-0001 2223026-0001 2211949-0001 2221478-0005 2221479-0001 0418082-0001

PNWER SUPPLY, PEGASUS SEE TI- NRAWING

EA

CHASSIS ,POWER SUPPLY 1678-3025-903

EA

COVER,POWER SUPPLY 1678-3026-044

EA

SWITCH,ROCKER,DPST, 104,250V

SEE TI- DRAWING

RECEPVACLE+AC PDWER,UL/CSA/VDE APPROVED

SEE TI- DRAWING

AUX RECEPTACLE,POWER,SINE FLANGF MOUNTIN

SEE TUI- DRAWING

GROMMET, PLASTIC, FNGING

0972831-0004 0972684-0018

RIVET,1/8X.275, TUBULAR,STEFL,BLIND 019738-1821-0410 SCREW 8-32 X 3/8 THD FRM,SLOT HX WSR HD

01726A4~0011

SCREW, THREAD FORMING,6-32 X ,.375

1658-

=000

2232997-0001

WIRE, GROUND, LUGGED, GRN/YEL

SEE TI- DRAWING

2233003-0001

CABLE, POWER SUPPLY, TIPC

SEE T1- DRAWING

2223000-0001

PIWER SUPPLY, 115V

1254-1000-000

*MAY BE USED AS AN

1254-1000-000

*ALTFRNATE TO ITEM 1

1254-1000-000

2207869-0001

LABEL,WARMING HIGH VOLTAGF

A

1234-1869-000

0411115-0084

NUT,PLAIN 8-32 UNC-28 HEX CRES

EA

QPL

- M$35649-284

0411100-0072

LOCKWASHER #B, [NTERNAL TONTH CRES

EA

QrL

= M535333-72

2220354-0001

CARLE CLAMP 3M 348-4-1000

EA

0996810-0007

CAPACTTNR, 3900PF 400V DRALNR-SDPJ1 B40OVN

20%

CER,DIN

TYPE

A

2221327-0001

CORF,MAGNETIC,FERRITF

1293~

=000

EA

0972632-0001

STRAP,TIE DOWN,CABLE-NON-STD,0-1-1/4 D,

A

02421302499997--00. 000027

SQEPWIEILNRSE,UTLIA-TGI-ROAOD1NUR3N4AD9WS,ILNEGELVUIGNGGE,D,

GRN/YFL TEFLON #20

NATURAL

EA FT

5-43

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223037-0002

w

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00001.000

0005

00001.700

0006

00001.000

0007

00000.500

0010

00004.000

0011

¢0004.000

0012

00003.000

ools

00001.000

0020

00001.000

0025

00000.000

00254

00258

0026

¢oo001.000

0032

00002.000

0034

00003.000

0035

00001 .000

0036

00002.000

0038

00001.000

0039

00001.000

0040

00001.000

0041

00000.167

List of Materials

DESCRYPTION<ccosecsscsasosccncasesaconns POWER SUPPLY ASSY, INTERNATIONAL

COMPONENT.s DESCRIPTION:esessscsvssscccncscscccscescs UM

2223091-0001 2223025-0001 2223026-0001 2220637-0001 2221478-0005 2221479-0001 0418082-0001

POWER SUPPLY, PEGASUS

EA

SEE TI- OrAWING

CHASSIS,POWER SUPPLY

A

1678-3025-903

COVER,POWER SUPPLY

A

1678-3026-044

ROCKER SWITCH FOR EURNPFAN ASSEMBLIES

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

PECEPTACLAEC POWER,UL/CSA/VDE APPROVED

EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

AUX RFCEPTACLF,PNWER,SIDF FLANGE MOUNTIN FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

GROMMET, PLASTIC, EDGING

FT

0972831-0004 0972684-0018

RIVET91/8X.275, TUBULAR,STEEL +BLIND

EA

019738-1821-0410

SCREW 8-32 X 3/8 THD FRM,SLOT HX WSR HD

A

0972684-0011

SCREW, THREAD FORMING,6-32 X .375

FA

1658~

-000

2232997-0001

WIRE, GROUMD, LUGGED,y GRN/YEL

EA

SEE T1- DRAWING

2233003-0002

CABLE, POWER SUPPLY, TIPC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223000-0002

PONER SUPPLY-RPO

EA

1254-2000-000

*MAY RE USED AS AN

1254-2000-000

*ALTERNATE TO ITEM 1

1254-2000-000

"

2207869-0001

LABEL WARNING HIGH VNLTAGE

EA

1234-1869-000

0411115-0084

NUT ,PLAIN 8-32 UNC-2B HEX CRES

EA

QPL

- MS535649-284

-

0411100-0072

LNCKWASHER #8, INTERNAL TOOTH CRES

EA

QPL

- M$35333-72

2220354-0001

CARLE CLAMP

EA

IM 348-4-1000

0996810-0007

CAPACITNR,3909PF 400V 20% CFR,DIN TYPE

EA

DRALOR-50P J18400VN

2221321-0001

CORE,MAGNFTIC, FFRRITE

EA

1293-

=000

0972632-0001

STRAP,TIF DOWN,CABLE-MNON-STN,0-1-1/4 0.

EA

2232997-0002

WIRF, GROUND, LUGGEDs GRN/YEL

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

0410499-0007

INSULATINN SLEEVING, TEFLON #20 NATURAL

FT

QrL

-81349

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REYV

2223037-0003

W

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

0000t.000

0003

0000t.000

0004

00001.000

0005

00001 .000

0006

00001.000

0007

AR

0010

00004.000

oo11

00004.000

0012

0003.000

0013

00004.000

0014

00004.000

0018

00001.000

0020

00002.000

0021

00002.000

0025

00000.000

00254

00250 0026

00001 .00C

0027

07001.000

0032

00002.000

0033

00001.000

0034

00002.000

0035

0C001.000

List of Materials

DESC e eR sccI cvseP sovT ecccI cacO ccccN cncas IMACTIVE PER ECN 501607

COMPONFNT. o 2223091-0001 2223025-0001 2223026~0001 2211535-0001 0996260-0001 2229485-0001 041R082-0001

PESCRIPTIONccecccassocessossccsssasnasss

POWER SUPPLY, PEGASUS

SEF TT1- DRAWING

CHASSIS,POWFR SUPPLY

1678-2025-903

COVFR, POMER SUPPLY

1678-3026-044

SWITCH,DRPSO T,LCIK GHE TENR,1, 64, 250 V

SEE TI- DRAWING

RECEPTACLE,3~PIN AC PWR

scT

=FAC-301

RECEPTACLEAC POWER,FFMALE,3 PIN

=

e

=000

GROMMET, PLASTTIC, EDGING

0972831-0004 0972988-0041

RIVET,1/ TUB8ULX AR .yS2 TEE7L 5 , B, LIND 0197398-1821-0410 SCREW 8-32 X .250 PAN HEAD CRES

0972684-0011 0411101-0059 0416622-0024 2232997-000) 2232995-0002 2232996-0002 2223000-0003
2207R69-0001 2223088-0001 0411115-0064 2223048-0001 0411101-0058 2220354-0001

SCRENW, THREAD FORMING,6-32 X ,37%

1658-

=000

LOCKWASHER # 8 EXTERNAL TNNTH CRES

QrL

~ MS§3533%5-59

WASHER 48 FLAT

QPL

- ANS60CSL

WIRE, GROUND, LUGGED, GRN/YEL

SEE TI- DRAWING

WIRE, POWER, AC, GRY/YFL

SEF TI- DRAWING

WIRE, POWER, AC. GRY/BLK

SEE T1- DRAWING

PNWER SUPPLY-VDE

1254-3000-000

<

*MAY BE USED AS AN

1254-3000-000

-~

*ALTERNATE TO ITEM 1

1964-3000-000

LABEL,WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE

1234-1869-000

CABLE ASSY,PONER RCPT TO PR SUPPLY RD

i 000

NUT,PLATN 6-32 UNC~2B HEX CRFS

QPt.

- M$35649-264

CABLF ASSY,INT'L FAN CORD

wmm--m=see=(00

LNCKWASHFR #6 EXTERNAL TNOTH CRES

QPL

- M535335-58

CABLE CLAMP

3M 348-4-1000

UM EA EA EA FA A EA FY EA FA EA FA EA EA A EA EA
FA
EA EA EA A

5-45

List of Materials

12/714/83

PART NUMBER 2223037-8001

REV W

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

DPNOEWSECRRIPSTUIPOPNLY ooASvSoYveos=ne 15

vesssssavsses =STIC-SPARES

COMPONENT..

DESCRIPTINNcssecoceccssccocosnsncccccoss

2223037-0001

P1O6N6E9R-10S3U7P-PY000ASSY-115V DOMESTIC

UM EA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER 2223037-8002

REV W

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001,000

DESCRIPTION POWER SUPPLY

acAcSoSsYaca- ncBcP0sss-ssScPsAsReEcScscccosn

COMPNNENT..

DESCPIPTIONcscccsoanasvcccrccssasccsscnse

2223037-0002

P1O6W6E9R-20S3U7P-P0LY00 ASSY,INTFRNATIONAL

uv EA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER 2223037-8003

RFV W

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

DPOEWSFCRRIPSTUIPOPNL.Yc,VoDeEose-s~ ssSPsAsRcEsSssccancsosccscss

<

COMPONENT . . DESCRIPTIUN......-....-.....-....< ;:.....

2223037-0003

I1N6A6C9T-I3V0E37-P0E0R0 ECN 501607

-

UM EA

546

| Wy 2ze

1

<

T [T
C13o000o0o0s0,.9ee6cc0e§oz8i72r3s7
[9F100UT-t0O= ~Q0A0MCED-Wa EPAVL1LCE2MO2lE9R7T5Vb2M020)00E15NvTmMt5f&N)7r2a4or4Wp02Y [s3Y4sI72 SAOAlDOT4F1c1MG1O2o1£-4DL-s1I22P zCE0bo6, mR F'&3£(03AL04k8],

s
5

W

eSare

Gz
S s

G@o-g

TR wmn

areadeEe ey N I
v BN et SR) R01 se1etvy 1)
ORI FagBac 1M SLom ®

®
5-47

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223038-0C01

AC

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

0C001.000

0007

00001.000

0016

00003.000

0017

00003.0C0

0018

00002.000

0019

00004.000

0022

00002.000

0023

00008.000

0024

00001.000

0025

00001.000

0030

00002.000

0032

00001 .000

0033

00002.000

0034

00002.000

0035

00002.009

0037

00001.000

0038

000Nl .000

0039

00004.0C0

004"

00001 .000

0042

00001.000

0043

00003.000

0044

0¢005.000

0045

00002.000

0048

00001.000

List of Materials

DMAETSINCRIEPNTCILODNS.UcREo,sSvUcBeAvSeSsYscscossvassncnansne

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:cessvccsscecsccscssscsscanes uM

2223024-0001

CHASSIS, TERMINAL

EA

1678-3024-054

2223037-0001

POWER SUPPY ASSY-115V DOMESTIC

EA

1669-1037-000

2220632-0003

FAN, 115 VAC, 71 CFM, 13 W, TUBEAXTAL

A

0000-9009-000

2223003-0001

MOTHERBNARD - PEGASUS

EA

1254-3003-069

2211907-0005

SPAC¢E 31"R BOD, Y 4P NYLC ON,R HO, LF/#6 SCREW

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2220484-0001

SUPPORT ,PC BOARD, SELF-MOUNT

EA

= -

=000

2220487-0019

SPEE4D J-TNYPUEHT ITH T-NUT,2ZINC ELECTRO

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

0972684-0012

SCREW 6-32 X 1/2 THO SLOT HEX WASHER HO

A

0972969-0013

SCR,THREAD CUTT ING,PLAIN HEX WASHER HD

EA

0972684-0018

SCREW A=32 X 3/8 THD FRM,SLOT HX WSR HD

EA

2211896-0012

SCREW,HFX HD,SLF-LKG,ZINC PLD 32 X .375

FA

2210006-0003

ASSY,HEX NUT,LOCKWASHERS, B8-32

FA

092550-SEE DRAWING

0611100-C072

LNCKWASHER #8, INTFRNAL TODTH CRES

A

QreL

- M535333-72

2223080-0001

PLATE BLANK,EXTERNAL FLOPPY

EA

1678-3080-026

0972988-0014

SCREW 4-40 X .312 PAMN HEAD CRES

EA

0411104-0135

HASHER, LOCK-SPRING, HELICAL, #6 ?

EA

QPL

= M535338-115

0411027-0803

WASHER .125 X .250 X .022 FLAT CRES

A

2220556-0001

QeSLPEAKER-S,M8S15O7HM95-280W3ATT

-

EA

0972373-0001 0972802-0014 2223108-0001 2223092-0001

--0SRCCGFTF7mAAEUNAR8BAmDSLR5=TFD5TmE3IGMm--UAEFeCIA-SRDN=1-,SDE400SYRT1P,0A6,3EWS10LE2IP4OD-3NEWG6AE3KR2ME-IRMTO,DSITFLI,E6D-32,.41

L

FA A A EA

2211909-0003

PCB SPACER,NYLON, .50" BODY

EA

2220850-0001

GUIDEyNYLON,2.50° LONG,GRONVE MOUNTING

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2220956-0001

SPACFR NUT

A

2232335-0001

ROD,STIFFENER

EA

1678-2335-037

12/14/83

PART NUMBEPR

REV

2223038~0002

AC

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00001.000

0007

00001,000

0016

00003.000

0017

00003,000

0018

00002.000

0019

00004.000

0022

00002.000

0023°

00008.000

0024

00071.000

0025

00001.000

0030

00002.000

0032

00001 .000

0033

00002,000

0034

00002.000

0035

00002.000¢

0037

00001.000

0038

00001.,000

0039

00004.007

0041

00001.000

0042

00001.000

0043

00003,000

0044

00005.000

0045

0002.000

[+[o12:]

00001.000

0049

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTINNGcsvoevrsonsscvscocessscsssses MAIN FNCLNSURE SUNASSY-RPN

COMPONENTee DESCRIPTINMeccrccocscccccccncsssnnsascss UM

2223024-0001

CHASS IS, TCRMINAL

EA

1678-3024-054

2223037-0002

POMFR SUPPLY ASSY, INTERNAT[ONAL

FA

1669-2037-000

223232R-0001

FAN, TUBFAXTAL, 230V

FA

2223003-0001

MOTHERBMARD - PEGASUS

EA

1254-3003-069

2211907-000%

SPACoE 31 R *BO, NY,P MYLC ON,B HNy LE/#6 SCREW

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

22204R4-0001

SUPPORT,PC BNARD, SELF-MOUNT

EA

o =

-000

2220487-0019

SPEE4 D J=TNYPU E,MTTTH T~NUT,? INC ELECTRO

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

09726R4-0012

SCREW 6-32 X 1/2 THD SLOT HEX WASHER HD

FA

0972969-0013

SCR,THREAD CUTTING,PLATIN HEX WASHER HD

EA

0972684-0018

SCREW 8-32 X 3/8 THD FRM,SLOT HX WSR HD

EA

2211R96-0012

SCREW,HEX HDySLF-LKG, ZINC PLD 32 X .375

A

2210006-0003

ASSY JHEX NUT JLNCKWASHERS, A~-32

FA

092550-SEE DRAWING

0411100-0072

LOCKWASHFR #8, INTERNAL TOOTH CRFS

EA

. QrL

= M$35333-72

2273080-0001

PLATE ,ALANK,EXTERNAL FLNPPY,

A

1678-30R0-026

b

0972988-0014

SCREW 4-40 X .312 PAM HFAD CRES

S

EA

0411104-0135

WASHER, LOCK-SPRING, HELICAL, #é

EA

QPL

- M$35338-135

0411027-0803

WASHER 175 X .250 X ,022 FLAT CRES

FA

QrL

- MS15795-803

2220556-0001

SPFAKFRSo8 NHM 2 WATT

FA

SFE TI- DRAWING

0972373-0001

GUARN FAN

FA

RTN

~=4T6143

0972802-0014

FASTENFR ¢SPEED NUToSTL,6-32,.41 L

FA

078553-C10132-632

2223198-0001

CARLF ASSY,SPEAKER

FA

L, 000

2223092-00901

CARD GUIDE LOWFP-MNDIIFFD

FA

2211909-0003

PCA SPACER,NYLOM, .50" ANNY

Fa

?2220850-0001

GUIDE +NYLDNs2.50% LNNG,GROOVF MOUNTING

FA

SEE TUl- DRAWING

2220956-0001

SPACER HUT

FA

2232335-0001

RONGSTIFFENER

EA

1678-2335-037

0972632-0001

STRAP,TIF DOWN,CARLFE=NNN=-STN,0-1-1/4 D,

A

12714783 e g
PART NUMBER - REV 2223038-0003 - A AC

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

ooot 0003

00001.,000 E
00001.000

£ 0004

00001.000

0007

00901.000

0016

00003.000

o017

00003.000

oo1s

C0002.000

0019

00004.000

no22

00002.000

o023

00008,000

0024

00001.000

0025

00001,000

0030

00002,000

0032

00001.000

0033

0C002.000

0034

00002.000

0035

0Cc002.000

0037

00001.000

0038

00001.000

0039

00004.000

0041

00001.000

0042

0001.000

0043

00003.000

0044 0045

00005.000 00002.000

0048

00001.000

List of Materials

i
DESCRIPTIOMa0sevovcsessosvoscosccsasncss . MATM ENCLOSURE SUB ASSY-VDE

COMPDMFNT.. ODESCRIPTINONGssccsevcsossssssccccscacassss UM

2223024-0001

CHASSTS, TERMINAL

FA

1678-3024-054.

2223037-0002

POWER SUPPLY ASSY,TNTERNATICNAL

EA

1669-2037-000

2232328-0001

FAM, TUBFAXTIAL, 230V

EA

2223003-0091

MOTHERBOARD - PEGASUS

EA

1254-3003-069

2211907-0005

SPACER,PCB4.31NY"LBON0, OHNNLEY/,6 SCREW

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2220484-0001

SUPPORT,PC BOARD, SELF-MOUNT

EA

= =

=000

2220487-0019

SPEEy JD-TN YPU E,WTITH T-MUT,ZINC ELECTRD

EA

SEFE TI- DRAWING

0972684-0012

SCREW 6-32 X 1/2 THD SLOY HEX WASHFR HD

EA

0972969-C013

SCR,THREAD CUTT ING, PLAIN HEX WASHER HD

A

0972684-C018

SCREW 8-32 X 3/8 THD FRM,SLOT HX WSR HD

FA

2211896-0012

SCREW,HEX HDySLF-LKG,ZINC PLD 32 X .375

EA

2210006-0003

ASSY yHEX MUT,LOCKWASHFRS, B-32

EA

92550-SEE DRAWING

0411100-0072

LOCKWASHER #8, INTERMAL TOOTH CRES

EA

QrL

- M$35333-72

2223080-0001

PLATE+BLANK,EXTERNAL FLOPPY

EA

1678-30R0-026

0972988-0014

SCRFW 4-40 X .312 PAN HEAD CRES e

EA

0411104-0135

WASHER, LOCK-SPRING, HELICAL, #4

A

QPL

- M$35338-135

0411027-0803

HWASHER .12% X .250 X .022 FLAT CRES

EA

QPL

- MS15795-803

2220556-0001

SPEAKERS,8 OHM 2 WATT

EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

0972373-0001

GUARD FAN

Fa

RTM

-=-476143

0972802-0014

FASTENER ySPEED NUT,STL,6-32,.41 L

A

078553-C10132-632

2223108-0001

CARLE ASSY,SPEAKER

FA

--------- 000

22273092-0001

CARD GUIDF ,LOWER-MODIFIED

FA

2211909-0003

PCR SPACER,NYLO.N50," BNDY

FA

2220850-0001

GUIDE,NYLCN,2.50" LONG,GRONVE MOUNTING

EA

SEE T1- DRAWING

2220956-0001

SPACER MUT

FA

2232335-0001

RNDySTIFFENER 1678-2335-037

EA

' .73_ ] 6£0¢2ez_8999A 0[N 0[

N.

ZAEN3SSSNYSY903gdv0aAay

."

X

o Svaa e

=WOy,

4 |

7 s

=

_ __

i .
|

- & N(O»I-L8)OTS

© s3ovwe

B @

kuk\@@

:

\

[

oo

jA B

=

v

=

-- 7

a

-

--

s

5

:

]

1B

-

AT i

||;_M|_FNS|s ALTeD<3N'V.'8TuZ 1500)4Wu s5NwGeA-- ov2CmeAeeus]l

ONIXFIIVWGID(I2T8 SOONY= 2I8N6I/NV4Y0 WYAIYLW: 3F§IIWTYTX0THS)

ATEWHIaSISMY (240W223Wi)L

7U2Y8YTIC02D2vaYYyIvLM

HINOW
wuvw

[E]

¥

s

I

9

Q381238 $1 DNIGNNGES AN3WIINDT ONY ¥OLVYIIO

`IOWYNDSAT IL¥LSOYLIZTT WOLS FOVWKT 0L IV USTISNS ) WILl SINL INOILAVD

@

SM3IYOS
I

@ (zom p1528) wyE20 S
FSINL ¥`OOFsBOILIENOFYWOAHLIHLOINSASITYINTN SIUON

4

[

a8

v,

12714783

PARY MUMBER

REV

2223039-0001

A

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

90004.000

0004

00001.000

0005

00001.000

0006

AR

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.sooeaccscscosccscacccssccsne KEYBOARD, DOMESTIC

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIMN.ceccsvosccrcesssacsnccsssnas

2223006~9001 2207R20-0002 0972679-0016

KEYBOARD - PEGASUS 1254-3006-000 REZFL,KEYBOARD-P EGASUS 1255-4059-001 SCRFW #6-19 X 7/8 THREAD

FNRMING

2207822-0002 2223018-0001 0996943-0001

BASE,KEYBDARD-PEGASUS 1255-4058-001 PLATE,KEYBDARD 1255-3520-000 ° LABEL ySELF-ADHESIV.E6,56 X .25 1652-1274-000

uM A EA EA FA A EA

5-62

: - i

Wl

0%"0A¢SeSUeYeS,3WN.3C1ASA[Sooo

PIBLAW. IiS]v,eeny

o

L0 v

z
ks= BTg

S
USSR =

BkO

ST

AdNd2O4d\TS

A

OOR2EI

SI30M 50 3OOTLi0Vn3d - TDvN MI0KZE `1

w0yiF3niEygeonr!e; ATKXAVSSY WWIILGSLAET

CAT$N5O-G2) $OIO9N0O-Nv:iIIiOIaW3S)

T71U00V33ao33M-0- 096U00s6Oel2Euz2v22a221S 7300508227

brocae

-
:

£

¢ ATING 000~
(&V-o¥)Y 1Mwy

204>

@

o
S

868 3 5-53

@ =

L-¥! EHs

L_uxM w2 e &

e

57RIML371w-OQN°0J:IQI b1P71H+NENOSeO IImNON2ID22)1D:03)6N4XAO6oT%TMSWIWLCNILN7Io | 3

A211oTS0T0TV5F= 72-59g 19- UeM1[2TE2eWis1eAAnOLD§OAOLT|V(DL-W0TX ISL8,S253ToG1EiR 2LoWU9EeY1T 0rsN5Z,rYG73HkT74NEoG3GkZOF)((2B9Ni2R ))1@As371NT G13eU11W1r03WK3ar03G6c317X3Xbos1dNL32LI0vEr0S0,Nov95s%ogN2woNWWH1I4W1GInDwIi0ViTO3[[O[n[V(T1s<1T1(W)T101])1)]|,5

--e --

T o

NI IATY e

& 0 o Era

Ueee, |

1S-Q1 SHS IMVD SIiow

o i et @ WW 8M12BST8 40 XOVG IT

TNAN70H1¥T"5ISN3¥Y039I7N AN00W3IQTMI FY0O61V5`1SIGSNI1WSVIVIIQRWT9FIONTMTTIINI1%TIT2LTT5§O2I0LN2N7NYTLTMVN NTA3I9O3SNdIYTaI C0SvLeaTILviYxNmwvvvnwwe

[
([
|

TNW1U0WnI0Uo0IKNiNIsI-LHSIICTVI2LNWL)IIgY1OVIRIWdINIISICHa3M0d07T33& BS0OTTLLE5RT2Yw5W93a3@0Y3%71I0TW1D59lLNOA0F01R{ToW4NLWSGgNVGOIo@eHtLfUTc4AoI Yi INceL7T-e)9oY7m)W8rx

@
[ TJB--UT

iSO w v 7



{

v

438 %

A\

9 Mve3d8133S

WiWdSs 2O3NY UL9273 wTaLad93 WWIiVnIg P 2L3II0N20N3LIY&324Lw0 o6u13s

SIRIVWIM
$901d 10N

TVAIS3RVITu2WvIIAN6T2T1NU1iDL43WNIOTLLO23ILL0I0OyW76oI-1kHi3NIwO-i1MZU10dwW27iO02sSRs53MH4- OI0O[0LN2NLTDYL3MIOO51TNNW39INM20GO3QWJDuIHLnSS3SONSS3LY1

NIUN 03OoG N4yT WM e WF50 SNI TIoN

AkI eRtS OWAI5S0N 3 T(SgO FWILaT A1TIgGVPRte eLYAvLa2k3S yE¢

f

s

I

5

M ATELYRIYT Mady 034

VEIT

N s LINN3 T3 2738 4 W3

AT NGNS 2085QN Qlavi i NVG LeS tW7LSwLTV

[M)

a6m

FANE RN Al st e 0 e g

[B) 5]
[G) A

10D¥LSARLO36HITN3RLdIN0II,aN1MN1(3OvM0HO4aDN0WSaIWWJ3NaAWA¥GDL,LLI4IIESv NTNI5TLW0S1Aa43Gk dQ`YD4ADPUL2TV2GIIX3NSNYI31aWVS73EmN41Y0Y0Lve 9ONn3UMToHL3NhNIILYYv3AsMXDaYRWL

2

LT3 00N 1 WAL 40 Tavd 3 [

ORSD3B ISWUIMLO SSTINN SILON

T

¢

e

£8 % Fo91-t

-

Ha|LdTTaGaar72| |W78 J0O00N--5LO0SI22RX 2AANRT3N1AG17L005Wz,Ve0|

J

ey | VY]
A

ITVTOYV.Qx 2|

8T957- 0

T

|

liswis wns

@0Qe wrqow

v

0wn0ewUino didW2w, SSwka 5suS4go19a0L-IN0ewn,o1

INTT SMUIST L
2 MIA $31 0 B3 23 B/,AaNn/=w///w/fletvflmm 5

/

r

@

-~ o

P Pyo

-]

-
s |

X

.

-

4

Ll

I

il

&
~ @
o 5-54

A3

[

| ©.

fozr|

12GNOXe: TV
T2

SHSWToe)o12vr5vri1SvyI5eo38]| S| MEicAtsO3mLv0le i2sWsY8X Di1i70yO4Qo2m1wO0wNTiwiILno0viNeAcyTOloDeDamwAn!oIOPIMaVoS1GA 1AvN2IRRa#vOBWarOIdsiRASed1RIR Ie8(G1A8m2R90I5w3TOMwRiFI0sITTNn3rTbPGW1ei52NogorN0DiNnE0ns1ogtR||

e
[yl P 1y (]
¥ T

()
378Y)

g

4

c==s3

== rem

ww & TWERm S-oSL"~S|il}&

7 4 .

y 0

G

WMa BOLNAO3W

T p-- tB e+ Ts

|

S '

a

dm3i=AT 335 e

4

3) vy

Qe %

97D IIVAWILE wlIWAd

:

T

2.

osoeeze ANTD

SNOSIATY

T

©

BT

v

T

s

T

°

sefl] or

-

®

2

8

.

a rEs

s73v78 S\@F

4 o

vz @

(e1]

e 0coezzs. Pressla-wir e

o

4591 33LM108
a2

:

E@

--f

9-8 M3

m ®

= l@

|
33UJ.\MN J\M V -Nsfl(WM

5-55

TP P/e I

RAouones (0(.) T0020TTENT | |3V

N THPA) 2R27/ | qacos s nesewa oe marv ae |£Y]

@ 1 lel

\ A

!

\\3*--.

ol Tag \\\

A NMO Y A S(Y3N M TG I10150N 1S NWI? | HY
07 NO ¢t NGA NS 1D T 05121

TH | £F-0b D20QviByMl OANDEA 1D,

|--28)

£8-7-4 | £8-76 |

waai'y00%io 0imTo o oVaEnCv mRmu2auaSV|a srMoq7nn

|

av]

Arsaei

Nt

W3aR u2syC

4

3TY2M4w9It3AR02RI0AU3C 102F1id3T3av9vi9aes7

6D ]1 B

|

i 30

WOLIAN T 0

£

(o2 NS wiys. ANDD SIION



}

v

¥

-

o)

g-QINTLMNE-OJIr2LTaTnETS EX]

|

2

|

-

4 MIAA

[

9

]

L

e

5-56

[ = _o5oe=z2] |



CAINO

000 C2C

W{3WI2LT7L)SWWIILON1I)MNI)NINSTINYINIINeI4IVLOONANNVLLIAvOLN"LANIWSzNVLWCNWOFUIIWIBGuOYVSWDN4SOLISVW`R)1SW03I88ZC0TLH6CLE8IOFiIO0(0EALwLAEsIITHS1LOWS5JWI0I0ULLLLwSV9D3IeAOWT,UVIW"WOsN(ITL¥NJLIIiLXTtvNG 1LYRWaWWEMd03N .INWlL3W¥I¢VvNINY ClAIIIM0YgN5IUMILIM7YNMEWILTEDIMLIWTT3NT$El£aNSTOT3CvGe80aNEiavI0TdvddOS-WdvN0WaIIyLNiNwL3av2«dvIvLw73vwY2sU:0

(] B 3

(5-0IEHS WOoHS LNGY 15 ILONV

9

L

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223050-0001

AH

ITEM.

QUANTITY.,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00004.000

0004

00001.000

0006

000C1,000

0007

00000.000

00074

00078

0009

00001.000

0010

AR

0011

00001.000

0013

ocooz.00C

0014

00010.000

o017

00001.000

0020

00000.000

00204

00208

0025

00001.000

0029

00001.000

Q031

00001.000

0032

00001.000

0033

00001.000

0035

00004.000

0036

00001.000

0037

00001.000

0038

00001.000

0039

00001.000

0041

00001.000

0046

00001.000

0048

00001.000

0050

00001.000

List of Materials

DSYESSTCER'IPTAISOSNY-cSvTeAeNcNsAeRaDvacnansssscccsscccces

COMPONENT.o DESCRIPTINNecocesocsscscoscsccaccssnnacs UM

2223938-0001

MAIN EMCLOSURE,SUBASSY 1669-1038-000

A

2223029-0001

COVER, TERMINAL 1678-3029-999

EA

22213033-0001

PLATE QPTION RNARD

Ea

1678-3133-0%2

2223034-0001

INSFRT PLATE,FLOPPY

EA

1678-3134-0641

0996289-0001

CORD SET,3~-PIN PWR-DNYMESTYIC RLACK

EA

080126-0-7889-008-GY

0996289-0002

CORD SET,3-PIN PWR-DOMESTIC GRAY W/CLIP

EA

080126-0-7919-008-GY

*MAY BE USED AS AN

080126-0-7919-008-GY

*ALTERNATE TO ITEM 6.

080126-0-7919-008-GY

2223075-0001

LAREL,SFRIAL-950 TERM, STANDARD DOM

EA

1669-1075-000

0996943-0001

LABELySELF-ADHESIVE,.656 X .25

EA

1652-1274-000

2211919-0002

PLUG HOLE-1.563 DTA

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

09729848-0043

SCREW A-32 X ,375 PAN HEAD CRES

A

0972684-0011

SCRFW, THREAD FORMING,6-32 X .375

EA

1658~

=000

2229446~0001

DISK DRIVE ASSY,.FLOPPY,5.25 INCH

FA

1254~

=000

2223009-0001

ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER

EA

>

1254-1009-029

$THIS ITEM MAY BE SURSTI-

1254-3009-029

*TUTED FNR ITEM #S54

1254-3009-029

2223082-0001

INTERCONNECT DTAGRAM

EA

0972632-0001

STRAP,TIF NOWN,CABLE-NON-5TR,0-1-1/4 D,

A

2223076-0001 2223020-0001 2223090-0001 0972969-0010

--P1NSI1eCAN22RSmAM55EEEm55WRPNm--TLe,33AEm55F#Tm12R6SELO19=-W,N--=2IT0000T10P0C18R0HOX FEO1SPSFLTNGOINNTAGHLD

COMPUTER PL HFX WASHER

A EA EA FA

0972969-0009

SCREW,6-20 X 7/8 HEX WASHER HEAD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2232333-0001

LAREL,FCC-CLASS B

FA-

SEE TI- DRAWING

2269942-0001

LABEL UL

EA

2269943-0002

LARFL, CSA,LR49011,COLLEGF STATION

FA

SEE T1- ORAWING

2223097-0001

CABLE ASSY,MOTHEPBOARD TD FLOPPY

A

--o---w==-=-000

0999456-9701

MAN , IU TNFA ORML ATTON REQUFST FORM

A

1225-9456-000

2223203-0001

MAMUAL-GETTING STARTFD

EA

1212-3203-000

2223279-0001

CONF IGURATION,FLOPPY DISK DRIVES

A

1666-0000-000

5-57

12/14/83

List of Materials

PART NUMBER

REV

2223050.--0001

AH

NESCRIPTION ceseccovocccvessecnscanssncsnse " SYSTEM ASSY-STANNARD

ITEM, 0051

QUANTITY,

COMPOMEMT..

00001.000 ®2232983-0001

DESCRIPTION.csessocasesssssesasssncacsss LABEL,LOAD RATING,PROFESSTNNAL COMPUTFR

0052

OObOI.OOO' 2232338-0001

LARFL, PARALLEL PRINTFP

0054 0054A 00548 0056

0000: 1.,000 -
. -
s 00001.800

2223109-0001 0936667-0001

VIDED CRT CONTROLLER 1254-3100~060 #[TEM #2720 MAY BE USED AS AN 1254-3100-060 SALTERNATE FOR THIS PART 1254-3100-060 LAREL, IDEMTIFICATION PROF, COMPUTER

0057

00001.000 0532997-0019

BAG,POLY, 12 X 12 SEE TI- DRAWING

y UM
EA EA FA
FA FA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223050-0002

AH

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

©0001.000

0092

00001.000

0003

0¢005.000

0004

00002.000

0006

00001.000

0007

00000,000

00074

00070

0009

00001.000

0010

AR

0011

00001.000

0013

00002.900

0014

00007.000

0025

00001.000

0029

00001.,000

0031

00001.000

0032

90001.000

0033

00001.000

DESCRIPTION cesocnccsssscsvrasovscnsnccocos SYSTEM ASSY-BASIC

COMPONEN.T DESCRIPTINNccescoccscessovesscansosnsoss UM

2223038-0001 2223729-0001 2223033-0001 2223034-0001 0996289-0001 0996289-0002
2223075-0002 0996943-0001 2211919-0002 0972988-0043

MATN FNCLOSURE, SUBASSY

EA

1669-1038~000

COVER, TEPM INAL

EA

1678-3029-799

PLATE NPTION ROARD

EA

1678-3133-052 INSERT PLATE,FLOPPY

A

3

Ea

1678-3134-041

CNRD SET,3-PIN PWR-NDOMESTIC BLACK

EA

080126-0-7889-008-GY

-

cnPD SET,3-PIN PHR-DOMFSTIC GRAY W/CLTIP

EA

0R0126-0-7919-008-GY

*MAY BE USED AS AN

080126-0~7919-009-GY

*ALTERNATE TO {TEM 6.

080126-0-7919-008-GY

LABEL,SERIAL-950 TERMINAL,RASIC DOMESTIC EA

1669-2075-000

LABEL, SELF-ADHESIVE,.656 X .25

EA

1652-1274-000

PLUG,HOLE-1.563 DIA

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

SCREW 8-32 X .375 PAN HEAD CRES

A

0972684-0011

SCRFW, THREAD FORMING,6-32 X .375

FA

1658~

-000

2223082-0001

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM

EA

0972632-0001

STRAP,TIE NOWM,CABLE-NON-5TN,0-1~1/4 D,

EA

2223076-0001 2223020-0001

I1P1NA22NS55EE55LR--,T3355F21RS19OW--NI0T0T10C18H DPENING

EA EA

2223090-0001

N--A--M--E--P--L--A--TE,--0P0R0OFESSINNAL COMPUTER

FA

5-68

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223050-0002

AH

ITEM, 0035

QUANTITY, 00004.000

0036

00001.000

0037

00001.000

0038

00001.000

0039

00001.000

0041

00001.000

0046

00001.000

0048

00001.000

0051

00001.000

0052

00001.000

0056

00001.000

0057

00001.000

List of Materials

DSYESSTCERMIPTAISOSNY-«BsAcSeIsCeecacscscassasecnanonnes

COMPOMENT,. 0972969-0010 0972969-0009 2232333-0001 2269942-0001

DESCRIPTIONcecoaases

vecsvsssscssnes

SCREW #6-20 X 1 LG THD PL HEX WASHER

SCREW,6=-20 X 7/8 HEX SEF TI- DRAWING LABELFCC-CLASS 8 SEE TI- DRAWING LAREL UL

WASHER

HFAD

2269943-0002 2223097-0001 0929 56-9701 2223203-0001 2232933-0001 2232338-0001

LABEL, SEE T1-

CSDARA,WLIRN4G9011,COLLEGF

STATION

CABLE ASSY,MOTHERBNARD me--=esw-=-000

TO FLOPPY

MAN , IU NFOA RMAL TION REQUEST FORM

1225-9456~000

MANUAL-GETTING STARTED

1212-3203-000

LABEL,LOAD RATING,PRNFESSTNNAL CDMPUTER

LABEL, PARALLEL PRINTER

0936667-0001 0532997-0019

LABEL, IDENTIFICATION BAG,POLY, 12 X 12 SEE TI- DRAWING

PROF.

COMPUTER

UM FA EA EA FA EA FA FA EA A FA FA EA

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223050-0003

AH

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00004.000

0004

00001.000

0006

00001 .000

0007

00000.000

0007A

00078

0009

00001.000

00094

00098

0009¢C

0010

00011.000

0ot

00001.000

0ot3

00002,000

DESCRIPTIONessasess SYSTEMS ASSY STANDARD-

®ssssscccscccnses

320K

2

COMPONENT..

DESCRIPTINN.cceeoccsosccsssccacscscoveas

222303R-0001 2223029-9001 2223033~0001 2223034~0001 0996289-0001 0996289-0002
2275609-0004

MAIH ENCLOSURE, 1669-1038-000

SUBASSYTM

COVER, TERTM INAL

1678-3029-999

PLATF OPTION ROARD

1678-3133-052

INSERT PLATE,FLCPPY

1678-3134-04]

CORD SET,3-PIN PWR-DOMESTIC 080126-0-7839-008-GY

BLACK

CORD SET,3-PIN PWP-DNMESTIC GRAY W/CLIP

080126-0-7919-008-GY

*MAY RE USED AS AN

080126-0-7919-008-6Y

*ALTERNATE TO ITEM 6.

080126-0-7919-008-GY

10, SERTAL ND LAREL, RLANK, COLLEGE STA

*D=PROFESS IONAL COMP BASIC

*N=2223050-0003, A= 2.5

*V= 120, F=60, W=250

0996943-0001 2211919-0002 0972988-0043

L1A6B5F2L-y1S27E4L-F0-0A0DHESIVE,.6%6 X PLUG,HNLE-1.563 DIA SEE TI~ DRAWING SCREW 8-32 X .375 PAN HEAD

.2S CRES

UM A EA FA FA A EA
EA
EA Ea A

5-59

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223050-0003

AH

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0014 0017 0020 00204 00208 0025 0029 0031 0032 0033 0035 0036 0037 0038 0039 0041 0046 0048 0050 0051 0052 0053 0054 0054A 00548 0055 0056 0057

00010.000 00001.000 00000.000
REF 90001.000 00001 .000 00001.000 00001.000 00004.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 Q0001 .000 00001.000 00001.000
REF
£0001.000 00001 .000 00001.000 00001 .000
REF 00001.000 00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION cccosescscvsvssecscccsssccccs SYSTEMS ASSY STANDARD-320K COMPONFNT.. DESCRIPTION..cevcccccscsscrcvscccacaanes UM

09726R4-0011

SCREW, THREAD FORMING, 6-32 X .375

FA

1658~

-000

2220446-0002

DISK DRIVE ASSY,FLOPPY,5.2STNCH-DUAL HD

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223009-0001

ALPHA CRT CONTRNLLER

EA

1254-3009-029

*THIS ITEM MAY RF SUBSTI-

1254-3009-029

*TUTED FOR ITEM AS4

1254-3009-029

2223082-0001

INTFRCONNECT DUAGRAM

EA

0972632-0001

STRAP,TIE DOWN,CARLE-NON-STD,0-1~1/4 D,

FA

2223076-0001

INSERT SWITCH OPENING

EA

1255-3519-008

2223020-0001

PANEL,FRONT

EA

1255-3521-011

2223090-0001

NAMEPLATE yPROFESS TONAL COMPUTER

A

------- =-=-000

0972969-0010

SCREW #6-20 X 1 LG THD PL HFX WASHER

EA

0972969~-C009

SCREW,6-20 X T7/8 HEX WASHER HEAD

A

SEE TI~ DRAWING

2232333-0001

LABEL,FCC-CLASS B

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2269942-0001

LABEL ,UL

A

2269943-0002

LABFLy CSA,LR49011,COLLEGE STATION

EA

SEE TI1- DRAWING

?

2223097-0001

CABLE ASSY,MOTHERBOARD TO FLOPPY

EA

---------- 000

0999456-9701

MANUAL, INFORMATION REQUEST FORM

EA

1225-9456-000

2223203-0001

MANUAL-GETTING STARTED

EA

1212-3203-000

2223279-0001

CNNFIGURAY TON,FLOPPY DYISK DRIVES

EA

22329A%-0001

LABEL,LOAD RATING,PROFESSTINNAL COMPUTER

FA

2232338-0001

LABFL, PARALLEL PRINTFR

FA

2261914-9901

TI-MIX MFMBERSHIP FORM

EA

1261- REF-000

2223100-0001

VIDED CRT CONTROLLER

EA

1254-3100-060

*ITEM #20 MAY BE USED AS AN

1254-3100-060

*ALTFRNATE FOR THUS PART

1254-3100-060

2275610-0001

SPECIFICATINN, IDEMT SERIAL NN. LABEL

FaA

0936667-0001

LABFL,JDENTIFICATION PROF. COMPUTFR

EA

0532997-0019

BAG,POLY, 12 X 12

FA

SEF Ti- DRAWING

5-60

v WOIvOiTedy.

+

v

[-- PwRANSUOSlYAwoynNWd--3_--zA1uS_TSiNv--Sve]n--B-- eYe Ty T T

TeEEEEe EE i -

£948 wa-t

--

NOLLS 463

XO2E - IPNOLONUTINI® ASSY WIISAS

s

| %

==
e

5-61

g

--n

(L GIENSa

B
m.

220202SO"Hw0EAmkST tV0fl- !SR-RN7TIr ¥lSGru,<2r26] 'sEJ81¢1ero-0-OOVQe£35IW)1SV|DT 22)1S| 2o0aH3 0-TCesl SRl7VyoDey05 m2PVl1HaE3lLO3MeoSJTviOdywNWlD7OittINt/SW aAS1wSk0e i N bnvOS-9wOaI8tNt0i iOmO3rO¢oIM0r -(VPsSWBeAO'IpIiwe SSNAhlyeBH!?TcT2Cn ALcWLIELSoWOe NOLywI NvYReY)sVeZTes20WT-IW2||RGT5)VoMT

3 [E-oTenv w7 s5200 027 0L8/F QMY 970153 13GL2T L ITNNO.

l§«v (w1 INS

012dav-d -W1Y1|ST$E23e 0; 4Wwig07G0FOo0WGILySY

0W 00 T

G4NSeVeliOe-o0O

181

umnr

#3 QL
aaiwov0

vHcIaVvZo1a1 StLMnIOw iIYoYNnC0 NSOD(5S5T

@) )

Z

3.

k

w wr 0107F 5e0 S bS

oo noxdL

EB&

-

SNV A(1QD)S 1b41LEE3N13T0

ISoN110OHum NiIy nMwil`sGI03IuAnOdY3Ss (@

v

A

g

BZN

P LITRZ 10007 W TV

OIENDIY ONKINNOYD

e, = ) eSuosud [T

YIIOES * AIDNISSY M4 NO

7 OI200a7 (1] w| INAIT

FAUIENIE NIVLE NOILOVD

B

S

v

TRreTiEy e

-

'

I Telsaizee T 1



T

v

74!

- 65 WB 3LI) ASEY

NOIN(GYITLY2TMSGO NOLLYIOY

A8NOLLIAWYDIMAAUWIOIRLCIIVOIRJWIXMNOl NIOIRAZLVYSI,)

=

o

( 29 )

1) VIV 4 LI -- 7%

B

MG Q3avi ONY (LS W37 9vA A0

NI QIWAIVL 32 QXVNG Z5% ¥ O T Wit m

¥

°

T

°

==

& (LrONvE wiiy) SI30VTTIYN2L0IND NOLLNVIOTG

[B)

62 WIL2I24 HLwI¥Mg/OmJyUN1D2I0S® sava9NuMsaODeMNnSod3S3YoV1 ()

(¥ HIL) DMNIINDIL FEXIPE

VINNS ANONL SO CONNIO LBMYEY LINE

IO LSO (0 WII) BaVIS LNBEIN 4O 3OVS

B

CIEIBIE FOWIHID BEII JRION

{

<

i

o

~
5-62

I_|~iw._0nmmm I._o.._.w.@ ._d||!N_ Ty ......_
G-iws y
1 -- 3 SVD FIN SO 0LO

v e jfl
:

¥ 4 b uxm@

®

@

W

P
fl/

u N e

Lo ir |2s

R

oAw(F57Hv7 Oo20N5sBN@0eID) NWGonIIeOTOSvsLIHTSANd)

|

[0
av]

F I - sy | amsanc2i00o0°nF QusYwssuv

il
A OEt) g

5 8-65] $9-15F|

aQrWI1am0NiO0nLVvHiNa1Eus0NmnNAumYWam7dOI(Ny(O0VOeLIYbEsLRzSIi2IWeS3aNlsD]7

IVY
Al M

Taa2vDsstry B4-ug®tre

KARo SOHS@ v §1N7So) :a0Ng7:Ot S2I0A5TE

s o

L @\

@

P

£< m

©

sat

7

-

p

5

o

o3 =

.

~J

/@

(o 07G70d00v:w2: 200053 SUWNiLM221G2R5TMWOeA DW)id 9150§ 31WIL09Tv6Ee¥WL67oNWT1il0[0]0]

7vS7ro4rgw]

ot ey e g $6 777 | n- it weini 3N r6n68 oW3aLN0SscNW2|

Sénicy]

o RS

R R

2o]

Ty sert

N

7, o 2Trerm2ig]|2

<tEi-5y:-19|[Bfkrgirhoowme7 eiOs$3 TimoGAov"oiN wA3ava0cwa(e)3) 1ZK&)%t2pe12w 0TL5EMoND5 D

E

IO\ AR0W)E-I% 0SIYZA E 2Q1LEIJTi0ViZ1TNTV GQ7U7v0O5aW7NiVNLTNIEVNs-NNVNGEILM'NVIA107

2TTNV
$7E

OESLTLsDN3WT2MV0I8tJA;

v

T T Bl e soez T ]

' | | I | ! ' | |

'\

\

E

s

(r-9)cws

g

Le==1d"

B (

Gl

\

:

¥ O 1

'

T> pomomm e 1_

4I9VD

MMA

MOLINeOW

<

0

v

14010[882413y

v----

'

.

t9 o] 1

¥

R

.r

@

! ----

IR QY3N

5

20w -~

s

T

i /%4 °
Bl e

o

e i e]fff e [

_aw.

LEAMS

e e

°

[C i T " e w

i =

N VR

A

SISWNUIWS26 (&

53912 (@)

»

l

<

¢

% (%7)]
8
A
O

! o] i1sogeeze

{

z

51296/

|

=

e

6-63

v

«09(1&-A0M)2OwNs

8-8 M3

£

3(-F8v32av0:N1OI1LLIILvPI5SIS

A7

--r--

e 13IWS INIATIINF MIA MIA Jave T

SWNT.zvtl VY

KSUNACSONSaIe aTes Aw3s.ai de5IS0tS0I7NWIMDv7FI7O650LY2WWT2HIkCsRE4aoTTI2iaHKTm¢YaGvE63aOd9INw3DiG YrrORIvvQ-TwuSa3vidAwsvTTw

[3] ]

2@ NN

WS

35

L

IWTATI

Pt]2lWLL IOTNVLYOo3MWNIwATNViSOPVNJI3AATLILLNLLJYNuC1vxiBNseTIL4TTIVOPN2DDYTSYTIINbSYSNTNRVIEewIViRcLDsI2VMNL1I2wwPwAiN4v TgSTLITNNBsT2EaCNIvIwNT3Ny9TiInDvReLv.x

[BT#]X
]

3
=.Li



1

v

T

s

=TI

5

g 2Q+ NO1LLLT2IINSS

SISSwHI NIV

T

z

B X =_=
23

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223051-0001

AR

ITEM. 0001 0002 0003 0004 0006

QUANT {TY, 00001.000 00001.000 00004.000 00001.000 00001.000

0009 00094

00001,000

0009n 0009¢C 0010 ootl 0013

00011.000 00001 .000 00002.000

0014 cot? 0020 0020A

00010.000 00001.000 00000.000

00208

0025

REF

0029 0031 0032 0033 0035

00002.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 0C004.000

0036 0041 0046 0047 0048 0049 00494

00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 0C001.000 00000.000

List of Materials

DFSCRIPTION .cccccccsencsecccsassccascsns SYSTFM ASSY-TNT*L-320K

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIOM.secssseeecesoceneasssnseases UM

22222233003209-200> 000012 CO1MV6AET6NR9,-2E0NT3CE8LR-OM0SI0UM0RALE SURASSY-RPO

A £A

2223033-0001 2223034-0001 0996290-0001

111PCI666LNO77TASRT88REEDR---TS331E110OT332PP,439TLP---IAO009OTM459NER129-,WFBELNSOATPRPDY EURN-RT

ANGLE

PLUG

EA £A FA

2275609-0004 1D,SERTAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLEGF STA FA

*D=PROFESSIONAL COMP INT'L

*N=2223051-0001, A=1,.25

*V=240, F=50, W=250

0996943-0001

LABEL SELF-ASTD VE,H.E656 X .25

A

1652-1274-000

2211919-0002

PLUG,HOLF-1.%63 DIA

EA

SEE TI1- DRAWING

0972988-0043

SCREW 8-32 X .375 PAN HEAD CRES

EA

0972684-0011

SCREW, THREAD FNRMING,6-32 X ,375

EA

1658~

-000

2220446-0002

DISK DRIVF ASSY,FLOPPY,S5.2SINCH-DUAL HD

EA

SFE TI- DRAWING

2223009-0001

ALPHA CRT CONTROLLER

EA

>

1254-3009-029

*THIS ITEM MAY BE SUBSTI-

1254-3009-029

*TUTED FOR ITEM #54%

1254-3009-029

2223082-0001

INTERCONNFCT DIAGRAM

EA

0972632-0001

STRAP, TIF DOWN,CABLE-MCN-STD,0-1-1/4 0.

EA

2223076-0001

INSERT SWITCH OPENING

EA

1255-3519-008

2223020-0001

PANEL,FRONT

EA

1255-3521-011

2223070-0001

NAMEPLATE, PROFESS [DNAL COMPUTER

EA

~--=m--=-----=000

0972969-0010

SCREW #6-20 X 1 LG VYHD PL HEX WASHER

EA

0972969-0009

SCREW,6-20 X T7/8 HEX WASHER HEAD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

222309 7-0001

CABLE ASSY.MOTHFRRDARD TO FLOPPY

FA

i ------ 000

0999456-9701

MAM y IU NFOA RMAL TION REQUEST FORM

FA

1225-9456-000

2222574-0002

LABEL, CAUTION (BPO)

EA

0000-10100-000

2223203-0001

MANUAL-GETTING STARTED

EA

1212-3203~-000

0996694-0001

CABLE ASSY,PWR,ELEC {INTERNATIONAL}

A

080126-64-1-075

*THIS PART MAY BE USEDN AS

080126-64-1-075

5-65

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

22230510001

AB

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

00498

0050

RET

0051 0052 0054 0054A

00001.000 00001.000 00001,0C0

00548

0055

REF

0056

00001.000

0057

00001.009

List of Materials

DESCR e 0vI evvP scvsT csvI escO ssscN asa. cncse SYSTEM ASSY-INT'L-320K

COMPONENT., o NESCRIPTINNeeooeovseescccssncncccscnsese

2223279-0001

*AN ALTERNATE FOR ITEM & 0A0126-64-1-075 CNNFIGURATION,FLOPPY DISK

DRIVES

2232338-0001

LABFL, PARALLEL PRINTFR

2261914-9901 2223100-0001
2275610-0001

TI-MIX MEMBERSHIP FNPM 1261- REF-000 VIDEN CRT CONTROLLER 1254-3100-060 *ITFM #20 MAY BE USED AS AN 1254-3100~-060 *ALTERNATF FDR THIS PART 1254-3100-060 SPECIFICATION, IDENT SFRIAL NO.

LABEL

0936667-0001

LABEL, INENTIFICATION PROF, COMPUTER

0532997-0019

BAG,POLY, 12 X 12 SEE TI- DRAWING

UM
FA A EA £A
EA FA FA

5-66

W

22 /w1 |

1 - '

T T19l0£222, _ [89T 990[0
18YD ITISOOIHHLINTOEDO

v [orasan-is,..: ----

]

NOLRI530

FIOWN J5ver]

FNUId £ - §H3I7VII0N4LiNNOCD)_L1¥8DD SSNHNHIaVvIEDD |20|i0100-06-11990082222,.

--

TRS,AFILGEIUIRNS-NIgITSVSNTuVGVLSIWT

-- IIATITFTNTIIIOOCSNWIINNNOGGYTS 1d1¥YuTT_* WITI0MINGY_1n3

' SS§IIINHAHSIVVVEIIDDT 'SIIHAVED

|

1005
[/00F

T--79190900£EE22222,222

|300W 7190T22E

\ RS98
8
N.\Q R

=

= L

p

wen ' o Hom

S 2oW8oriT vevilyoesyonecA

< GSA|T9OaN[eeE[Iet V[VerI]N_ ]____1i0o100c00oG-- - 2I999000¢8¢,,.

alu[»[afa]xix]

1000-222¢

b=t Tl T

LHOIZH Pr1d :t 21 /

|

7=
Av_Ti.Or.Ns.IoTIoSn[ImaC.]glH_|

NuOe9Im7S1I5e947337=]

*

1932 1IN

T WEleiv3elenz avsiRy s
wigNWM¥1.>NM st nw2n0"0& |

I10 ||ew1w0»-[v=e2wXT0\I0`ELTT]N|w[ Meo.wNw|

% o
M e

ANOIFH W XVU 311 /

Qu3[|]|

gov9|[3[e][v]n[s|*w]|[9]

1r000000--ez9v00crzz2eze | Wvwo5vi|a [ 23]
77000000 --TtazvzEez2z2z2 || AdTseawc3asmSaV|R|)

8 B

ox~|

= o

[ ©

= @

Fom St Gom (=3 Saa ' | e
on

5-67

£3-91-2 | [$1xL901wV02M3001 0,AeN0 il 0 ISwWmt5w 1£2L1a40ut 07cM)erv e |

957

A SvTSiIoaAwToyson0A3Ty|y W

£8:21-0) | gy v

cvaathiagoy Y @

an Lol o Lio v Lootl ov Lolén o Lol o ¢ Lof o Leof 1 fd

:_

B[]

e

o

X

.

o

o

sen ein' f3 a0l 963

=3seoa sint .3

@ = =52

n m.

W

| 7£ oess-2:fepWkeAioLw2i0av01l50t0W5w010S110W0IVaGdSoVw~ImAaeITfY'2G5V22Q1AL0SWA8S9NS518v95QG9vaa0av5beeenMWwn1| y | §2)

W2

$IIWUE

5141

1@8)92012262922222WY $Nv PN4

-

¥3078

IR87M74m1AO31279000250A2Ww24120218099O0055L1Y2- 2tv1w301{0SNodW0m]

% 1o [raws]

17

YA

s0wTN6vIoVA31Is1T (28()0A@50T)$0Y3L3eOI9oIn/vZr5JOz5I5o10vs650awN30da-nSWIeSe( (1

i

---

--_-

----
-

--
e

F1005- WL 2-L150222

W]

Wa-e

4211 a0V
$¥M  LI 200K
AL o

2005~

a

|3

2008 WAV

21005N02

1110

19062=21W214 11(@) 1£3505006

W3

[T

Te raow]

e >

7m031F(I0@)55032a0vR4ovrazVse0isnT1 vwr [(1Tvg)

QIIVAGTM TN M1 VIKIY AT L`iviSa5a3cu0d4s4w wwev4e (B

393007

13-27

AINO (TN

AT82IWIWiStSY T1S900

()

30'S A TASSNN3A0SO AWTIUSBSM TNWIILDAAN(VA)N 0S°26 S2 ,D WOA W) A4TWSSIIVNSW40N[T

--_--

----

-

-

---

==

v

AER TV BANRDINBNNAaNn'LshA0SiR2I0n0o0g-we0) [

IHSOOLSVINWVIYHND_NIOJISOPGOULOWNELOI3VID~SIIDFOUIIONVJLNVAHVIIIILSIDIASODEMNNNWINSSIOSIHSISOIJ0YAVIVILSIVOLNSNNSIi¥SLfNNItLLGLINIIOINN3FINNONHOOINIIWLiOWOAI3OOUYaNYIIIvV

5

VHIIONOONV TvBa2iSNILOINV ¥33d003GISLsYIiIi5Iv0Od8NaI 3135OVNIVSxaeOw'v [B

OrCmary
t

va

IT oLY

A
moezez]

w
|

.

$39VId¥

--

----

- --

=5 { |fl

-

7

@

@

#3 OQNIVLVBIIIGONNON IIHVSIVSO NIILVuiTBLILOIVNadsYNsOIISoXIoIAuVZdWY (T]

£7 3¢ NS
0uvOR MOTI0 MLONIT OV wwirvw (B

3L 3A0GV 1n9IIN A9N5INOO38WOD1SWon0i¥xVvowP ()

`OAIDIAS FTWMBIHIO SSIIN SILON

L

[

8

5-68

o
g 1TFUW NDuANWi LIEg20DIovVWtil-NCOG0LQTL2L1ET1V9IA0S5TY0M520AN65

BN

TSI

AI AI

*DRAWING

N O

#** e

C C 2223061 =

* »--n » P P *
oo *
3=
* P *
e

0.23

-

--_--

0.5

e e e ee e e e

1.5

2.3

5.6 e ee
11.2

23 A T I B TEIE AN

300040 T 060 2536 963 3005 353600 3106 06 3000 20 3 5 9 4 496303 45 96 4
*

=aa=== MM MM
e MM MM MM MM

sazaaz=

==

i

0.010

o

----

i

0.02

e e eee

!

0.046

A e e e ee e

!

0.0%

e

e e e e e ee e e e e

!

0.22

+

------

-

!

0.44

e

-

m=s===
e --------
----------

IEEEEEREEREEREEEEEENEEEEENEEERESNESEEENE:E N® N X % X ¥ %k % ok %k ok k %k % Kk ¥ ok &k & & &k k & k& k¥ %k ok %k ¥ k& ok ok ok ¥k k&

3060 3332 I FE 62 I 636 I3 AT

I

ST

*## STEIXA-S MIENSTTRRUMIENCTS INCORPORATED

U6 345 B I I 336 B 26 S8 38 30 3B 66 38 3

A 3038 30 36 3 3 66 E 00 4 26

## T I TLGER!APHICCONCVRTERSCIOONNTROCLHLAERRT,

[MED *2

*353023 30
*
*#*

U336 I

36 #I *35 PT R3O5 I J66*D5 IAT38E63®*3 I

SCALE #*DRAMWING NO®REWV# 36 S TE 36 3 3 36 306 S 3 0 38 3 3 3 63 35 35 4 3 36 36 38 3435 38 36 44 26 36 4 3 34 3 46 6 40 3 3 226

*

N C

*

*

*

*

#*

*# 8755

#= 11/01/82 *»

NONE

**3H©EOET2223061 10F)]=»7 /R* =

*****{*****l'gii**l*l**&********l'**i******'l***{*f%#**!*i****i&i*il*&i*****&*i&*

5-69

12/14/83

List of Materials

PAPT NUMBER

REV

2223061-0001

R

NESCRIPTINNGceessseccvssvscnnccccscscnce GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLER

ITEM,

QUAMTITY.

COMPNINEMT., DESCRIPTINH.cvececscvrscescescccccssanses Ul

0002

REF

2223063-0001

DIAGRAM,LOGIC,GPAPHICS CRT CONTRNLLER

A

0007 00074 0007R 0007C 0021 00214 0022

00001.000 0972900-7138

NETWORK

SNT4LS138N

EA

TI

~SN74LS138N

u2é6

T!

=SN74LS138N

ITEM 33 (PN 2210653~0001)

T!

=SNT4LS138N

1S AN ACCPFPTARLFE SURSTITUTE

T

~SN74LS138N

00001.000 2210288-0022

HFADER ,1-FOW,22 CONTACTS, 100%TM CENTERS

EA

SFE TI- DRAWING

P4l

SEE TI- DRAWING

00004.000 0996341-0003

SPACER,PC BOARD,ZYTEL,NATURAL COLOR

FaA

0023 00234 0024

00001.000 2210057-0011

REF

0994396-9901

HEADER, STR. PIN, 22 POS

EA

007791--87215-7

P42

007791--87215-7

PROCENURE,SITF § DATF CODF SERIALIZATION EA

0027

REF

2223273-0001

SPECIFICATION,UNIT TEST-GRAPHICS CRY

FA

0028

AR

0411400-0024

WIRF, 24AWG ELECTRO TIN PLATEDN COPPER

FY

0033

00000,000 22106%13-0001

1C,L5138,3-T0-8 LINE DECONER

EA

V-LIST-LSI38 DBURN-IN

0033A

uz2é6

-

V-LIST-LS138 RURN-IN

00338

o

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 7

V-LIST-15138 BURN-IN

0999

00001.000 2223061-5001

GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLFR-AUTO TMSFRT

EA

1254-3061-012

9999

00001.0C0 0239999-9999

COST, SHRINKAGE

A

5-70

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-0002

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

0007 0007A

00001.000

00078

0007C

0021

00001.000

0021A

0022

00004.000

0023 00234

00001.000

0024

REF

0027

REF

0033 0033A

nN0000.000

00338

0999

00001.000

9999

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.ccosecosscsccccscsncacsacces GRAPHICS CRT CONTRMOLLER 3 PLANE

COMPONENT.s DESCRIPTIDN:evsccccsesscscscsvosssnscses UN

2223063-0001

DTAGRAM;LCGIC,GRAPHICS CRY CONTROLLFR

FA

0972900-7138

NETHWORK SNT4LS138N

£A

TI

~SN74LS138N

u26

Tt

~SNT4LS138N

ITEM 33 (PN 2210653-0001)

Tl

-SN74LS138N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

T1

=SNT4LS138N

2210288-0022

HEADER, 1-ROW,22 CONTACTS, .100" CENTERS

EA

SEE TI~ DRAWING

P4l

SEE TI- DRAWING

0996341-0003

SPACER,PC BOARD,ZYTEL,NATURAL COLOR

EA

2210057-0011 0994396-9901

HEADER, STR. PIN, 22 POS

EA

007791--87215-7

P42

007791~-87215-7

PROCEDURE,SITE & DATE CODE SERIALIZATION EA

2223273~0001

SPECIFICATIOUNN,TT TEST-GRAPHICS CRT

FA

2210653-9001
2223061-5002 0239999-9999

1C,L5138,3-T0-8 LINE DECODFR

EA

V-L1ST-15138 AURN-IN

uzé

V-LIST-LS138

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 7

n

V-LIST-LS138 BURN-IN

GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLER 3 PLANE-AUTO INS EA

1254-3063-032

COST, SHRINKAGE

-

EA

12714783

PART MUMBER

REV

2223061~-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0003

00004.000

J003A

0004

00006 .900

00044

00048

0004C

0005

00001.000

0005 A

GDREASPCHRIICPSTIO,CNRT ceCoOoNvTeRcOscLeLsF

ssecssscssssanse UTO INSERT

COMPONENTeo DESCRIPTIONcccoccnvsacasccsvaccnssvscnscss UM

2223062-0001

PWB ,GRAPHICS CRT CONTROLLFR

EA

SEE TI- NRAWING

222051 7-0002

TCy16KX4RIT RAM,330NSEC READ CYCLF TIME

EA

SEE TI~ DRAWING

u1,U2,U3,U%

SEE Tl- DRAWING

2220521-0001

IC, TTL SHIFT REGISTERS

FA

U13,U14.U15,U16,U17,U18

ITEM 31 (PN 2210669~0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

2223084-0001

GRAPHICS LOGIC ARRAY

£A

1254-0000-000

U4l

1254-0000-000

57

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0006

00006.000

00064

00068

0006C

0007

00001.000

0007A

00078

0007C

0008 00084

00003,000

00088

0008C

0009

00003.000

00094

00098

000%C

0010

00004.000

0010A

00108

0010¢C

0011

00002.000

00114

oolia

0011C

0012

00001.000

00124

00128

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cccesaccacssoncncsoscsccancs GRAPHICS CRT CNNTROLLFR-AUTO INSERT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:ccecscacsassssnsssscacncsnas

0996755-0001 0972900-7138 0801383-0001

ICySNT4LS245N BUS XCVR TRANS!TION

001295~SNT4LS245N

U19,U20,U21,U22,U23,U24

001295-5NT74L5245N

ITEM 32 (PN 2210695-0001}

001295-SN74LS245M

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SNT4L S245N

NFTHORK SN74LS138N

TI

-SN74LS1338M

uz2s

T1

=SNT4LS138N

ITEM 33 (PM 2210653-0001)

Tt

~SNT4LS138N

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

T

-SNT4LS138N

NETWORK SN74LS1SIN

u27,U28,U29

ITEM 34 (PN 2210658-0001)

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0996029~ 0001 0972900-7153 0996508-0001 0996420-0001

IC, SNT4LS273N OCTAL O-TYPF FLIP/FLOP

TI

=SNT4LS273N

U3o,Ull .32

TI

~SNT4LS273N

TTEM 35 (PN 2210702-0001)

Tt

~SNT4LS273M

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

T

-SNT4LS273N

NETHORK

SNT4LS153N

»

TI

=SNT4L5153N

u33,134,U35,U36

T

~SN74LS1532N

ITEM 36 (PN 2210659-0001)

T

~SN74LS153M

IS AN ACCFPTABLF SUBSTITUTF

T1

~SNT4LS153N

IC,T4LS393N DUAL RINARY COUNTER

001295-74LS393N

u3i7,u3s

001295-T4L5393N

ITEM 37 (PN 2210727-0001)

001295-74LS393N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-74L S39N

ICs SNT4LS373N

001295-SNT4LS3TIN

Use2

001295-SN74LS373N

ITEM 38 (PN 2210720-0001}

001295-SNT4LS3T3N

UM EA EA EA EA EA EA A

572

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0012C

0013

00001.000

00134

oo138

0013¢

0014

00001.000

00144

00148

0014C

0015

00001.000

00154

00158

0015¢C

0016

00001.000

00164

0017

00004,000

00174

0018

00001.000

00184

0019

00019.000

00194

00198

0019¢

0020

00020.000

00204

00208

0020C

0025

00001.000

00254

0026

00000.000

0026A

List of Materials

DESCRIPTINNe cocane

esesssncesecsscse

GRAPHICS,CRT CAHTROLLER~-AUTD TNSERY

COMPONENT,. 0219402-7174%
0972669-0001
0219402-7400
0972784-0002 0972946-0081
0972924-0018 0972763-0013
0972763-0025
0972946-0027 2220517-0001

DESCRIPTINN.ucccsconcoccacasocsccnsoonce UM

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SNT4L S373N

NETHWORK SNT4S1 74N

EA

Ti-

~SN76S174N

U43

TI-

~SNT4S174N

ITEM 39 (PN 2210763-0001}

Ti-

-SN74S174N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

TI-

~SNTASIT4N

NETHWORK+ SNT4LS163N

EA

U40

ITEM 40 (PN 2210667-0001)

TS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

NETWORK SNT4SOON

FA

Us4

ITEM 41 (PN 2210735-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

NETWORK SNT&LS14N

EA

uss

4

RRRROOLEHMSyR2F,IRX-=3~ ,R4RR--.422T55K

OHM

5 % .25
n~

W CARBON

FILN

FA

CAP FIX TANT SOLID 6.8 MFD 10 2 35 VMT EA

QPL

-M39003/1-2304¢

cl

QPL

-M39003/1-2304

CAP,FIXED .OLOUF 50 VOLTS

EA

004222-MC10SE103Z

C24C3,C4,C54C6,C7+C8,C9,C10

004222-MC1051032

11,C12,C13,C14,C15,C16,C17

004222-MC105E1032

18,C19,C20

004222-MC105E103Z

CAPACITOR,,10UF 50V FX,CERAMIC DIEL

FA

COR CA-CO3Z5UL04Z050A

21,22,023,C244C25,C26,4C27

COR CA-C0O3I5U1042050A

284C29,C30,C31,32,C33,C34

COR CA-CO3Z5U1042050A

35,C36,C37,C38,C39,C40

COR CA-CO32Z5UL042050A

RES FIX 27.0 OHM S ¥ .25 W.CAPBON FILM

A

ROH

= R=2%

RS .

ROH

- R-25

IC+16K X 4=-RIT,RAM,26NNSEC READ CYCLF T

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

*THIS ITEM MAY BE USED AS

SEE TI- DRAWING

5-73

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

00268

0030

00001.000

00304

00308

0030C

0031

00000.000

00314

00318

0032

00000.000

00324

00328

0033

00000.000

0033a

00338

0034

00000.000

00344

00348

0035

00000,000

00354

00358

0036

00000.000

00364

00368

0037

00000.000

0037A

00378

0018

00000,000

00384

00388

0039

00000.000

00394

List of Materials

NESCRIPTINNceoesccosensssosscncsscsssannns GRAPHICS,CRT CNANTRNLLER-AUTO INSERT

COMPONFNT.. DESCRIPTIDN.ucevcooosscssasrcvccsccscsnse UM

*AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 3,

SCE TI- DRAWING

0219402-T163

NETWORK, SN74S163N

Fa

U39

ITEM 43 (PN 2210761-0001)

`IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

2210669-0001 2210695-0001 2210653-0001 2210658~-0001 2210702-0001 2210659-0001 2210727-0001 2210720-0001 2210763~-0001

IC,L5166,8-81T PARALLFL/SERTAL INPUT

EA

V=L 1ST-LS166 BURN-IN

ut3,ul4.U15,Ut6,U17,Ul8

V-LIST-LS166 RURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR TTVEM 4

V-LTST-L 5166 PRURN-IN

1C,15245,NCTAL BUS,XCIVER,3ST.OUTPUT

FA

V=LIST-LS245 BURN-TN

ul9,u20,U21,U22,023,U26

V-LIST-1S245 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 6

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

1C,15138,3-T0-8 LINE DFCONER

EA

V-L1ST-LS138 BUPN-IN

u2s

V-LIST-LS138 BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM T

V-LIST-LS138 RURN-IN

IC,LS151,1-0F-8 NDATA SELECTOR/MULTIPLEXF FEA

uV2-7L,I0S2T-8L,SU12591

BURN-IN <

3

V~LIST-LS151 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 8

~

V-LIST-LS151 BURN-IN

ICsLS273,CCTAL, N-FLIP-FLOP W/COM CLONCK

A

V-LIST-15273 BURN-IN

U3o,u3l,uU32

V-L1ST-15273 BURN~IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 9

V-LTST-LS273 BURN-IN

ICyLS153,DUAL 4-LINE TO 1-L DATA SFEL/MPX FA

V-LIST-LS153 BURN-IN

U32,U34,U35,U36

V=LIST-LSI53 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFH 10

V-LIST-LS153 BURM-TIN

IC,LS393,DUAL,4-BIT BINARY COUNTFR

EA

V-LIST=L5393 BURN-IN

u3rT,u3s

V=L IST-LS393 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 11

V-LTIST-1L5393 BURM-IN

1C,L5373,0CTAL D-TYPE LATCHES

EA

V=LIST-LS373 BURN-IN

Va2

V-LIST-LS373 AURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 12

V-LIST-LS373 BURN-IN

ICyS174,HEX,FLIP-FLSTONPG,LE RAIL OUTPUT FA

V-L15T=S5174 BURN-IN

U4l

V=LIST-S174 BURN-IN

5-74

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-5001

R

ITEM. 00398

QUANTITY.

0040

00000.000

0040A

00408

0041

00000,000

00414

0041R

0043 0043A

00007.000

00438

12/14/83

PART HUNMBER

REV

2223061-5002

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.Cc0C

0003

00012.000

0003A

00038

0004

00006.000

00044

00040

0004C

0005

00001.000

00054

0006

00006.000

0006A

00068

0006¢C

0007

00001.000

00074

00078

0007C

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION eoccasoscenscssscssencannsnas GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLER~-AUTN INSERT

COMPNNEMN.T & 2210667-0001 2210735-0001 2210761-0001

OESCRIPTIONcccececsossacoscascsosncaanece SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 13 V=-LIST-S174 BURN-TN IC,LS163,SYNC 4-BIT BINARY CNT,SYNC CLR V-LIST-L5163 AURN-IN us0 V=-LTST-LS5163 BURN-IN SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 14 V=-LTIST-LS 163 BURN-IN 1C, SO0, QUAD, 2-INPUT NAND V-LIST-S00 BURN-IN Uss V=LTST-S00 BURN-IN SUBSTITUTE FDR ITEM 15 V-LTST-S00 BURN-IN 1C¢ 5163+ SYNCHRONOUS 4-BIT CNUNTER V=L IST-5163 BURN-IN U39 V-LIST-5163 BURN-IN SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 30 V-LIST-5163 BURN-IN

UM EA EA EA

DESCRIPTINON. ccecssocovsnsnse

seoves

GRAPHICS ,CRT CONTROLLER 3 PLAME-AUTD INS

COMPOINENT.. NESC c eR esocI escP ccaT ssccI cscO cccsN snces UM

2223062~0001

PWB,GRAPHICS CRT CONTROLLER

EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

2220517-0002

1Cs 16KX4BIT RAM,330NSEC REAQ CYCLE TIMF

EA

7

SEE T1- DRAWING

i

U1, U2,U3,U4,US,U6,U7,U8,U9,

SEE TI- DRAWING

u10.U1,U12

~

SEF TI- DRAWING

2220521-0001

IC,TTL SHIFT REGISTERS

FA

U13,U14,U15,U16,U17,UL8

ITFM 31 (PN 2210669-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

2223084-0001

GRAPHICS LOGIC ARRAY

EA

1254-0000-000

Usl

1254-0000-000

0996755-0001

IC, SN74LS245N BUS XCVR TRANSITION

FA

001295-SNT4LS245N

u19,U20,U21,U22,U23,U24

001295~-SNT4LS245N

ITEM 32 (PN 2210695-00013

001295-SNT4LS245N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

001295-SNT74LS245N

0972900-7118

NETHNRK SNT4LS138N

EA

T1

~SNT4LS138N

U2s

TIITEM 33-SN(7PN4L52123180N653-0001)

T1

~SNT4LS138N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

T1

-SNT4LS138N

5-75

12714/ 83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-5002

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0008

00003.000

00084

0008a

0008cC

0009 00094

00003.000

00098

0009¢C

0010

00004, 000

00104

00108

0010C

0011

00002,000

00114

00118

oolLicC

0012

00001.000

00124

00128

0012C

0013 00134

00001.000

00138

0013C

0014

oco0l.000

0014A

00148

0014C

0015

00001.000

0015A

00158

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONecevecacaccsoenscsoenasccnsass GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLER 3 PLANE-AUTO INS

CNMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION ceccecscacossovcasescscosescne

0801383-0001

NETWORK SNT4LS1S51IN

u27,128,U29

ITEM 34 (PN 2219658-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

£

0996029-0001 0972900-7153 0996508-0001 0996420-0001 0219402-7174 0972669-0001
0219402-7400

IC, SNT4LS273N OCTAL D-TYPE FLIP/FLOP

Tl

=SN74LS273N

U30,U3l,.u32

T

=SNT4LS273N

ITEM 35 (PN 2210702-0001)

T

=SNT4LS?73N

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

TI

~SN74LS273N

NETWORK SNT4LS153N

Tt

~SNT4LS1S3N

U33,u34,U3sU,6

T

=SN74LS153N

ITEM 36 (PN 2210659-0001)

TI

~SNT4LS153N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

T1

~SNT4LS153N

IC» 74LS393N DUAL BINARY COUNTER

001295-74L5392N

u37,u3s

001295-74L.5393N

ITEM 37 {PN 2210727-0001)

001295-74L5393N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-74LS393N

I1Cs SNT4LSITIN

001295-SN74L.S3T3N

u42

001295-SNT74LSITIN

ITEM 38 (PN 2210720-0001) 001295-SHN74LS373N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SN74LS3TIN

NETWORK SNT4S1T4N

TI-

-SN74S174N

U4

TI-

=SNT4S1T4N

{TEM 32 (PN 2210763-0001)

TI-

=SN745174N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

TI-

=SMNT74S174N

NETHWORK , SNT74LS1 62N

u40

ITEM 40 (PN 2210667-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

NETWORK SNT4SOON

Uss

TTEM 41 (PN 2210735-0001)

UM EA A EA EA EA EA EA
EA

5-76

12714783

PART MUMBER

REV

22230615002

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0015C 0016 Q0164 0017 00174

00001.000 00004,000

0018 0o018a

00001.000

0019 00194 00198

00019.000

0019C

0020 0020A 00208 0020C 0025 00254A 0026 0026A 00268

00020.000
00001.000 00000.000

0030

00001.000

0030A 0030Rn n930C 0031 00314

00000.000

00318

0032 00324

00000.000

00328 0033

0C000.000

List of Materials

&

GDREASPCHRIICPST,ICORNT.ceCeOsNvTsROsLeLcEcRosn3csPvLoAcNcEn-nAsUsTnDscsIsMS COMPONENT.,o DESCRIPTIONeoessecsscccsocascccoscnssnne UM

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0972784-0002

NETWIRK SNT4LS14N

EA

U4s

0972946-0081 0972924-0018 0972763-0013
0972763-002%
09729460027 2220517-0001 0219402-7163

RFS FIX 4,7K OHM S T .25 W CAPBON FILM

ROH

- R-25

FA

R1,R24R3,4R%

ROH

- R-2S

CAP FIX TANT SOLIO 6.R MFD 10 % 35 VOLT A

QL

-M39003/1-2304

cl

QPL

-M39003/1-2304

CAP,FIXED .O10UF SO VOLTS 004222-MC105E1032

EA

2yC34C4,C5,C6,C7,CA,C9,C10

004222-MC105E1037

C11,C12,C13,C14,C15,C16,C17

004222-MC1051037

c18,C19,C20

004222-MC105E103Z

CAPACITOR, ,10UF S0V FX,CERAMIC DIFL

EA-

COR CA-CO3Z5U1042050A

21,C22,C23,C24,025,C26,C27 COR CA-C0325U1042050A

28,29,C30,C31,32,C33,C34

COR CA-C0325U1047050A

35,C36,C37,C38,C39,C40

4

COR CA-CO03Z5U10420504

RES FIX 27.0 OHM S % .25 W.CAPSON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-2S

R5

=

ROH

- R=-25

I1Cs 16K X 4-RIT,RAM, 2600NSEC READ CYCLE T

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

*THTS ITEM MAY BF USED AS

SEE TI- DRAWING *AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 3,

SFE TI- DRAWING

NETWORK, SNT4S5163N

A

u3e

ITEM 43 {PN 2210761-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLFE SURSTITUTE

2210669-0001

IC41LS166,8-BIT PARALLFL/SFERIAL IMNPUT

FA

V-LTIST-LS166 BURN~-IN

U13,U14,U15,U16,U17,U18

V-LIST-LS166 BURN-TIN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM &

V-LTST-LS166 BURN-IN

E

2210695-0001

IC,15245,0CTAL BUS, XCTVFR, 3ST.OUTPUT

EA

V-LIST~1L5245 BURN-IN

U19,U20,U21,U22,U23,U24

V-LIST-L5245 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 6

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

2210653-0001

1C,LS138,3-T0-8 LINF DECODER

FA

V-LIST-LS138 BURN-IN

5-77

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223061-5002

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

00334

00338

0034

00C00.000

00344

00340

0035

00000.000

00354

00358

0036

00000.000

0036A

00368

0037

C0000.000

0037A

00378

0038

97020.0090

00384

0038A

0039

00000.000

00394

0039R

0040

00000.000

00404

00408

0041

00000.000

00414

00418

0043 00434

00000.000

00438

List of Materials

OESCRIPTINN cecoeoectoansscoconssns cee GRAPHICS CRT CONTRNLLER 3 PLANE-AUTA INS

COMPONENT. DESCRIPTIONcececcecssaccsscsccccsasances UM

uz2s

V-LIST-LS138 AURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 7

V-LIST-LS138 BURN-TIN

2210658-0001

IC,LS151,1-0F-8 DATA SELFCTOR/MULTIPLEXF EA

V-LIST-LS151 BURN-IN

u27,U28,U29

V-LIST-L5151 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR [TFM 8

V-LIST-LS151 BURN-IN

2210702-0001

IC,LS273,0CTAL,,D~-FLIP-FLOP W/COM CLOCK

EA

V-LIST-LS273 BURN-IN

u3o0,uU3t,u32

V-LIST-LS273 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 9

V-LIST-L5273 BURN-IN

2210659-0001

IC4LS153,DUAL 4-LINE TO 1-L DAYA SEL/MPX EA

V-LIST-LS153 BURN-IN

U33,U34,U035,U36

V-LIST-15153 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 10

V-LIST-LS153 BURN-TN

22107271-0001

1C,1S393,NUAL,4-RTT BTNARY CNUNTER

FA

V=LIST-LS$393 AURN-IN

s U3aT,u3s

V-=1.1ST-15393 BURN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITFM 11

V-LIST-LS393 BURN-IN

2210720-0001

IC,1.S373,0CTAL D-TYPE LATCHES 4

EA

V-LIST-LS373 A!URN-IN

u42

V-LTIST-LS373 BURMN-TIN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 12

=

V-LIST-LS373 BURN-IN

2210763-00C1

TCyS174,HEX,FLIP-FLSTONPG,LE RAIL OUTPUT FA

V-LIST-5174 SURN-IN

U4l

V=L TIST-S174 BURN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 13

V-LIST-S174 BURN-IN

2210667-0001

IC+LS163,SYNC 4~-BIT BINARY CNT,SYNC CLR

EA

V-LIST-LS163 RURN-TN

us0

V-LIST-LS163 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 14

V-LIST-LS163 BURN-IN

2210735-0001

1Cy SO0 ,QUAD,2-TNPIT NAMND

FA

V-LIST-S00 BURN-IN

Uas

V-LIST-500 BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 1S

V=LIST-S00 BURNM-INM

2210761-0001

TCyS163,SYNCHRONAUS 4~BIT CNUNTER

EA

V-LIST-S163 BURN-IN

U39

V-LIST-S163 BURN-IN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 31

V-LIS5T-5163 BURN-IN

5-78

i

12/14/83

P2A2R2T306N1U-MB8E0R01

REVR

ITEN,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

List of Materials

GD RAPE HICS S,CRC T eR COoNeI TvRoOoP LsLeEcRT onn-I csSsPsN AsRsEsSN nsnG ascns

COMPONENToo DESCRIPTINN.ccaesccecoscccvcasssoccaccce UM

2223061-0001

GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLER 1254-3060-016

EA

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

222306 1-8002

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

DESCRIPTINNccesesssccsscocoscen GRAPHICS,CRT CONTROLLER 3 PLANE

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.csecvecosocccassoscosssnscass

2223061-0002

GRAPHICS ,CRT 1254-3062-032

CONTROLLFR

3 PLAMF

UM FA

579

Nid
v MUK

| w177 gLI_T_

5-80

i a 2
o
1

12 316(B28S-E0e3n3S5 ~,

(2-5)oHS

Lr 3Ca5VwOEA3I3NE ~

(4@ prs

5%

#¢ A0

316vL 33§ T3VTIVAPS

5

AN

s,

Y9 35w0-tnn3s75
SNDAIINNCD ONIOYD T

N

25 -

Y

NG » ON.IwOqTuzvu} 1\OII3an5ds5O /

.\\yw(u-r8.}\ 12H55S

4na1

FINCISE

I ------

PN [

_

(ee o bt i

[==--= --

i

$$N8 ¢ NFOII(E@Sb-NL0F)IE3XN3TS5
$r tanL i

433® 73389(5L-vNGO)LII3hG5$O5

Vi

ALIOoVS F7(Ta8Yv-Ne0Y)I63In3Ns5 (0-0) pus

\

A06tS 3I6W¥O1NEIL3X5T8

.|.|:.v:a. 0 Fievt

T te-wiimns 9 T 2OIHrNvGIsEoDs
(Hi F) 1 10icind e &

3ievsT i

t--er--~{ [

4 )
1
------]

fcoseee JUVOgYIHLION

" =T3ae
/

n
a3l
wa
c 1 --]

{£-D) INS
/ 423128 & 30_0331871 v3s2(@W-3VO23y8 1 3N3S5 wozazsI w7o2ns
(G-' oQHE vz IICVL 238 WYY NOISHYIYY

__\_
/ \\

N
ISLPeDIQ2IQFIR 5TS

Us
0T

233 *3-3

(o-v)ins » a0z
FSEV IISSAT4WA3S31G(3N§5E13-I76ND1L13T JPSANTEY5-HDO3R4I1OD1L5F-N04O10D3D) 134N 97030003997 sSnwcGeyd >x8v || p§r:95--c5e73||

T Seri
223]3
T1e-9c5itnwsoTMwe1WsWo3Ai7:v0Qwc\iy-"]
z are(vLs2} 3H3S5 WCr2327 /07CSY]

1

|ShELTirasenp73o A 3o30reSNTene¥oIr.aosJo3M

[(V7
|



I

v

¥

s

I

s

azav3es ngofluE

I

<

8

v

v ¢

s1 e(13 T23H5S
NOILYOREIINDD YN 22 ATING ONY S43YOSY N,

5-81

e

 I eSuIinmessnaTedW K3T57l07

v

v_(e-

ey 335

-

60222

2

PG

M TIP3S5 W

advog wWwod

--

le--

5

27|32273||| T 1t2a537v26e6l6-e53#s8565

e v 5 `

W024N0&3>37(S6$2w-i0M3dET3n3aS5D -,\ i, 3

SSIBo1COY37S(0IU2N6SY3E345D8

2

S
Rl

oaSi7res e|55O:02r07W.EAF | @ 1410144

=

(242 M St 3%

=

3,

----T-- oa

Zog

&<2

190e222
aQyv08 SOIHJYYI

a

a

TTFTzzoreee T

T

I

v

T

:

s

_

.. S -\
;. ceeEe22 e e |vizeea

#

3FrrE12G2CAH

< A s

STStENo7GNEoa36vD| n3iS4oAeAE- | W TTy2&£:e

A(Nrg)10e0ns 03¢Tl 37B6V0,1

4--n--30ri1inOi0n_ | ¥ILrIS C(JHrIoHJAOEEis_II2EG3a5W0G8D
(- QTS erteoansogonr1eitsaIB||nRoliVoty2 $$2000o71 "37(S9H¢2HOCE3an3sD5

eog29--nn26owee4.

e 222 = oz&o64

aao"arnio-cooe

=o2!&=2z72

E&£nodvl

s

2
»&2"

2c&R "iwr

o
ar&"

oyv OF |S 4ee4

or S | T v v e

5 o S

& v e

o17 " : $

~T_tloic&oeyor1a(5)$-|0)7eO'mNsnssisTo'»nGt"%(so2qi0vn)glFTuSosDriimoo1eo#4a,rrvs"eo o

Tow ¢e*)`i IVevd

IOIIN6OD35(0SEZ7=i0i2a6 2I3O5) o,

=1~s2p7v25o0o09 N

2

2 ouo&2

i

=M,

&

2 Fl229o7Rwo50or00x

. | | |

o&@uz

M

9

>-e0qozm0

|zo"o"7

o2~32H2ae00gs0a0 |

or@%4.

|

S-r-gSneCswoog2o$Zaccs2axOooo)|oxrlxxun

| | |

[t&sow 9 o e s ¢

_I--_ver7t00o:A5osfZE09gw_0EToe)J-o2nJieIdn02<z.`8s12ToNaO]-DD)TESoNI--.S621HrLA75aG200xvoTN}&I|oDoFrnrasv<e<z dg

* \

GI012A1 F3e4(1w25-d35)or3e03mD5s <

2/ v I=T-eor
oer

e\ -- oF=)

=i
22
600feee

v

eMe yk SsCi B

ayvod ¥37704LINOD OIAIA 3

Y, SN
L3a1(@6-753,6§n7835 \

v

_--_

i

T T cs0ree] |

T

T

v

¥

s

b o %

6o202

[k 25oo¥ooo27zzzr

T e"

o2-os"

r o¢ - ¢ z

U [on Wig

' .o,(6As7=- 075|"ON

I# 3 woi`"

e

2y,

z
H . ¢

e

ant

s »

---srr a2agalon1ocnn-nh3n>aeo5ooote L | tew%n:<<@\8)

#0iN3i5gmin9o,13A_aAgFaoO(r1Es7-|FVT1iTaovtsinea"er:oesi@ a'nTONTtVSiNid]

oa249sv5nv5e4xxS0x GFvwx

[{l|nlTw(0e.oeieim£zccgwRc3vvavryvs/eruoise0o./sscoc9mZe||| |---2oowCgovcwioraioxwrwomxrwxx

| |
|

|«|s $se[weo1wi"rewi6vzv.sv/i\air\0icrme8zzmg

e

||voassseaobuvrvavwo11rxtxxr

| A||| ||[

[2[cfeZ[1vss2s25re0a2ii222zczav3g0lvarvvv.iss0iseiaa/9cz9E0ei02crsmeeeessL||

g R-Io-| S-2mA7voazl 1zv2owoanrv0ex-xoxem4 2 |||||| #61éoOCcc9roaar2vssnis3entEe2rrsr cax

#2O0nw7vx2r arex crvx ewy
vn5o0i4E

5|||[I[hl|oewwoLN2owreamz3zBi20ivovs@v9/39vsissrs/eaie8ois2eEcse(ne6g6§-|3||0|)H5TE_TuAn3NDs-aazsi0vEcrizaaOa1IorxyvsxSS¢ A

3vwsLrs

]

[

<

I

®

5-82

]

1

W

]

2

}

s

|

2

L

]

oD

W2 5

--

23

iy

222

2z

oAcoe

(12

T

/Z

soAGwH

worn

ovw

ga -ssZooavoonnww2my

Ljaao21o£¢5ds65F))

] crw
e A7TTY

wa\u Lo4I22&~7.4

o22

n&w)

ANey

e 5

&

ane | oekr arvo | oF6]

&
#.2

&%5p&Luw6y=

| | |

|s-ouuaeravoaonNodvoeloreml |S-2a2l0ve0dm|

|||||

e2L&o/oe66%y Tol2

|

522os2¢2 152

&& | oiveovvo|| 9¢22

& ¢

--6vaa2in3noe5ow|

|
| |

o¢&&z

l-egreooozienonoglmdm||el||||Iol6eo&u¢ E]

onvo| ¢s

52 z
or

_ 0

"9"/

Io oAo 1naoEveesee B

oo»oo"7

A~xP oowd

o " e

oLo]

2 *

s

od
B Jvnos

<9222|4 |on 2me |

aLnWo

e ' <

Tvors | ow vL l

F21 i -raoisnse| | 2v |iWNOoS%7 cq|O!] s_Jsyonepvodi2ne|se||| 10§i2N2g2l

222

ave

HoN)N_2rOviDa2t'

iOk

[

oo
quroonroe|t

' ¢ MO7zF&1,

o]

5

200



T--I¥Ni9Si1ioSd | ON ?1M

amtuv

2OLDINO(D5°0)

Wod
7rs

0N2OISFNIYGIFXLF

(1)
-

BQIDINNOD

AdeC1d TYNDILXT
150) 175 &1 316V

(Lr) 1804 13V I0YS
(26} 175 &1 918w

a3es@7y

$£77337

e

vvaouvwvaaeoxooa|o2ry

| | |

5 2 e v

oolg S50rv)_s&£a3u.s_nQ)avoeAAIR_/Nvro_sPIL. | NCo\l

BEYT M-Y2WO 13E3TT1-N36AC2--ANO

AN W z .

(L8= nznimvro.n.omom\snnwomes\nlx\3.3\ 237

23737 7 tonss=u ]

L

TGy T e & FIev

Grrigmi=:9e-20v2

870 PRV PIVEoTtYIROPN 14AOD Da D P SI 1N75~ W

Y

PFT-L6a2c3e -s2a74s9c7e-1is3

35 635-9/22 93 -1.

xZ 22 XV £

BCIINGD SETXATY (QHTCE SMOLLYINIWOR
19-0) SweTwy BIOws

muu

7

i

d

[(T9e7n)oAaaiZrsiNEeedN.GS1 o#n3Mv23:idg |

(G-v)ins 1237002

vannowoarrevssa| | e2z |

i

2 2

wel a7

el oO »

EY7]

I

2

nros| @

wI/VIE

"

o

ono a7e | ®¢

aosorvizv|||

e 2 

ONDTw$eISiEsVYND. | ovN'd-

7

(»-G)Tns »1 F10VL

5-83

v

T Trleeoreegd |

:

T

v

T

:

T

5

z

s

NULIN-18]
=

=CTTT775SN527IS5QOD 0N3NOGMYONDi3o S9H,iDAa VR,ool|

----e--

T

NOILdTY 7530

ON_1yvd

J¥ISNI_OLNV-UAVNVD

SNOSfNIOVUYIJIINNMNANWOND)O|)|

1000-v60cz2T 1005 -+608227

s

|

[R13191¥T000- 2605222 | wraswia | x2070 gFl|98¥I|v2[]8l ir1c00o0000c--vsvei6c20ce5a22s22ez2 | A1r§7e1msBAsaigyndn | 27a423y7 [B#)
35

! [ED o8

2

@

--I'(
7 g

Y7005 IAVR | 00|
HMIGM¥I¥TT08 57 ON2V0H0 || 0100|

20-p2i | %075 1
1100--2L026! |v|a¥v@1w5! 2

S>N |[WeT]le]3TgT[SH[Te[3g11[00r00o00~o~0s69c060oTtrz2z22e2

| 2]

Wvadwia o MBWASaMSaV<]|7|

|[ajele[v]v]1000-pretzze[ 15U 1inn|S|

| 2

S¥0A

14

§Lov9G2-630T2v1i1r 12 WY

10A0AS0T%Oy05W ]W16SHQ MVWIILAO£M ZWD T&JYIAMLETANAIV(TTAZ= IDP0WA~TIIN~01IA0Tm0N0G&STAW INNW(NLIaYE)Li )eHnAAo0¥ErLSSVbVA W3I1lvTda]n4|]

462 ATA

6

U]00[02VI2SB "QIS5T]H QUVOANCEI BE AWNL

1U20V60I0LISWOW0LI1-L ~9Q3eI9G2OT0YA8SGEW0OSOYVSMeToI1ST2S9AA0T06iaY05ELe$K24TNTM9E103W[14W[23LTT1

|

1090110 BIMNNINC1122254Q+£IS2OIL0WANT0WA061YLT 3L3RL(D2a/grTY91 oU0AEe,V51r5o1Wr610eD354T23I[YM[YT ]

YH2SY0SQ3o0-2T2IAT

WTLN430103AG0GBv1EIoWVr0f4T7074oI4v|LaTpHaW10An01L029Bb3BVwIaVGtE2 Si( XreDAe3(e2W0f700e V3£2L21 D1S615W20re1rW264A0015TS

SMy S M

W[9TlT

| |

roe (3) c2our4zve0s07 wWo7 i[17)

4 hmm'__v

QOV(E)6 NHKWLIOT9H SII1O3NAITdOYAJY(2) OI1 LYAAdGDdL WI1INAYU}

o e We FHIeIe e i3 W | 281599
e[
=

2079 JL1y3oaon5ecwe3s 5(1)[] -

o020 ¥ 2_1u3)rd2?22w32y8/1) 5]

TST V 230T Wi8vgOaIn W7

¥

] ST wLosiaiyivo eoeeee~d

=
T

02 40 INDIM WOVHIVW SVM CGINOR NOILAG il TST$37W~YA{1T3SFOIQOG00IN1°TSL72EISHIVIII3II0VWVTIOISMI91 GI0L2YHETIATV1WYW1WI0DV}MIS1KL0IV198NI7QNAII$DT03GNwV01I3H0AL0UTr2M(31316O-9NT013Q1II31OGw3O1IL1f2ieAseNOwn0NVW1eiSdL

(o
B
[§)



I

v

.Av

sor

W = Vu<2] 1

Y
L

1 |

m g

3

o --

T

-

o82£2Lo900080""1 SIHONT

s00052£822070/22 W

T4VHD NOISUIANDD

L =

=v F

i

= -

n

=%

=Zin

o

H w

Wwmfl--Wu _=Aflu u _D. 6 v

0 ibti3
" n

E £

i

11.a g

D

E ¥

19

X& OTToIoEo:IvTeHsNizNtUzE'oTm--CNasey

¢ e

o 2on wewre

/@
ASSV ¥IL4V ZZ NIZ2WIOLLIN92O NLI2H WILALldd5v0 12 V311 POUs QUSVMIISWIIAS AONVVIMNAVSYSY Z 0L JAOHONIIYYd
A~NWYIOONTDFIOYIWONVWVM2OIY5AIN0GN1¥GZFFO>A0O1INULYYOINFNSIYIISGSIOHG1NAALI1OIH6NIiLWTIIG3N1VLS0SISS1SyIOMYH~TItISONVtImIGsIIN"TNN0TSGONISFoNYiIvWLNQOoyONKwSSSYdI

<

I

°

e

&=

O NIVFYIIGVWUISNSY $T2HIWNIISL) OFNI¥f 3C00I5L£VI3OS1NSvTIGo03¥IisISS oOnYN i NO£ISISTSYI00O4NdY YYIoGWION2LNHISVGGNI ILI6WII¥ST0XNdIdY ¥31X1¥3VTN (E)

Oyvo§ IHL MOIIG HioNIT Cr'IFT 78rwi7rWeHnS (2)

QUYO IHL FAOGY LHSIN LNINO0I6lMOS 3O warIiIiMsvEw [i1 OFLI3AS ISIAUIHLO SSIWNN SALON

0

L

8

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223094-0001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

0010

00001.00C

00104

0019

00001.000

00194

0020

00002.000

00204

0021

00001.000

0021A

0022

00002.000

0023

00002.000

0024

REF

0025

00001.000

0026

00002.000

0027

00002.000

0028

AR

0030

REF

0999

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONcccacssscccosccsvscesosscscne COMMUNTICATION CARD ASSEFMBLY

COMPOMENT.. DESCRIPTION:cccocccscccccssssocsccaccass UM

2223096-0001

DIA,LDGIC, DETAILFD, CAMMUNICATIONS CARD

FA

2220519-0001

1C,USART,SERTAL COMMUNICATINNS CONY

EA

1254-

~-000

us

1254~

-000

2210835-0003

CRYSTAL QUARTZ, 4.9152 MHZ, HCIB1U

EA

SEE TI- NWG

Yl

SEE TI- DWG

2210288-0006

HEADER, 6-PINS .600 L,SNG ROW,STRT-POST

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

E1-F6,ET-E12

SEE TI- OPAWING

2220488-0003

CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLEPCB,25-PINS

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

369

SEE TI- DRAWING

0532348-0400

STUDy EXTENSION-CRES #4-40 X .188

A

0085936-0064

EYELET-ROLLED FLANGE,.116 0.D.,.219 L

FA

0994396-9901

PRACENURE, STTE & DATE CNDF SERTALIZATION A

2223033-0002

PLATE,OPTION BOARD,WITH CUT QUT

EA

1678-3223-023

0972487-0001

JUMPER PLUG,COMNNECTNR BLACK

A

5935-0900-000

0411104-0135

WASHER, LOCK-SPRING, HFLICAL, #4

A

QPL

- M$35338-135

4

0415804~ 0005

SEAL COHP'A'RHBIC--BLUE'QH Cy10CC BOTTLE

FA

2223274-0001

SPECIFICATINUNNI,T TEST-~ COMMUNTICATIONS

FA

2223094-5001

AUTD-INSERTED PARTS LIST FNR -0001

EA

1254-3095-067

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223094-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0003

00001.000

00034

00038

0003C

0004

00001.000

0004A

C0048

DESCRIPTINNe eecesvvesoscenscsocsscncsasn AUTO-INSERTED PARTS LTST FOR -0001

COMPONENT.. DNESCRIPTIONececorcecscsoscosccsscsacsncsses

2223095-0001 0972900-7432
0972900~7410

PWB COMMUNTCATIONS CARD

1254-0000~-000

NETWORK SMT4LS32N

Tt

=SNT4LS32N

ut

TI

~5NT4LS32N

TTEM 32 (PN 2210621-0001)

11

=SNT4LSIZN

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

TI

=SNT4LSI2N

NETWORK SNTSLS10N

1225-5503-000

u2

.

1225-5503-000

ITEM 33 (PN 2210608-0001)

1225-5503~-000

UM EA A
EA

5-85

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223094-5001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0004C

0005

00001.000

00054

00058

0005¢C

0006

00001.000

00064

00068

0006C

0007 00074

00002.000

00078

0007C

0008

0cootl.000

n008A

00038

DOOBCC 0009 00094

00001.000

00098

0099cC

o011

00002.000

00114

0012

00002.000

a0124

0014

00001 .000

00144

0015

00006.000

List of Matarials

DAUETSOC-RTINPSTEIRNTNEcDoeoPvAoRTvSecoLoIeSTccnFnOnRcnc~0s0s0a1snanas

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.ececsscsosacssnnsscossscncee UM

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

1225-5503-000

0972900-7139

METWORK SNT4LS139N

EA

T

-SN74LS139N

u3

Tt

-SNT4LS139N

ITEM 34 (PN 2210654-0001)

T

=SNT74LS139N

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

T

~SNT74LS139N

0972900~ 7400

NETWORK SNT4LSOON

EA

1233-7564~-000

Us

1223-7564-000

ITEM 35 (PN 2210600-0001)

1233-7564-000

IS AN ACCEPTARLE SUBSTITUTF

1233-7564-000

0972900-T474

HETWORK SN74LST4N

A

Us, U1l

ITEM 36 (PN 2210631-0001)

IS AN ACCFPTABLE SURSTITUTE

0972900-7402

NETHORK ySNT4LS02N

EA

us

ITEM 37 (PN 2210602-0001)

=

0996755-0001
2211189-0001 2211349-0001 0972946-008S 0972946-0065

IS AN ACCEPTABLF SUBSTITUTE

TCySNT4LS245N BUS XCVR TRANSuITION

A

001295-SNT4L S245N

ur

C01295-SN74L S245N

ITEM 38 (PN 2210695~-0001) 001295-SN74LS245N

1S AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SNT4LS245N

1Cs SN75 3, B1 URN8 - T8 N, QN UADP RUPLE LINE DRI FA

SFE TI- DRAWING

U9, ulo0 SEE TI- DRAWIMG

1C, SN751894AN3, QUAD LINF RECEIVERS

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

Ui, ul12

SEE TI- DRAWING

RES FIX 6.8K DHM S 2 ,25 W CARROM FILM

FA

ROH

- R-25

R3

ROH

TAR=25

RES FIX L.0K OHM S%T .25 W CARADN FILM

A

ROH

- R=25

5-86

12714/ 83

List of Materials

PART NUMBER

REV

2223 094-5001

R

DESCRIPTION:vcossvosvcccacstvannsacnnsas AUTO- [NSEFRTED PARYS LIST FOR -0001

ITEM,

QUANTITY.,

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONe¢ocsccos

eesses

0015A 0016 0016A ool7r 00174 0018 00184 00188 0032 00324 00328 0033 00334 00338 0034 003424 00348 0035 00354 00358 0036 00364 00368 0037 00374 00378 0038 0038A 00388

. 00001.000 2211247-0029 00001.000 2211247-0010 00009.000 0972763-0013 00000.000 2210621-0001 00000.000 2210608-0001 00000.000 2210654~0001 00000.000 2210600-0001 00000.000 2210631-0001 00000.000 2210602-0001 00000.000 2210695-0001

R14R2,R4+RS5,R6,R7

ROH

- R-25

CAP,1000 PF,10%,50VDC,CERAMIC

SEF TT1- DRAWING C1

SEE TI- DRAWING CAP,12.0 PF, 5%,50VDC,CERAMIC SEE TI- DRAWING c2

SEE TI- DRAWING CAP,FIXED .0LOUF SO VOLTS 004222-MC1051032

3,C44C54C64C7,CA,C9,C12, 004222-MC105E1032 c17

004222~MC1051032

1C,LS32,QUAD,2-TNPUT OR

V-LIST-1532

BURN-IN

ul

V=LIST-L532

BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 3

V-LIST~LS32

BURN~IN

IC+LS10,TRIPLF,3-INPUT

V-LIST-LS10 u2

BURN-IN

NAND

V-LIST-LS10

BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 4

V-LIST-LS10

BURN-IN

1C,LS139,0UAL 2~-TO-4 LINE

V-LIST-LS139 AURN-IN

u3

DECflDER

V~-LIST-LS139 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM §

V-LIST-LS139 BURN-IN TM

ICyL 500, 0UAD42-TINPUT NAND

V-LIST-LS00

BURN-IN

Us

V=LT1ST-LS00

BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR TTEM 6

V-LTST-L500

BURN-TN

IC,LS74,DUAL D FLIP-FLO®

V-LIST-LST4

BURN- [N

us,u13

W/PSET

& CLR

V-LIST-LS74

BURN-IN

SURASTITUTE FOR ITEM 7

V-LIST-LST4

BURN-TN

1C, 1502,0UAD,2-INPUT NOR

V-LIST~LS02

BURN-TN

us

V-LIST-LS02

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM B

V-L1ST-L502

RURN-TN

1C,15245,0CTAL BUS,XCIVER,3ST.OUTPUT

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-INMN

ur

V-LIST-L5265 BURN-IN SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 9

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

UM EA EA EA A EA : EA EA FA A EA

12714/ 93

PART NUNBER

REV

2223094-8001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cceseonccreoesscosesssscanscs COMMUNICATION CARD ASSY - SPARFES

CONPONFNTes DFSCRIPTIONceesevccccescssancootscnnscass

2223094-0001

COMMUNTCATION CARD ASSFMALY 1254-3094-047

UM FA

-

-------------- Fomm e

e b

e

e e

NEXT ASSY

| usep oN | REV |

DESCRIPTION

| DATE

-------------- e

e er e m e

--m e -

|

8755

| E |CN485026(E)C. KLuNKERTlfi p

-------------- #=---=----=--wcje------+REDRAWN PER EXTENSIVE+-~

______________ | T e T T |ENGINEERINGs L CHANGES,LDSWG WAS LC SIZE e

-------------- t| ommme ey |

e e eT

THIS IS A COMPUTER GENERATED DOCUMENT, DO NOT REVISE MANUALLY.

< =

------------- dommmt oot --bm--t bt bbb m--pmmt oot --b o -- o

mb et

REV sTaTus | Rev | E| Ef E|] EI} E| El E{ El EV El E} ! % | | | |

OF SHEETS +4------=4---~d---t---t---t-t---t-otoctoctoctoatmtodoatentoctoct--t--ae

boe e

$Iosudgmemtm|tmm1tl m--2b1 omd3| o&o4t smip oetf 71 8! m 9leromffnno l mm b 1 b| b ¢t b| bbI | -- oo

unless other-- |

DATE |

Texas Instruments

|

wise specified] DWN C.KLUNKERT 08-02-83]

Incorporated

| SI-METRIC

divmensions are| CHK"D J.MOON

04-15-82]

Data Systems Group

|

in millimeters| ENGR CLAY _ T 04O -1N 9-82|----=--c-mmmmmeeoo oo

tolerance: O | APV"D SAULKINS 04-19-82|

angles +/- 1 | QA R.CAPA

T04-30-82|

CABLE ASSEMBLY, MOTHERBOARD TO

21 ppllaaccee ++//--0..255|] MRFEGL_MS..WBORLIFD_G_E_N_ 0044~-1390--8822]]

FLOPPY, TIPC

\{oro_'

OKwWLNUNKERT 0O8AT-E 02-83

TL`Afiézggiifh"r" ISSUEiDATE

1-25910

OO

SAIZl [ FSC9NV 6NOD214
scae NONE
A
5-89

DRAWING NO

2223097
sweeT

REVE
1 OF if

\_`_CL

w '

e

REV

S3ovid ¢ Y MIIAN

2223097 |snszr 9

DRAWNG NO

B-z-83l Al 96214 SCALE NONE

SIZE | FSCM NO

S2O12aNNCD 95 ANV b-e
NIIMLZT SASA

Hiog N SLONS WUJJQ@

S

f[ .oT Nn_,_eu ® ) % 5 (S

| =IAFODIA ASSY Igvo Q304NN

@ :

A R

0

3aIS0ve

=

[

Y NMIA FT---

2943 S\HL
3dise 2000

/J e
a/- Inl\L.

@
QS LNOS
_._"

i

e e

vE

p---------- 09 £O" 06\ --------

®

e e is

Q7D FOTGOb e

]

0

DATE

hect

7 Festt pATe

owN

TEXAS edIoNnSroTnRaUsMENTS

FI-25910

=

jone

Y

s | S OEIZID

4) 3 FLACES

1 i

|

! '

(--] N

28.) REF
I

a4

Fas

[e--s i

L = \

57.2ti12.0 = / /

34 P

2oPM,Uao2eB2kBEH""RiPeeHDS,wT2 AWCMOiPNr,Ti. Rd--AZ; TING

|

I

Pl
--MARURBKS.B"EPR-BIST"AMwiPT,H
C2.O2N9TRAHiSGTHIRG COLOR.
S e eARk A-PZ2P2R2ZO2P0S9Z7A-T0EcoRtEV
ConTRASTING COLoe.
2CBM.OUA2LBR9OBKRE,RRPIG2H S,TCOAwNWMTiRTPHASTING:

FOLDED CARLE ASSY FIGURE 2

W Pt I':`.

OWN

Texas o INSTRUMENTS FEsFoate

scg3| Al 96214 DATE

SIZE [ FSCM NO

scale NONE

2223097 DAAWING NO Jswer 10

EREV

A

A

5-91

TABLF # 1: APPROVED PARTS LISTING

This {s a listed in tionally, the right

suggested parts listing only.

Parts other than those

thls drawing may be used provided that ¢t hey are func-

physically, and electrically equivalent. of final appraval on any cable assembly.

TI retains

Fig. 1 Item

Description

TI Part #

1

Connector, Cable,

2220042-0015

Female

2

Connector, Ribbon

2211341-0001

Cable, 34 Posttion

3

Cable, Mulci-Cond., 0996491-0003

34 Conductor

4

Clamp, Cable

(Fig 2)

0983903-0002

8

Key, Polarizing

2211340-0001

Vendor Name 3M 3M M 3M M

Vendor Part # 3414-6000 3463-0001 3365-34 3484-1000 3439-0000

| 5A

?(v\flv UNKER T [;JQ-YE0O2Z- 83

SIZE | FSCM NO

DRAWING NO 2223097

Rs\é

Trxas INsTRUMENTS Fesoroave W

A scaie

N9ON6E21

4

SHEET

11

F1-259°0

`
5-92

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223099-0001

o}

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00009.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00000.083

0004

00001.000

0005

REF

0006

00001.000

0007

00001.009

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION:ccvessceavscaveccsscacmsscss OPTION KIT - RAM CHIPS

COMPONENT.. OESCR.I - eP eesT ccI cosO cnN cnss

ces UM

2211118-0004

I1Cy66K-BIT DYNAMIC RAM,1SONS TA/ROW TMS416=~4-15NL

A

2211752-0001

PLASTIC BAG, ANTI-STATIC

FA

SEE TI~- DRAWING

0970950-0003

URE THANE SHFET

FT

SEE TI- NDRAWING

2223269-0001

CAUTION INSERV,RAM CHIP KIT ------ ~=--=000

A

2362996-0061

PACK ASSY, RAM

EA

2362993-0001

PWB ROX,1/2 SIZE

EFA

0936667-0001

LABREL,INENTIFICATINN PROF, COMPUTER

5-93

TO'0feezz,

2] _

e9TW9a1sn0s[5ea]

Y31I0YINOD 14D 03TIA

U_zh.__\z_._m_,.x.n....r...fi....t:.u_

o]

A w0 arureae

T iEY Sieea

[SSse527o08rivleovjasoaeovyeOztzzye]z[sa][3[1a3|[lu]a][3a[58]f]e3]] 100100o00.00--szc1oao1ireezz22zz22

Wvuoowniao]T
amd| Agw3sse]

X[ x| x| x| w] 1000-6¢2e222 | 3345 1534 1NN

s9s ieiees o] w1x3o4t0a ISR

830105 IAwM Dl lae oas0 <OofH

T

.n._.TT2Ie.l.z.e.

@

taf3l 3] 31Q]Q}1000-20i£ 222 (W2[3351[ F[H{193] jTooc00v--0i0v1ict323z2e

Wi AAWIMS| | y3oe

'

w+f]r«|]o»f{%[]x]alx]{00100cOSTChZoEzTeTzZ|e |

IS ISHLON noavi e

A

5-94

AN35NI-O1NY ¥N"3O¥1L3011841.10184NL30N5)O3)0 13178 030I3GIGAI_|A | 11H00I000G5WA00N001IEL222Y22V2]

:

Ty

--

Cprs.,]
TPI
TFTHE | = UL |

e o apmm s sevrorST YKT5neAT,WT oIA3Jx5,0oONN 0O1H71133I7VE03V517iV1L0$IT7a1W0aiS7tveSIue@amAs1eAA1n4T

W

co-z-or 59 o

f| ovmerQ niA mo3WnIaOSG1 InN G11esT00i0e0000aT0-TIN vAy owAaTWiTwIoirl1Ily1cA4~11eT~¥v*wHw1 evartiTmTIiy0 OWBgSwAln@14{aeS )0s0 rcicRo)(ar)c0rs5o0 0oeo1(rs3ossww0swrJ63oLreow0v4|snu)¥])|

3

&`

p 2O0LA1THdNW04G .1I 6T 5N 2EG 2I 2§OAIOT 7VN R1W405IA LT0WT10I-Y AN0TV0YIA1LNKweY8)

13|I e -1 TV1000 g W1£t9H1WL39 WVi26 W0l1 4 Y3o1o0V0 |

IV GO0V£ 24TY S NN OVl O`EF:L

2,7S2 |f8--5£e2*9 | VAI2RLNTAYT W GoUNGaIanNM0NITSIN|LS D

--

$- N

£4-£2°7

DORtLTSWTIROAEGeTAWTiLmA9DF0TW8a8ik1Sti20T0aRo1eNnI9TGIav1n0R | 3

6

Z`yW. -P F |

&5z T i| Sp T o :e .2wV .FmI,T .3 :osne1 jy£.s DdaYvat0 r1aNy 4r7eN 0ruIbriAvenvOeoaVlrn2 | g

a0z .

)
' - g roo il one

=]

=

=

-

-

T

-

-

Q3LVIJOSSYANY ALVId NOILDO IHL 40122L5H1OISaYMOLWDAAWINXNVOIDE [E]

221 SIHOLDANNGD 20 1HOIZH WWIX via [

ETakne

-B SOUNLLOS 3NeiI¥SQ I¥T3YiIV-1R 5V04LgV2(S 4Oo3R5LT 0I oI38 A CA01eItvOi9s2u0=({T[]of

29 W3 40 NINOLOYLIUINVYATSYMIS ¥33L43Y11I(I401T0AN¥Y9LSWAL030AANlUdSd)y (9]

GINIVISHE SMIANIS GYIAHTNBYWDISS2 YQBVOLISIMQOINGNV v WILAlOWIYNI

a

,N"vR

F952-.2

[PQUAv0T0% 0D4 eA1.SR~e6Va1E@ sSv4ee1<Dno31o01011wDWe165i87Lw0Sk2 tT 2 353339 w3F01I9Vl0aa4nAWWT1_Ja v |

a2 705 40 1003 S10N) `2 awon
SUv¥CMWAlL1 SS0IN1TQOT1IIAAS0YIudIN01A0M%N0AAVT0LI4NI1IT3Y0110SNt08]

gSDyLSINIAINYGNIoLNNOnSCNI1OIOWLNWUOLNOID2ND3O1NAI3NNAILIWBLIWWuIYIOSIoIdNDsNLIDaSIsO8ItN9tYJeYGIssNIWiVAYYInTWASaGHlNOIiOIL"SnS VQSi3H3YL¥rIO1IsJA8NTS iOD1ASnI1IRYdT HE*L3)ES3IiS98INiBN'NppWOS3iIHT9tOIIWaRNSNs3oIIYnuwoNODiYaLYg(3G)

-- T

T TV T palcass

¥ =

--

fifl T L--1}
q |

WW3I1BlWAYNId£ W$5IN3MS)O0HUSdGFYOINYYI30H0MOD' A3H11A9I0YLNYOW3VI0U5XOYHSwIaJvYmvy (3]

+1%0ddY 55¥3I70LuL4TuYd N¥OiIdSIAINYMMOOMWISSLVIB3 AJOWTUudmdY AT13HIaLwVnI [

USLD ML

ELRLERED) IACAY LHIIH

92 29 1wHS CRL9NU06I3E8N9RG334IA85WZOI1DS1MvUHBL SWUACWI aITuXv8YoNWa

(8] `S(311]0N

1

--

2

OWe222

--

SY. BMd JZIOTWAS-IH AING STMI F 7NOINSIOAITSYI N3OR Ll

<

S¥ DMy I7IWRWAG-IN LINO SIMS

2NOISIAIcYin3Ny2 '

ANN0 DL

1M

SSEMROTIAD

¥KIAILWINOSHI @M

NMWO3IIdSdIWKNAIOPYILY`16IT0OV1T190W0I14L9I73A4R92IHWNOII1SME0HINN21

`SI

ATM8ACYO3v I9 O A1VF N31TNHIM

MI LNOnOVWTLY0T4HL

"M JWL 50 1S Y IMLIIND JWI0OH ON¥IILINWAIOTMW W1SWISLO1IOISINRLy

OI MLV HILT 102 HOLIINNGI T4 QYYI TNL M7 TS HILINO 

FYNANLDYONAGV

SYLIWIIIN" LOL 4125&
QM

oN1Ic)YIWNGOUSFHNWIIdNNLEL

UGN * L0

VIS Nicd JAOWIH ANY W0

IWVOIIWLHO1Ni9Ict1MBI§1S51HN103idd °2Y

SOMd NOIIAY TIV NGS YHOMIY 1

I

%

T

°

@ @ 5-95

12/14/83

PART MUMBER

REV

2223100-0001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

0004

00002.000

00044 0025

00001.000

00254

00258

0025¢C

0027

00001.000

00274

0028

00001.000

0028A

0038

00001.000

00384

0041

00001.000

00414

0042

00001.000

00424

0043

000C1.000

00434

0044

REF

0045

00001.000

00454

0046

00002,000

0052

00001 ,.000

00524

0053

00001.000

0054

00001.,000

0061

REF

0062

00002.000

0063

00002.000

0064

AR

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cseacscoas VIDED CRT CONTROLLER

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.ceccnceacnsscosoescacccncsss UM

2223102-0001

DIA LAGIC,NETATLED, VIDEO CRT CONTROLLER

Fa

0996952-000% 0996508-0001
2210835-0004 2211878-0002 0972924-0014 B 2220488-0001 2211409-0020 2210970-0005 0994396-9901

1C,2K X 8-BIT STATIC RAM,1S0NS,PLASTIC

FA

SEE TT- DRAWING

2,03

SEE TI- NRAWING

1C+74LS393N DUAL BTINARY COUNTEFR

FA

001295-74LS393N

u3s

001295~-T4LS393N

ITEM 105 (PN 2210727-0001)

001295-74L $S393N

IS AN ACCFPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-74L5393N

CRYSTAL,18 MHZ,HC-18/U WITH GND LEAD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Yl

SEE TI- DRAWING

TRANSyMPS6602+ NPN,COMPLEMFNTRY DRIVER

A

SEE TI- NRAWING

Q1

SEE TI- DRAWING

CAP FIX TANT SOLIN 15 UFD 10% 20 VOLT

FA

QPL

~M39003/1-2289

c2

QPL

-M39003/1-2289

CONNECTOR,RECEPTACLE, PCB,9-PINS

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

J40

SEE TI- DRAWING

s

CNNNECTOR,421 --RPODW,SRT ANGLE, TIN

EA

SEE TI- NRAWING

E1-E2

SEE TI- DRAWING

-

CONN, 22-P0S.,PC BD, SINGLE ROW,.100 CNT FA

SEE TI- NRAWING

J&l

SEE T1- DRAWING

PROCENURE, SITE & DATE CODE SFRIALIZATION EA

2211047-0002

CONNECTNR4RECEPTACLE2-ROW,11-POSITION

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Ja2

SEE TI- DRAWING

0085936~0064

EYELET-ROLLED FLANGE,.116 0.0.4.219 L

EA

2220609-0001

CONNFCTOR, JACK,FEMALE, 3 CONDUCTOR

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

J43

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223033-0004

PLATE,OPTION BOARD,9-POS VIDEO

EA

1678-3433-025

0532720-0007

WASHER s SHOULDER , NONMETALLTC,38.5 1D

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223275-0001

SPECIFICATION,UNIT TEST-VIDED CRY

EA

0532348-0400

STUD, EXTENSIDON-CRES #4-60 X .188

A

0411104-0135

WASHFR, LOCK-SPRING, HELICAL, #4

EA

QPL

- MS$35338-135

0415804-0005

SEAL COMP,A'RNBIC-BLUE,GD C,10CC BOTTLF

EA

12714783

PART NUMBER 2223100~-0001

REV R

ITEM, 0065

QUANTITY, REF

0087

00000,002

0105

00000.000

01054

01058

oL06

RFF

otoz

00001.000

0109

00000.063

o111

00000.100

0112

00001.250

01124

ot12n

o113

00000.001

o114

00000.000

01144

0999

00001.000

9999

00000,750

List of Materials

VDIEDSECDRIPCTRITNMCOeNsTePcOoLLoFsRcevcsascnssnsssscaaca

COMPONENT. . 2219301-0001 0411435-0416 2210727-0001
2237441-0001 0535978-0058 0411400-0074 0411400-0020 0534458-0053
0996069-0003 0966760-2692
~2223100-5001 0239999-9999

DESCRIPTINN eensaneeecnoccarvanceancnneas SPEC,HDLG,EC SENSITIVE PARTS ANN ASSYS

INSUL TAPE, ELEC, 1/2"W

-SEF TI OWG

I1C,1L5393,NUAL, 4=RIT RINARY Vu3=sLIST-LS393 BURN-IN

COUNTER

V~-LIST-LS393 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 25

VSP=ELCIISFTT-CLAST3I9N3N,

RURM-IN TIPC

CRT

CONTROLLER

WIRF ELFC.»SOLID, "KYNARTM INSUL #30 ANG

WIRE, 24AWG ELFCTRO TIN PLATED COPPER

WIRF #20 ELECTRO-TIN-PLATCOEPDP,ER

CARLE, TWISTED PR

T

=2XV8736U

28AWG

TSTRD WHT/8LU

*ITEM 114 (966760-2692) IS

17T

=2XVB736U

*AN ACCEPTARLE SUBSTITUTF

T

=2XVB736U

ADH, SOL 1D, THRMPLSTC 1280-4506-000

25#

BAG ANAEROBIC

WIRE,TWISTED PATR #26

uL

= 1472 TSTR ULE

WHT/RED

I[PVC

*SUBSTITUTE FOR IYEM 112

vt

- 1672 TSTR ULL

4

V1I2D5E4O-31C0RT1-0C6O0NTROLLER,AUTO-INSERT

COSTy SHRTNKAGE

=

UM FA RL EA
A FT FT FT FT
A FT
EA EA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER 2223100-5001

REV R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0003

00001.000

00034

0005

00001.000

00054

0006

00001.000

0006 A

0007

00001.900

00074

00078

VDIEOSDEENRIPCRTTIONC:OeNoTvReOaLvLsEoRc,vAoUsToOs~sTcNcSsEcRTasccscens

COMPNMENT,. DESCRIPTIONcccecossosorascosasscccccsecns

2223101~0001 2220443-0002 2223060~0001
2223058-0002 0972900-7155

PWB, VINEOD CRT CONTROLLFR

SEE TI- DRAWING

ICy CRT CONTROLLER,2 MHZ SEE TI- DRAWING

CLOACK

RATE

U1

SEE Tl- DRAWING

LNGIC ARRAY,HALIOLS

1669~0000-000

U4

1669-0000-000

LOGIC ARRAY,VIDEND SEF TI1- DRAWING

CRT

CONT(HAL16RAA-1)

us

SEE TI- NRAWING

NETWORK SN74LS155N

T1

=SNT4LS155N

ve

T

=SNT4LS15SN

ITEM 67 (PN 2210660-0001)

TI

=SNT4LS155N

UM EA EA
EA
EA
EA

5-97

12714783

" PART NUMBER

REV

2223100-5001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0007C

oocs

0003.000

0008A

00088

0008C

0009

00004.000

00094

00098

0009C

0010

00003.000

0010A

00108

ooi0C

ooll

00002.000

00114

ootis

ooL1c

0012

00001.000

00124

oo12s

0012C

no13

00003.000

00134

0013R

0013C

0014

00001.000

List of Materials

NESCRIPTION. ccecosesscscsvscncsnsccanccnse VINDED CRT COMTROLLER, AUTO-INSERT

COMPANENT,.
0996755-0001
0996420-0002
0219402-7175

DESCRIPTIONccsscccccococacosanccccccnces UM

T0U00U05511I5ISS07LT0T099II90E1E,C011C666M1M2Us,2,2222AA98SS2N9NU--9-5N,N5L0050966~TTU-11L89-1-5AA449S00,S0SCCLLS-N00U0NNCSCSNT((--1-STT23EETPP4004044T4PNNPN4L00,0L54LTTLT000UNNSSAAS412$22B1B2222524LSL4L4411BE5E555S5U00NNNNSN6792SS51UXU--CBB00VSS00RTT00II11TT))TUURTTAEENSITION

EA £A

51SN9E6T2AH-NO0R1KA0,C0SC-MET0P70T40ASB1LTESN SUBSTITUTE

EA

Ul6,ULT,027

ITEM 70 (PN 2210764-0001)

1S AN ACCFPTABLE SURSTITUTE

0996089-0004 2220521-0001

IuCIIS1,TI2ECM,,TAUSNT1LN37T1-~-A~4SSCSSLSNHCNNSH(T7IET2TPFNA44P44T4LTLLLNSASSS2B2222R2L4644E1EL4444G0INNNNNI6ES9ST4UE-BDR0SRS0TI0IV1ET)RUTE,

. :

FA Ea

u19

ITEM 72 (PN 2210669-0001}

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

0972686-0001

NETHWORK-QUAD MULT [PLEXER, SNT4LSISTN

FA

u21,u22,U023

ITEM 73 (PN 2210662-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0219402~7163

NETHORK, SNT4SL63N

-

A

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223100-5001

R

ITEM. 00144

QUANTITY,

00148

0014C

0015 00154

00001.000

0016

00002.000

00164

00168

0016C

0017 00174

00001.000

00178

0017C

ool

00001.000

00184

oolas

oolscC

0019 00194

00001.000

0oi9n

0019¢C

2020 00204

00001.000

00208

0020C

0021 00214

00001.000

00218

0021¢C

0022

00001.000

00224

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.eoeceas VIDEO CRT CONTROLLER,

COMPONENT. o

DESCRIPTION.eeecsnccssocecsasveonssasaas U24

ITEM 74 (PN 2210761-0001)

2223065-0001 0972900-7474

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SURBSTITUTE

ROM,CHARACTER GENERATOR

--

=]

=000

u2s

=

=000

NETWORK SN76LST4N

u2s,uz29

ITEM 75 (PN 2210631-0001}

0996422~-0001 0972900-7420

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE IC,SNT4LS125N 001295-SNT4LS125N u3o 001295-SN74L S125N ITEM 76 (PN 2210649~0001) 001295-SN74LS12SN IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE 001295-SNTALS125N NETHORK SNT4LS 20N

un .
ITEM 77 (PN 221061170001)

0219402-~7486

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

NETWORK

SNT4S86M

u32

ITEM 78 (PN 2210749-0001)

0219402-7410

IS AN ACCEPTABLE 1C, SNT4S10N

SURSTITUTE

u3l

ITEM 79 (PN 2210740-0001)

0972900-7432 0219402-7400

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

NETWORK SNT4LS32N

T

~SN74LS32N

U3s

T

~SN74L 832N

" ITEM RO (PN 2210621-0001)

71

~SNT4LS32N

IS AN ACCFPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

TI ., -SNT4LS32N

NFTHWORK SN74SOON

u3s

UM EA EA A EA EA A A 11.)

5-99

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223100-5001

R

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

00228 0022¢C 0023 00234 00238 0023¢C 0024 0024A 00248 0024C 0026 00264 00268 0026C 0029 00294 0030 00304 0031 00314 0032 00324 0033 00334 0034 00344 0035 00354 0036 00364 0037

00001.000
00001.000
90001.000
00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00006.000 00002.000 0cool.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONceeceesososesonscescovascsses VIDEO CRT CONTRNLLER, AUTO-TNSERT COMPONFNT, » DESCRIPTION ceccccsscsccosooscsscancsase UM

ITEM 81 IPN 2210735-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLF SUBSTITUTE

0219402-7404

NETWORK

SNT4S04M

EA

u3é

ITEM 82 (PN 2210738-0001}

IS AM ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

0972900-7404

METHORK SNT4LSO4N

EA

usT

ITEM 83 (PN 2210604-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTF

0972900-T174

NETWORK SNT4LS174N

EA

uts

TTEM 84 (PN 2210674~0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTTTUTE

0972946-0041 v

RREOSH FIX- R1-0025 OHM 5 % .25 W CARRON FI. LM
R1

A

ROH

- R=25

0972946-0074

RES FIX 2,4K OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25

%

R2

ROH

- R-25

0972946-0066

RES FIX 1.1K OHM 5% .25 W CARRON FILM

EA

ROH

- R=-25

R3

ROH

- R-25

0972946-0091

RES FIX 12 K OHM 5% .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25

R4

ROH

- R=25

0972946-0076

RES FIX 3.0K OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25

RS

ROH

- R-25

0972946-0084

RES FIX 6.2 DHM 5 T .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25

R6

ROH

= R-25

0972946-0081

RES FIX 4.7K NHM 5 X .25 W CARBON FILM

FA

ROH

= (3]

RTyRBeRIIR11,R144R16

ROH

- R=25

0972946-0057

RES FIX 470 OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25.

R12,R13

ROH

- R~25

0972757-0009

CAP FIX CER 470PF 10% SOV

EA

5-100

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2207985-0001

E

ITEM.

QUANTETY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0002A

0003

00012.000

0004

00001.750

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION ccocscecsccosecssscsscosscns TEST PLUG, EIA, MODEL 767

COMPONENT,. DESCRIPTIOMeccesonccccacancasccssccancss

0539903-0001 0539409-0005
0539430-C003 2210012-1999

HODOD,CONN 25 PIN WITH RETAINERS

AMP

= 206478-3

CONNECTDR,PLUG 25 PINS

AMP

-205208-1

Pl

AMP

-205208-1

CONTACT,PIN

24=-20AHG .068 INSUL DIA

AMP

-205202-2

ST

WIRFJELECToWHT,26 AWG,19 X 3B8,U/L 1429

090484-SEE T1 DWG

UM EA EA
EA FT

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2207985-0002



ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00CcO01.000

0002

00010,000

0003

00001 .250

DESCRIPTION eceeovcocsscavecosasassocens TEST PLUG,TYY,810 INTELLTIGFNT INTERFACE

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:ccccscccocsassosncsscsccnces

0539 09-0005 0539430-0003 2210083-0003

CONNECTOR,PLUG 25 PINS

ANP

~205208-1

CONTACT,PIN

24-20AWG .068 INSUL DIA

AMP

=205202-2

ST

WIRELELEC,COND U/L STYLE 1213,24 AWG

090484-WTE24A

UM A EA FT

5-202

Wl 1

]

_V--Nmzwdmz_m.

.

w\n\mmmm'w9\wMmd?l&,1q5u31

sy et

e e q=T

PR T

v

EEEEAR

&
[

OVMe M.A71
--

TSoratsTuvs

2

ooe )

e

e

Tsiy
18

vt i 50 1va

==


-
|HU >
-4

TT R |

e 5

v =
T

o 1]

& ivoTiVnNmN KK3V15°6 150 1 21 [ 10054 206 [>revw] 1

O_N_._.NE

IIVSIIING

NGILOIFISIT
Lo 1IO `01O3N 9N INITITITLN 018 `ALL'ONM

IIONIN L¥vS

153L | 1000-586L022!

LS | T000-$861022)

Awo_muquv_ <$3208d u3d

i

(FAISAVaN)

GN1 YSS3ON0081dUVdJ3d UXV3IR1I1d3O7HJANYOISWIAUTYV--

L SFL 1T WWOILNGYW

8 N o
o= & «
W\

dniai

Srvwny

veid| fi-ta |

PS1-dd||

G D2t

WI6S>

AOLL

1700412627 |

29"2 |

Jamm

"98w eZ|

S v

OZ-1a| B-id

RO! QD oL £0112



r-ig

deid | X7QAALL OF GLWYALL]

2

2710 | S-1d | ¥QINIALL Ot OATYALL]

2°0L | UM

OMY 2

?

[ S ] IS

wnsovors |monwat| UwSoTuTaornsNaGemze 0|0--gy%

el

* ~ F

DIDLuSWsLI00LwLISS5I1 USLNLSOVSLWRI3LE9SDSIWs3RLanJ0wawWeVRiaRarrr0|0

| |

Li-it|e2-r] 2Si-t-aal er62-4|0\

sio0 oL snea| zoL | sum w9 66017192020oL 0s2169a35 || Z2o0LL | d|sesdm;uzoomymy9322}} ©o

2

+ & + A

RSULII2HTLIOIAVILHOSSILKNIIANHW£IOSLOSSNWHI3SA NIH0#TSNIMI72N2 SI0L2SO)ML0N7H9)NOLIFM|

S 1| b=t Do) @11 | -S191|l221e1 |

FO/ 93 0L SO L0 DI 2L 60/ 42 | o L6r F2T0 oaLn 801 ¥GG2 ||

29 2702 2Z729°1U

| ILM8t s M WEDZ) iotor 92| f[ammuomgt/MsoMyy 992T|

©  2 7

i4 z ===

SIST

e S

i

U IVIS| R

T 2UNIISeWINTT|

(Y1O54I75s3ONI0YIM

| o 1000

AN 109-4539vd 21(8)

¢

1d @

AW 2000-*1d 01 (2) C2ONV[A]C]SIS s

-

Qo 3% mN\.
ol2
SIHONI

Z2 o
mM..W
ww

AUHVVHHOINOISHIANOD

QVaIN3HOWVMJIFISIAoNDH S

IS ILITCID QdIIQT>VIAAH3LNIVLHILYS

[

5-201

SMIAANDYS M1 IAWNA3VILS SHduId1mW>VIQDIIIONI3V1LI9OIVNZD

a

SNOILYIINOWWOD
TeN |eSS  -1

oVmIgTT(2"1USS2TF90L0-50S14Y32M96054030I(L[1I--LF

OuwsIE30

A

SNOISIATY

i

FIN0I3V0LIvZ3IHLHON3O9PHL1SNAT31S3MN3AA1W1DO2S>5 _IN._

1

.

SZ$°°00FF == SSTTiVYSWWIIIODDN3IVQdHII330DDVLV1dd VHOIIMNNLOID [Z] SUILINITUN N1 3wy SNOISNAwG Ty [T)
`GNIOWMS ISNYIIO SSTN "SHON
v

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528-8001

L

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION. .

secsccsscenccsscsnssss

KEYBNARD, TILTING,LOW PROFILE - SPARES

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONcsecsscveccsnscsccncnssssssee

2230528-0001

KYBD, TILTING,LOW PROFILE,DNMESTIC STN 1665-1528-002

UM EA

5-200

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528-0008

L

ITEN.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001 .000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00002.000

0005

00001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

00001.,000

0009

00001.000

0010

00001.000

ool1

00001 .000

0012

00002.900

0013

00002.000

0014

00002.0C0

0015

00001.000

0017

00002,009

oo1s

00006.000

0019

00003.000

0020

00002.000

0022

00002.000

0023

n0006.000

0025

00001.000

0026

00001.000

0027

00004.000

0028

00000.048

0029

00001.000

00294

00298

0029¢C

00290

List of Materials

NKYERSDC,RITPITLITOINN.G,cLoOMcvePvReOsFcIsLsEo,oSoWnIsToZoEcRnLaAcNsDncnss

COMPONEMT.. DESCRIPTINMNcccescocsvsae

ecsnscsscss UM

2230529-0001

BAS E,KEYROARD

FA

1255-7500-015

2230536-0001

HNUSTNG ¢ SHAFT 4R IGHT

EA

1255-7504-006

2230534-0001

HOUSTNG »SHAFT (LFFT

fA

1255-7503-006

2230532-0001

SHAFT,CLUTCH SPRING

A

1255-7502-007

2210546-0001

SPRING, CLUTCH

FA

2230546-0002

SPRING, CLUTCH

A

2230547-0001

SPRING, RETURN

£A

2230547-0002

SPRING, RETURN

FA

2230540-0001
2230527-0008
2239530-0001
2230538-0001
2230554-0001 2230552-0001 2230549-0001 09726 79-0029 0972679-0012 0972679-0015 2230555-0007 2230556-0001 0972679-0013 0936643-0001 0936664-0002 04111010058 0972436-0011
227%609-0004

FOOT,TILT ADJUSTMENT 1255-7506~008 KEYBOARD,LOW PROFILE,SWITZERLAND SEE TU- DRAWING COVER,KEYBNARND, PERSONAL COMPUTER 1255-7501-015 BUTTOM, REL,TILT FOOT,PERSONAL COMPUTER
B~1R--CCm2aAALm5mCBImL5mKPFm-mE,e7mTCe5aLAa0eUS,=e5TSS=m-CYP00H0R,000IK007NEGYB,OBAURTDTON

SCREW

.

*

A
EA
EA
EA
z EA £A FA EA

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTTED HEX

£a

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLOTTED HEX

A

RING,RETAINING

A

PAD,NONSKID,P/T

FA

SCREW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

EA

LSSQPOLEEPCIFELWONCSCKULWTPTL1AAIRA--SMTO-HSIFEHNIDDRMNELRRSLEAA3LWW5#SII36LKNN3EETGG5EYH-VBEE5OIRX8ANMTRGOED,FRPONVRACBMLOX

STYRENE
TONTH CRES 8 X.133

£A A
EA FY

003A90-HT-105C-8

10, SERTAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLEGE STA

FA

* D= {OW PROFILE KEYRNARD,

* SWISS, N= 2230528-0008,

* A= 0,35, W= 4.2, V= 12,

* F= 0y P= O

6-199

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528~0007

L

ITEN,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.900

00C4

00002.000

0005

00001,000

0006

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

00001.000

0009 0010

00001.000 00001.000

0011

00001.000

0012

00002.000

0013

00002.000

0014

00002.000

0015

0000t.000

0017

00002.000

0018

00006.000

0019 0020

00003.900 00002,000

0022

90002.000

0023

00006,000

0023 0026

00001.000 00001.000

0027 0028

00004.000 00000.048

0029

00001.000

00294

00298

0029¢C

00290

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION:ccoccoocacssoavocsassacscnnsne KYBDo TILTING,LOW PROF JLE, DENMARK/NORWAY

COMPONEMT.. DESCRIPTIMNccccceccacccoscacsscaccscanss

2230529-0001 2230536-0001 2230534-0001 2230532-0001 2230546-0001

BASE,KEYBOARD 1255-7500-015 HOUS ING y SHAFT,RIGHT 1255-7504-006 HOUSTING o SHAFT,LEFT 1255-7501-006 SHAFT,CLUTCH SPRING 1255-7502-007 SPRING, CLUTCH

2230546-0002

SPRING, CLUTCH

2230547-0001

SPRING, RETURN

2230547-0002

SPRING, RETURN

2230540-0001 2230527-0007 2230530-0001 2230538-0001 2230554-0001 2230552-0001 2230549-0001

FOOT,TILYT ADJUSTMENT

1255-7506-008

KEYBOARD,LOW PRNFILEDENM/HAORRWKAY

SFE TI- DRAWING

COVER yKEYB»OPA ERR SOD NAL COMPUTFR

1255-7501-015

BUTTON,REL,,TILT FOOT,PERSONAL COMPUTER

1255-7505-007

BRACKET,SPRING,BUTTON

e 00 0|

CLIP, CLUTCH

N 000

CABLE ASSY,KEYBOARD

4

0972679-0029

SCREW

g

0972679-0012

SCREW # 6~19 X 3/B SLOTTED HEX

0972679-0015

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLOTTED HEX

2230555-0007

RING,RETAINING

2230556-0001

PAD, NONSKID, P/ T

0972679-0013

SCREFW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

0936643-0001 0936664-0002 0411101-0058 0972436-0011 22756 09-0004

PC CLAMSHELL THERMOFORM STYRENE

SEE TI- DRAWING

LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD ROX

SEE TI- DRAWING

LOCKWASHER #6 EXTERNAL TOOTH CRES

QPL

= M$25335-58

INSULATIOM SLEEVING,PVC R X.133

00N3890-HT-105C-8

10, SERIAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLEGE STA

*D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* DEN/NORN,= 2230528-0007,

* A= 0,35y W= 4,2,
* F= 0, P= 0

V= 12,

UM EA EA A EA A EA EA EA FA EA EA A A £A EA EA A EA A EA EA A FA £A FT FA

6-198

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2230 528-0906

L

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001 0002

00001.000 00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00002.000

0005

00001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

00001.,000

0009 0010

00001.000 00001,000

ool

00001.000

0012

00002,000

0013

00002.000

0014

00002,000

0015

00001.000

0017

00002.000

oolr8

00006.000

0019

00003.000

0020

00002.000

0022

00002.000

0023

00006.000

0025

00001,000

0026

00001.000

0027

00004.000

0028

00000.048

0029

00001.000

00294

00290

0029C

00290

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccecevcscnvnncocse

ccesoe

KYBDs TILTING,LOW PROFILE,

DEN/F INLAND

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTINN.cesescsvoscocssocsccacssoscce

2230529-0001 2230536-0001 2230%534-0001 2230532-0001 2230546-0001

BASE,KEYBOARD 1255-7500-015 HOUS TNGy SHAF T, RIGHT 1255-7504-006 HOUSING » SHAF T, LEFT 1255-7503-006 SHAFT,CLUTCH SPRING 1255-7502-007 SPRING, CLUTCH

2230546-0002

SPRING, CLUTCH

2230547-0001

SPRING, RETURN

2230547-0002

SPRINGs RETURN

2230540-0001 2230527-0006 2230%30-0001 22230538-0001 2230554-0001 2230552-0001 2230549~0001

FOOT,TILT ADJUSTMENT 1255-7506-008 KFYROARD,LOW PROFILE,SWEDFN/FINLAND SEE T1- DRAWING COVER KEYBOARDy PERSONAL COMPUTER 1255-7301-01% BUTTON,REL,TILT FOOT,PERSONAL COMPUTFR 1255-7505-007 B--R--AnCmKmEwTme¢=S=P0R0I0NGy BUTTON

CLIP,CLUTCH

---------- 000

CABLE ASSY,KEYBNARD

A

0972679-0029

SCREW

0972679-0012

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTTED HEX

0972679-0015%

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLNTTED HEX

2230555-0007

RING,RETAINING

2230556~0001

PADGNONSKIN.P/T

0972679-0013

SCREW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

0936643-0001 0936664~-0002 0411101-0058 0972436-0011 2275609-0004

PC CLAMSHELL THERMOFORM STYRENE

SEE TI- DRAWING

LOW PROFILE KEYBNARD BOX

SEE TI- DRAWING

LOCKWASHER #6 EXTERNAL TOOTH CRES

QPL

- M535335-34

INSULATTON SLEEVING,PVC 8 X.133

003490-HT-105C-9

1Dy SERTAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLFRE STA

* D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* SWE/FINy N= 2230528-0006,

* As 0.35 H= 4.2, V= 12,

® F=0, P= 0

UM EA EA FA EA A EA EA FA A EA EA EA A A FA EA EA A A A A EA A A FT FA

5-197

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528-0005

L

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

90001.000

0004

00002.000

0005

00001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

00001.000

0009

00001.000

0010

00001.000

00l

00001.000

0012

00002.000

0013

00002.000

0014

00002.000

0015

00001.000

0017

00002.000

0018

00006.000

0019

00003.000

0020

00002.900

0022

00002.0C0

0023

00006.000

0025

00001.000

0026

00001.000

Q027

00004.000

o028

00000. 048

0029

00001.,000

00294

00298

0029¢C

00290

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccaceccosasascsvosonccoscnsses KYBD,TILTING,LNW PROFILE,SPANISH

COMPONENT.e DESCRIPTTONccecacscoacssassscconssssnces UM

2230529-0001

BASE.KFYBOARD

FA

1255-7500-015%

2230536-0001

HOUSTMG ¢ SHAFT, R IGHT

A

1255-7504-006

:

2230534-0001

HOUSING » SHAFT,LEFT

EA

1255-7503-006

2230532-0001

SHAFT,CLUTCH SPRING

EA

1255-7502-007

2230546-0001

SPRING, CLUTCH

A

2230546-0002

SPR ING, CLUTCH

EA

2230547-0001

SPRIMNG, RETURN

EA

2230547-0002

SPRING, RETURN

A

2230540-0001

FOOT,TILT ADJUSTMENT

EA

1255-7506-008

2230527-0005

KEYBOARD,LOW PROFILE,SPANISH

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2230530-0001

COVER,KEYBOARD, PERSONAL COMPUTER

EA

1255-7501-015

2230538-0001

BUTTON,PEL,TILT FOOT,PERSONAL COMPUTER

EA

1255-7505-007

2230554-0001

BRACKET 4 SPRING,BUTTON

A

g

--000

2230552-0001

CLIP,CLUTCH

FA

-------------------- 000

2230549-0001

CARLE ASSY,KEYROARD

s

EA

0972679-0029

SCREW

EA

0972679-0012

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTTED HEX

EA

0972679-0015

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLOTTED HEX.

EA

2230555-0007

RING,PETAINING

EA

2230556-0001

PAN,NONSKID.P/T

FA

0972679-0013

SCREW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

FA

0936643-0001

PC CLAMSHELL THERMOFORM STYRENF

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

0936664-0002

LOW PROFILE KEYROARD BOX

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

0411101-0058

LOCKWASHER #6 EXTERNAL TDOTH CRFS

EA

QrPL

- M$35335-58

0972436-0011

TNSULATION SLEFVING,PVC B X.133

FT

003890-HT-105C-8

2275609-0004

10, SFRIAL MO LABEL, BLANK, CNLLEGE STA

FA

* D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* SPN, N= 2230528-0005,

* A= 0,35, M= 4.2, V= 12,

*F= 0, P= 0

5-196

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528-0004

L

ITEM,
0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0008 0009 0010 onit 0012 0013 0014 0015 0017 0018 0019 0020 0022 0023 0025 0026 0027 0028 0029 00294 0029A 0029¢C 00290

QUANTITY.
00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00002.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001.000 00001,000 00001.000 00002,000 00002.000 00002.000 00001.000 00002,000 00006.000 00003,000 00002,000 00002.000 00006.000 00001.000 00001.000 00004.000 00000.048 00001,000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccocesococcsscassnsvscsncasnns KYBD,TILTING,LOW PROFILE,GERMANY/AUSTRIA

COMPONFNT..
2230529-0001 2230536-0001 2230534-0001 2230532-0001 2230566-0001 2230546-0002 2230547-0001 2230547-0002 2230540-0001 2230527-0004 2230530-0001 2230538-0001 2230554-0001 2230552-0001 2230549-0001 0972679-0029 0972679-0012 0972679-0015 2230555-0007 2230556-0001 0972679-0013 0936643-0001 0936664-0002 0411101-0058 0972436-0011 2275609-0006

ODESCRIPTION:ccescoccccevsescccsccanscsses UM

HH11O1O1SSB222UU2PHA555SS5RAS5555IIIFEN----NNT,G7777GG,,K5555,,CE0000LY4302UBCSS----TOLHH000C0AAUA001H0FRTF665T7DCTH,S4LRPERFIIGTNHGT .

£A EA A EA EA

SPRING, CLUTCH

A

SPRING, RETURN

A

SPRING, RETURN

£A

C--CS1--11AECFKROB=222mEBOLEURVm555mLOIYTAEm555ETPBmTCm-R--T,,OOKmm7,I77TCAN-Em555KImLRA,T=0L00EUDSRn,Te561YT,ESDSmu---CBLLYRP00H00aOO,,0ARA0001HAT0mKWID07850IREINJLDNYGUPTG,B,SRNPTBOAEMUFFRRETTODSNTOLTOOTENN,,APGLEERRSMCOAONNMAYPL/UATUECRSOTMRPIUATER

A EA A FA FA A EA

SCREW

s

EA

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTTED HEX

EA

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLOTTFD HEX

EA

RING,RETAINING

FA

PAN,NOMSKTD,P/T

A

SCREW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

FA

LL0SSQP1NCEDEPO0IO,EELNWC3SK8CSUW9ELTPTLA0RIAIRAS--I-MOT-HAHSFIELOHTIRDDMNEL-RR§EL1AA3NL0WWO5#S5II36LCKNN3LEE-GGT5AYE8H-BBVEE5EOIX8RLANT,MRGEOD,RFPNBRVALBMCLAONXK,8TSNTOVXTR.CHE1ON3LE3LCERGEES

STA

EA EA EA FT FA

* D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* GER/AUS, N= 2230528-0004,

* A= 0.35, W= 4.2, V= 12,

* f= 0, P= 0

5-195

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV.

2230528-0003

L

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

0C001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00002.000

0005

00001.000

D006

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

90001.000

0009

00001.000

ooi0

00001.000

o011

00001.000

0012

00002,000

0013

00002.000

0014

00002.000

0015

0000%t.C00

0017

n0002,000

o0o18

00006.000

0019 0020

00003.000 00002.000

0022

00002,000

0023

10006.000

0025

00001.000

0026

00001,000

0027

00004.000

0028

00000.048

0029

00001.000

00294

00298

0029C

00290

List of Materials

NESCRIPTIONceecscoosns KYBN, TILTING,LOW PROFI

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONceoccosceccseacsssevecsnccccnes

2230529-0001 2230536~-0001 2230534-0001 2230532-0001 2230546-0001

BASE,KEYBNARD 1255-7500-015 HOUS ING y SHA4FRITGHT 1255-7504-006 HOUS ING o SHAFTLE,FT 1255-7503-006 SHAFT,CL UTCH SPRING 1255-7502-007 SPRING, CLUTCH

2230546~0002

SPRING, CLUTCH

22305471-0001

SPRING, RETURN

2230547-0002

SPRING, RETURN

2230540~0001 2230527-0003 2230530-0001 2230538-0001 2230554-0001 2230552-0001 2230%549~0001

FOOT,TILT ADJUSTMENT 1255-7506-008 KEYBOARLDOW PROFTILE,FRANCF SEE TI- DRAWING COVER,KEYBDARD,PERSONAL COMPUTER 1255-7501~-015 BUTTRO EL N,T, ILT FOOT,PERSONAL COMPUTER 1255-7505-007 BRACKET, SPRING, BUTTON --==--e===-==000 CLIP,CLUTCH
e 000 CABLE ASSY,KEYBOARD

>

0972679-0029

SCREW

«

0972679-0012

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTYED HEX

0972679-0015 2230555-0007

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLOTTED HEX RING,RETAINING

2230556-0001

PAD,NONSKID,P/T

0972679-0013

SCREW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLDOTTED HEX

0936643-0001 0936664-0002 0411101-0058 0972436-0011 2275609-0004

PC CLAMSHELL THERMOF(ORM STYRENF

SEE TI- NRAWIMG

LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD BOX

SEE TT- DRAWING

LOCKWASHER #6 EXTERNAL TNOTH CRFS

QPL

- M535335-58

INSULATION SLEEVING,PVC 8 X.133

003890-HT-105C~8

ID,SFRIAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLFGE STA

* D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* FRENCH, N= 2230528-0003,

* A= 0.35, W= 4,2, V= 12,
* F= 0, P=0

UM Fa EA FA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA A FA EA EA EA A EA EA FA EA Ea EA EA FT FA

5-194

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528-0002

t

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00002,000

0005

00001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

00001 .000

0008

00001.000

ooc9

00001,000

0010

00001.000

0011

00001.000

0012

00002.000

0013

00002.000

0014

00002.000

0015

00001,000

0017

0C002.000

0018

00006.000

0019

00003.000

0020

00002.000

0022

00002.000

0023

00006.000

0025

00001.000

0026

00001.000

0027

00004.000

o028

00000.048

0029

00001.000

G029A

00298

0029¢C

00290

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION cccacvoscsavscevssosccasscss KYRD, TILTING,LOW PROFILE,VU.K.

COMPONENT,» DESCRIPTION.coscscccosovcvcconccsccsssas

2230529-0001 22305360001 2230534-0001 2230532-0001 2230546-0001

BASE,KFYBOARD 1255-7500-015 HOU»SSHI AF M T, RG IGHT 1255-7504-006 HOUSTNG SHAFT 4 LEFT 1255-7503-006 SHAFT,CLUYCH SPRING 1255-7502-007 SPRING, CLUTCH

2230546-0002

SPRINGs CLUTCH

2230547-0001

SPRING, RETURN

223054 T-0002

SPRINGs RETURN

2230540-0001 2230527-0002 2230530-0001 2230538-0001 2230554-0001

FOOT,TILT ADJUSTMENT 1255~7506-008 KEYBOARD+LOW PROFILE,UNITED KINGDOM SEE TI- DRAWING COVER ,XEYROARD, PERSONAL COMPUTER 1255-7501-015 BUTTONREL,TILT FOOT, PERSONAL COMPUTER 1255-7505-007 BRACKETY ySPRING,BUTTON

2230552~0001

2230549-0001

CABLF ASSY,KEYBOARD

&

0972679-0029

SCREW

0972679-0012

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTTED HEX

0972679-0015

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THD SLOTTED HEX

2230555-0007

RINGLRETAINING

2230556-0001

PAD ¢ NONSKIDP/, T

0972679-0013

SCREW # 619 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

0936643-0001 0936664-0002 0411101-0058 0972436-0011 2275609-0004

PC CLAMSHELL THERMOFORM STYRENE

SEE TI- DRAWING

LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD BOX

SEE TI- NRAWING

LOCKWASHER #6 EXTERNAL TOOTH CRES

QPL

- M$35335-58

INSULATION SLEEVING, PVC 8 X.133

003890-HT-105C.-8

10, SERTAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLEGE STA

* D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* UK, N= 2230528-0002,

* A= 0.35, W= 4.2, V= 12,
*F=0P,= 0

UM EA EA EA EA EA A EA EA EA EA EA EA EA FA EA EA A EA EA EA EA EA EA EA FT EA

6-193

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2230528-0001

t

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001 0002

00001 .000 00001.000

0003

00001.,000

0004

00002.000

0005

00001.000

0036

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

00001.000

0009

00001.000

0010

00001.000

0011

00001.000

00L2

00002,000

0013

00002.000

0014

00002.,000

0015

00001.000

0017

00002.000

0018

00006 .090

0019 0020

00003.000 00002.000

0022

00002,.000

0023

00006.000

0025

00001.000

0026

00001.000

2027

00004.000

0028

00000, 048

0029

00001.000

00294

00298

0029¢C

Q030

00001.000

0031

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.ccvacsvosccoccascnnn KYBD, TILTING,LOW PROFILE, DOMESTIC

COMPDOMENT.e DESCRIPTINNceeecccacscncscnsscscsncsscss

2230529-0001% 2230536-0001 2230534-0001 2230532-0001 2230546~0001

BASE.KEYBOARD 1255-7500-015 HOUS ING y SHAFT o RIGHT 1255-7504-006 HOUS ING, SHAFT, LEFT 1255-7503-006 SHAFT,CLUTCH SPRING 1255-7502-007 SPRING, CLUTCH

2230546~0002

SPRING, CLUTCH

2230547-0001

SPRING, RETURN

2230547~0002

SPRING, RETURN

2230540-0001 2230527-0001

FOOT,TILT ADJUSTMENT 1255-7506-008 KEYROA4RLDOW PROFILE,NOMESTIC STD

2230530-0001
2230538-0001
2230554-0001 2230552-0001 2230549-0001 0972679-0029 0972679-0012 0972679-0015 22305550007 2230556-0001 0972679-0013 0936643-0001 0936664=-0002 0411101-0058 0972436-0011
2275609-000%

COVERKEYBOARD, PERSONAL COMPUTER

1255-7501-015

BUTTON,REL, TILT FNOT,PERSONAL COMPUTER

BCB1-RAC-2ABL-5CLI-5KEP--E,-7TC-5LA-0US,-5TS-S-CYP0H,R000K00I700ENYGB,DRAURTDTON

4

SCREW

SCREW # 6-19 X 3/8 SLOTTED HEX

SCREW #6-19 X 3/4 THN SLOTTED HEX

RING,RETAINING

PAD,NONSKIN,P/T

SCREW # 6-19 X 1/2 SLOTTED HEX

SLQSPEMPLECIEWLEONCSCKULTTWPLIIAARA--MSOT-SHIFFHOIDDMRENLRRSLEAA3LWW5#SII63KLNN3EETGG5YEH-BVEE5OIRX8ANMTRGOED,FRPONVRABCMLOX

STYRENE
TOOTH CRFS 8 X.133

003890-HT-105C-8

ID, SERIAL NO LABEL, BLANK, COLLEGE STA

* D= LOW PROFILE KEYBOARD,

* N= 2230528~0001, A= 0,35,

* W= 4,2, V= 12, F= 0y P= 0O

2269942-0001

LABFL,UL

5

2269943-0002

LAREL, CSA,LR49011,COLLFGE STATION SEE TI- ORAWING

UM EA EA FA EA FA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA
A £A EA A EA EA EA EA A EA EA EA FT
EA
EA EA

5-192

[ el @& T ]

T

SNSOLADIN
S

=R

2

(OTOWITIVLI)SN! SNIWFA PNIANWIELOIRVY

WSLIMONITT20U0°3

9NT 0Y0" t5(Av0H

Frtr--: 2 Y1S0W5IL)(3 WS3NISHOLHavisNsI

[B)

UURUNDL

PRIT

DL BT

TR [

FALIVEAY

NUFYQZ 20V 0L 8 Wil

MMW RTI02T2 S0IN U 6& wWI3nl

MGY T8 QLY W3t

NMPVTGTYO0T01°£ O0IFO 221A00Y1L

§7 £W2

WwWI3LHy

000K

vINaGeRL [

300201 [B)

3HoI0x00Mu0L

[@ ] [T

METOIE0'C & L w3 02 [3)
A("SFFTNROV0T HMSIYZMVWZLSNYFSIIOG/LIO1P(54N)IOWIFVRITUSS1]RO)4VM0SIATSNSGMOHLIIILGANGSNIGWTIKGNHOFMUGTHVUOLLMLTyS)/1LL0OyDSXW0HSNYWTLWIAQTINROLSESOWNONNIIIIZSIY0SUMUSNSHLW0SGILIN2G{UNfINC33WSNY8WIT(X3ASYLSIlWWT0NT)HIMWAIMWNHYSKe¥SO00¥3YN58TTMR()N6OVITGWNISTM3HIIN§LSL1X5IY4'4)M0ANIOUTOVNWLIWYLIIS0INNA Y0OTTNNI4IIUIWIWT IYNNOSFDIWGHoY0LWIY&TySN8InL.TG 5]

+ 177HS WO¥S GINNILNOD SOV

[

°

|

Z

{

e

5-191



|

v

4

s

;m"_ wo _

9

|

L

v

3-3/8 N3O7Iv3L835

S A

O N{_3z-N0O 5N2-MSO3I10&S#K5W)Sls

o

SIS s

s

- -0 NOI1L23S

-- o
474 &
220 @
5| G

Rz
]

8
@@

.CW.N

7

~p &

T S

:

w

i

il n -7

ST

el

=

!

La

_

Beg-- B}

o)
..erIJr...a
F`}MJ."_J=

-

--

Fs ais

Si R BB i M

T

LY O Mol` ] ,.-_2N_..

= @

(LA __`--.l&\-.ufl'

234 

/ __ | /

6 -

\o© el __VR \

©

o

[l

a

5-190

>

| Lelezeose|z T



v

iy

s

°

¢

23 @/
B& |

Flofxin [« |de/d

I

SOR3V0S 0WwA7TiANLNON7OT IU7AINM9NNTAONSYV_0A3R 1)L§9Q()O(7:5(N7GTVB3vSGVIIz0EE3G00GL5IOOIEE0SIEWIS'NiNNCYNlMDDIY.,

1

vl

_GIOOY ROV

RL1GUIWH)TIO1r §LI00~IA08VR00I0-0S-T((ODG]B)0RfZYPE_O9G2I2L0I)O0TS0H5H7-YD

-- & | #zeosze, ) _

(38 71 uS) V-V mM3IIA

/ P
/

/
/

t

Y| aINTNIz

|

SOESE _[VI2796[=a TIITY,

}

s

|

s

PJF2I7NLN[ x]]~ es [-oen]

o

TLU2ADS MOT

--

v

fee] mmms |

[ --

I

TLS TV 0N0 gMz T M3e N ANDR 9
WXTONX I
a5 vecs oe // HREAHt VIGMSiS2Ey9 !

Nt | anvinil wst

£

FvdS < IS M TINILTIL OuvOR - 3>

Iy vyT
T - 2SRT

5-188

.p:eSflgPuU fih 3 S8O-S0I3wSPAQ {2)IB-LD2°O%MSHWS9=-0A'(L3Y]OHS1.TB(CI)LT1T9L2D10TO0Y()


T LTI O CIVIINGT §II0N

(1 IL)

ISHG
SIMIWS

TH2L0"AIWTTAGRNUOTDIoVOUHSLYSONINQ(L18ITNWOIaOWS2I1OY)MNITAII8TIO3YmYWiWHSTLQNoNVlI(NM(S1NNWTTSIYLHIZ)ITGINGLSIWVELT(UNU RFIWIIINQUMIUO)L`IWQTG3R6IPESHSO¥OTA1'A7NDITwNHTITSTQFVLHI(I3ATV0AGNw0DiNTtTOY)YNXSO7OWL4XO1YIW7WI052INNNTSI7Y4STINItHWT3LG

[E)

Q7HIMS JMMIO SSIND 510N

|

v

¥

s

T

°

T

z

-/

12714783

PART NUMBFR

REV

223426 1-0001

A

1TEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00001.000

0005

00001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

REF

0008

00003.000

0009

00001.000

0010

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION. co0ccosnscosrescscoscccasson SPEECH MODULE, PROFESSIONAL COMPUTER

COMPONENTos DNESCRIPTIONceccosccsscccasacacsccccneasss UM

2232403-0001

TELEPHNGNE ELECTRONICS

A

1254-2403-000

2232373-0001

SPEECH ELECTRONICS

EA

1254-2373-000

2211839-0003

SPACER,PC BOARD,NYLON

EA

SEE Tl- NRAWING

2221313-0001

HDNR ,DUAL RODY,12 STR PINS .370" 1ROW

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2221313-0002

HD, R DUAL BODY,18 STR PINS .370" 1ROW

FA

SEE T1- DRAWING

2221313-0003

HEADER, DUAL BODY,22STR PINS .370" 1 ROW

A

SEE TI- DRAWIMNG

2219301-0001

SPEC,HDLG,EC SENSITIVE PARTS AND ASSYS

FA

0996341-0001

SPACER,PC BOARD,.1825" BODY,PLASTIC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2237357-0001

SPACFR, SPFECH BOARD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

0972632-0006

STRAP,TIE DOWN,CABLE-NON-STANDARD

EA

0604T7-SST2S

2

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2234261-8001

A

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001.000

0004

00001.000

0005

00001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

REF

0008

00003.000

0009

00001.000

0010

00001 .000

DESCRIPTIOMeccceonssoscssccsos~onancnncss SPEECH MODULE, PROFFSSIONAL COMPUTER/SPRS

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONuccsccsccccscssnsnccsecssnsces UM

2232403-0001

TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS

EA

1254-2403-000

22323 73-0001

SPEECH ELECTRONICS

EA

1254-2373-000

2211839-0003

SPACER,PC BOARD,NYLON

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

2221313-0001

HDR,DUAL BODY,12 STR PINS .37C" IROW

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2221313-0002

HDR ,DUAL RBODY,18 STR PINS .370" 1ROW

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2221313-0003

HEADER,DUAL BDDY,22STR PINS .370" 1 ROW

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2219301-0001

SPEC,HOLG,EC SENSITIVE PARTS AND ASSYS

EA

0996341-0001

SPACERyPC BDARD,.1825" AONY,PLASTIC

A

SEE TI- DRAVWING

2237357-0001-

SPACER, SPEECH BDARD

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

0972632-0006

STRAP,TIE DOWN,CABLE-NNN-STANDARD

FA

060477-SST3S

6-187

ny 1

H2L-0AdSS0Y00 3nAGT v Puan-isl. S5

..l_

------ ----

_

g
)

a2

%7

o [FREIEL

=/f | womwta e 0 eonvi(6
-2E82460 g
T B o ey OO AWN/Ea PGOVNI10 OOVT-{51201LED2y2 MSAv¢m &WOALY AOOLV o8| |

=

NG T --

=

CAIIMTWAOILVNLOLIFISISAIWTASAiTnIeYNOLLVMI1NH0IY.TPT4O2I.L4TS47EO3WDvFLHoE06:20EUTQII3HNL1 AWIdSTwBIMS1Gy§t) 2

oo o0A.3 W-(O)I3aNlOs1D0IQ0YNM3Yvw0TeANTdBIN0011IVSTTyNWS0i1ns4*W1LBHIwCyoNSrvNiQtuTyIw)]w

¢

03412345 BSmuIu0 SSIWA ShON

<

|

®

5-186

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2234246-0001

B

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

0003

00006.000

0005

00002.000

0005

0009

REF

0010

REF

0011

REF

0999

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccsacosscerccvssscsacscsccsne 256Kk RAM EXPANSION {SLAVE BNARD)

COMPONENT,., DESCRIPTION.esevceccecassaccsasscacancss UM

2234248-0001

O1A,LOGIC,NETAILE2D5,6K RAM EXPANS[ON

EA

0996341-0003

SPACER,PC BNARD,ZYTEL,NATURAL COLOR

EA

2210288-0022 0994396-9901

HEADER, 1-ROW,22 CONTACTS, 100" CENTFRS

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Pl,P2

SEE TI- DRAWING

PROCEDURE, SITE & DATE CODF SERTALIZATION EA

2219301-0001

SPEC,HDLG,EC SENSITIVF PARTS AND ASSYS

FA

2237301-0001

SPEC,UNIT TEST-256/512K BYTE SLAVE PWB

EA

2234246-5001

256K RAM FXP.{SLAVE BRD) AUTO-TNSERYT

FA

1257-5246-002

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2234246-5001

8

ITEM.

QUANTITY.,

o001

00021.000

0004

00036.000

0004A

00048

0004C

0004D

0004E

0004F

0006

00018.000

00064

00068

0006C

0007

00018.909

00074

00078

0007C

0008

00001 .000

00084

DESCRIPTION<coecosocrcnscsnscoscsansscnns 256K RAM EXP.ISLAVE BRD} AUTO-INSERT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTINN.ccecesvsancscscssossnccsssss UM

2234247-0001

PHB y256K RAM FXPANSTION

£A

2211118-0004
0972763-0025 0972763-0013 0972924-0018

IC,64K~BIT DYNAMIC RAM,150NS TA/ROW

FA

TMS416~-4-15NL

i

V60,61 ,U62,U63 ,Ub%,U65,U66

TMS416-4-15NL

U67,U68,U70,UT1,U72,UT3,U74

TMS 416-4-15NL

U75,U76,U77,U78,U80,UB1,U82

TMS416-4~15ML

U83,U84%,U85,U86,U87,UR8,U90

TMS416-4~15NL

U91,U92,U93,U94,UU99, 5U,7

TM5416-4-15NL

u9s

TMSAL16-4-15NL

CAPACITO. RLO,UF S0V FX,CERAMIC DIEL

EA

COR CA~CO3I5U1042050A

C404C51,9C424C4%3,C44,C45,C46

COR CA-CO3ZI5U1047050A

C474C48,C49,C50,4C51,C52,C%3

COR CA-C03Z5U1042050A

5440554C56,C57

COR CA-CO032I5U1042050A

CAP,FIXED .010UF S0 VOLTS

A

004222-MC1OSE0137

C58,C59,C60,(61,062:C63,C64

004222-MC105E1032

C654C66¢C6T¢C68,C69,LT0,CT1

004222-MC1051037

CT24C73,C74,CT5

004222-MC105E1032

CAP FIX TANT SDLID 6.8 MFD 10 ® 35 VOLT FA

QrL

=M39003/1-2304

76

QrPL

~439003/1-2304

5-185

'

W

vevess

{QYv08 3AvS) NOISNYJX3 WYY 3952
DIYLIN-IS] <102

[£835(n1ONV0O1NUV_JA(V0IaNSvO0)IGLI3NIAIOvII1SSS)INTVGoXX3T wWyoya wX995527 11002005I0O--NW99OvpNzZ_vLpeaEvz2yz2|

T 7 T T7TeTeT so00-gvz9522] T |vls i000-zr2eEzz T 1817 " 1000-9v2v622]

wwaowio x2078

gmgl VAN

Avemisey

J ¥61

270105 WM 00| ¥30705 ONvHI 00 (51v3 18 #0700 0% 101 101

20-v21 18G5 1

10121 10-206

| |

380w75l,

 2

£

s3907t 9 (©)

220

L

_| eQo)ols OeFz

_| ozio0cCc|o|sz§oO Hani

a

Qe IUwIHI(2) So6r6er6e0: WILSon TgIOO7 7Y0(0)%~¢ W55lL0L30SW3Y13N0IMI[NDT|

-- T

swory

|

ISVIIIY
VAN WI

WWH0S
6DLLOS amI |

b

i

-

"

`P90

NANL

OPN

"QLA

NBHL

8GR NUHL 06N OLN `9N AL

ONT 02N

138V

SiSIN3I9vNAGoI¥WdOD ONYJALOLNISNNOIZSD 21ILNuIiSWGIQN3O33IN0a3nYe

FOIV'IIDIAVSHIO SIO

ALINLSOALIINT WOs

IONWYO OL NIVAID

3MOBNVVidAIITSBAWSISSY3aY

SININCIWOD SINL INOILAYD

§

A

JAIMGMNY K1O3'LFYNIHXS0YSIdVdAYVS3007

£ 5837084
W331lv0 B33gus NMxOeHvSw

[3]

E SS331010327d Ad33d ONNYMONOSN HJSAYIOMM ILAVIINLdYONWdIaXy OSwuIvSwY []

£2 38 TIYHS HI9NTI Qv3T wnwixww 3]

9°5 38 MWHS IMDIIH LNINOGWOD whwirsw [7) 03493¢5 Z9MFIUO SSFWA S2UON

ol
-~

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2234243-5001

0

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

00234

0026

00001.000

6026A

0029

©000.000

00294

0029R

0030

00000.000

0030A

00308

0031

00000. 200

00314

oo31B

0032

00000.000

00324

00328

0033

00000.000

00334

00338

List of Materials

NESCRIPTION....« 256/512K RAM E

AIN BRD)-AUTN-INSFRT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTI(Ncececcesassonavasccsscnssscss UM

0972946~ 0045 2210631-0001 2210689-0001 2210704~ 0001 2210649-0001 2210695-0001

C40

qQrL

-M39003/1-2304

V*VV*RV#V*V*VVSRVV*«V*1SI1ITSMEETTMME---MA--------CCCC0FS00AEAAALLLLLLLLL,LLL,,,YYYYIIITIILIIIIIILLL.SSESSSSSSSSSS55FTTIII5RTTTTTTTTTTTT12I1ITTBTBBB2N---------X--4-E-2E2EEFEE8AM1LLLLLLLLLMM,L150T5SSS5SSS5SDS,,,UODUUUE2221127T27U120QS9SSSRR52222A228444A8#8UUEE-0EET19AA111550L0A0ADD0DDBWWLTDIIIOTNNAODAAAGGSSSSHBNBBBBBBBBIMUUUBBUUUNBUUUTDFSRUUURERRRERRRDLAAAANRRRMNNNN-NNNNNILLL=NNNS-----S--/PT-T--T-BTITIIHITEI-TIEIEEUX#NNNNNONNMVNNNFRR8FRTELNNFN.NOFAAA2RPTTT5EEEPAWWW R//IP3CTS~AYESPTTBAOGTNFE&N/FCCLIOHRLUKMTPY

EA EA EA A

VVV#V*1«M----CTAOLLLL,YIIII1SSSS5ITTTT2TB----4EELMLL15SS55,U22210S#4442CE1555T5D1AL

ASBRRUAUBRURAUMRNL=SN--T-,TITEXNNNRCNIAVTEER,®3ST.OUTPUT BURN-IN

EA

5-183

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

RFV

2234243-5001

0

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0010

00001.000

00104

oottt

0C001.000

00114

0012

00003.000

00124

0013

N0002.000

00134

0014

00036.000

00144

00148

0014C

00140

0014E

0014F

0016

00003.000

00164

0017

00001.000

00174

ools

00001.000

oo184

0021

00024.000

00214

00218

0021C

00210

0022

00019.000

00224

0022R

0022¢C

0023

00001.000

List of Materials

NESCRIPTIONccesccoosvcscovscssnncsacaces 256/ 512K RAM EXP.{MAIN BRD)}-AUTO-INSFRT

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONceccscscasvensensscccnsscccca UM

0996422-0001 0996 755-0001 2220360-0002 0972141-0062 2211118-0004
0972946-0065 0972946-0113 0972946-0110 0972763-0025
0972763-0013
0972924-0018

1Cy SNT4LS125N 001295-SN74LS125N

EA

ur

001295-SNT4L S125N

TCs SNT4L S245N BUS XCVR TRANSITION

FA

001295-SN74LS245N

us

001295-SN74L5245N

IC, NCTAL DRAM DRIVER, 3-STATE NUTPUTS

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

U, UL, UL

SEE TI- DRAWING

NETHWORK yRESISTOR 6.8K OHMS

SEE

= T1 DRAWTING

2% 14 PIN

EA

ur2,u1s3

SEE

= T1 DRAWING

TC»64X-BIT DYNAMIC RAM,150NS TA/RNW TMS 416-4-15NL

EA

U20,U21,1122,U23,124,125,

THS&16-4~15NL

u26,u27,U28,U30,U31,U32,

THS416~4=-15NL

U33,U34,U35,U36,U37,U38,

TMS416-4-15N1

U40,U41,U42,U43,U44,U4S,

THMS416-4-15NL

UG6,U47,U48,US0,USL,US52,

TMS 41 6-~4-15NL

US3,U54,1155,U56,057,US8

TMS416-6-15NL

<

RES FIX 1.0K OHM ST .25 W CARBON FILM

ROH

= R=25

£8

R24sR44RE

ROH

=25

\

RES FIX 100K OHM S % .25 W CARRON FILM

ROH

EER=25

£A

R1

ROH

~ R=-25

RES FIX 75 K OHM 5 % .25 W CARRON FILM

ROH

= R=25

FA

R3

ROH

= R=25

CAPACTTOR,.10UF SOV FX,CERAMIC DIFL

FA

CO3R4C4C,AC-5C,OC36745CU71,0C4780,5C09A,C10,

COR CA-C0375U1042050A

CO1R1,0C1A2-,CCO123Z,SCU1L4N,4CZ10S50,AC16,

CCO41R27,,CCC41A38-,,CCC0413497,,5C£U621500,4C720510,AC41,

COR CA-CO3Z5U104Z050A

CAP,FIXED .O10UF SO VOLTS 004222-MC105E1032

FA

C2,4C22,023,4024,C25,C26, 004222-MC105E1032

002472,2022-8M,C012095,EC13003,2C31,C32,

003432,2C23-44,C01305S,EC13063,7C37,C38,C39

CAP FIX TANT SOLID 6.8 MFD 10 % 35 VOLT FA

QPL

=M39003/1-2304

5-182

12/714/93

PART NUMBER

REV

2234243-0001

D

ITEM.
0002 0006 0¥00010564 00154 0019

QUANTITY.
REF 00001.000
00002.000
00001.000

00194 0024
0025 0027 0028 0034 0999

REF REF 00001.000 00002.000 REF 00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONGcossosovssocsccssacossnsscns 256/512K RAM EXPANSION (MAIN BOARD)

COMPONENT..
2234245-0001 2210293-0003
2210970-0005
0972927-0034
09943969901 2219301-0001 2234297-0001 0085936-0017 2237300-0001 2234243-5001

DESCRIPTIONeccccscccsccsccocsccscsssosce UM

DIA,LOGIC,DETAILED,256/512K RAM EXP

£A

uCcCSSISSSS13AOEEDEEEEyPEEPEFEEENRLNOA9.YC2TTFTTTTEIIIIIII~D-X-----M2UO2RO-EDDDDDMDU,PIRRRRRRLSC0AAAAAAEAISWWWWWW,T.IIIIIIE,NNNNNN5GPGGGGG0TC0A&VPP8DE0A2D,T0,E0

3NS RISE TIME MAX® | SINGLE ROM,.100 CNT
PF 5 % CODE SERTALTZATION

EA EA EA EA

SPEC,HDLG,EC SENSITIVE PARTS AND ASSYS

A

SOU1PSPE6EHYT7CEIL8IOE4FNT2I9=CAP.1TL7#2-AS10ETI0-EO04,NB6F,AXURNPRIEATLNSIOTODENSTX-.R12AM8%76/SL1G2KFALYATNEGE PW8

EA A EA

256/512K RAM EXP.(MAIN BRD)-AUTO-INSERT A
1287-5243-002

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2234263-5001

0

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

0003

00001.000

00034

0004

00001,000

00044

0005

00000.000

0005 A

0007

00001.000

00074

0008 00001.000

00084

0009

00001.000

00094

¢

DESCRIPTIONses evcsossccnne 256/512K RAM EXP.(MAIN BRD

COMPONENT. e
72342440001 2220645-0001
2223234-0001
2211984-0011
0972810-0001
0972900-7474
0972811-0001

DESCRIPTTONccescccscssccsacsscncocsocsse UM

PWB,256/512K RAM EXPANSTON

A

uv*SS1SS1tzEEEEHA2N2I1EEEEA55LCECL44,TT,,--DEDWTTTTMYMROIIIINEPNR----AMAAKMOLT-IR1DEDSCDDY6RRNRRR--AAAAT004WWWW4C00MFNIIII00LOOECNNNNRSNMGGGG2TO2RRIYO1TLNEMCOANR&TRARYOLLER

FA
EA 50
£A
A

us

NETHORK SNT4LST4N

EA

us |

NETHORK-SNT4LS280N

EA

3

5-181

|

w|

z

WY- Y

er=2ve2z
W2IG/952

19999e0A120

ASVNIS

- = o

M

Z

SNLLTNIoo S5 ].,sveny BP[THT0R57 T~

A

..E._

010 W0 BT

NOLL 13530 1YISNI-OINY ((RQIIVVOOGF MNIIvVWH)) NNOOIISSIN-YYIaXXIT

WMV

NX22II5571995522 ||

11A000I05G0W--O6N9p2e9r16eA2a%2z

Te ece@ Joworesa

i

s

_

coce[99oezzeezlzlz] |- 1T IINXPSIVTvvTl #[e+] roo0--,sezoezz

NI 2121318] s000- vozeeez

HT=l
wvaovia] 8Md]|

381

1(000000~-§9piZzpiEp2i2z__ATOH2I1S9S07Y]

=l

Q7| 1000-sc88r22

gmg|

_h... sclaeiel (1

4[31000-cv2e622 x781v355Y

e s
woote 13437 w0A3Y¥
VAN A8

!

i e

e S

3S 0705 JAYM nlicol ez-l

o'¢fis Lvd) #79 ¥0T102 08 'L9H | 10 | 10-206

s ..
L sas e
[wdVW | &

£

[

i3

g

e

o100 s2'0

THVHHDINT _NOTSIIwAwNGD

5-180

A | ev s s [PR20 TRWB (B9 BISHI | 4

F97FP| 8- 07 -7W[3V807T60E720T3 D3UlAve IGCIIPISILIIUGDNDI| 3

S B g il Qe
$3G

O2xdaN 42 200 S e 27]
138 0300w `o1

- 3PP2.6 SYM 87 WILl wit|a

100G
S¥M,

NS
12

IW5NI6RL31R5040Q1)0L#W2LTLO2G10000N7D51~90

1

FIH]

vveer " Frd[f131@0052-f503120y035ui8t[n@)]

Y|

FSvI
o732y

I3y
gy

0TPv? WNI2 O0Se

s

L

Obacaar |
|

o

1 ITIETETAE

--actw
[

Ion
]



f_..\

v
oo B S e e 028 ATBWISSY Sii NO GISh 1ON 89D 9
a;)RMTsNi 385 5% QIH3I8%N0ISYniSiI oIuNnIsSsYNIoVSnkHoIAL0I0TL03%wSt QOULNNvYI1NSOo`JOHWNIIO5OD3NN1O3YSNIHVLOLIuNY3SI]WGO3INoNYwOMIvAdT`EOW0LILSYS¥TYITJAOYSiLHA13IIOSNNNOYSIHLIASuYIYDO S

wun arai ST #W2_pWe31u1an4=34TeNiMSOSdNIeS20-¥o3dY1n0Is0OHDNMY

A0'TCILHYIWYIHXIOYNUAYYY I1V0/3LIS NuvK

(3]

s 2 o Vo Wi ouaav) @

£°2 38 TIYHS HLINIT OYI HONIXYR E
9°6 38 TIVHS LHDIIH ININOIHOD HANIXYR [1]

v

T

s

I

°

OIROISS ITMIILO SSITN SILON

¢

i

2

'

-

12714783

PART MUMBER

REV

2232403-5001

M

ITEM. 02014

QUANTTITY,

0202

00000.000

02024

0203

00000.000

02034

0204

00000.000

02044

D206

00000.000

02064

0207

00000.000

0207A

0208

00000.000

02084

0209

00000.000

02094

0210

00000.000

0210A

0211

00000.000

02114

0212

00000.000

02124

0213

00000.000

02134

0214

00000.000

02144

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION veeseessccsvsvccossossssssasse TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS-AUTO INSFRTED

COMPONENT..
2210600-0001 2210604-0001 2210606-0001 2210631-0001 2210636-0001 2210644-0001 2210649-0001 2210752-0001 2210665-0001 2210718-0001 2210651-0001 2210663-0001

DESCRIPTIONccocecsovecsvesoccessscsccsns UM

I**VV*VV*VVV*VVV#V**V#VVV*VVVVVVVV*V*V*C-#SS--S-I--SS--#*----1-S-=-1«S----I1«S---1--III1,I11SLLLSSUULUCLUULLLLCLLSLULLLCSCULCLLLCCCULLLLLCCLCUIIUUI,ABIB,UIBBIIIIU,II1B,III,,,,BIIIIBIII,II,S,BSSBBLSILBSSBSSLSSSLSSSSLLLSSSS$SSSSSSLSSSSSSSLSL0STTSSSSSSST$STTTTSSTTT5TTTT1TTTTTTT$TTTTSTTTTTTSTT-~TT4TTT1117-118II--III--3---IS--3---5I-I--------I1-IIII-653402L5TT5TTL36T0LL5TLL0LLLLLTT1LLLLLLLLTLTTLTTL182,95,S7,UU81UUSUSS01USSS5SSUSU5SSSSSSS5¢USUUSUUS,,N,,,,41,1TT3TT,3T113T31HBT1111T080O0T72T10TT1TTCSUQQH0Q-6Q3EQEE3EE6E633E65E020SE85E0&823444EE5E4EOYEAUUUUBXU1-U712789592585XNLAAAAIAIACDDLDTDDNFFFFFFBBFFFFFFF,I,POOOOOOOOUOOOOOUBD22NURRRRRRRRRRRRRRURB-BBB4BB2BB2BB-BJBBBVTBMBBNSNKU-U-BI-UUUUUUUUBBBBUIUUEUBBUAU-UFS-BULRUUUUNIRRRRRRUURRRNRPRTRRGRRLIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIRRRRRIRRNPINNNNNNNNNNPNNTNNNNNTTTTTITTTTTNTTFDTNTNNNNNNNNNU-P-------U~---E-EEEE--EE-IEEEEEPAEE~RL----B--ETUIIIIIIIITMIIIMMMMIRMMMIIIMMMIMTMNI-IIITIIIIUTNNNNNNNNNNNNSNNNNDNUNNNNFNNVFP3BDELF-I3T43343333N2AE22R2EOF7O561030N2687N5AGNSRPLADNAAORDTN1CPYFD-4OWWL,M//ISP3PWCNCSA-/NEHERSPTTMATS,ITEADDTTOITSTRR£E,IC£NLDCTVRLRUCRITLGRPOGUU

)

EA A A EA A EA EA FA EA EA EA EA

5-179

N -

T

P

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-5001

N

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

00750

0077

00001.000

00774

0078

00003,000

0078A

0079

00012.000

00794

00793

0080

00001.000

0080A

0081

00001.000

00814

0082

00006,000

00824A

0087

00002.000

0087A

0089

00001.000

00894

0090

00001.000

00904

0091

00002,000

00914A

0092 00924

00001.000

0093

00001,000

00934

0094

00001.000

00944

0140

00001,009

01404

0201

00000.000

List of Materials

DTEELSECPRHIOPNTEIONE.LcEeCcToRvOvNeIvCcSc-sAsUnTsOrsnIcNsSsEsRsTsEnDscoce

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.sescessoncccesvvssncaccssoes UM

R53,R74,R75,RI1,R106,8R4

1658~

=000

0539370-0359

RESISTOR,536 OHMS .25W 1% FIXLD,FILM

EA

R112

0972946-0105 0972946-0113
0972946-0087 0972454-0002 0972932-0001 0539370-0481 0972946-0137
0972947-0089
0972946-0101
0972946-0117 0972946-0153 0539370-0364
0972946-0129 2210695-0001

RES FIX 47 K OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

FA

ROH

- R=25

b

R76,R102,R114

ROH

~ R=25

RES FIX 100K DHM 5 % .25 W CARBNN FILM

EA

ROH

- R-25

RA, R714RT24RT7,R79,RBO,RB6y

ROH

- R-25

RAT,R88,RIT,R104,R113

ROH

- R-25

RFS FIX 8.2K OHM S % .25 W CARBON FILM

A

ROH

k=25

R95

ROH

- R-2S

DIODE,1NT18A 15V S¥ SIL VLT REG ~1M718A

FA

CR8

~1N718A

DIODE 1N914R SEE TI- DRAWING

EA

CR2,CR3,CR&,CR5,CRI,CR1L

SEE TI- DRAWING

RES FIX FILM 10.0K OHM 1% .25 WATY

FA

COR

~NAS5D-100PPM/C

R49,R96

-

COR

=NASS0-100PPN/C

RRRRRRROO[E8O1HHSS3H08

FIXFIX--

R1-.205M R1R0--5250K

DHM
DHM

5 T .25
ST .5 W

W i CARBON FILM CARBON FILM

FA
EA

ROH

« R-50

CRnRSRRRSRRCROR71OEEEOOOAFER8HEF0SHHSHS5R1,ERSFTTFF1III{IIX0S--XX-----9TOPRDNDFRRR31-AIR3--R-52SL22A20A5SFM55K5WW1KIIXNN.6GNOG0HH6¥M4.

5
S

% .25 W CARRON
¥ .25 W CARBON TMFG-01H1/M74SH,5 DOHM 13 .25 WATT

FILM
FILM 

4

EA
FA EA FA

R111

cnr

- NASS

PES FIX 470K OHM 5 X .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

UL

= R-25

R103

"

ROH

- R-25

IC,1L5245,0CTAL BUS,XCIVER,3ST,.IUTPUT

EA

V-L IST-LS245 BURN-IN

5-178

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-5001

M

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

00574

0058

00003.000

00584

0061

00002,000

00614

0062

00003,000

00624

0063

00002.000

00634

0065

00002,000

00654

0066

20003.000

0066A

0068

00003.000

00684

0069

00003.000

00694

0070 00T0A

00006.000

0071

00003.000

0071A

0072

00006.000

00724

0073

00001.000

00734

0074

00001.000

00744

0075

00024,000

007SA

00758

0075C

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccacsvssccacccncncscconcocncs TELEPHONE ELEC TRONICS-AUTO INSERTED

COMPOMENT.. OESCRIPTIONccccccecrcsssscsccccsacacaccs UM

C84C53+C58,C6T7,LT1,C72,C73

COR CA-C0225VU1022100A

0972763-0013

CAP,FIXED .O010UF SO VOLTS

FA

004222-MC105E1032

374050,C66

004222-MC105E1032

0972946-0017
0972946-0082 0972946-0099 0972946-0034 0972946-0051 0972946-0061 0972946-0065 0972946-0073 0972946-0079 09729460081 0972946-0091 0972966-0027 0972946-0089

RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR1111EREOREOOOOEOOE2R1OE4EE3O5OOOOOOOOEE15OOSOO41OOO16363966EEESHSSHHHHS6SHHSHSHSS7HHHHHHHHSSHM4HH,HHH10,455SSS5518581S67R81,R888T,,,=47+,,R-4-y-R4RR"FFRFFFFRFFFFFF3RRFRS,6I3IR92IIII6IIIII&I3IS6SRXXTXXXXX969XXXXX69X281=-------------=---=--1=--~,,3, ,,,4R,R,R1RRRRR2RRRSRRRRR6RRRR52RRR3RR4RRR2R4112RR11R5673.=----=.===--872R ---=-1=-4.7-==---0.,010T926-2222220012222T22..3222229.~22222220~--0,T20047S-55S55-K55055055550K0S550555555KKK,5K00K6 0,K00o0R000RR0RR3O6IOOOO&OONO4OOOO04HHHEHH8HHHH2HHHH1,MMMMY,MMMMBMMMM,,R, yRR3RR4955S55BS5SS5552$SSR 30%T%2,,,,4R%TT¥XR%%XR6 RG3..R1.312.26S..2.....1..,05522522222222,2-0S555,5555555

W,CARBON
W CARBON W CARBON W.CARBON W CARBON W CARBON # CA"¥RBON W CARBON W CARBON W CARBON W CARBON W.CARBON W CARBON

FILM
FILM FILM FILM FILM FILM FELM FILM FILM FILM FILM FILM FILM

A
A EA EA EA EA FA FA £A EA A EA £A

6177

12/14/ 83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-5001

M

ITEM. 0038A

QUANTITY,

0039

00001.000

00394

0040

00001 .000

00404

00408

0040C

0041

00001.000

00414

0042

00001.000

00424A

0043

00002.000

0043A

0045

00001.000

00454

0046

00002.000

00464

0049

00001.000

00494

0054

0C001.000

00544

0056

00029.000

00564

00568

0056C

00560

0056E

0057

00007.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONesevovescssocavsacnascccosans TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS-AUTO INSERTED

COMPONENT.. 2221005-0001 0972686-0002

DESCRIPTIONcceccccssosscaccsscsscssveces UM

u32

SEE TI- DRAWING

1C+MOS,QUAD 2-TNPUT AND GATE 14PIN PLSTC SEE TI- NRAWING

EA

us

SFE TI- DRAWING

NETHORK SN74LS158N

EA

u22

*ITEM 216(P/N 2210663-1}1S

*AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

2221069-0001

1C,MOS QUAD,2~INPUT, 14PIN NOR GATE

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

uar

SEE TI- ORAWING

0972757-0041

CAP,FIX,CERAMIC, 33 PF, 50 V, 10T

EA

007115-SFE TI DWG

c35

007115~-SFE TI DHG

0972757-0021

CAP,y FIX, 470O0 PF, 50 V, 10%

EA

C3.C28

0972763-0029

CAP ,22MF,50V,+80,-202 FIX AXTAL LEAD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

31

SEE TI- DPAWING

0972757-0043

CAPACITOR, 15PF ¢10%,50WVDC, CERAMIC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

C1,C2

SFE TI- DRAWING

-

0972757-0019

CAP,FIXED CER 3300PF 10% 50V

EA

36

0972763-0021

CAP, FIXED,AXTAL LEAD, .047 UF,480%,-20%

EA

1632-0000-000

c21

1632-0000-000

0972763-0025

CAPACITOP,.10UF SOV FX,CERAMIC DIEL

EA

COR CA-C03Z5U1047050A

5,C6,07,9,C13,C19,C23,

COR CA-CO3Z5U1042050A

24,025,026,4(29,C30,C31,

COR CA-CO275U1042050A

C424C43,4C444C45,C46,C4T,

COR CA-CN375U104Z050A

C489C49,C51,C52,£54,C55,

COR CA-0325U10420504A

C564C5T75CT74,4CT5

COR CA-C032I5U1042050A

0972763-0001

CAPACITOR, .001UF 50V FX CFRAMIC DIEL

EA

COR CA-CO02Z5U1027100A

5-176

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-5001

M

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

00308

0030C

0031

00001.000

00314

00318

0031C

0032

00001.000

00324

00328

0032¢C

0033

00001.000

00334

00338

0033C

0034

00001.000

00344A

00348

0034C

0035

00003.000

00354

00358

0035C

0036

00002.000

0036A

00368

0036C

0037

00001.000

00374

00378

0037C

0038

00001,000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONcevoccsocsancsscvossoncsscncs TELEPHONE ELECTROMICS-AUTO INSERTED

COMPONENT. o DESCRIPTION.cececccoccsvacccasrssccncane UM

*ITEM 206(P/N 2210631-1)1S

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0972815-0001

NFTWORK-SNT4LS85N

A

u9

*ITEM 207(P/N 2210636-111S

*AN ACCEPTABLF SURSTITUTE

0972900-7109

NETHORK SN74LS 109N

A

0000-0000-000

u10

0000-0000-000

*ITEM 208(P/N 2210644~1}1S

0000-0000-000

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0000-0000-000

0996422-0001

1C ¢ SNT4LS125N

EA

001295-SNT4LS125N

us

001 295-SNTST42L5N

*ITFM 209(P/N 2210649-1}1S

001295-5N74LS125N

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SN74L5125N

0219402-7133

NETHORK SN74S133N

EA

>

0000~0000-000

139

0000-0000-000

#ITEM 210(P/N 2210752-1}1S

0000-0000-000

*®*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0000-0000-000

0972669-0003

1Cy SYNCHRONOUS 4 BIT SN74LS161IN

A

T1

-SNT4LS161IN

U12,U13,Ul4

T1

~SNT4LS1 61N

*ITEM 211(P/N 2210665-1)1S

Tl

=SN74LS161IN

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

T

~SNT4LS161IN

0972787-0003

NETWORK SM74LS36TMH

FA

U3l,uls

*]TEM 212(P/N 2210718-111S

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0972782-0001

NFTWORK SN74LS132N

EA

Tt

~SNT4LSL32N

u7

Tl

=SNT4LS132N

SITEM 213(P/N 2210651-111S

Tr

-SN74LS132N

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

Tt

-SN74L5132N

2221082-0001

1, CMOS ,RUFFER,HEXy P-CHANNEL ,OPEN DRAIN

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

5-175

12/14/83

PARY NUMBER

REV

2232403~5001

M

ITEM.
00194 0020 00204 002t 00214 0022 00224 0023 00234 0024 00244 0025 00254 00258

QUANTITY,
00003.000 C0001.000 00091.000 00002.000 00001.000 00001.000

0025C
0026 00264 00268 0026C 0027 00274 00278 0027¢C 0028 00284 00288 0028¢ 0029 00294 0030 0030A

N0001.000 00002.000 00001,000 00001.000 00005.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cooesee TELEPHOME ELECTRONI

esescassoccsccsss UTO INSERTED

COMPONENT,,
2221100-0001 2220999-0001 2221098-0001 2221099-0001 2221247-0001 0996755-0001 L 0972900-7400
0972900-7406

DESCRIPTINMicovecsvoosceoscoscsccscssncsae UM

ICSUSUEE,32EE3M8,0,UUSTT321,I4--9,DUFND3CRR0NAANWWEIIPNNGG

EA

SEIFC,D¥-IT-YPFDRAQWUIANNG FLIP-FLOP,16-PIN PL PKG

EA

uyuSSSSu00SSSSu0*2EEEEaEEE2E220I0IIII0sEFEEEErE1E3CTCC1C11,,E,,,222DSMuMS999TTTTTTTT-I2OH5iI15IIIII5TNsST------~---Y-G,42SPLSSNL0ENENHCS1DDDNDDDNTTTT2(RRRRRRRR4A444PAAAAAAAAOLL8LL5/WWWWWWWWC-SNNSIIIIIIIITB2NSN2NNNNNNAID2GGG4GGGGL4GT6-5B525TUN2NNSYF1SPFL0ER6IX9PC5V-LSR-FAH1LIT)FNCT1TPHRS/EAMSNRU,SGLI2TTT0RII-,VOP1NII4AN-R,PAPITLNIPRKGPL

A EA EA EA

0NU«11AlE02NT13W32N-9AR75CK5-C6SE4NPS-TTM0A4T0BL40LSLF2S4O5ONSNUBSTITUTF

*

EA

«11I22T33E33M--77552660442--(00P00/00N 2210600-1}1S g,

*1MA2NE3T3W-OAR7CK5C6E4PS-TN0AT0B40LLESO4&SMURSTITUTE

EA

uz,u3

*ITEM 203{P/N 2210604-1)15 *AN ACCFPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0972749-0001

NETWOPK, SN74LSOBN

EA

us

*1TEM 204(P/N 2210606-1)1S

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

2221239-0001

1CUS6E,E TRTI1-PLEDRANWAINDNG GATES,3 INP.UTS,FAST FMLY

EA

0972900-7474

SNFFETWOTRIK- DSRHA7W4ILNSGT4M

?

FA

U16,Ul7,U18,U19,U20

5-174

12714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-0001

M

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0142

00003.000

0142A

0143

00002.000

0143A

0146

00000.100

0145

00000.300

0148

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION: cososcveencosnssscsncosnscose TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS

COMPONENT.. DNESCRIPTIOMcoesecoconcccccoscconccscnnce UM

2211348-0002

HEADER,1-ROW 2-P0S,100 CENTER GOLD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

 22-23,E1-E104 E8-E9

SEE TI- DRAWING

2211348-0003

HEADER » | ~R(W,3~-P0.S1,00 CENTERS ,GOLD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

E13-E2-E16,E24-E25-E26

SEE TI- DRAWING

0410499-0009

INSULATION,SLEEVING #16 NATURAL

FT

qQPL

- MIL~-1-22129

0410499-0012

INSULATION SLEEVING, TEFLON #10 NATURAL

FT

2234295-0001

LABFL,FCC APPROVAL - SPFECH PwWR

EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

12714/ 83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-5001

M

I1TEM.
0001 0003 R00000073A 00074 0010 00104 0011 00114 0014
00144 0016 00164 0017 00174 0018 00184 0019

QUANTITY,
00001.000 00001.000

00001.000

00001.000

00001.000

00002.000

00001.000

00001.000

00001.000

.

; 00002.000

DESCRIPTINN evosecroorevsccacessnsssnces TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS-AUTO INSECRTED

COMPONENT.,
2232404-0001 2221071-0001
?2211781-0001 2221075-0002 2221150-0001
2210594-0002
0996304-0001
221107; 7-0001 0996437-0001
2221063-0001

DESCPIPTIONcessocovrcccccconcecocccances UM

ICuuVSU1SSSSSSIS[,Is44FsEEEPEEEECO2CC932EsEEE,EECEEH,P5oWH4T8BM=N~,TTTMTTTTTNA-,RSII1IIIIIKSM0PCI--------SPE0TOOLE2U,BCI0PDDDDDDDDD9HF-TR.RRRRRRRMNI0MA3AAAAAAA,UFF0WW0WWWWWWLPR0II0IIIIIITI,NN0NNNNNNIGRTGGGVGGGGGGPNEYLNCJIF.FFI,ERBS5TAGOVC-ELK,IMAD6NEAT2PRCI~5UA,ONTT.NW,O5i ,,R%10<L10O8L0PWITI-NNCN,TO4RISP,SOLEPNALWSSTTICC

£A FEA FA EA EA EA

U4T,U48

IC,LM306,AMPL,PHR ,AUDTO

EA

u3s

0u0SuSI3E3EI00ICsEsF,CC11,,22AS99LTTNN5511MA7----3L53OSS49GNN6D,D773RR855AASP44WWBW66IIUI33NNRTD8BGGNCUPP-AHLI,N18PYEQURAIADPNHAELDROIAGFLF.

COMPARATOR POS & DRIVE SIG.RNG,PL,

EA EA EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

5-173

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-0001

M

ITENM. 01084

QUANTITY,

o109 01094

00001.000

o110

00001.000

01104 o111

00091.000

ol114

o113 01134

00001.000

o118

00001.000

01184

0124

00003.000

01244

0125

AR

0126

AR

0127

AR

o128

AR

0129

AR

0130

AR

0131

AR

0132

REF

0136 01364

00001.000

0137

00002,000

0138

00001.000

0l38A

0139

00001.000

0141

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONcsecccoososcnnssssssssvaccans TELEPHONE ELEC TRONICS

COMPONENT,. DNESCRIPTIOM.ceeccccscsncccnnascossssasas UM

Jé

SEE YI- DRAWING

0972594-0005

SWITCH,ROCKER-PWB MNUNTED 023880-900128

FA

Sl

023880-900128

2221073-0001

CONN.FLANGED THREADFED PLUG,3-P0S,AUNTO SEE TI- DRAWING

EA

P13

SEE T1- DRAWING

2221130-0001

CONNECTOR, JACK SEF TI- DRAWING

EA

Ja

SEE TI- DRAWING

2221079-0001

AUDIO INTCOM CPLG XFMR,900/600 0OHM,90MA

EA

2232385-0001 0185113-0001

TCSSPX111EEA122EE2B55SL44PE~-ATTCII-E-ARSSODYR=R=XA0SA0T0W0WS00IIPNNETGGAO-K1E8R-SCPAESEECH

£A EA

*®

-

** INSTAL=L UNDER Q4,C11,C12

0417836-5099 0417836-5199 0417836-5299 0417836-5399 0417836-5499 0417836-5599 0417836-5699 2219301-0001

uUuUuWUutLLLLLWWLWWWWISIIIIIIRPRRRRRREEEEEEEEC,#N######2222222D-------4446444LAAAAAAAGPPPPPPP,PPPPPPPWWWWWWWERRRRRRRHHHHHHHCOOOOOOOTTTTTTTVVVVVVV///////FEEEEEEYGBBROBDDDDSDDDELRRERLELKNNDGUNSITIVE

IPVC 1 SLD CND

1PVC IPVC

1 1

SSLLDDP

CND CND

IPVC IPVC

»

1 1

SLD SLD

CND CND

IPVC 1 SLD CND

IPVC 1 SLD CND

PARTS AND ASSYS

FT FT FT FT FV FY FY FA

2210188-0016
0085936-0017 2210188-0018

USSXSXSEFEEUUSSEHEYF44ONE10CCLFKKTTTTEETT~---,,111.DN1#II25DDDPP1ERRR,,-AAA424WWW04B6III--ANNNPRPGGGRIIFNHLS,,LLO0OWDW

PROFILE
X.1A7 LG PRAFILF

FLANGE

EA
£A EA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

2211540-0001

FOAM, .35X.50X.05,PNLY, ADHESIVE BACKED

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2232403-5001

TELEPHONE ELECTRONICS-AUTD ENSERTFD

EA

1254-3403-008

5-172

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-0001

M

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0060

00001,000

00604

0064

00001.000

0064A

0067 00674

00001.000

0076

00001.000

0076A

0083

00003.000

0083A

0084

00001.000

0084A

0085

00001.000

00854

0086

00001.000

0086 A

:

0096

00004.000

0098

REF

0101

REF

0102

00001.000

0102A

0103

00001.000

0104 01044

00001.000

0105

00001.000

01054

0106

00001.000

0106A

o107

00001.000

01074

0108

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccoscasssosccccssncccocsscces TELEPHONE ELEC TRONTCS

COMPOMENT.. DESCRIPTION eccesencscocccsosscncsannass UM

2210449-0002 0972946-0041 2210996~-0011 09729460097 0972934-0003 0972138-0001 0972537-0003 0972537-0002 0972487-0001 0994196-9901

OSC MODULE yCRYSTAL,4.096 MHZ,.01%

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

Y2

SEE TI- DRAWING

RES FIX 100 OHM 5 ¥ .25 W CARBON FILM

EA

ROH

=SUR=2S

R89

ROH

- R-25

RES,VAR,20,000 OHMS +-10% TOL. 1 TURN

EA

SEE YI- NRAWING

R11S

SEE TI~- DRAWING

RES FIX 22 K OHM S X .25 W CARBON FILM

A

ROH

- R-25

R90O

ROH

- R=25

DIDNE,INT4BA 3.9 V 5% SIL VOLT REG

EA

T

=IN7648A

CR6¢CRT,CR13

TI

-IN748A

DIODE,TRIGGER DIAC

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

CR1

SEE TI- DRAWING

DIODE,LED RED RT ANGLE

A

072619-550-0406

Cr10

072619-550-0406

DIODE,LED GREEN RY ANGLE

EA

072619-550~-0206

*

CR12

072619-550-0206

JUMPER PLUG,CONNECTNR BLACK

EA

5935-0900-000

~

PROCENURE,STTE  DATE CODE SERTALIZATION EA

2234242-0001

UNIT TEST SPEC, TELEPHONE

A

2210841-0011 2234252-0001 2210841-0017 2210841-0021 2221458-0002 2211483-0002 2211483-0003

CONyNC, ARD EDGE 100"CTR,1-ROW,12CONT.

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

J3

SEE TI- DRAWING

PLATF, SPEECH OPTION

FA

1678-4252-002

CONN. CARD EDGE,1-ROW,18 CONTACTS,.100%C A

EEE TT- DRAWING

SEE TI- DRAWING

CONN, CARD FDGEy¢1-ROW,22 CNAMNTACTS,.100"C EA

SEE T1- DRAWING

J2

SEE TI- NRAWING

:

AUDIO JACK,VERTICAL,.14" DIA,SOLDER LUG

EA

SEE TI1- DRAWING

Pls

SEE TI- DRAWING

JACK, TELEPHONE, 6-CIRCUIT MNDULAR

A

SEE TI- DRAWING

J5

SEE TI- ORAWING

JACK, TELEPHONE

EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

517

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232403-0001

M

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0002

REF

0004

00002.000

0004A

0005

00001.000

0005A

2008

00001.000

00084

0009

00001.000

00094

0012

00003.000

0012A

0013

00001.000

0013A

0015

00001.000

00154

0044 0044A

00001.000

0047

00006.000

00474

0048

00001.000

00484

0050

00005.000

00504

0051

00001.000

00514

0053

00003.000

00534

0055

00011.000

00554

0059

00001.000

00594

List of Materials

PTEDLEESPCHROINPETIOENL.EsCsTsRsOoNcIsCcScossscscsoscscnsconse

CNMPONENT,. 2232405-0001 2221054-0001
2221093-0001 2220425-0007 2234254-0004 2221072-0003 0972958~0001 0996938-0001L 2221243-0002
0972965-0036
2221243-0001
2220722-0028
2220722-0021
2220722~ 0040

DESCRIPTION.cceveesevvosecccccsaascscsce UM

DIAGRAM LNGIC,DETAILED SPFECH,PIGGY BACK FA

REL AY y ARM»A SET ALEDU , DR PDTE , 2.0 A

A

K1,K2

TJEIyT0T00SQuSRUSSVS1PSS1FCII43E0CsEEE1E04EEIM0A2R2E,E94lEEEEAE4E,4CI5NO5MTPQ7,4CM4S7O,,21M~R,-T1ISTTTNPTTT,I3CII4O4I3IIIS,O-0------T--22P--TL-3CSIM55RMYOHYFLC44EOCDRDSA2DN2DDDNO-TS-TCRRNTRNRNCRRRS0TI09EAA22AOAEAAANAE400LLWS9WD9WWWWWMER2C00OOI0SIE0IIIII,LNPSN5SRON5NNNNNS2,,AGAAGARGGGGGP9NFCC/0EEOPPMJ5EGIIUACALCN,HT,CRI+TOPVI1CNEOUOPNFM,,PGV1UEOFT0NLIF%,TER,PALU4GDPE0P0.VEFR,gFEASEGWXCUTLTAOLT-EO5ARD

EA EA EA EA EA EA EA

c38

B

SFF TI- DRAWING

CAP FXD 1UF,10%,50V,CERAMIC

MIL

=CKO6BX105K

A

C44C20,C224C27,C34,C40

MIL

-CX06BX1 05K

CAP,POLYESTER FOTL,+33UF,10%,400V SEE TI- DRAWING

EA

C39

SEE TI- DRAWING

CAPo AL ELEC,47 UF,35 SEE TI- DRAWING

V,RADIAL

TERMINALS

EA

C14,C15,C16,C17,C32

SEF T1- DRAWING

CAPACITOR,ELEC, 100UF/25V LB SERIES SEE TI~ NDRAWING

EA

c18

SEE TI- DRAWING

CAP,AL ELEC,10 MF, SOV RADIAL TERMINALS

EA

C10,C11,C12

2220722-0039

CAP,AL ELEC,4.7 MF, S0V RADTAL TERMINALS EA

Cal

2210835-0005

CRYSTAL, 3.579545 SEE TI- DRAWING

MHZ,

GND LFAD

HC18/U

EA

Yl

SEE T1- NRAWING

5-170

om 1 v

| Tw2

0pP2Eee

|
TIIT

3NOHd373L

oLIN-1], T, B

vam

v o ----o--

57wwSa0OSS/zvSvsanV#WAOGA5D37LBS0(A(T0225U7y9A4N5LM508NNB1T7TIw-9S0F1W»7Wi°2QAAt70LTLiA T7LftSoS5NorI L 5OJNsWHII,0MWL1v4w>(ESD315gID1AO Ms3M1GO0GT4rI1I3d-N9VGr(CEIWF)TT S61rIeeLAir3¥I1QdI1O0Mw)p3IiFEJ18NSowI-¥SgoToOTMwvNdT2SsdWlatQ7(sseINCYa)OSBewHIV02unTN1i0IiLIOp0myEY--MTITW QINNIINDD :SAON

9e32~62Bi0o0vA7Ei22(0e T2N2a GGlICRoeOlrrLNeGSb,2WI0 HLvmiLIdoLPpG lArTnL3I:[ B Lwsi3tu7k3t7WF5OT0"n2W1 ac1NDeDO216Tn02S0s5``OABIevTleZ (3 « 5w31S \WwSWTTNpiQg(Ni1vF3e-3K382QiO&P)A(O\11N0LL0\15L.~6 S

= e sior

:

¢

L57A307
e

SYM030607
e

II1O8N1 S

W32#1130}0-

IN2101dPZ2LIE06300570YHSOYMOw6MO01

M¥gA0IML0I1(E¥G4O1 EKOMi)SdH]1t

T

] LTHowiv Eorzeed |

Se%RyTaIe

=

=

et

2 3 3

.

s

|

ol
IIT

o e
srnam [ o

TH--S ou- Ayuaa rD ET~ e =T

BS [ 001t 00000 VSOoVeNei22TTT

ufi 0% TR 2,

[¥TE]iot

1v20

378

033

powt

nfi30fi3] m6

T 24|

s 10

.

1000-2¥2bE22 | 345 1531 1INAL

NYHOVIO ONIHIM

@5

= |~ lo|w|2]2is SR --lne <frbeom|n =f| --jlmlel

T0DWNSR IWT83iaOA07wZi/L/rTII11ItMF3R.EL W03

o1| mousfom

v0 VWI0WIBSyHlI SMIILI2E0K 133V30Y339324190WIWIS1H WIONA (520 ViIZELSE)AN#AT21v3dSWY T1W)IS&K¥D
3IVVISA KON a6y W/11005- 341 K} OMIVINOD Quy IR 6E) ML 3d6v55 AAYNDS WTINSIASKYT) SSOUIV AN H3IMAN 6 WAL T2WmL0SH)13 SSOMY DN HIMON % I923 0VaVvIS5H2I3

SSOHIY DR UIMNN % AI£L2T3 0INWyLSH22T3 SSOUN MY YIRAN %6 AL 93 I0V¥ISK63 YBMIA S| A3S1N AO0M1S L3LIVIIRDCON LtMLRILETWOAMSISHA
#I0111S50HdILI8JM00S73A8It NOH0I3IN100VI0I1ISIQSNO)dHILSIY38Y OI01NO0N}SI1IH1I5IL0IdM05S38 W10031 ONY YADV"2IO553M30M8M4 U33d35 S"IHSIKMO1L3JA0U0IGSNI`9NINI15ETIN

1600 (01124T0 W3N,I

Fr ]

&S&2=££3g5%%

»n
D& i

4

/m I * o "

M30) 0OLWI WT3W1ASHMI1 K0O43189n0d1 [3|A1I¥MLI11dl TKTD0I41VALSOH0!I1

SAR1<N2VN1613¥N12"9O5M0O30IN48AN110ROE2SHM3TUL73d3WLI1N0V0IR3IYSOY¥ADIH31MDI4I0VNN0O3A4BSDNYYYIANOVSI1N1AD0NYTOOB`ANREH0NII1NODSGD1DSVYIYAHWAIIY1IVLS104I4vHL3I3I1SADSO1-MBN1NH1OVS32H1D1hILI0SAT4IIV1uYdDDAy

RIVUDWYIGHAYNN 66 WMI3Y1I1S YG3N4Y R3M0O0ND£S 551A3V123016¥I4LAIISOXNOYMUAK0Y%

 Y5350313051Y0I11¥1K531dT3MT¥OIS"LRMNNI0OONIDNOSSINAOWIJOTE43KNMOJOIASVINAIAOB1JIA3YSO1INAYIATRSYIRYXO2NBI1IS9AVS0YRY1

04vD0 J1 017MMHI9N6I0T1 Y%2T 3A8NA1IIXNYHAS

31 0BVMO1401G¥3) 1Y N3M0BJM0TDIVHSRAA0LaXVY0R8

03412345 ISWMITUO SSIWN SN

|

<

i

BEE

©

5-169

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232373-5001

G

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0209A

0210

00000.000

0210A

0211

00000, 000

02114

0212

00000.000

02124

0213

00000.000

02134

0214

00000.000

02144

0215

00000,000

02154

0216

00000.000

0216A

0217

00000.000

0217A

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cesosoocsosacssavoscssocncscns SPEECH ELECTRONICS, AUTO INSERTED

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIONcsvcccccscvsocacscsansascscas

2210733~0001 2210700-0001 2210710~ 0001 2210695-0001 2210738-0001 22106 08-0001
2210741-0001 2210746-0001

*SUBSTITUTE FOR [TEM 13

V-LIST-LS125 BURN-IN

IC¢ LS669,SYNC 4~BIT UP/DN BINARY CNT

V-LIST-1L5669 BURN-IN

*SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 15

V=L IST-LS669 BURN-IN

1C,15259+8-BIT ADDRESSABLE LATCHES

V-LIST-15259 BURN-IN

*SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 16

V-LIST-LS259 BURN-IN

IC+L5299 8-RIT UNIVERSAL SFT REGISTER

V=LIST=-LS299 RURN IN

*SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 17

V-LIST-L5299 BURN IN

1C¢LS5245,0CTAL BUS,XCIVER,3ST.0UTPUT

V-LIST=LS245 BURN-IN

*SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 19

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

IC+ S044yHEX INVERTERS

V-LIST=-504 BURM-TN

*SUBSTITUTE FMR ITEM 21

V-LIST~-S04 BURN-IN

IC+LS10, TRIPLE, 3-TNPUT NAND

V=L 1IST-LS10

BURN-IN

*SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 22

I*#VVVVC=SS-I--,LLUCULLS,1BBI11ISISSSS1S6STTTTT6,T-I-I-,=TST5TS4LR16UU1=SI14T1T-1PE2E0L-3EBBB-,UUUFF2ORORRRRNNNB3---U-AIIIRINITNNNNNTTD-PEE-MWIUONTR-22I45PNOVSEIRTTIEVREiy

AND 4

V-LIST=564 BURN-IN

UM A EA EA A EA EA
FA EA

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2232373-5001

G

ITEM. 00314 00318 0037 00374 0038 0038A

QUANTITY,
00002,000 00002.000

0039 00394

00001.000

D042 00424

00002.000

0048 00484

00005.000

0052 00524

00004.200

0201 02014

00000.000

0202 02024

00000.0C0

0203 0203A

00000.000

0204 0204A

00000.000

0205 02054

00000.000

0206 0206A

00000.000

0207

00000.000

02074

0208

00000.000

0208A

0209

00000.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPT I0Nceooosocsscsscassonsnsascance SPEFCH ELECTRONICS, AUTO INSERTED

COMPONFNT.. DESCRIPTINMececcooseccscccocasnscccsscee MM

2220736-0001 2220726-0001 0972924-0014% 097 2946~-0034 0972946-0082 0972763-0001 2210600-0001
« 2210604~0001 2210606-0001 2210620-0001 2210621-0001 2210627-0001 2210631-0001 2210644-0001 2210649-0001

0C05001744322,422CC2226--21MM+,CCCC11630040559,EECC1123001433,,22CC4306,C44,047

c00U0CQ0uQ116PAPCCS000s0LL7yP,120000,,0000TTuU----F44660000IFF53X000030000020--,0090,MMTQ----Q33AU0000U99NA00000AT0D00000D0N33//S11ONP-L-AOI22NSD2D2,88099RG15ATGFAU,FT2DFS,21I0NTPUIT2NS0PUTVSOLT

EA FA FA

RRRROEO6HSH,R1FSIX=-

R5=12.S0 R=25

OHY

5

%

.25

W.CARBON

FILM

EA

RRRROEO2HSH6,RF1IX6=-,RRRS1-=.7221,55KR1D9H,MR13S % .25 W CARBON FILM

FA

V*VCCCV*V11OOC--SAS--9C,RRLLUPUL,L+IA1IRBIICLSCSSSSSS1SCC0ITTTTTT01AA0T-4-II--,--OLLTTLL(CCRS¢SUUSS4,O0H,00TT0Q03E22U44FE00,X77AC.D5504,UU08FIF111OON200RRU=VF22BEBBBI72UUUURNRI1[1RRRTPNTTNNNS00E-UEE--O-00TRTMMVIIIIAASNNNN

FX CFRAMIC
NANQ S
&

DIEL

A EA EA

V*VV*VV#1TI---S-S-SCCCLL,LULULU,yTI1IBIBIRLLISLSSSSSS$S5TSTTTTTT3O3-T-I-I-I20B1-1TLTLT,,5L,SUSUSU80SSQ3T0T3-T0U3U2E8E0E80AADIDN,,P2FFF2UOOO-~TRRRIABBBBNIUUUUUNPNIIIRRPRRPATTTUNNNNNUNFEE-----TTDMMMIIIIINNNNN

AND 7
8 OR 9

FA EA EA

VV*VV11---S-CCLLLUL,,IUIBILLSSSSSSSTTTTT75---I-41LL1TL,,SS5USD2535TTU-121E4AWLIDFEON,R 3BBBBF-UUUULIIRRRRITNNNNNEP----PMI-TITUNNNNFTL1O0PANDW/P2S-EWTIDE £

AND-OR CLR

FA A

V*1-SCLUyIBLSSSTT1I-0TL9US,TTDE&UALFORJKBUIRTFNE-LMIINP-1F1LOP W/PSET & CLR

FA

*VS-ULBISSTTI-TLUST1E09 FORBURINT-EIMN 12

VVI--CLL,IILSSSTT1--2LL5SS,11Q02U95AD BRBUUUSRRNM--BIIUNNFFER W/3-STATE OUTPU

5-167

12714783

+ PART NUMBER

RFV

©2232373-5001

G

ITEM, 00224

QUANTITY,.

0022n

0022C

0023

00001.000

0023A

0024

00001.000

00244

00248

0024C

0025 00254

00001.000

00258

002s5¢C

0026 0026A

00002,000

0027

00004.000

00274

0029

00020.000

0029A

00298

0029C

0030

00030.000

00304

no3on

0030C

0030D

0030

0031

00012.000

List of Materials

DESCPIPTION: coee. SPEECH ELFCTRANICS,

AU®TeOscsIcNcSsERsTsEcDncssnsas

COMPONENT. o 2221239-0001 0219402-7411
0219402-7464

NESCRIPTION cceesnccsocecsovanacsannsccss UM

U55,US6

1225-5503-000

®ITEN 21S5(P/N 2210608-1)1S

1225-5503-000

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUASSTITUTE

1225-5503~000

1C,TRIPLE NAND GATES,3 SEE TI- NRAWING

INPUTS,FAST

FMLY

FaA

use

SEE TI- DRAWING

NETWORK SMT4S11N

EA

ust

SITEM 216(P/N 2210741~-1)1S

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

METWORK SN74564N

A

Uk

2221064-0001 2221062-0001 2220921-0002 0972763~-0025
0972763-0013

*ITEM 217(P/N 2210746-1)1S

*AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE

SIECEs TTTLI,- MDRUAWILNGTIPDECLONEER X , QUEADR , P,LSTC PK EA

C0CCCCCCUUUCUSSSSUSTSS1ON5OOOAO02EE5E2EA43E211EECC4RR0RRR6REFEPEE4E,EP8o5899129,%2A,4,,C,,,,TF2C1UC5CUUCCCCCCTTTTTTITTI21426,4LAAAA12IIAIIAIIIXKUT22-,6----0~--C6----30--EO9M,C,6,CCCC,,CDR,2CXM4O0OO0O,CUUO,UDD1UDCDDD3D36333C51233RRL7R04RRRZ2R72Z7ZT1Z410,AAA-TAAA.5A575.,555,,SU,,,WWBW0WWTWWU,1,U3UUUCCCUUIUUII1IIIIIP011C111163N185NT0N12NNNUNL,002UG1000UG30G,G2FGG52GUE0438F444s,40,,,X4Z7,2222RZ£1(EUU2,0CA000S0205R012U52OM555550,45S630V09,0000,0C9,,45,A4AA4(1CAUU5CV3F25123OX3,5742L,,C,,,N,TCSC10SUUCEE595l23CR368b85lAMRIECAD

¢

CYCLE DIEL

TM

FA FA A
FA

5-166

12/714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232373-5001

G

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

00128

0012¢C 0013 00134

00001.000

00138

0013C 0015 . 00154

00004.000

00150 0015¢C

0016 00164

00001.000

00168 0016C
S oor7
< 00174

00001.000

00178

0017C 0018

000064.000

0018A 0019

00002.000

0019A

0019R

0019¢C 0020 00204

00002.000

9021

00001 .000

0021 A

oo21s

0021¢C 0022

00002.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.. SPEECH ELECTROS

sceccscccscssescsssses + AUTO INSERTED

COMPOMENT.e 0996422-0001 0996765-0002 0996023-0001 0996425-0001 2221100-0001 0996755-0001 2221092-0001 0219402~7404

DESCRIPTION.ceccocavececcessevssvccecscs

*ITEM 208(P/N 2210644~1)1S 0000-0000-000 #AN ACCEPTABLE SURSTITUTE 0000-0000-000

1C, SNT4LS125N 001295-SNT4LS125N

u06021295-SNTALS125N

*ITEM 209(P/H 2210649-111S 001295-SNT4LS125N

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

001295-SNT4LS125N

IC¢SNT4LS669AN, 4=BIT UP/DNWN

001295-SNT4LS669AN

:

COUNTERS

U03021,2U9353-,SUN3T44,LUS36569AN

*ITEM 210(P/N 2210733-1}1S 001295~-SNT74LS669AN

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE 001295-SNTALS669AN

T1Cy SNT4LS259N

TI

«SNT4LS259N

u40 T *ITEM TI

~SNT4LS259N 211{P/N 2210700-111S =SNT4LS259N

®AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

TI

=SNT74L 525N

1Cy SNT4LS299N

2

001295-SNT4LS299N

U040l1295~-SNT4LS299N

-

*ITEM 212(P/N 2210710-1}1S 001295-SNT4LS299N

#0A0N129A5C-CSENPTTA4RLL5E299NSUBSTITUTE

1C MOS,DECODER

SEE TI- DRAWING

U36,U37,U38,U39

SEE TI- DRAWING 1C,SN74LS24SN BUS 001295-SNT4LS245N

XCVR

TRANSETION

ua, U9

001295-SNT4LS5245N *ITEM 213(P/N 2210695-111S 001295-SN74LS245N *AN ACCFPTABLFE SURSTITUTE 001295-SNT4LS245N 1Cy MOS,RUFFER/NRIVER/IMVERTER

SEE TI- DRAWING

uto,utl SEE TI- NRAWING NETWORK SNT4504M

uso SITEM 214(P/N

2210738-1}1S

®AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

0972900-7410

NETWORK SNT4LS1ON 1225-5503-000

UM EA EA EA A EA EA A FA A

5-165

12714/83

PART NUMBER

REV

22323713-5001

G

ITEM .

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0005

00002.000

00054

00058

0005C

- 0006

00001.000

00064

00068

0006C

0007

00001.000

0007A

0007R

0007C

0008 0008A

90001.000

00088

0008C

0009 0009A

00001.000

00098

0009C

0010

00001.000

0010A

0010n

0010C

0011

00002.000

00114

ool118

0011C

0012

00002.000

00124

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONccscessscecssesssocosnssconcnca SPFECH ELECTRNNICS, AUTO INSERTED

COMPONENT. o 2232374-0001 0972900~ 7400
0972900-7404

DESCRIPT IONcscevoocevccocccasnscsacncess PWR, SPEECH 1254-0000-000 NFTHORK SNT4LSOON 1233-7564-000 usT,Us8 1233-7564-000 *ITEM 201(P/N 2210600-1)1S 1233-7564-000 *AN ACCFPTABLF SUBSTITUTE 1233-7564-000 NETWORK SN74LS04M

us3 *[TEM 202(P/N 2210604~1115

0972749-0001

*AN ACCFPTABLE SUBSTITUTE NETWORK, SN74LSO8N

U690 *ITEM 203{P/N 2210606-111S #AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

>

0972900-7430 0972900-7432 0972900-7451 0972900~74T4

NETWORK

SNT74LS30N

T1

~SNT4LS30N

V64

T

=SNT4LS3ION

*ITEY 204(P/N 2210620-1)1S

Tt

~SNT4LS30N

#AN ACCFPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

TI

-SNTALSION

NETWORK SN74LS32N

T

- SNT&LS32N

us9

Tt

--SN74LS32N

*ITFHM 20S(P/N 2210621-1)1S

TI

~SNT4LS32H

*AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

T

=SNT4LSIZN

METWORK

SNT4LSSIN

Tt

~SNT4LSSIN

Uss

T!

=SNT4LSSIN

*ITFM 206(P/N 2210627-111S

T

=SNT4LSSIN

*AN ACCEPTARLF SURSTITUTE

Tl

=SNT4LSSIN

NETWORK SNT4LST4N

U66 ,U46 *ITEM 207(P/N

2210631-111S

*AN ACCEPT%BLE SUBSTITUTE

0972900-7109

NETHORK SNT74LS109N 0000-~0000-000 U47,U48 0000-0000-000

UM EA A EA
EA
EA FA A
EA
EA

5-164

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232373-0001

G

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0002

REF

0003

00001.000

0003A

0004

00001.000

0004A

0028 0028A

00001.000

0032

00002.000

00324

0035

REF

0040

20001.000

00404

0044

00001.000

00444

0045

00001.000

00454 ¢

0046

20001.000

0046A

0050

REF

0051

REF

0054

00001.000

00544

0055

00002.000

0055A

0056

00001.000

0056A

0057

00000.002

0058

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION ccssnvecoccascsccsocsvacssancse SPEECH ELECTRNNICS

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION .cceesccavcsse

uM

2232375-0001

DIAGRAM, LOGIC,DETAILED,SPEECH

EA

2237311-0001

MICROPROCESSOR ,SFLECTED TMS320

EA

1254~

-000

uL

1254-

=000

2220963-0002

CRYSTAL yQUARTZ ,PAR RFES,20 MHZ

EA

Yl

2232353-0001

SYSTEM PRNM |

A

1254~

-000

usé

-

1254~

~000

0972926-0006

CAP FIX MICA 500V 10.0 PF +/- 0.S PF

EA

QPL

-CM04C100D0D

c1,C2

QrL

=-CM04C100D0D

2232416-0001

UNIT TEST SPEC,SPEECH BOARD

EA

0972924-0015 2210841-0011 2210841-0017 2210841-0021 0994396-0001

CAP FIX TANT SOLID 47 MFD 10 % 20 VOLT EA

QPL

-M39003/1-2295

c3

QrL

-M39003/1-2295

CONN,,CARD EDGE LOOTMCTR,1-RNW,12CONT.

FA

SEE TI1- DRAWING

P3

SEE TI- DRAWIMG

CONN, CARD EDGEL,1-ROW,18 CONTACTS,.100%C A

SEE TI- DRAWING

Pl

SEF T1- DRAWING

COMN. CARD EDGEs1-ROW,22 CONTACTS,.100"C EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

P2

SEF TI- DRAWING

PROC.y SITE/DATE CONE AND SFRTYALIZATION

FA

2219301-0081

SPEC,HDLG,EC SENSITIVE PARTS AND ASSYS

FA

2232351-0001

SYSTEM PROM 2

EA

1254~

-000

u?

1254-

=000

2210188-0014

SOCKET,DIP,20-PIN,LOW PROFILE

EA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

XU4 6XUT

SEE T ~1 DRAWING

221018a-0018

SOCKET+DIPy40-PINS,LOW PROFILE

EA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

xul

SEE T -1 DRAWING

0411435-0416

INSUL TAPE, ELEC, 1/2"W

RL

-SFE T1 DWG

2232373-5001

SPEECH ELECTRONICS, AUTO TNSERTED

A

1254-3373-008

5-163

al 1 SoT)em | T HJ33dS

A TR A

]

rosry--

a

TGS

W i
@ ~
5-162

g7go]

TR, e " " S|

o

R TS

111000006000aTp970622E25Ee22e7Z | 3395 (ASYIIEA IiSSTuNVdTl | NOqIaSaIA3134 [TTE]vsr 1var 218 82 o 901 1

10M[

10

; =
¢

-

'

s3338I oo2

134 90l

&

0 3]

e

JU AUU?? P.Je." "..?? =eHlH.E?_HH._?M ?Ue Q E?=..LH"_.?&M_.?BoM«:-w"e_.=Efl.-tg o,

o e e et ) el et 1

el el

bk =0

)

I



v .

v

T

s

I

777S1I0N0I5HDAA®1ODQIX1I0 YISNIDSDFSNODNDY OM/F;uI1S1N0I00 QINiY K1Iu¥8% wyAiLMk % RIL TLISAED BIONA LS MILI 3dv1 TS

s

WNINSOUHYSS I 3$5ID01UTdIIYONAYIXO`KT'eaYHew3O0Y0DEYd3.v0 JSHYS  SSW1ODI0SHIdAJYHddDISNOUTCHSChy TyAkTe9lA3S1S3Y3ty 3

& @

&

5 )`4un>su

s
AN

0

0IMI2)4S ISWHTUO SSTINA SUON

9

f

¢

[

8

12/14/783

PART NUMBER

REV

2232332-0001

*

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00001 .000

0004

00001 .000

0005

00002.000

0006

00002,000

o007

00002.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.ceeoccvccsnccscosccsasscnscs CABLE ASSY,MOTHFRBD TO EXTERNAL FLNPPY

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTIOM.ceecosccsccssovsoccssccnsscs UM

2220042-0016 0983903-0002 0996491-0010 0996928~-0003 0532340-06403 0411100-0070 0411115-0044

COMNECTOR,FEMALFEL,AT CABLF,40-PIN

Fa

SFE TI- NRAWING

CLIP,CABLE

A

1680-1903-035

FLAT CABLE.ELECTRICAL,37 CIRCUITS,28 AWG FY

SEE TI- DRAWING

COMMNECTNR,FLAT CABLE,37 CIRCUITS

FA

SEE TI- DRAWING

STUN, EXTENSTON, <375 L LENGTH

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

LOCKWASHER #4 INTERNAL TOOTH CRES

EA

QPL

= ¥535333-70

NUT44-40 HEXAGON CREFS STEFL

EA

MS

=35649-244

5-161

'

|

z

]

ZEECECe

[69990[Gl 7577 757775,

WA0ASSSY T3N9Y0ILXF0L |
ONLANAS], ezeven BT
=]

il e ey T
Ty

.

oE ¥

4

s

o7 Toroessd

¥

*

|

°

|

¢

|

8 ..

TTs| (SI031 B XG0 e G--icLonZ| 10| 10-T 206 |Xavev| Sh1)

20l

@

i55v 3igvs

a30707

5160

'

ROy
|

22 A

|

&6 Nid
INSANT
24 (7] Il

0oz 2 fiw
Ta5357 103I9N8G57

@%.«w 2z \@ 1o

19192

OLIFNVWOSIS 2NoOt51 M2O3N8i0Td0'6HIELIYITMNd IHNSOP'1ZLS0SLI§FT1 NN3N1I8Z00OZNeV1l01MJGTMLa0IQ5IIN3SNiH0NdNIGDZHL3iIm72Md

(&)

1

SS0050 I3 NOISIAZS

NOMNOYHSIIIGNIIHNM

1A0TILFVLWVIIXIBSI0AdSIYSY33Y1S13O7W

|1]

0IAVIIE IO SETIND SILON

9

I

L

-/

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232329-0001

*

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

©00001.000

0002

00002.000

0003

00002.000

0004

00002.000

0005

00004.500

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONceecosccsvcnsonscscsscacccsns CABLE ASSY,MOTHERBOARD-EXTERNAL FLOPPY

COMPNINEN.T. DESCRIPTINNceecccccasanas

s0scccsacsas UM

0996929~ 0003 0983903-0002 2211341-0001 2211340-0001 0996491-0003

CONNECTOR,FLAYT CABLF .109"CENTERS-GOLD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

CLIP,CABLF

EA

1680-1903-035

CONNECTOR,RTBBDM CABLE.34 PNS W/0 EARS

FA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

KEY o POLARZI]NG

FA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

CABL y MUE LTI, -COF NDUCL TNRE ,FLC AT,34 CNDCT FT

008261-445-240-34

12/14/83

P2A2R3T232M9U-M5B0ER01

REV*

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0005

00004, 500

ODESCRIPTIONcscccccsescnccscsncsccsscaccans SET UP IN ERROP

COMPONENT.. NESCRIPTIONcencoecescnsscccccsvsescccsass UM

0996491-0003

CABLE,ELFCyMULTI-CONDUCTOR,FLAT,34 CNDCT FT 00A261-445-240-34

5-159

o w7t =)

|

=] z

6eeeze, [899900 T

AdSOTS TN ILX3T ASSV 31870
v [PEEWIS]v

]

et w o]

o

ovs vT

+

s

s516__| 0005222

P
=

!

-

=

| --

£Bl 752 am s270 ei

=10

o

5-158

a

--

IVONS:¥I1W5M3-HR3)IS&

>

o o@211]1J5iE}

274 (3
71

() 237

&2

2

---- i

=

TSEe eE e

= J T



g3 .
s h 5
¥
o

Ev .
[1Z__

®g AT070I10T9eD

P

.

8o2oaf2l

/= :\\

SV e 2 -

M .\ ---- fR0Er --

/

&v) ovs

s

/ Nig

0950v60M012-2i793|5./l

095908

3

%

_Il -

Q` |3

sorsrovg /./| r--

lllr' | -

|

ok

o 3om -

9 M

L

-- 90770, 7 ~=

or Mo- M

a3stmn 32

.

DDLHI5ZPNNIOSOD12$I NII37460H9U7OIFM12777H4SMDt2MO3 H8SD51LIF3IY1NI9NN0O2DO1NIY9l4J7M0O1619NINNiGdNDTHFIMIM10 £

1 $5320N0U0SIA9SY NOMNIYVSIBFVATNHIN 1VAIILIYAMITX1IKNIG0S0YY F33101070] (2]

N1 NMOHS Sv OFAISSSIVML219A¢)T 03S0 7790950M77 (b

ONV 1 W35L110)75SAN0GT3II£OM0M3I4NZ5GEII0 HW130LGI NSI2SToI9IVY5 STI|1O]N

|

v

t

s

I

9

f

<

I

e

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2232327-0001

0

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00002.200

0004

00001.000

0005

©0001.000

List of Materials

OFSCRIPTIONcoeosaosssccsceccssssaccnsccss CABLE ASSY,RADIAL

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION.acecsoscssccscssccccansnsase UM

2220042-0022 2210149-0001 0996491-C006 09R3903-0002 2211340-0001

FLAT CAABLE CNNN,20CONT,. lOO"CENTERS 2ROW EA

=

=000

CONM,PBN CABLE/CARD-ENGE,W/0 MTG FARS,20 FA

000779-SEF TI DWG

CABLE,ELECT,MULTI-COND,FLAT,20 COND

FT

008261-SEE T1 DWG

CLIP,CABLFE

FA

1680-1903-035

KEY , POLARTZING

FA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

5-157

=

J

v

ATBWISSY 318vD G3a104NA

U (I39N03 0330102)

v°9 + 0°005

/.

£ g

1=

|

\

I NId

i

¥w N0/d 230903-800699 | |&N|3| &

o
~

/r
VA4

£-91I1N6I6W0AINN/DdI dWYYy0 --

"1000-0£9LTY(90N1/d-0t11 N/WdO¥4¥3WINAY0Wd) 2060-£06£86 N/d 11--\

! |

p 9F%EEO

; :

TWNOILdO 3dIS A8W3SSYv'93318v) 0-Q0390%104
7,
2

0 NId

.

s (s

_

=

-

_

< z

<o= =

% 3=

5

w

F|=% §

0z NId

_

/

=

<oy

N\
N ET
S

\
v MIIA 33S

Q2

020-00I6N9I9TYANI/NdD>I9v3Y0ig-- \

[5°

s
=4]

1 NId

Q0¥ NV (1 WILI")A18UY3OSLSDYINNHOSDINI¥AIAOOL (417WDILI)43171I3189vDNIV0Y7L0S3 [o] ar.Z<.Bm

T# NId 39 01 $3838F 3903 OIN¥YW ¥010D

aNY §- 101S N3I(M2L0I0E-¥9(£15090-9N6//d6)9 ¥ON/LdI)INNAOND N3IIv9d-%____.w_

5-156

k
Texas INSTRUMENTS|
nveien

100-96I/N5F9TYANL/RdDI943480 L2

"

Y34y SIHL NI 38 0L v° ¥Y3d SSNINWWW 1Y B

]

*0314123dS 3SIMY3HIO SSIINA SALON

_______________________________ v

CONVERSION CHART

|

-------------- mm e et

mm

|

INCHES

|

-------------- e -------- e et

0.00025

| .000010

|

0.00076

| .000030

|

0.0025

|

L0001

f

00..525

| |

..00210

| |

-------------- Fme e

3.0

| .12

|

6.4

| .25

|

40.0+/-6.0

I os.574/-.25

|

460,04/-6.4 | 18.11+/-.25

|

500.0+/-6.4 | 19.69+/-.25

|

oo e +

---------------------------------

CONVERSION CHART

---------------- Fom e

e mee e o}

CAPACITANCE rm | CAPACTITANCE ft

---------------- Fom

ey

0.046

|

14

----------------- oo

|

COMVERSION CHART

Fommm e

Fommmm e +

| CECREES  | DEGREES F

Fommemenaee Fommmmmeeeeee +

| -30

[

5

| |

-2421

| |

!

40

|

104

|

70

|

158

|

Jomcomamnons R

+

Ao e}

|

CONVERSION CHART

o e e e}

| PROPAGATION m | PROPAGATION ft]

Fo e

e

et

|

4.6

!

1.4

|

Fom e

e e ey

mm
30T*.H.o 3R`,3Y8 +-00.,v0130 |

HOLE TOLERANCE

INCHES

mm

TgTH03R1Y3 +-.,000014

T1TH2hR,RU7g3s-+_00.,0230 |

INCHES

. 501
TTHHRSUS

+_ .-0.00080

3e.oy20 +-0o,o%1s3 | Tg H1E2G6 +o.vo0t05 I TJ1HH9R,%U0G8g-+00..0235 | T.{H77R551Uge-.+,001000 T1R2.3,y8707%+-09.315 || f.5h205p01y +--906 f 2T505R.,y8403" +02-39 | T21.h.0e00y00"1" *- 012

e
-

Q@fl

KLUNKERT 52716/83

ol | e

TN 932927

g

Trxas o IwNaSsaTmRatUnMENTS Fesmrsase

sAcate N9OK6E21 4

SHEET

5

<

Ti28910

`

5-165

3.0 I 3.1.1 3.1.2 J.1'.3
3.1.4

REGUIREMENTS

PUYSICAL: SEZ FIUURE 1

MATERIALS: HOUSINC, COVERS, GLALS REINFORCED THERMOPLASTIC, UL FLAMMABILITY RATING 94V-2 OR RET"ER

CONTACTS: BERYLLIUM COPPER WLTF ENTIRE CONTACT UNRERPLATED WITH 0,76 mmNICKEL. CONTA'TS TO 0.76 mmGOLD PLATED.

CABLES: Mo. 28 AWC, 7 STRAND, TINNED, ANNEALED COPPER, ONE EDGE

TTOORS,HAVEUL

COILOR STYLF

STRIPE. 2651.

POLYVINYL CHLORIFE INSULATION, 20

CONDUC-

<VENDOR PART PARENTHLGTS DRAWINGS.

NUMBFRS FOR COKNECTORS AND CABLE ARE SHOWN IN

AFTER THEIR

DESCRIPTIONS 1IN APPLICABLE FIGURE

3812

ELECTRICAL

2.2.1 VOLTAGE/CURRENT RATING: 300 VOLTS/1 AMP

3.2.2 IMPEDCNCE: 105 OHM NCMINAL

3.2.3 CAPACTTANCE: O0.045pf/mm NONINAL

C»

3.2.4 PROPACATION DELAY: 4.6ns/m

3.3

ENVIRONMENT

3.3.1

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

o

o

»

OPERATING 5 TO 40 C, NON-OFPERATIXG

=30 o

TO 70 C

3.3.2 RELATIVF HUMIDITY: 10 TO 902%

NIyi

l"'(v`Lhl MNKK¥RT

(;2'/514 1/83

SIZE | Fa M AT

JHAWING NO

2932327

Piv
B

Texas INSTRUMLNYS sy
TM 2sutn

Frsoeoare

A 9621 4
Xscaie NOME

SHEET

3

5154

12/14/83

PART MUMBER

REV

2232326-0001

D

ITEM,

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

00001.000

0003

00002.200

0004

00001.000

0005

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.eo csosocssnccasncensacscosss CABLE ASSY,DAISY CHAIN

COMPONENT. & NESCRIPTIONcecooeososaccccscseccananasce UM

2220042-0024 2211341-0001 099649 1-0003 0983903-0002 2211340-0001

FLAT CABLE CONN,34CONT,,100"CFNTERS 2ROW FA

=

=000

CANNECTOR,RTBAON CABLF,34 PNS W/0 EARS

EA

SEE T -1 DRAWING

CABLE,ELFC,MULTI-COND,UFCLATTN,P34 CNDCY FT

008261-445-240-34

CLIP,CABLE

EA

1689-1903-035

KEY,POLARIZING

EA

SEf T -1 DRAWING

5-153

Y
AT8K3SSY 318v¥D G307C4NN

v'9+ 0°Shy

5

et o g 2

1(3J9Y0I3M 0340102)

~-- 1 Nid

INJIV0A0I6N5D9I N/¥d0

$E0©d38

o

SHEET

DRAWING NO
2232320

SIZE|A TECM96NO214 scaLe NONE 2
5-152

DATE 1.

8-91I1N6I6T7YALINN/GdS an¥i0 --

\

750/
TwNoILdo 3018 1

S-- vt Nid

"1000-0£9LLb{30N1/d-0p11 N/dWGdddIMTAATYDWY)

ZeI6SrES5SY 3707

2000~£06786 N/d :.`/

qll||l

¥°9 + 0°S8E IIIIII'_

.
1 NId

5/

.

L

|

1

|

_

7

/

[ y-- 900-59£59 N/d 5438

Y NId--

y 7] B
F =
-- =

NV

N Y MaIA 335

T Nld

G0V ONY (1 WiLlA)TSH¥IOSLSDY3NNHOSDINI¥A3AOOL (dITWD3LI4)31733748v3NIV0Y1L0S3 [v]

3

T# NId 39 01 £3079F 3903 QINYYH ¥0100

GNY S- 1075 N3(39I0ML0I-A%9£5(9100-'9N/6d£)S9YOLNJ/dI)NNODA NI3v19-dv

[00-96£99 n/d Ludd

¥3uy SIHL NTU 33 OL v'¢ d3d NIV 1Y E *03141334S 3SIMYIHLO SSITNA S2LON

OWN
C. KLUNKERT
ISSUE DATE"

TRUMENTS]

-------------------------------- +

CONVERSION CHART

|

------------------------------ Fommmm

e

nm

!

INCHES

|

---------------------------- Fom e

m o ----

0.0¢025

| .000010

|

0.00076

!

.0C0030

|

0.0025

| .0001

|

0.25

!

.010

|

0.5

|

.02

|

-------------- Fomemm e

3.0

|

12

!

6.4

| .25

|

60.0+/-6.4

| 2.36+/-.25

|

434855..00++//--66..44

|| 1157..1562++//~-..2255

| |

-------------- oot

_________________________________ +

CONVERSION CHART

|

---------------- o mmmm e}

CAPACITANCE mm | CAPACITANCE ft |

-------------------------------- Fomm e m e m e

0.046

|

14

|

---------------- o me

e}

---

i

CONVERSION CHART

|

o emmt e

e e

|

m

| INCHES

1

Fomm oo m s}

| 0.76

| .00003

|

Fommmm e

e e

oo m e e

+

|

CONVERSION CHART

Fommmmmmnnee T

+

| DEGRFES ¢ | DEGREES F |

tomemeeeneme Fommmmmmmeeee +

| -30

]

-22

|

5

|

40

|

70

tmm e

|

41

I

104

|

|

158

|

tommmmm o

+

e NS e R S T

I

|

CONVERSION CHART

o e

e e

| PROPAGATION m | PRCPAGATION ftl

Fom e

e S m e}

|

4.6

|

1.4

e e

ey

HOLE TOLERANCE

mm

INCHES

mm

INCHES

0:33 +0.10 | 1013 4 00s || 12:73.0.20 | +301 +.008 3,18 "0-03 | [y75 --001 § ;g 05-0.03 | 350 --001

3:29 40,13 | 3125 +.005 | 19:98.0.25 el +.010 6.35 0.03 | 250 --001 § 25 40-0-03 | { `goo--00!

6T.H3R8U LTooc.1o5 || T:H2R5%U 47° 00g05y f 2TH5R:U43,"0g,°3003 || T1H0R0U1, T-o0n1o2y

12,70 TM°

.500 °

50.80 "

2,000 °

Bl 2.
.25

Al ?'V;\UP KERT

002/51 10/83

A| 96214 SIZE | FSTM NO

CRAWING NO

2232326

¢REV|

2=

scae NONE

SHEET

5

4
5-151

3.0 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3
3.1.4

REQUIREMENTS

PHYSICAL: SEE FiGURE 1

MATERTALS: FLAMMABILITY

HOUSING, RATING

COVERS, 94V~2 OR

CLASS BETTER

REINFORCED

THERMOPLASTIC,

UL

CONTACIS: BERYLLIUM COPPER 0.76 m NICKEL. CONTACTS TO

WITH ©.76

ENTIRE m GOL[

CONTACT PLATED.

UNDERPLATED

WITH

CABLES: 0. 28 AUG, 7 STRAND, TINNED,

TO HAVE (OLOR

STRIPE.

POLYVINYL

CONDUCTORZ, UL STYLE 2651,

ANNFALED COPPER, ONE ELGE CHLORLDE INSULATION, 34

VEYDOR PART PARENTHESIS DPRAVINGS.

NUMBFRS AFTER

FOR THEIR

CONMECTORS AND DESCRIPTIONS

CABLE ARE SHOWN IN IN APPLICABLE FIGURE

3982 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4

ELECTRICAL VOLTAGE/CURRENT RATING: 320 VOLTS/l AMP IMPEDENCE: 105 ORM NOMIXAL CAPACITANCE: 0.046pf/mm NOMINAL PROPAGATION DNELAY: 4.fns/w

343 3.3.1
3.3.2

ENVIRONMENT AMPRIENT TEMPFRATURE: T0 76 ¢

OPERATING

o
5

RELATIVE HUMIDITY:

10 TO 90%

o
TO 40 C,

by'
NON-GPERATING

o
=30

Ny l"i`

?("II.NNL'\KER T 6"2"/ `14/? 3

B SRR

LR AWING K0

22:213232626

'-ienl-s

¥o S TExas INSTRUMENTS
I

SSUE DATE

sAcaie N9ON6E 214
A

2

5-150

12714783

PART NUMBFR

REV

0996289-8001

AB

ITEM, 0001

QUANTITY, 00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.cocccessscosoonrssccscsccccss CORD SET,3-PIN PWR-DOMESTIC BLACK

COMPONENT., (©996289-C001

OESCRIPTIONcceessscecvcscscsocacassssanes UM

CORD SET,3-PIN PWR-DNMESTIC BLACK

EA

080126-0-7889-008-GY

5-149

SUGGESTED SOURCE(S) OF SUPPLY:

i 5

.

SGHAHREBSETMAR--ECSAE--H--E0O0-2B4EFACH--OLVE-

2

BPR.EILDC0E.HNMOBOCNXODRIP,1N101

{16428) 47374

:

S SRDBNH2BLRE5E3E7HL0ES-VOEBATOREEIO-BT5EEFHT--EEEOREPBNREELAHETAU--O--RHNUdIBDS4E~EA7B--3AE5BIE37RL94EE8T LE5CE--TR{O5I3H6E--7EBEES

4------£OFTRROBAE-MESIEPGREHAC--NHPIAA--IRAHKEE--SH{--C6a0R1D3S1P)

5

HHNSE8ECMSFATOTHRNA--SERTHWREHECEETITRIG-E--HRA--E-----S--0C3A6B9L3EERE,

8.6------ESV6W6CSE.1IH8NE2CIBTH3CWOHA-A5MRSGRAG5OTIHR,NIRECEIHLKAYEA,SCILRPTL.RE----.EHR{MH.W--F6IRI0.ARIE6VEE--3E8PT0R2P&.8O9BC3UABELTES(--2B9C8HO7R.0P.)

Ti--e230.8

TI PART NUMBER

996289-0001 996289-0002 996289-0003 996289-0004

TI PART

N

R

996289-0001 996289-0002

MF p URCE

SQURCE 2

0-803

BK

37-008

33561

SOURCE_3
99 89-

TI PART NUMBER 996289-0001 996289-0002

SOURCE B 996289-0001 996289-0002

x\ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

/

1 sreus OIvIIoN O':HIC"GID..I'POIAYID WOUSTON TEXAS

5-148

996289

[REV

SHEET

4

AB

O

4.0

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS:

4,1

RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTION:

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT OR PURCHASE ORDER, THE

SUPPLIER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING INSPECTIONS THAT ARE

SUFFICIENT TO ASSURE THAT THE PARTS SUPPLIED MEET THE REQUIREMENTS

SPECIFIED HEREIN.

--AT--------TOT-ACCERTAMCET DELETED

TUTO ORI -- o

5.0

PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY:

5.1

PACKAGING:

PACKING AND WRAPPING SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE

OR LOSS DURING SHIPMENT FROM THE SgPPLIER TO THE DESTINATION SPECI-

FIED IM THE PURCHASE ORDER. (BULK PACK IS ACCEPTABLE)

5.2

MARKING:

THE PRIMARY WRAPPING OR PACKAGING SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE TI PART

NUMBER (SEE PART NUMBER BLOCK) AND THE COUNT CONTAINED. ADDITION-

AL MARKINGS ARE PERMITTED.

5321

REGULATORY MARKING:

EACH SEPARATE SHIPPING CARTON MUST INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S U.L. CORD SET

LABELS AFFIXED TO THE SURFACE OF THE SHIPPING CARTON, OR ON A TAG OR THE

EQUIVALENT INSIDE THE CARTON. EACH SEPARATE CORD SET MUST INCLUDE

MANUFACTURER'S C.S.A., LR, OR LL NUMBER PRINTED ON A DOUGHNUT-FLAG OR

BRACELET-TYPE LABEL

Timaz30-8

Jp TR ENATS --OIaITAL evareus Division

| Al s SHEET 3

I EV|

5-147

FIGURE 1 - CONT P~ 650 TYP.

ALTERNATE GRIP

TI DASH NUNBER

COLOR (REF)

ELECTRICAL RATING

WIRE SIZE,

A

AUG (STRANDING) | MIN

B

¢ DIA

MIN

" -0001

GRAY OR BLACK | 10 A MAX AT 125 V| 18 (41 X 34) |[86.0

3]

-0002

GRAY

10 A MAX AT 125 V§ 18 (41 X 34)

86.0

.32

.

~-0003

BLACK

15 A MAX AT 125 V| 14 (41 X 30)

116

.39

-0004

GRAY OR BLACK| 10 A MAX AT 125V | 18 (41 X 34)

116 | .32

NOTE:

CORD GRIP DESIGNED T CLIP TO BODY (CABLE) OF CORD ASSY TO RESTRICT SLIPPING, -0002 ONLY
FIGURE 1

3.4 3.4.1

MECHANICAL RETENTION FORCE, FEMALE PLUG: 3LB MINIMUM, 20LB MAXIMUM AFTER 10 CONDITIONING CYCLES TO A MATING RECEPTACLE.

Timaz30-C

B

XIABINSGICTA"OLIOURSSNYTPSOSTNOETH®SRTAEXDUAiTSvMIESIEODNNTS ?
5-146

996289

REV|

SHEEY

2.1

AB

382 383 3.3.1

RENUIREMENTS:

PHYSICAL:

SEE FIGURE 1

PLUG: PVC B80-86A SHORE. DURCMETER HARDNESS .. 60°C SERVICE,

CORD: =38=aUG, 3 CONDUCTOR, TYPE SJUTMEETING U/L STANDARD 62

REQUIREMENTS.

MARKING: PARTS SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE NMAHUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION,

WIRE TYPE (SJ7),YIRE SIZETIEARG), AND NUMBER OF WIRES (3CONDUCTOR).

FLASH IN WELL OF RECEPTACLE CONTACT SHOULD BE RESTRICTED TO BOTTOM 20% OF WELL

ELECTRICAL: SEE FIGURE 1 ENVIROMENTALSTORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-400 C TO 80° C

(SCéi

! = |

b e

A MIN

--

c DIA.--+

l]

) J¢

SEE FIGURE 2

B <_I

225 et~
(Al
Sl ffi: --f 2

~

eo-34

'S9;"

q----1m30 --
=

{

OR BBRLOAWCKK.

.2450

OGRREEYNELLO_ W /

:

--60

CVIEW A-a

Ti--ez9s.0

"CSA APPROVED"

:

aeod . `7--18 --=]

1LABEL

e--2.2 ----

L

-813 r---9°5 ----

27 2

3

]

WLHIIGTHET QBRLUE

)

FIGURE 1

.200

WLHIGIGRTHEETENBORLUOER----+G3_|¥ s

GRNYELLS BLACK X

£ b3

BROWN
.158 d

; .62

e------
|: -

VIEH _ B-B

o TEXAlSoitaLISNveSéTusRUoluMieEionNTS | A1 swee9r9_67280
4

.20
-REV|

5-145

REVISIONS CONTINUED FROM PAGE 1

REV LTR K L
M N
P R
T
u v

DESCRIPTION

CN__453115(0)PM.C CORMICK 12/27/79

CN458407(E) _form Lmnpoar

CCNN3641162960(7F)6

S
(E)

Ftcrdesas
L.WILKINSON

CN 452365 (E) L. WILKINSON CH 472374 (E) J. A. ROY
CN 465634 (E) G. BITTING

ON 477463 (E) Z7 s von CN 484706 (E) Bemiloa, Loand

W

CN484753(E],1 éia`wlww

Y

CN 489091 (E) = 3.,

L

CN 499203 (E) CBLOCK

AB

| CN 508766 (E) CBLOCK

DATE | APPROVED

|17/~ | oikdhee D

Aas-90 [0

¢

6/73/40

;

8/29/80 | 5e 5 , |

WO 7 NN& .

1-20°9 | Oovg
it ¥Dbendeo

"%/5/ /['/

b

|12-17 -9)

;/"5/!& 7%/)«"!"'\'
7082 | 5t
2-19-8% /7%/7"
5-2383

fa--

.

Ti-4289.

T

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

I1N 0ITCALoOsR TSvaP anTO EUR SFA EADnIT sVIE SIOD N

5144

996289

REV|

SHEET

1.1

#A[ 96209

W

Level 2

] ao01 {6150 0200

APPLICATION

uUsEp ON
8501
`;}7713`
s
7069
<737

USED ON

REVISIONS

i

LT

ORBCAFTION

A (418859 (£) LENovERZ

B {CN4Z3891 ZLarn Kewm

C {CH424086 L. Piercey

OATE

APPROVED

/-28-77 | 1/28/77 | naem ]

v-3-77| Q]

7.19-77 | A= & ]

D ] CN433186 F. Espinoza
£ | CNA3TI0T Joud FHogel

4-2/-73 |7z~ ]
23 /18 | Zfo)merrme

F |CNA3Lo4Z Crouisy lavpeo 50 2.0
G | CN 439003 REKHA SETH

2/10]79 1FE.
,[zfg?%

H | CN 439009 REKHA SETH

@/,/,/;7 / =%

J ) CN 427221 GOULFT 9-12-79

7/ 267 s

1.0

SCOPE:

SEE PAGE 1.1 FOR FURTHER REVISIONS

THIS SPECIFICATION COVERS THE REQUIREMENTS FORA 3 PIN POYER CORD,

UNDERURITERS LABORATORIES AND CSA APPROVEG.

2.0

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS:

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS OF ISSUE IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF INVITATION

TO BID OR REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FORM A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION TO .

THE EXTENT SPECIFIED HEREIN. 1IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN

THIS DOCUMENT AND THE REFERENCE DOCUMENTS, THIS DOCUMENT SHALL GOVERN,

MIL-STD-105

4
SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND TABLES FOR INSPECTION

BY ATTRIBUTES

N

uL 62

FLEXIBLE CORD AND FIXTURE WIRE

ReV

[AB|AB

SPECIFICATION CONTROL DRAWING

SHEET 2`11.1
REV STATUS
OF SHEETS

REV

AR AA| ylAD

SHEET

1121

3] a

SRS IAN
gouamcerBewcusarss m010 S e

P v S ':`*"

`| CJ\ZU,A.,N_.c,Qe_\f_o.Qr..,h[i

hize
1020

W077vy0, P17] A41£7 72k

p\ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Eoument Growp Daties. Tesss

]

CORD SET, PONER-DOMESTIC

1 ]

MFR

/ q/s

$i2 COOE 10ENT NO ORAWING NO

i)

A | 96214

996289

]

PRESAN

oo D o)0) soae yovr |

100 4

|=e=r ) 056 FILMED

5-143

D oy Tt

oo

ey e e 1 memites me v

NOTE:

5|

MPI MODEL 51/52 - ENABLE HE .D LOAD WITH MCTOR O AND DRIVL: SELECT 1 AS FOLLUWS:

(® - MOVE 12 PIN SHUNT 70 POSITION CUNNECTING REF. DES. 1G SOCKET PINS 2 THRU 13.

- CUT SHUNT BETWEEN: PINS 3 AND 12, 4 AND 11, 5 AND 10, AMND 6 AND 9.

=

R

2 3, ASDMY 039002

Te s

Ti-az38.T

FIGURE 1 - MPI 51/52 - PWB COMPONENT LAYOUT

X ]'2@-) TEXAIL SNCAO oIA RNP oSOY MTRRyAUTMEEDNTS
5-142

A

222327_')

REV

SHEET

?

APPLICATION

N2E2X2T305A0SSY

5U7S5E5D ON

REV

AL

i

REVISIONS

DESCRPTION

DATE

APPROVED

1.V SCOPE: THIS DOCUMENT DESCRIBES REQUIRED CONFIGURATION UF A FLOPPY DISK ODRIVE, SEE FIGURE 1

"»

REV SHEET
REV STATUS OF SHEETS

Onifiwl;eissgfifll)

s

]

MLLMETERS * TOLERANCES:
. E1 RAC\CEE DDEECCRIMMAALLSS REF ONLY

=1°
0205,2,5 '

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

@_g

>~ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORAFED Oighal Systems Group

SI-METR]C

A A

q

fo

Lis

-

. i A

i !

ST

.
CONFIGURATION, FLUPPY DRIVES

g

+ .4 &.; | SZE [FSGANG

DRAWING NG

.

-W/?Z/gz (A|O6668

L

7 N T SCALE N(NE

SHEET

T ] OF 2

5-141

OPTION PLATE -- NUT

\/@ ~
NUT

COMPONENT

VERSION "p" TYP PHONO JACK & DIN CONNECTOR MOUNTING

=Y

2\ TEXAaSEeNnOIUSrNTOSeN,TmRYAEXUTASMEE®NTS

Al SHEET2223231 9

REY

A

5-140

*D" CONNECTION

OPTION PLATE

\@ Q g

\\\\

N .

N

*

\u\ ~

HEX MTG
S2 PATCOETRASL

Troate ¢

TYP D" COVENRNSEICOTNION"C"MOUNTINGL/
TO OPTION PLATE

%\ TEXAI2SHSM2IOURSNTrOSNO,TNRTAEUXATSMEEDNTS

A | SHE92E2T23231 8

JREX

5.139

PWB
Y 2 SCPRLEAWCES

OPTION PLATE
LOCK2NUTPWLAASCWHEIESTRH
b »
LS Y

TYPVERTSABIONMOU"NB"TENG

(I3

= TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
slaiTal syeTeus aivision

2223231

REY

SHEer 7

MODULAR PHONE JACK BERG, #66011-1 & -2 OR EQUIVALENT
TAB MOUNTING LOCATION NEARSIDE/FARSIDE, OPTIONAL
OPTION PLATE

T--\

T T T .
N / V7

f

Ti=a288.E

S~ SPOTWELD TOGETHER

v
VERSION "A" TYP MODULAR PHONE
JACK MOUNTING

o EXASN STREUMMEENNTSI DIGITAHLOUSGYTSOYNE.MS TEOXIAVSISION

AR oo

SHEE-T

6

AREV|

`

5137

*'k#0"0'*#**t`*#*#*v#**#*****#**#****'fi--%#t#vv`#«**#r"x?l`L"`é-*'

##***%%*fl**%***%#&*%#%i*%&#*%fi"#bk*+"*¥§***#*%**%*§#§fi44%**%***##%%*%*****k%i%%

SI CMETRIC

#Trtle

#

OUTLING SPFECIFICATION, CRTION EOaRD

#

%é%#fiw#*%%#*fi#***&#*##é*wévA*afifii&r**k§§l*Q*%*fi*%&é(é**fl#*#******fi*%**%%

Kbt

TEXAS
INSTRUMENTS NCORFIRATED

% Frod No.
2755

*
ot
NINE

0 o#Dwe, Na

Rev

*

L

S #&

4

*

MR E R R RERE LR H RS E AR R RS G H U F USRS B2 AL o P S H Bh R FRDPER AR B E RECHEr pRa SR P ERHLLED

5-136

115.09

MM

'

4,521

IN

%

* Ok % ok X

AR T

R

SI-METRIC

I

I RSB

A B

A

R

#Tartle

I I B F I BRI

AL

H AR E R
#

CLITU ENE SPECIF DTATINN, OFTION BROARD

*

#*#fi##%##**##ffi&{*}%*####fi*}*&éfi#fiti&h*i&%&*#*&*fl#fl!&ék6*#***#*#%*#%**#***%*%**

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

# DATE

#

5,/ a SR

+ Praj Ko,

0 Ae

20w

Na.,

Raov

-

INCORFORATED

BRI IR

o755

RO E

R R R B B ARG PSSRt H U AR B Cth n B

G 1 GIRH

T o B H b MR BN REEE RS

5-135

***#%fi*i&**#k*%%&%%*%&*%*#k*%é%4#"X%%&*#é**%}%*%*****%%#k%*##****§§44§****§*4*%

w"I -METRIC

*Trtle

+

QUL IMNE SPECIFICATIGON, GFTION EOARD

»

U R

UH YR AUAESREBRSR CFE RS

E B

WT E-*d-#i#_fl'fl FRURFR CHEIRESEEHE CHFHA LR

R R P30

TEXAZ INSTRUMENTS
RATELD

# Froj N, 2755

* * i@ NI

U #lwea, Noo ;

Rew

#*

c

*

#*

#

B

FH RN AR RN R RS R E R R R R R ER

R R R R U T LR R RAFRECAL EERLL ST

LASRE REE L LR

LY R LR

5134

* % &k k Xk X x

RN AN RGN ST CMETRIC

TGN R SR E SR RIS G

B RE BRI

B R

SRk
¥

TEXA= INSTRUMENTS INCORFORATED

# FProid No, :7 eb v

D SIS I

IR E N ST X R

#T1tle

OUTLINE SPECIFITATTON,

G U R RER R

A H R E X

W R

SR R B S OPTION BOARD
AR R R

R U # #*
R R RS

*
=

wioa ..

f afpa

Neo,

:

Rewv

*

G

*

&

"h

4

NIINES

Lt OF 4

+*

364 3 H 3036 3 38 403 36 3 3B

R

*k*&**fl#fi%@w%#&*fifi§#%#54§%éflIi%#é#&&#fi#kflfhkkt§§fl§é§§#*§§§#fi

5-133

12/14/83

List of Materials

PART NUMBER

RFY

2223220-8001

o

DESCRIPTIONccc cacccasscssscas WINCHESTFR DISK CONTROLLER -

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

COMPONENT., DESCRIPTIOM.csaces

0001

00001.000 2223220-0001

"WmIeMmCeHmEmST-E-R=00D0ISK CONTROLLER

£A

5-132

DWG

2223220

ISH 12

!

+ :

-

==

------------

e e

e ":

3.2 | =======

Interface =====

Bu=s===Timinsgm--zDsisassmr=asm=s=smsmsocs=ssssssssssossssossssssSssssoo==S=s

P] 3e .2.1

Timine relae tive to 0SC: --------mm

e

!

e

g

! The timine diasram for the interface bus relative to 0SC

ii. is shown in fisure 2.

=

-- Timine- relat-ive to CLKP:

N S SV SV S S SN :

The timine diasram for the interface bus retative to CLKP

is shown in fisure 3.

The resister assignment far the cantroller will ke as followss

R i HEXLA Addre--ss
N ! Q020 0031

. ! + . ' + ' !

+ ¢ {

+ ' '

+

IN Function Not used

' '

QUT Function

+ . |

+ ' .

+ ! '

+ ` ' +

__I_nt_e_r_r_u_pr_t___m_a_s _______

- i

an IN Function gets data from the winchester contfibller toard,

and driVes it onte the TIPC I/0 e¢xpansion bus. An OUT Function sets

from the TIPC I/0 expansion bus and drives it anto the winchester

controller board,

d

data

.! 2.3.2

Winchester

' 3.3.2.1

! ' ! ' ' ' ! . !

OATA INPUT

1/0

'

Port 1

FORT M3B

-

! Address

' !

0030

!

' ! ' ' ! ' !

: ' ! ' !

:

=

STRLIMENT:S

'

OATA

STEMS

!

SROUP

ot

oot ioccs o e seo ot

Contreller Resister Definition Disk read data and controller

| TN

RICO

:

W DATE

T

&

.-

DATE 1221028

ALE:D

+ ) i
NONG
-

VEHEET

e

=

ENETE T ER Y

5-131

NON-MASKABLE INTERRUPT DATA 7 ( msb ) DATA & OATA S DATA 4 OATA 3 DATA 2 DATA 1 DATA O ( sk ) WAIT SROLIND ADDR 19 ( msb ) ADDR 1= ADDR 17 ADDR 16 ADOR 1S ADDR 14 ADDR 12 ADOR 12 ADDR 11 ADDOR 10 ADDR ¥ ADDR % ADDR 7 ADDR & ADDR S ADDR 4 ADDR = ADDR = ADDR 1 ADDR © ( 1sb )

GNI : RESET 2 +5
IRO NC . NC = 12 = DMA~ +12 GND AMWC~ MROC~ AIOWCIDRCN NC NC NC NC CLEF IRA IRS IR4 IRZ IR1 & NG RF2H ALE +5 QS GND

GROUND

RESET

+3 VOLTS FOWER

INTERRUFT O

not connected

not connected

-12 VOLT3S FOWER

DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS F12 VOLTS POWER

GROLIND

ADVANCED MEMORY WRITE

MEMORY READ

ADVANCED I/0 WRITE

I/0 READ

not connected

naot connected

ot connected

not connected

not cennected

FROCESZSOR CLOCK (S MHZ) INTERRUPT &

INTERRLFT S

INTERRUFT 4

INTERRUFT 2

INTERRUFT 1§

not cannected

REFRESH

AODDRESS |LATCH ENAEBLE +3 VOLT POWER

CeSC CLOCK GRIZLIND,

(1S MHZ)

t TIPC Expansion Bus

Descrirtions

» CLOCK.

This

&b607 nsec period

sisnal is a hish speed =)

(15.0 MHz).

It has a SOY% du

FRUCEZZSOR CLOCK. This is third of the 050 frequency (5.00 MHz), The clock has

the svstem clock. It and has a periad of
a 37.4% nominal duty

is ane-- 200 nses cwviole (+=32%),

aumRtsiTsfhEoineatZoegateEnnitarTaictc.ltetetnirhrdevieewinasspdTeteuhe1nli2adsacrdtteeviivsooilviltPnimetcaonmewreee,trdshhlia.iiisasnsDhetu.uerwrPluiesnvdaesrRgduoEmpoZraesEndptTdo.odwubererirrilseeTnotshewieusbstrrenonsa1we1onr.rwP1aioltlwoloeiewuvdnrtaisltttihabfsayrlaoellrieiolatwzuhoeretmePhio.elwfrleoRisrrEvZsTtEthisTeimumsepaspnPtdlisvne

5-128

BACK OF CHASSIS--\

J5

J4

J3

J2

WINCHESTER CONTROLLER BOARD CONNECTOR FIGURE 1

viarea.s

-

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED DIGITAL SYSTEMS DIVISION HOUSTON. TEXAS
5-127

2223220

REN

SHEET

8

DWG
--_----

2223220
#*

'SH 11

|

IOWRITE~.

The I/ write sisnal is rnormallvy driven

b

the svstem eprocessar and indicates that the [/0 device

addressed bv the address bus should accert the data on

the data bus. This sismal can be driven by an expansicn

card after the CPILI ENABLE line is asserted.,

This sional

is active low.

IOREAD-.

The I/0 read tine is normally driven by the

svstem processor and indicates that the I/0 device

addressed by the address bus should place its data on

the data bus. This sisnal can be driven by an exPansion

card after the CPU ENABLE line is asserted.

This sisnal

is active low,

REFREZHING.

This Vine indicates that a memorv refresh

cvcle is takine place.

It is positive true.

While this

line is asserted all bus activity should be isnored,

P

ENABLE.

This line, when asserted low kv an

exPansion card, causes the pProcesser to cive wp

the

svstem busses and enter a wait state. This allows an

expansicon card to imPlement IMA

ar another

Processor.

When asserting

this line, the expansion card must wait

until the svstem busses are inactive

(MWRITE,

MREALD,

ITWRITE,

IOREAD all

inactive).

When deassertina CPU

ENABLE the expansion card must first wait until the bus

has been inactive for two pProcessor clack eweles, assert

the WAIT- tline, deassert the CPU ENABLE line, and

cantinue to hold the WAIT- Tine far one addtional

clack

zvcle.

This

will allow the swstem Processar

to

correctly execute its next bus cvale.

*

INSTRLUMENTS

DATA

EMZ

SR

DWG

2223220

1SH 10

:

# DATA 0-7. These bidirectional sisnpals carry the data

between

the processar,

memory, I/0, and the expansion

interface., These lines are active hiah.

i

# ANDR 0-19. These lines are normally driven by the

svstem pProcessor to

address memoary and I/0 devices

within the svstem. Thev can be driven bv an

exPansion

card by asserting the CFU ENABLE line low., These lines

are active hish. Onlwv XA0-XA? are used for I/0 addressins.

: '

# ADDRES3S LATCH. This line indicates when the pProcessor is placins a valid address on the address bus. The address is valid on the fallins edoe of this signal.

# SYSTEM FAULT-. This si=nal is driven bv one of the

expansion cards te interrupt the svstem pProcessor.

Its

' !

normal vse is to indicate a swvstem error condition.

:

# WAIT-.

This sional is used te indicate when a device in

i

the svstem or expPansion bus is to held or holding

the

'

system processor to extend the lenath of a memory or I/

!

crcle.

A slow device an the exPansiaon bus can assert

:

this line low when it is addressed to extend the time it

|

has to complete a cycle. An expansion card which takes

!

aver the bus must monitor this line when accessins

|

memsry or 1/0 devices within the svstem.

This line.

!

should never be held lTow longser than 10 PROCEZSZOR CLOCK

§

cvoles.

!

# INTERRIPT O-&. These lines are wused to signal

the

pracessor that an I/0 device resuires attentivn.

In the

event wof several devices reauiring service at the same

time, the device assertine the lowest numbersd line sets

serviced first. These lines are active hish.

# MWRITE-.

The memorv write signal is noermallv driven by

the svystem processor and indicates that the information

on the data bus should be written to memory at

the

address siven on the address bus. This signal is active

Tow,

This sisnal «can be driven by an expPansien card

! ' ' '

after the CFU ENABLE tine is asserted.

# MREAD-., The memory read sizgnal is normally

driven

bev

the svstem eprocessor and indicates that the memarwy

addressed by the address bus should be pPlaced on

the

data bus.

This sisnal

can be driven by an exPansion

card after the CFU ENARLE line is asserted. This siznal

!

is active low.

TATE

DATE 12--10~

5-129

12/14/83

PART MNUMBER

REV

2223219-8001

8

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONsss evsooccsoccoenssccasccccss COLOR ,MONITOR,120,VAC/SPARES

COMPNENT.. DESCRIPTION.ceccscocrcrsssaccocccsscsnas

2223219-0001

MONITNR, COLOR 1669-0000-000

UM FA

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223219-8002

8

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

DESGRIPTION,ccosescososcccoccscnasascnce COLOR 4MONI 222T , VN AC/R SP, ARES

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTINN . cceccsccsnsnccss

2223219-0002

COLORMONTTOR,222 VAC 1669-0000-000

ccsccas

UM FA

-

5-126

REQUIREMENT

3.12 CONNECTORS

)

3.12.1 VIDEO CABLE.

THE VIDEO CABLE CONNECTOR TO THE COMPUTER

SYSTEM UNIT

SHALL

BECPSVEAHIIQBADNULLEOIELOUVATALWCEIOMNBITENASTHLN.EESCHTTTOHEOEWRR9TNHM.EINPMIAINOVTNNECEINATDTDBaOOLbDRREleINSUSLBHET3A AN-ME6LGIRC.LTNMOHIINANNPTAERTUTCOHRIETEVSEDOIRDMEOCMNEOWCIANIOATTSNMOHUEPR1RCAETTMDOIEETRBTNHLEDIERSAASMOPF+W/IC-TOPOTH/HNVNENE1ER0TCACH2VTLMEI0OLD5RE2.SVQ0EH4NIL-DEEC4OLNARDGB'TETL'HODHESER

INCLUDING CONNECTORS.

Table 3-& SYSTEM SIGNAL CONNECTOR PINOUT

PIN 1 2 3 4 S o 7 8 9 SHELL

SIGNAL

LOGIC GROUND (TIED TO PIN 2)

LOGIC GROUND (TIED TO PIN 1)

RED VIDEO

GREEN VICDEQ

BLUE VIDEO

N CONNECT

NO CONNECT

4

HORIZOMTAL SYNC

VERTICAL SYNC

CHASS1S (EARTH) GROUND

TM

< (:)

3.12.2 POWER. TCACUALAQ5(.NFANROEEICDTBIENGNR0HELTAGN1NMARESS0TAEISMFHLCNSATT1AHXAFOSTEIRPRRSGEIMORHERNDCUMIAOCSZGMLLUEIARMLNPDIOOTAD(EVUNHOCOI1ENERI,FNIDDTT)BBOOEYMTRR11OH9.2AAEN82POWAI30NPIT,6MRRG0PV1MEOO0OI5MR#VWCAOTOTFEETR-HNH,WSDRODETIHHERHSTEANMONL.CCBRLLAECEACOBFNAGAPMLSDOB/GUEWBEURLNLEIAH.EEREVSI5EACWULTTLHRHEEAE1EENRSSNTA3DGOMHSPT6ARTAIRE3)REHLIENM-.SFTMLLBA2IHRAL0TESOXSYEIMTIHSDO1M,AOBERULENLOOTSMLDARNHH1TTEAG9OEL8ABOLL3IFEN,BUEM1XNEE2IITL2GATFBTTAD0EHR3TPSLEMEO-HAMMNMECRI.IOANPRCCNNLIOOHETDMTLMINAECHUIPEUMNEGSCE/NELMTRNTSIICTAGIVMTHLMRSEUE3ODOMIFSOwRMFi.FGTITH3RCA9CTHTT-OA1AH3UOB4BITSTNLMLRRH'HOT8DEEMDESIENA UNIT AMD PROVIDED BY TiE VENTZOR. ©

T xAD

INGTRUMENMTS, TNC.

owWN

DATE

ISSUE DATE
01 /04, G

3-295
SIZE | FSCM NG
Al 96214
SCALE A
5-1256

DRAWING NO
222321
SHEET

~
REk)
A
1

REQUIREMENTE

Table 3-5 SERVICE CONTROLS HORIZONTAL HOLD VERTICAL HOLD SUB BRIGHT VERTICAL SIZE VERTICAL LINEARITY FOCUS VERTICAL CENTERING HORIZONTAL WIDTH RGB DRIVE RGB BACKGROUND

3.9.2 OPERATOR CONTROLS.

THE POSITION ENCLOSURE. GR OFF,

MONITOR SHALL HAVE SEPARATE

INTENSITY,

AND POWER ON/OFF CONTROLS LOCATED GM THE

AN INDICATOR LAMP SHALL INDICATE WHETHER

HORIZONTAL FRONT OF THE POWER IS ON

3. 10 PELIABILITY

3.10.1 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES.

1

THE EXCLUDING

MTBF FOR THE CRT.

THIS

MODULE

SHALL

BE GREATER THAN

«
20, 00 HDURS

3.10.2 PREVENTATIVE MAINTEMANCE. NO PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE SHALL BE REQUIRED FORF THE
MOMITOR ELECTRONICS.

Y

TEXAS JHSTRUMENTS, INC.

N15

DWN

DATE

3-20 SAIZlE | FS9CM 6NG214

DRAWING NO C22521

A REw

TEXAS oIkNST RAtUMs UNTS
Daras Toavas

5s0eoaTe
01/0a/3" Yo

SCALE

SHEE T

A

5-124

REGQUIREMENTS

3.6.2 VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE. THE HSYNC AND VSYNC INPUTS SHALL HAVE IMPEDANCES IN EXCESS
OF 1500 OHMS. VIDEO INPUTS SHALL BE 1 SCHOTTKY TTL LOAD EACH AND BE TERMINATED TO GROUND BY A 1000 OHM RESISTOR.
3.6.3 VIDED AMPLIFIER BANDWIDTH. THE VIDED AMPLIFIER BANDWIDTH SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 25MHZ AT
THE -3DB POINTS OF THE AMPLITUDE/FREQUENCY RESPONSE CURVE.

3.7 CRT ARCING

ADEQUATE PROTECTION SHALL BE INHERENT IN THE DESIGN OF THE

MONITOR

TGO PRECLUDE

ANY CIRCUIT DAMAGE AS A CONSEQUENCE OF CRT

ARC(S).

3.8 POWER TURN ON

AFTER POWER RESULT DUE TO VERTICAL SYNC.

TURN ANY

ON, NO PERMANENT MONITOR FAILURE INSTABILITY OR LOSS OF HORIZONTAL

SHALL AND/DR

3.8.1 POWER OFF. WHEN THE MONITOR IS TURNED OFF, NO IMAGE SHALL REMAIN ON THE
SCREEN WHICH COULD CAUSE PHOSPHOR BURNING.

3.9 CONTROLS

3.9.1 SERVICE CONTROLS. SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN IN Table 2-E.

TExat (HETRUMENTS, INC.

-[5%

DWN

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS [S508 DATE

DATE

fio sy

01/irk 4835

Al 96214 SIZE |S=FS1C9M NO

DRAWING NO 2223215

. A

sl

Seet

Z

5-123

DWG NO

|

REQUIKEMENTS

Table 3-4 VIDEO AC PARAMETERS

REF

PARAMETER

VaLUE

A

A~ VIDEO DOT FREQUENCY

B~ VIDED DOT PULSE WIDTH

C~ CHARACTER BLOCK HORIZUONTAL

D- CHARACTER BLOCK VERTICAL

E- NUMBER OF CHARACTER LINES

F~ NUMBER OF CHARS/CHAR LINE

G- NUMBER OF ACTIVE SCAN LINES

H- TOTAL SCAN LINES

J- VERTICAL SYNC WIDTH

K~ VSYNC FRONT PORCH

L~ VSYNC BACK PORCH

MN-

VERTICAL DLANKING INTERVAL ACTIVE VERTICAL DISPLAY TIME

P-- TOTAL VERTICAL TIME

G- VERTICAL RATE

R-- HSYNC WIDTH

S~ HSYNC FRONT PORCH

T- HSYNC BACK PORCH

UVW-

AHCOTRIIVZEONTHAOLRIZBOLNATNAKLINGDISIPNLTAEYRVATLIME TOTAL HORIZONTAL TIME

X- HORIZONTAL RATE

18. 000

i%

95%55

1%

9

12

(13)

25

80

300

(350)

320

(383)

0.156

(.156)

1%

0

(0)

1%

0.884 (1.6644) 17

1.040

(1.82)

1%

15.60 (18.20) 1%

16.63 (20.02) 1%

60.10 (49.9%) 2

4.50

1%

2. 00

1%

5. 50

1%

12.00

17

39. 99

1%

51.99

%

19231

100

NOTE NOTE

1: 2:

TAVI"NIASREMLSFIUEF"NEMIGSBGLULYREAEITNDTJOEUN3PRLS-ASY7TR.MEENRANTNETHDFSEERSREEFSOFTRLO E4CPTSTPOILHMYZIVNEGRRTTOEIFDCRI-AEA0LSG0HR0.2AM

~

UNE Y MHZ NS¢ DOTS SCAN L {WHEE ROWS COLUMNS SCAN LINES SCAN LINES MS MS MS MS MG MS HZ us us us us us us HZ

TEXAS [MNQTRUMENTS. ING,

3-163

r .

MI o

EXAS INICoNHESmTE RATUMY ENTS

Dartas Tewas

OWN

DATE

ISSUE DATE
01 /08, e

Al 96214 SIZE | FSCM NI
SCALE

2223219 DRAWING NO
SHEF

oRE'

5-122

HORIZONAL VIDEO

HORIZONAL SYNC
VERTICAL VIDEO
VERTICAL SYNC

--e
K --enf p--
e

b

|

FIGURE 3-7 VIDEO TIMING DIAGRAMS

P

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED DIGITAL SYSTEMS DIVISION HOUSTON. TEXAS
5-121

2223219

REV

SHEET

25

REQU Tr Mz iR

3.5 3.2 BRIGHTNESS LEVEL.

WITH THE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL SET AS SPECIFIED IN THE PREVIOUS

PARAGRAPH,

ALL VIDEO INPUTS ON,

AND A FULL SCREEN OF WHITE

REVERSE VIDED GCCUPYING THE VIEWABLE AREA, THE BRIGHTNESS LEVEL

SHALL BE GREATER

THAN

15 FOOT-LAMBERTS

IN THE CENTER OF THE

SCREEN.

BRIGHTNESS UNIFORMITY OVER THE ENTIER SCREEN SHALL

CONFORM TO SPECIFICATIONS IN THE NEXT PARAGRAPH

3.5.3.3 BRIGHTNESS UNIFORMITY.

OVER THE ENTIRE VIEWABLE AREA THE

CONSTANT WITHIN

+/-20%,

AT A BRIGHTNESS

LAMBERTS.

BRIGHTNESS SHALL BE MEASURED

LOCATIONS (CENTER AND FOUR CORNERS).

BRIGHTNESS SHALL BE LEVEL OF 10 FODOT-
AT A MINIMUM OF 5

3.5.3.4 FOCUS

THE MONITOR SHALL EXHIBIT A SHARP FOCUS OVER THE ENTIRE

VIEWABLE AREA.

THERE WILL BE NO BLURRING OR FUZZINESS OF

INDIVIDUAL DOTS WHEN OPERATED AS SPECIFIED IN THIS DOCUMENT

3.5.3.5 JITTER.

UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS, NO MOVEMENT GREATER THAN ITS OWN DIAMETER.

PIXEL

SHALL 2

EXHIBIT

3.6 SIGNAL TIMING

THE MONITOR SHALL BE REGUIRED TO OPERATE AT THE RATES SPECIFIED IN Figure 3-7 AND Table 3-4

3.6.1 SIGNAL LEVELS.

VERTICAL SYNC SHALL BE A NEGATIVE TRUE

TTL

SIGNAL.

HORIZONTAL SYNC AND THE RED/GREEN/BLUE VIDED INPUTS SHALL ALL BE

POSITIVE TRUE TTL SIGNALS.

A TRUE OR "ON" CONDITION SHALL BE

DEFINED AS A "OFF" CONDITION

VOLTAGE BETWEEN 2.4 AND 5. 25 VOLTS.

A FALSE OR

IS A VOLTAGE BETWEEN 0.0 AND 0.4 VOLTS.

DRIVE

CURRENT IS PROVIDED BY A 74L.5244 BUFFER ON EACH VIDED LINE AND

HSYNC, AND BY A 74586 DEVICE ON VSYNC.

THE MONITOR SHALL OPERATE

OVER THE WORST CASE OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS FOR THESE DEVICES AS

DEFINED IN THE TI TTL DATA BOOK

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS. INC.

Ili i
g TExAS oI:;¥RrIs`kME.\'TS

owN

DATE

SSUE DATE
01/06/8

Te 204594

3-16

SIZE | FSCWTM NC
A 9621 4

ORAWING NO
223M%

A REV

gt

St

=4

A

5-120

REGUIAEMENTS

3.5 DISPLAYED COLORS AND BRIGHTNESS

3.5.1 COLORS THE MONITOR WILL BE CAPABLE OF DISPLAYING THE COLORS SHOWN
IN Table 3-3

Table 3-3 DISPLAYED COLORS

VIDEQ INPUT {GREEN! BLUE

! DISPLAYED

'

COLOR

OFF IOFF

OFF IOFF

OFF {ON

OFF 10N

ON {OFF

ON (OFF

ON {ON

ON

ION

| OFF ! ON i OFF i ON | OFF | ON { OFF t ON

i

BLACK

!

BLUE

'

GREEN

{

CYAN

!

RED

!

MAGENTA

!

YELLOW

i

WHITE

U3CWCMIO.OITL5NTHO.T.R2RONLOWLSIECTVOTHELROLOFASRC,AELTSLHAEDIJVONUFIAMSDDOTEENOMDIQTETUHNOAETRRTI.NEPUSCTOODSLEOGTARSHAOSENU,STSOSDIUUTNEPHGIEPNLSTIUOSOERRCRERMEIOEUSSTNTHAHEADLJSOLUFHCSAOTLLASLMODPERJENUCBTSEIPTFUIRAOCIFTTAHPYTEUIIRNOEDNIIONFVTIEWCDROHNULITAAOTHLLREE CONVERGENCE.

3.5.3 BRIGHTNESS

BRIGHTNESS MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE MADE WITH A

759 FOOT-LAMBERT METER, OR EQUIVALENT.

BRIGHTNESS IS

MEASURED FROM THE

AT THE CENTER OF THE RASTER AT A DISTANCE

CRT FACEPLATE.

AMBIENT LIGHT SHALL BE SUCH

WESTON MODEL DEFINED AND
OF 50.8 MM THAT IT DOES

NOT AFECT THE BRIGHTNESS MEASUREMENTS.

3.5.3.1 BRIGHTNESS SETTING.

WITH THE FRONT PANEL MAXIMUM, AND NO RGB VIDEO BRIGHTNESS SERVICE CONTROL

BRIGHTNESS INPUTS APPLIED
SHALL BE SET

(INTENSITY) CONTROL SET AT (BLACK SCREEN), THE SUB-
S0 THAT THE BACKGROUND

RASTER 1S5 NOT VISIBLE.

-- TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC.

S

DWN

DATE

5

ot 11/05/82 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS [1550F OATE

T1-20458A

3-15 SIZE | FSCM NO A 9 6 2 `| 4

DRAWING NO 2223219

soms

sat 23

`
5-119

-
REVISIONS

DESCRIST-ON

T "vare

'"-':_

i

o

| aeproven :r`?:; o

-

BEY,
SHEET
REV STATUS OF SHEETS
or»«mu%ssssgscsso

2223219-0002

COLOR MONITOR, 220 VAC

2223219-0001 PART NUMBER

COLOR MONITOR, 120 VAC DESCRIPTION

A
23124125
REV SHEET TWR A,

ALAIATALA

AlA

AlB|B

A

(26 (27 |28 [29 (3013} [32]3334 | 3536|237 {38] 3P4 o4l (42

8 AlATA

AlAJAIALA

A

A

A

A

tl213lals|elrlalolo |v2[rahalis|ic]i7|igfiof2o]2|212

ROY D DATXBY,/19/82

@ °

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
INCORPORAIED

) A/82

|

.

Digta) Systema Group

SI-METRIC

QA` <

L

& £ [ LTHISD ANGLE PROJECTION]

(o gy APVE-MFG

o

LT
S
7 7

" COLOR MONITOR SPECIFICATION

S|ZEA[FlSCoM 6NOees
2 SCALE NONE 40) 5-118

DRAWING NO

222321 9 SHEEY ] (F 42 TAyME TMi

5 A
4 g

Y<W<MN.r_

SAYYWIN

52 - 24 e 4
2 4 22 -2

0f - 1d 62 4
L2 ¢ 52 - 14

flmImM_www_q_&wfin_n.uMmvw

vflp"u%flrww_flww--u(&xnhn%um vw

aNNOYY A *
aNno¥o
FPNLYNOIS
»

LHM/A18/NyD OMY b2

5¢

LHM/%18/03Y

ve

034/%18/LHM 0{

2

Q34/1HM/ATE MY b2

22

mW Mmv.

NOILdI¥ISIa

J"AiOINM

7

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

REV

A

2223107

DIGITAL SYSTEMS OIVISION HOUSTON, TEXAS

SHEET

T1-132186

5-117

¢

s |

A

x_

.

" :

|

i

:
Ll

-

£

.

I [
v .
`ON
ot
Y/N

. o
Syavway

12 - 2d
3 {)

2 - 1d
1z b

61

61

81

oz

0

9¢

91

1e

st

2

L

vl

3
: 21 T

1
2t ! 11

OIENE

ot |

6 |

6

g

8

A A

L

g ]

9

Sl

g

v

v



£

Y

z v

- 2d

1-1d

NOUVIS
z%_»uwzu%mnv | | ININOIWOD

NOUVIS
Z%WWMMMU i ININOJWOD

aNNOYY
)
4
aNNoYD
-NO1L0373S -1IN1 -170v4
Q334 0Ly IIT NO
ON339vd ASNg
-3903 THONNDY 8 vlvg L vIvg
9 VLvg
5 viva v viva £ Vv z vivg
1 vLva
-38041S V1vQ

R

ANLYNOIS

m m

i

-

N4I/NYO BV b2
N¥9/03¥
a3y/n1g
034/N¥0 3/t | a34/118 1HM/me LHM/NYD 1HM/QTY
LHM/ 18 Aa/ma
A19/N¥0 ¥18/Ny9 ¥18/03Y
%19/ 1HM
n18 NYO NY¥9 a3y
¥ A8 oMy b2
NOILdII$3a

<
oz}

61 m =

gt | &

a

g

il

ar

v ie .

£1
21

mm5mm3_mfim

1 mumm

ot m-mn

s &°

8

L

9

5

v

£

Z

1

um_fl J--

TH-132148

5-116

12/14/83

PART NUMBER 2223106-5001

REY G

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0003

00025.000

0004

00002.000

0005

00006.500

0011

00000,003

List of Materials

DESCRIPTIONceacessosocccosossocsncssnncns BULK CABLE ASSY,PARALLEL,PRINTER

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:cocsscoccossscoscnvosccssscs

0539430-0003 221031 7-0001 2210505-0007 0972361-0003

CAMOPNTACT,-20P5I2N 02-2

24-20AWG ST

068

INSUL DIA

L0A8B5E4L8»0~B-LSALNPKF,-C1A9B3L1F9-4MARKFR

CABLE,SHIFLDED,25 CONDUCTORS

SEE TI- DRAWING TAPEFNAM, VINYL,SELF~ANH.25THK

.50WIDE

012624-V548

UN EA EA FT RL

12/714/83

PART NUMBER 2223106-5002

REV G

iTEM,

QUANTITY.

0004

00002.000

0005

00007.000

0007

00001 .000

0011

00000.003

DBUELSKCRICPATBILEONcAcSoScYossPcAoRcAaLsLoEvLasoscaconscsnccns

COMPONENT..

DESCRIPTINNeecccscsssa-csessscccsccascns

2210317-0001 2210505-0007 2211389-0001 0972361-0003

OLARB5E4L80y-BSLLAPNFK-,1C9A3B1L9F~4 MARKER

CABLE,SHTELDEN,25 CONDUCTORS

SEE TI- DRAWING

LUG, SEE

RING TI~-

TOMGUE,20-24 DRAWINMG

AWG

TAPE FOAM, VINYL, SELF-ADH,25TUK

012626-V548

<

.SOMNTDE

UM Fa FT EA PL .

5-115

12714783

PART HUMBER

REV

222310 6-0001

G

ITEM,

QUANTITY.,

0001

00001.000

0002

C0001.000

0006

00001.000

0007

00001.000

0008

00001.,000

00909

REF

0010 0012

00091.000 REF

o101

00001.000

List of Materials

DCAEBSLCERIPATSISEOMNR.LsYe,coPsAcRvAoLsLsFcLc,sPsRsIsNcTnERcccnnssone

COMPONENT.. 2220401-0003 2220380-0008 0414127-0001 2220555-0001

DESCRIPTINNcecescnsoscsncconnccscsancane UM

CONNECTLUO G,R2, 5X{ 420 ANG

EA

CABLE CLAYP ASSY,.400 SEF TI- DRAWING

IN. DIA.

CARLE ACC

FaA

CONNECTOR, PLUG=36 CONTACTS

EA

LUG,BARE,45 DEGRFF,R4 SCRFW HOLF,LOCKING FA

2223107-0001

WIRE LIST PT TO PT PRL PTR CARLE ASSY

EA

2265070-0001

SPEC, PRE-PRINTED CABLE MARKER

FA

2220797-0012 2362997-0001

FERRULE, 4 175" SEE TI- DWG ASSEMBLY +PACK,CABLE

FA FA

2223106-5001

B1U6L5K0-0C0A0B0LE~000ASSY,PARALLEL,PRINTER

EA

12714/83

PART NUMBER

RFYV

2223106-0002

G

ITEM,

QUANTITY.

0001

00001.000

00014

0002

00901.000

0006

00001.000

00064

0008

REF

0009

REF

0ol0

00001.000

0013

00000,000

0014

00001.000

0101

00001.000

NDESCRIPTIONcesaveeccncanssoscoccancasscne

CABLE ASSY,PARALLEL,PRINTER/850

2

COMPONENT . . DESCeR cocY cosI essP asosT scnI ccaN cnaN scces (M

2220767-0002
2220380-0008 2220674-0001
2223107-0001

CONNECTOR, PLUG¢25 CONTACTS ,2-POW,22~26AG FA

SEE T1- DRAWING

P2

SEE TI- DRAWING

CABLE CLAMP ASSY,.400 IN. DIA, CARLE ACC EA

SEF TI- DRAWING

CONNECTOR,RND CA T0 PANFL, PLUG,STL SHFELL FA

SEE TI- DWG

Pl

SEE TI- DWG

WIRE LIST PT TO PT PRL PYP CARLE ASSY

EA

2265070-0001

SPEC, PRF-PRINTED CARLF MARKFR

Ea

2220797-0012

FERRULE,.175TM

FA

SEE TI- DWG

0414127-0001

CONNECTOR, PLUG-36 CONTACTS

FA

2220827-0003

CONNECTOR,COVER,CAP,DR HOOD

EA

SEE TI- DRAWING

2223106-5002

RULK CABLF ASSY PARALLFL

EA

1620-0006-004

5-114

15t

TARLE #2: RECOMMENDED PARTS LIST

Note:

This Parts List does not include incidental hardware. This hardware and any substitutions for the assemblies listed are at the discretfon of the vendor, but the completed cable meet the requirements set forth elsewhere in this drawing and must be approved by TI.

Item

Reference Desig.

Vendor

T1 part #

Vendor Part #

5

Cable

Beldon Corp. P.0O. Box 1331 Richmond, In,

47374

2210505-0007

9543

Amphenol Connector Div. Bunker Ramo Corp. 2801 South 25th Ave. Broadview, I1, 60133

2220674-0001

157-32360

AMP Iac. P.0. Box 3608 Harrisburg, Pa,

17105

2220767-0002

745496-2

2

Cable Clamp

AMP Inc.

P.0. Box 3608

2220380-0008

745173-3

Harrisburg, Pa, 17105

«

4

Marker, Cable W.H. Brady Co.

2210317-0801

SLPF-19319-4

2221 W. Campen Rd.

P.0. Box 2131

Milwaukee, Wi, 53201

NOTE:

Item #2 may be replaced with a foil EMI shield and thermoplastic shell per section #3.

p f b 24 TexAs INIvNaRSeTORRATUIMD ENTS
0.4 o105
2590

OKWLN UNKERT
ISSUE DATE

0 ATE 07-06-83

SI2 FSCM NO
A 96214

DRAWING NO 2223106

scate NONE

12

A

REV

5-113

[>=c0)

y

TABLE #1:

WIRE LIST FOR CABLE 2223106

Vire #
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 215!

Calor Rlack White Red Creen Orange Blue White / BRlack Red / Black Green / Black Orange / Black Blue / PRlack Black / White Red / White Green / White Blue / White Black / Red White / Red Orange / Red Blue / Red Red / Green Orange / Green Black / White / Red White / Black / Red Red / Black / White Green / Black / White

P} Pin # L 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 32 31 36 33 19 <21 23 25 27 29 30

P2 Pin #
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ~ 21 22 23 24 25

f e

DWN

GATE

SiZE | FSCM NO

DRAWING NO

REv

C

KLUNKE RT 07-06-83

A 96214

2223106

G

TEXAS INICNakSeToRRAUTIMD ENTS
D115 Terss 25910

Fesre sy

2 scate NONE

SHEET

11

5-112

0
| Fanoid

G

sueet (O

2223106

DRAWING NO

5111

scate IJONE

Jv'f' 1.6 S3 A 96214

ZE FECM AT

--=--i0"1570°20!

e

i e e

G OO O i i e o)

DATE

RUMENTS 1SSUE DATE

DwWN

(NOTLVDTATINIGL

"dWY1) 379YD Y3IONN 03¥NJ3S ANV 319vD ONNOYY G3ddviM 39 OL 11 W3LI (NOTLVIT4IINIAL S ¥IYNLIVANNYW)<~ Ay *90TE22Z WIGWNN Lyvd 11 `2d $1X3l

B B

S, ¥FUNLOVANNYIW¢) AJ¥ 901222 ¥ISWNN L¥Vd 11°Td "¥IINI¥d 137IV8vd 1x3L | v

£ W3LT 907 ¥3070S A9 M3YIS dWv13 318YD 01 QILYNIWYIL 38 01 JYIM NIVYQ Td
[2] TATEWISSY dWY1) 378YD 40 STI3HS WYTD Y¥3IANN Q30704 IYIM NIVYO 24
¢ W3LT HLIM Q30NTONI SM3IYIS Y3INIVLIIY ANV SMIYIS dWY1d 3718YD 1

I

2

10314123dS 3SIMI3HIO SSIINN $S310N

N

Marhing

The warling texts listed in Vigure #1 shall be (ixed on the cable using the marker described in TT drawing 2210317, Marbaicg method js optional.

favirarmental

\nhient temperaturo:

Dperatine: 5 to 6N deprecs ,

Yor-operating: -30 to 70 deprees C.

Relative humidity:

iv to 90% i(non-coondensing)

Apency Requirements

Cable reels within the manufacturers facility per UL 83, UL 62, CSA 22.2 no 127, CSA no 299 requirments

shall be marked and CSA 329a

The cable assembly shall be UL listed under UL 478 for use

with electronic data processing units and systems. Vendor 1is

responsible for obttaining and maintaining UL approval of the

cable assembly.

All cab'es shall bear the UL listing mark.

The manufacturers fdentification and date code shall appear

on the jacket or molded connector housing portfon of the cable

wherever convenient and clearly visable.

The UL listing mark

is to be placed within 6 inches of the connector marked Pl,

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS

>

Responsibility for Inspection

Unless otherwise specified in thke contract or purchase order,

the supplier is respoasible for the performance of all fas-

pection requirements specified herein.

Except as otherwise

specified in the contract or order, the supplier may use his

own or any other facilities suitable for the performance of

the {nspection requirements specified herein, unless dfs--

approved by the procuring activity. The procuring activity

reserved the right to perform any of the inspections set forth

in the specification where such inspections are deemed

necessary to assure supplies and services conform to

prescribed requirements.

It

oWy

DATE

KLUNKERT 07-06-83

BN R
A 96214

O AWING NO

2223106

REV
c

Trxas INSTRUMENTS 155UE DATE

scate NONE

SHEET

7

A

5-110

.2.2 .2.3

Connectors

Materfal: Housing and covers for Pl will be metal, and thermoplastic overmolding, UL flammability rating 94V2

for or

P2

hetter, CSA 356R stacdard UL 478,

compinents. (NOTF:

CSA certified

in primarv circuits).

and shall be UL recognized components are required only

Cortacts: A1l contacts will be Gold Plated

surfaces.

Crimp-type plns shall be bkright

the surface that the wire is crimped to.

on thelr cating ti{n plated on

Connector Current Rating: 5 Amps / Contact

Contact Resistance after Durability Testing: 5.5

maximum.

DNurabilfty testing shall consist of 50

tions and removals of mating connectors.

wOhms fnser---

Assembly

Shielding:

Fach connector shall be continuously shielded to

conform with FCC Part 15, Subpart J, concerning EMI emmis-

sions of computing machines.

This may be accomplished

through the use of a metal shell to which the cable "drain"

wire is attached by means of of foil surrounding it which

solder lug, is soldered

or through the use to hoth the connector

body and the drain wire.

If the foll method is used there

nust be a protective plastic cover over 1t.

Strain Relief: Both coanectors shall be be provided with

strain relief through the use of either metal backshells

or thermoplastic backshells.

If metal backshells are used,

provision must be made to insure that the clamp does not

break the outer jacket of the cable.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 50-60 Hz.

1000 Volts RMS minimum,

Mechanical: Table 2 are by the same etc. ), and

If hardware other than the ones recommended in used, they must be secured to mating connectors method ( I.E. springclamps, machines screws, must be dimensionally equivalent.

Voltage Rating:

300 VAC RMS for continuous use.

g

DwWh

DATE

KLUNKERT 07-06-83

SIZE | FSCM NO
A 96214

DRAWING NQ

2223106

fAEV
G

TEXAS nLIoNkPSuTARTHUYMENTS
3 ax Taust 0.769:0

Freereraee

2scate NONE

SHEET

6

5-109

3.0

RFYUIREMENTS

ST

Physical

See Figure i1, Talle L and Table 2.

312 320!

Materfals and Comstruction

MM4osabstre7rhahap8eeatteleecealrridnandiifnovveaaitdevilbleirersdcso,CseenSpfplmAeieyhecnretnfiirmoit2fesa2naaiihn.ilfemne2esfe.dsnhee,ttecNcstoo,aennWaadaddnlh1ldei5mant4namw.idthawtoeerhintnrekthsmiiehaansrlegrtkxsmesalpaqpnnoteudsgsecibsseriarhdlffeaelailmxfleleopsdtnrootbsesnuocotirtrnhaeuecsohefcbtdlhlstiaoitptsssoahwstrrihsetsaiodrgclr,oehvfa,dsewrhniaawmctnlwiragolilat.pnlceegpkrre.,biraeeatnMliaasUafnbLsrlglkoewi,ng

Cable

UL Style 2464 Cable, capable of passing VW-1 Vertical Flame Test.

All wire & cable material used must be UL recognized CSA certified, and must meet UL - VW-1 Flammability

and

standards.,

Capacitance between conductors: 30 picofarads / foot.

Conductors:

Tinned copper, standard

lated by PVC 0.25 mm thick nominal.

24 AWG,

(7 x 32),

insu-

Shield: wire.

100Z coverage, aluminum polyester, number 24 drain

`

\.I\i~L\2 e

owN

DATE

KLUNKFRT 07--0066--83

Si2E | FSCM NI
A 96214

DRAWING NO

22 23106

REY G

FExAs (NICoNuSraTnaRcUrnMENTS s
2 was Teas T sg

3scae NONE

SMEET

5

6-108

______

n

CONVERSION CLART

|

----------- Fommmemee

KRB

| INCHES

|

---------------------- fomemme ¢

0.25

} 0.010

|

0.5

| 0.02

|

3.18

| 0.125

|

102.0 +/- | 4.0 +/- |

51.0

| 210

|

1066.8

| 42.0

|

----------- Fommmm et

11823109..02 +/- || 724.80.0 +/- ||

15.0

| 0.6

|

----------- dommmemmea

---K-IL-O-S----- t| ommmmmLBS

|
e m--a}

14

|

31

|

THIS IS A COMPUTER GENERATED DOCUMENT,

(_L)e--

23

I

51

|

DO NOT REVISE MANUALLY. CONTACT

----------- oot

COMPUTER-AIDED-DOCUMENTATION GROUP.

mmmmc--me e m e

--ndm bbb e e b oo m b mp e m b eb e b e b

REV. sTATUS | REV. | G| 6l 6l 6l ¢l ¢l ¢} ¢l ¢l el 6l 6t | I

| -- | e e p1 mm | == ]

OF SHEETS

Fomme e e e o

e b

mm e e e m b mp e et b m o -- e

| sHeeT!| 1) 2! 3] 4] s| el 71 81 gfrofrrir2y |+ | + | | |

------------ oo --b o bbb mt bbb o bbb b m-- - --

unless other- |

DATE |

Texas Instruments

|

wdiismeenssipoencsifiaedre|l

in millimete tolerance:

Ors| |

CDWHNK_MD.UBNIHAEMHL____0065--0194--8822]] EANPGVR__MM..KKEENNDDFELL___0066--1100--8822]|

Incorporated Data Systems Group

| SI-METRIC

angles +/- 1 | QA R.cAPAM__~~ 06-10-82]| 21 ppllaaccee ++//--0.25.=5| MRFELG__MSI.KBERIDWGOELNF___0066--1101--8822]}

CABLE ASSEMBLY, PARALLEL, PRINTER

s
¢ Trxas INSTRUMENTS
oA

oW
KLUNKFRT FgsteoaTe

26910

540

DATE
07-06-83

SIZE | FSCM NO
A 9621 4 scaie NONE
A
5-107

DRAWING NO

2223106 SHEET

REV
G 1 oF 12
DB /

SUGGESTED SOURCE{S) OF SUPPLY: 1. BELDEN CORPORATION
P.0. BOX 1980 RICHMOND, INDIANA 47374
2. VICTOR ELECTRIC WIRE & CABLE CO. 618 MAIN ST. WEST WARWICK,R.I. 02893

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS PART NUMBER
2223105-0001

SOURCE 1 IF-4310

MANUFACTURER®S PART NUMBERS

SOURCE 2

SOURCE 3

T80

Ti~4239.E

{'ib TexaOsN COOIRNMaSnPTOTRRerAUnTMaoEENDNTS

A

2223105

SHEET

3

IREV

*

6-106

ROIRFMENTS:
P+ ICAL. "TH FIGURE ]
3 CABLE FATICLSE CIFCORGETION S22 At CONSISTING OF 7 STRANDS OF #56 AWG
PARE COPPLw WIRE OR 7 STRANDS OF =35 BARE COPPER COVERED SIFEL WiRY. SHELS CONSISTS OF 4 ENDS CF #36 AWG TINNED COPPER SRIRAL WRAPFED OR BRAIDED COPPER WIRE. INTERNAL TNSULATION CF POLYETHYLENE WITH QUTER JACKET AND CONNECTOR MOLDING TO BE L{GHT TAN IN COLOR MATCHING TI COLOR NUMBER 972939-21C1. CABLE ASSEMBLY TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL AND CSA.

3.1.¢

MARKINGS PARTS OR WRAPPtR SHALL BE MARKED WITH TEXAS INSTRUMENTS PART NUMBER .

3H]1M3

IMPEDANCE: CABLE IMPEDANCE SHALL BE 755 NOMIMAL.

3.1.4

CONNECTORS: BOTH ENDS OF THE SHIELDED CABLE SHALL BE WITH VICTOR PC-103 PHONO PLUGS OR BELDEN STRAIGHT HANDLE PHONO PLUGS.

TERMINATED EITHER STYLE PHG761 SHORT

=alij
TimezsoE

B a1 210 2 B

e i

==
CABLE DIA. 3.81 NOM

FIGURE 1

[4 if. i

TeExAs INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED TO S Garan veanss "

5-105

[

2223105

[REV]

A

SHEET

2

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223100-5001

R

ITEN.

QUANTITY,

0086

00000.000

00864

00868

12/14/83

PART NUMBER

REV

2223100~8001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0001

00001.000

0002

REF

List of Materlals

VDIEDSECQRIPCTRIT OMCeOeNsTeRe{cLcLvFcRe,snAnUsTsDe-

COMPONENT. 2210759-0001

DESCs sR eenI ncecP ocnT nsvsI ancO nnsaN nsens UM

1Cy5157,QUAD+2/1 LIME uV2-0LIST-S$157 BURN-IN

SELFCT/MULTIPLEXER

A

VS-ULBISSTITT-UST1E57

BURN-IN FOR ITEM

49

V=LIST-S1S7 BURN-IN

VDIENSECDRIPCRTTIDOCNOGMeToReOeLcLaEsRo/eSoPsAnRcEnScecccnonscnnae

COMPONENT.. 2223100-0001 2231993-0001

DESCRIPTIONececetasseconscnsrssacnacaces VIDED CRT CONTROLLER 1254~3100-060 SERVICE PACK INDEFX-RMR

UM FA EA

12714783

PART NUMBER

REV

2223100-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY.

0076 00764 00768 0077 00774

00000.000 00000.000

JorTTe oe7a 00784 00788 0079 0079A 00798 0080 0080A 00808 0081 0081A 00818 0082 00324 00828 0083 00834 00838 0084 00844 00848 0085 00854 00858

00000.000 00000.000 00.00.000 0C000.000 00000.000 00000, 000 0C070.000 00000.000

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.caccses VIDEN CRT COMTROLL

COMPONENT.. DESCRIPTION:cecsasccscccacncasccccsacsss UM

2210649-0001 2210614-0001 2210749-0001 2210740-0001 2210621-0001 2210735-0001 2210738-0001 2210604~0001 2210674-0001 2210763-0001

IC+L5125,QUAD BUS BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPU EA

V- IST-L5125 BURN-IN

u3o

V-LIST-LS125 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 17

V=L IST-LS125 BURN-IN

1C,LS20,.D6~UTAHLPUT NAND

EA

V-L1ST-LS20

BUPN-IN

U3l

V-LIST-LS20

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 18

V=LIST-LS20

BURN-IN

1C+$S86+QUAN, 2-TNPUT EXCLUSTIVE OR

A

V-LIST-$86 BURN-IN

u32

V-LIST-586 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 19

V-L1ST-586 BURN~IN

1CoS10sTRIPLF,3-TNPUT POSITIVE AND

A

V=LIST-S10 BURN-IN

u33

V-L157-510 BURN-(N

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 20

V=LTST-510 BURN-IN

1C+LS32,QUAD,2-TNPUT OR

FaA

V-LIST-1532

BURN-TIN

U34

V-LIST-LS32

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE V-LIST-L532

FOR

BUIRTNEM-TN21

&

1Cy SO0, QUA2-DIN,PUT NAND

A

V-L1ST-500 BURN-IN

=

u3s

V-LIST-500 BURN-IN =

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 22

V=L I5T-500 BURN-IN

1Cy S04, HEX INVERTERS V-LIST-S04 BURN-IN

EA

u3e

V-LIST-504 BURN~IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR 1TFM 23

V=LIST-S04 BURN-TN

I1CoLSO4,HEX INVERTERS

EA

V-LIST-LS04%

BURN-IN

u3r

V-LIST-LSO0%

BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 24

V-LIST-LS04

BURN-IN

IC,LS1744HEX,D~-TYPE RFG W/CNMMON CLR

EA

V-LIST-LS174 BURN-IN

uls

V=-LIST-LS1T74 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITFM 26

V-LIST-LS174 BURN-IN

IC,SLT4HEX, FLIP-FLOP,SINGLE RATL OUTPUT EA

V=L IST-S174 BURN-IN

U39

V=LIST-S174 BURN-IN SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 47 V-LIST-S174 BURN-IN

5-103

12/14/83

PART NUMBFR

REV

2223100-5001

R

ITEM.

QUANTITY,

0057C 0066

00000.000

00664

00668

0067

00000.000

00674

00678

0068

¢0000.000

0068A

00688

0069

00000.000

0069A

00698

0070

00000.000

0070A

00708

0071

00000.000

00T1A

00718

0072

00000.000

Q072A

00728

0073 00734

00009.000

00738

0074

00000, 000

00744

00748

0075

00000,000

00754

anTsa

List of Materials

DESCRIPTION.ssesceovccanccsccnson VINEG CRT CONTROLLER, AUTO-INSERT

COMPOMENT.. DESCRIPTINNe.vcocossoconcs

esesecvscas UM

2210739-0001 2210660-C001 2210695-0001 2210721-0001 2210764-0001 2210694-0001 2210669-0001 2210662-0001 2219761-0001 2210631-0001

TIS AN -ASCNC7E4P5T0A8BNLE SUBSTITUTE f

IC+ 508, QUAN, 2-INPUT PNSITIVE AND

EA

V-LIST-S08 BURN-IN

u40

V-L1ST-508 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM ST

V=L IST-508 RURN-IN

IC,LS155,DUAL 2-LTNE TO &4-LINE DFCODFR

EA

V-LIST-LS155 BURN-IN

ué

V-LIST-LS155 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR (TEM 7

V-LIST-LS155 BURN-IN

IC+L5245,0CTAL BUS, XCTVER,3ST.OUTPUT

FA

V-LIST-LS?45 BURN-IN

u7,U8,U9

V-LIST-1L5245 BURN-IN

SURSTITUTE FNR ITEM 8

V-LIST-LS245 BURN-IN

1C,L5374,0CTAL D-TYPE FLIP-FLOP

EA

V-LIST-15374 BURN-IN

U10,ULL,U14,U15

V-LIST-LS374 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 9

V-LIST-LS374 BURN-IN

I1C+S175,QUAD,F/F,DOUBLE RATIL OUTPUT

EA

V-LIST-S175 BURN-IN

Ul6,UL7,U27

V-LIST-S5175 RURN-IN

SUBSTITUTF FOR ITFM 10

o

V-LIST-S175 BRURN-IN

T1C,LS244,0CTAL RUF/LINE DRIVER/RECETVER

EA

V-LIST-LS244 BAURN-IN

u12,u13

V-LIST-LS244 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR [TEM 11 V-LIST-LS244 RBURN-IN

IC,15166,8-BIT PARALLFL/SERIAL INPUT

EA

V-LIST-LS166 BURN-IN

u19

V-LIST-LS166 AURN-TN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITEM 12

V-LIST-LS166 BURN-IN

1CyLS157,0UAD 2-LINE TO 1-LINF DATA SELE EA

V-LIST-LS157 u21,y22,u23

RURN-IN

V=L1I5T-LS157 BURN-TN

SURSTITUTE FOR ITFM 13

V-LIST-LS157 BURN-IN

1y 51634 SYNCHRONOUS 4-BIT COUMTFR

A

V=LIST-S163 BURN-TN u24

V-LIST-5163 BURN-IN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 14

V=-LIST-$163 BURM-IN

IC,L574,0UAL DO FLIP-FLOP W/PSET & CLR

FA

V-LIST-LS74

BURN-IN

u28,u29

V-LIST-1L574

BURN-TN

SUBSTITUTE FOR ITEM 16

V-LIST-1S74

BURN=-IN

5-102

12/14/83

List of Materials

PART NUMBER

REV

22:3100-5001

R

DESCRIPTINNcocecscsovoscocvsssscssnssses VIDED CRT CONTRMLLER, AUTO-INSERT

I1TEM.

00374

0039

00394

00398

0039¢C

0040

00404

00408

0040C

0047

00474

00478

0047C

0048

00484

0049

00494

00498

0049¢C

0059

i

00504 0055

00554

0056

00564

0057

00574

00578

QUANTITY,
00017.000
00015.000
00001.000
00001,000 00001.000
00001.000 00001.000 00003.000 00001.000

COMPONENT..
` 0972763-0013
0972763-0025
0219402-7174
0972763-0001 0219402-7157
09729646~0079 0972946-0045 0972946-0065 0219402-7408

DESCRIPTIONcecescoccoscscocscsaoncsasces UM
c1

CuCCCCC0CCCCTTT00C0TIIOO3OaSNIIOOIOICNTA1A303400012RE-R9R4-RR--REEAP8P046y44431TTMPHA,A,2,C222,,AW,WNCCCC262225CO£CCCCFCCOR1II3222231,RA2AAIAAA8KK9TT1-5---45CX-2-----A,O,OMFMMM4,6C,-=-CC-CCCCDRRCCCCCC4SSSSOCONOCO0S(2,3,1NNN1111N3C2223E333PSN0.2TTTT.0000587NIP372ZZZNT,4444L,50.555,,,TS55,555T4SSSSCOOCE0EEECA0CUUUUUU4S11L1L4U23111111B381111211SLTTT7O1F230U000L69,00004T4L44400U13FE333,,NC2FNNN4424S44,02Z22CCM9ZT272Z7C71S4N1,0100026O75005C505S5553V0001U00000,-VBAA0444AC0S,FV20TOCXF07IXL,11TTC1)SUE,CTREEARMAIMCI- C

DIEL DTEL

EA FA A EA EA

u20

ITEM 86 (PN 2210759-0001)

IS AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE

RRRRRRRRRTSSRTUT11OEOE1EIOEEIIO4N1TSHSS8HS-EE--HH0EE0TM,HROFTFFT1RIIIII6XKX-7X-6----,-~-RSSSRRDDRR311S1N(NN----5R..RP7N9T722022N904AAT445555KKSWW4SS0IISOO82NNB80BOOO2GGNN8NHHH1NMMM0735559% -%¥0.020..5221551 W

W CARBON W CARBON CARBON

FILM FILM FILM

EA EA EA EA

5-101

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SCHEMATICS ANfi LOGIC DRAWINGS

Section 6

SCHEHMATICS AND LOGIC DRAWINGS

This section contains schematic and logic drawings applicable to

the

Texas Instruments Professional Computer.

Title
Motherboard, Logic Logic, Alphanumeric CRT Controller Logic, Option RAM Logic, Graphics Video Board Logic, Communications Board Logic, Video CRT Controller Logic, Speech Logic, Telephone Logic, 256/512k RAM Expansion Logic, 256k RAM Expansion

TI Drawing No.
2223005 2223011 2223017 2223063 2223096 2223102 2232375 2232405 2234245 2234248

Page No.
6-3 6-8 6-11 6-14 6-18 6-20 6-24 6-29 6-24 6-40

6-1/2

Lol

oPim

T Omem Rt

' N

|
i
'i.

| o

b {[{ L |

| |

. =

I it

l

il

| I I

pe TN

Lt g

e e

)

=

Bi=) w1

"

[ s 3
w o M 1 . "o] din 2  e

T "~ e L isb | E:S
i
1w I CHey E 2 =83

-

T o =e

]

T2 0

o 'l 1L

Ty n

"

e

29138 ST A

-

e

s el ey wte

1% aLiSuN . e

(T,

g

. i

R
=
I

A .A

syR

e e . J ANy - .

b toee L5 M3E i

toum! = I|¢:'\' AT R L S

oo = gl

i

v =

by

tEE T

SRR

N

"

= i

»

1=%

'

pima` mpel WA AO

RWi N

e o

"

oy THT 50T0£222

| [r1TzS968r]--a z

~031(8130°31C9w007g 1A¥I0Re10
senanoinnriereene) sy £ (R
o] meeame | P

| TRz I

i

|

ooy

e etw2 1ot

[FE =

l

s

°

|

.

weruvin eo [sen

|

e

=

BOISSLNNS
e u o0
<
SININT3 QISNNT

WP AE IO

2

1

o3

o3

= v

ar-
L i

$NE MOTSNUIXI ¥ SHOU CUIOOAINLON
o
. 1ol
=~3EEE 10, £0= % ~ 0 [] 2vL " »2&-«|1| oty ay |

Exga

S s

oo0l

or

1

CEi=218 0| @

= fl

Bnh

o

»

& «

4

o

OO

> e

o
]ITM

n
E»&»&d
o

stisT&as

SH§
T 0 S T

2004

OT RTeNPS | [3 ]

i

5

b

TS-ITe

gfimfi& SooLezZ

=a5&T I



kg

v

¥

s

102 !>~5m1`3- =
A=

D m .\_huM" h
azre

e 0!3)0N0fl. '
a0

g`- -u
A

o -tv.fi o g

[

9

"13 02 W3 Cuv §13 0L w3 w3awnr 20SNIO3yT % TI90N3C1T3H4VTATya0G2eNURdI0O004M3,S1°237AE3ST0T300L5SE7e ySUTeI3zH140I,NOSSNu3GDL0S3lB1aTu1Trp300eN3dDl4,SN@3

I

z

1

®

a
g
i

v

`

a

|

<

Sz ak.3q9823053 o5

%

3y

i

:

ila

§
*[aaa
82 288338582 g§ t
Fidfi2enavnanes %

T
-
%
n
[
.
~

§oaEEERMRER

--_--

e

----

8

ppn
Nyt
&

|

-

T

e

d

G888

i

§

o

I

®
<

2223005

" ur

o 9¥ovwzzllee

wnoiwixgt wl 3]

815o8wm[wjLs[ose8:3aone31Ltldy

N2 ¥S1VA4 GQVY IYV WNIISIAVIYAB E0Q 0T322T2 ASSSTY LNiEw %
LonLns 90

e 6

WILRLNS 362N

nzsws 0

'

[T [ ==

T



B38833%3 82893V

e %

1,

A5

030 41

ooswe 13 o) ¢

51N 4/4401-8 0B age
B vaomn

g V 58 &

2223005 s PROCESSOR

o

; =

d g

<

--

ni)

@

e

"

=

&

©

!

iag

~

® Q

=

83

i

3

&

Q

t

o

6-7

l

<

NOIES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECFKD: 2a31..5 "CRUwEA2c6SPeIRSCHTIrOOIeYROaSAnSUsSAERDRNEOATEON co.- 250m500e0c14¥i,,E5PDBOPNC2T0 PCT

1-1 ciB n

77,%a0+3w0-ci0035,

g
TeAR
!)
-S8R 5
-
g & 4 B 8 |
% 44%%44%#4#

HIGHEST REFERDICE DESIGATONS USED REFERENCE DESIGMATORS NOT USED

o] %
2223009 aeeiCATION

AT FIETS e

O OE SRt

[ emns

{@ruu s

fo=

CORQ_$-28-82 DCIOANGTRRAONLLELROGIC ALPMA CAT

N_5-25-! Dlo6214]

22230=11T

z

16§22


:.....r..M_m._..:: _ DUSISILNS.

wSEAT2RRT 288388

W INSLISTON

TR

85883385
F2gmneangs 288

K4

83883385

gg ERENRILELRD

E

6-9

85033883
=l SRIIXIRE 2RRSRBRE

2223011

2s8wasiow fz]

Swresasa-1

24338828 ER2ILBE

8ECeRzRRRERARLERENEZ

sfl!!!flifll
SRRIVBRE 5

SYBIRESR a
=NRIVERE §§

¥ agnggang 33

S2338RaEB Z2239N8

6-10

a l
6-11

:

]

z

TH s1o]geee, . 71T2o9~80



|

v v

1

s

2TMR3y= mBET ==E=

- btNoiviieeey T

~GB130° NO1T7S0M7UA`XLDo1 10

5 e

ST

SENIRo IMITK] SvEI] o] _memem |

[T , oo

GETe= TTL T

ey e 2 T Sio s ! o ee
ReIESENElE St ee e

=
=

P
*

] v 1z

pgaor]

Ag0x1

*

MpL y AL1

1 5

e 1

LT1

nt":

nt5-1>}

!:Le

ntt

ks5

Al103 sdo(m1i5d) woootd0 0wtk© WOtyo WOWIq© MOOIyo MOOTd) MoOid© wonotod sd oot©y ase

B}S 3| | = s | T TGIY....A\.x.T .. CTRLESAr Y [ =v

1

|

i

Loz

|



[

v

1

S

134 0D004°A 05 NS SWLINAD *C QRIS WO SSIWN SUON

9

I

Z

1

8

weewlblog21a

5 y

o Y

£

2

288 pzonager
o
288 gz30a08>

@
28B.zyzaven

288 sznoavse
°
28Bapzazageni-

222 17

0

28.pzonaesnfs ©

| 288 gzazaees

288, 9zn39%2

.|

-

-

3

&8 szyna08n

288 gaveazan

28.9zy03992 &

<

5

=

S

8 gzynaeen

288 paonanun

288.gzenanea

g

5

>

i

.

o

2C.pzazaeen

288 gz02z04n

288.gzvnavee

=

=

=

mi

2888 .9zunap8s [ %

2885 gaonzeen

. 28.9z02a08n Z

o

a

o

o

288.9z923982

288 gzanauen

288 magoaven" 3

o

E

5

.

2¥B.zonzees

`1288 gz00zwss

288.gagzavealr 5

RARRBRS.RR AR v

8a8

8.5

@

S

=

E

=

z

a

v

?

o

<

6-12

2223017

3

8|
: £

H

I
i

i i

E | X ]

oW£ |[=F §5|29E EoalS|7l [

é s

38| |~

| B--

4 R4%

E

E

g

g

sa5b| sse-d| o] %

fiT
s
il e | u

E

E

g

£

ou5ak|| ctNab)| o] e

B B g B

o-k | on.b)| o] e

E

£

£

E

o5t || sk5l ol o

g B g B
5 || o.l o] e

ass.s8gB |

g
Ea.sg

H;sX g

Hé.s! g

g

g

g

g

o.o || oma5l|| o] onf

g

g

&

B

ot5 || s a5f| o] enf

T
| 5 i

fe--

L

8ld|s

-

EEH_E:

E`
M

3 E

g:-- --

&

&

£

B

wiYab || sa.ab| | oel|| e

SB[ 5Bl & wBl| £ s £

TeA2

S8

U:.S

n:fi

g Z
8
15 8
23
zg£s2g

I

u

6-Gl14

o

<

oUNE
3223063

2223063

14,0003 { wsroans

~ i g

aRAIIZ

@ © ©

2RR988, 3

- kO]

WASvIyTE

= 8583388Bcmun

EE] 85883883 zuun

> 85883883x0un

IRAIABRE
2gRe3are, 3
JRRIIERE BE2RASEBRRBw

IRAIAINE
2RAIRBRS, I

IRAIZIRE
§§3 2RRS88RE, J

P 3 3

58

--; N
igfl g
Ta
o"'.I

¥

2

E8H8Y

§ldyeauabit

d, zeuabllb

6-15

Y]

T ' £90£22Z

|

ou

,penPO95E

.m

2 onsncigini avany

8-3)"m5:

1% £SISWOoEn

NG Y

a2 %2 sIsTa=SN

ooy £

iz e SISTA"S

NG Y 1t

(9-NS0l )(-0'1°D8
A0y 191

6-16

T30

4

2223063

A0 CoO

Freas Instaumonrs FERTE

EFEH

ABCD

2

288uB8ud

09288uBlvg

8 33

8

2zp2zeeeBEudlvg

8 s£¥

8

ezuzzescBingly

~

@ ses

8

gzezzewsPiudly

B k%

8

ezpzzeesiiuily

o e2§

8

2zgzaewaiully

B eff

g

2zoezeea¥luilvg

383

o

2zpezeeciuily

2z98 22t8ulfvg

sE3%

o

2zozzeeabiully

sg

]

gzozaeeniiuflva

A-2) 6 2@,(0-7),50,(7-0)

6-17

oy

960£i 222w-w | [r1aza9T6]a

~037¥"N3O1Z190NL73ESDw/0IuN0T°uANADS1]0

)l

ol

<12

v oSeun

gl

o

2esTaImnNg

tGININITE Q3%RNN

v ] h

s

| ZZihrr== 9

|_....1 z

£

|

8

e

zuehian us `o NS -0 46U

g --------2--17o01f00217

oL g1

--I--l--.--w--A'T0--Jo10--o.°0'51)

L ----ae roo'nz

THSIEUN QL e MO0 %17

Z# `oun

--

THS `y-un

4V010°6 "D

26 -1 @ ------ Am0I0°0°0)

THG A2 gL

TTwweez.f-su.ann

01 0

THS Gann L

St

Ni'gy

2 A

T

14 020200o©45 Ase

134 0a2n0Aw80©4S

139 oN nw4e05od

134 0an2041w80©45

134 oandaRAuod52t

F= ----3
[

{o yo]9 93o 09

o T

N A

05
n

azt-

----> 1t 03

e otiey =

2~

©

=

AZte

----) 1 034

6-18

Ge ewsrst ¢§ ((0I7 8F9H5I00I5ENN3 | ©

X § ) tzeooems | v

T

TI Te

s

g

ST T |



|

v

f

s

*QILYINTI?0IL

N1a0uNL D93179 Uv232/0E1Q3 SHO NI 3

iy `peu0t gwIny SNWA IMISISHY

2 1

ONIOWS ISMYIIO STIWN SN

9

.

I

Z

8

s

]

T &

|

.

_--  _

]

v

}

S

|

9

.

APSNGLULGIISNNGT W31)1hGTve 3v36 =#

v

al

a

sto 6aswntinemrw--ogi>sas
02 69 gy

aUtLin7Lo64

W1
Y

bo%o¢ v

ooo

=

oy T

2o 1 o eYl wiq i%l w s

e

T =

weoR e

-

¢T g6aort
"Z 6S9 TS.

P2 i 2

-fllfl" vu [

-

mIsoE

e

i 32|

B &

= =

Cg

o

<

o

Lo"8 Fecx
oSR
o

E T=»

034l A

%|7«2

e

a

2._.

a2o"W l on

a B

sweswos LT vigp-8

]

2

g

o

s waon

T ¢

2¥50PrNhm|

.-a* o o nse £

~$232%

=N

:

o o -

--

a

¢

|

e

o
BTT3>35 ¢6 ooo
a3&£Tt o0384
W 4 084
2 .

6-19

[ 222302 i

g

<

)

T i! f

N

e21 £

els
o MY

|| s "slt }é:l

ng

i<} {obf[afufu

S Tl
`:5

fg3 3

g ; T

_N,.,.N..szzzz-fi::::a:;
SIIIIIIIIIIIIITIFIGIRF

--_-- 3

§ 5.8

:

!

H

.5

% K

R £

,]R`c}?'

B 15, bl

{126 17 [

i

ol

Lil e

o fe

L KO

a of --

e {
ik
i8 3

T

£ @

gl "

!

g'i`

e

-.

`§

o

g .- X_ 4. &

55 g
RF-
§§=§§
gggig 2 <l

:`_:

AN

Il na N YRe2aR

3

334999333 TYIIIIIILIINY

y §3- § 3

8

8 5%4

3 JJJJJHEIJJJHJJ{JJJF==EJ==£§J§§$1
S

i
20l ~8 TET I

PECZanencRRRAERNYTIRARRRALR2R,LR TTTTiTiTTRIciToTTTToTTNToTToTRes

6-20

1
BlF [ g
5`; ;
)8 18
Il9|

a

v

!

o

i

<

»

R&gz

-

g
e

.
i

"

SUIILELE

--

Szuzagens.

<

L

¥
el & | reswenses

e

HECLREREREURALRRLIIS|

3

o

ol

SUSINELE

s 2 g

2RRIRIRE

Szuzzpse8.

2RseRgEg | 3%

22

o

~

38¥A|oEunEaEneEnge?

o
Q

v

&

T

=

Q

o

6-21

s432g8as
wSzoR28828
<

P1Z936O[af e s

e »

"

wsra006

9

8

P
e » n » ® o w ®
ot
ne:

vus
B ¥3 9 a o200 toisros
"n
Lo

B©]»w] ®
ot
rvaswsions

%5%00g 0P000 %20,0 10 Wy Ve B Do o ¥ Mo
it [rife)¢le

6-22

J

.

s v

'

e --cD ez e



{

s

o

8

2

¥

i

@

3

|

i

=]
®
5 9
n

&
cavouns=37533

o

& 5

0

o

1] 4T3

Bas83ans |E2esasezzyzels

39939838 Bzwaagwceedie

3 gEé

~

~E&H2RRLS,
ETTLEE] 2/R33853

oi82 |
<
k--
0
L

°

vy

[

ZgrgAgds | [2eRgReae | [Trdgag

2 8 8 953 |2 » a $83||2rReasly

-

®

Nt

N/

58

8

3

g ¥

v

53

3

3

S

401

X

]

2

SL ] EZ . E [BoZ NsGZ NQ), e

]
ST

HJ33d5

T

- 21907 `WYHIVIQ

T

Be

0L IN- 1],
]

o B[P e
e =v

Ry qn«w..!
T T

e s os

v

s

e O VI VTgaYt

+

.
£

N .

9
e [ rare ol

Z
L e S arer n TR T

e l_l-..xlu ComLT ul.fl

S Wen19s0 --0
S2SWLofN)2tS98s

$OSIH2LN6S8u,nfl_
YOS W<L2NzSA

S 1S, .

$OSWLN£5S0

S3uvds

ane

._.

ang

L °E95CDP6I1EN3uy7n2i612330£0951233/'82N939N9l2I106N59El22I0:B°90E52D¥2) == A5
AG-

e ELdo'01ev2aP2'D71z0902982a1'4e95lE8dD0

owo

--------

=
£v

N10876o)

o

A

6-24

A 7o | SEsoR 05505553l

3ISY3134 TWAYE0S

Rel | E8e//5E2i7/%G|l siLaviI) G3613v9Gn4vNH) ONOINDFITWINHIDJ][ ¥8

= 1

=

T i [ Ll 5cEeeze.f

= |



v

il

NOILIINNDD ON SILONI0 LON. ¥ %G1 'MGZ IYY SHOLSISIY Tp

SO oy SMHl O Wi 3u¥ s So INTVA l 30NVISISIsY I2 QIII0TSS ISMHING SSIINN "SION

s

1

9

T

¢

®

8-0'tHs

8- TENS

8-8'EWS 8-0'SHS. S-¥'GHS

1-¥'GHS -

888---00g'''gSenHHsss

3

8- g8e'nEHS 8-- 2

005 TWLNS

0052 i

coswenTs *
005 W2L5N0S O15¥L»NsS0

525,

OLILL»N5Sn

BEIIPLvNnS ASH DO3PIsNsSn OOIPLsN9nS

YOSKIoNsSn

9n

003v25N3S0 ! 204

00.4bLiNsSn

4

sNe 0

21

0

PLSWLI9N9S0

QESTP8LNbS

O102L0SMLtnowna]

440o

A1M 02 C 4d 0'02t

¥0SIbL£NsSn YOS IPL£N5S1

1K1 OBOSWLNo3Sn

18--80''S5HHSS

6-25

20£29692n

80V,
o'Iy A5 55502s5n 1SN)

§%-50»2np1501

snl

AGe 55-50z2nv1SNT

NOYH WYHI0Ud

T

T ez

|

:

AHOW3N WYHO0Hd

v

s

s

|

9

|

¢

[

°

|

8-8'PHS

Y01S193Y 553500V AHONIN

+¥ZLIMPLNNS

621STHLsNESn o 69ISTIWL»NESN

PHZLIMPLNoiSf

-Q'YHS

1

T T GEeeed |

6915 WLNS EN
N 691SWIN2eSn


¥

4

PLEL P &L X ¢

g

|

s

eELHvLNS

l

£

|

SW 9NsSh 015ewssn5Sn
oI5 wens 22!

ao1z ol YLb ELIMPI1N8R

YLELINY,

SNg

SNSv93d
01§ WwLSNSgN H
PLELIMYLsNsSn

2
o 1-g2ms 8-2d
8-g'sHS 218---eYddrHS

s¥¥2S25 WeNunw

v
v 2Wv
1 e Sr2swins

v

i

s

[

9

I

z

T

e

6-26

| I Giezeee__

z

|



|

v

4

s

|

_

1H0d ANON3IA VNG

$5-02vISaM)0 s5-0zvisnzln

S5-02¥ISaMzIn $5-02r152A1n

S5-02v15sM21n

55-02vISbHtI

S5-0ZvISM1I20

55-0ZvISoAzIn

°

1

¢

]

s

ZEI1 vLzNsSn
ZEvg2nssn®
2e3v25nNs"
zeavens ' 5N
VSIIPLNieSn

ot-1d
221o-1dd
El-td ri-td
1-Q'SHS.
) 1-91'-E9EHS)|

6-27

5S-0zvISML

55-02viSMBI0

§5-02viSNwIua

$5-02K1SAaLn

S5-02vISMsIin

S5-0ZvI1SvMi1n

5S-0zv15M&In

S5-0Z¥ISHaI0

[ St d |



I

v

T

s

[

BS1 1P LoNeSn OSIAvL8NzSn

9SIIPLaNzSn

e

1

z

1-0'EHS

I

°

1-¥'2HS -2d
91-2d } 8-¥'vHS.

1-9°24S

1-2'2HS

' IHS

1-Fans

o x 3

-2d 9-2d

-1.00%3 S35 v2

1-¥'2HS -23003%

ol Doownox

6-28

o

»-2d
8- 9°2Hs.

004¥LN1sSn

2 °
6OISILP1N4S

6625 WLNrSn

YOSWLNEsSn

1y

DOS WL8N5S0

601W 5LaNrSn

2LY05

BOISWIaNSls

m

o

e

__m._VA_

BOSWL0N9S|

PLSIWMaLvN=hSo o ¥ °
s9y ASe

ISSWLsNeSn'

1SS WIsNS 1S5 W LSNeSn
1S5 W,

950 LoNtS

(2223
PISHIiNG *95k|

PLSWLNSSN o o

$9SHLoNS b

S0ISWkLLLNvSi ° 9]

T L SZeeeezaa] |



I

2ESWL6NsSn -2d

TMH T

|

2

|

S

0§
-

2S1o09I]v0Ne7Ot1HeJe,,"3.N1.v3y1o8v9TI9a90007]

v OMLI18] NS-R, @)

=

=

Ev &

4

|moSu50vi|inatosvzya ]

s gt e0s e

v

294

=

6-29

----

TAHLSYT
TI"HIS5O0Y7

m.uw YEL 1z 1028 413 N)

1 ©

' 5

]z

--

*»

|24

d d

=iy

db-- )%

A2l

eODTDL T

A2l
o

1 %ALSE

-

[ e o YISISWINS

n YIS IPLNS

2n YISISWLINS

g
--»

-4
2'-22re

AZI- 3@ T

TSAAySE

A2l -

QY

4Te=z5a

2
[ .fl

29-1d3M1

=
T, ey¥£5S2UN'u9ZH5LS2I'sSv5I3 T|

3sT7o20s1id||Y . k:aTmemi!d.

R

3 A

EELY

awng T 3TMM£0lY
294

A 6
YOSILNG

o

= b

N

 L

POSW2LN-S W ol 8]
h

GOISWLNoiSnf --Iw

c3xm)%.P .H--&

T !
----z o08x7n3xo .~_.__|

ZEISTHLNS
< ddT57y

2 g%L0y

2

.

fl

Sro

omy

780800" T |mEM0S0D" |T gmoogrh

m"mw

AL ooaos T| loase T am4o9o9r Th|easmdo | ans e

ol

EED

5

[

ty

a5.

o

S Tromsa

o

T : 215WNS"0 g

o%e0y1

=

-6]]

oo - SR1A0S 33003

4

S z

F o

a023 | Caner

s WITF

vys

)

FE2 4O270D051

m s4d

s

S06L0s0tn

o | =%

T

000N __ 10155080583 | 3

3SV3734 WANO4

eX3 S | t-oe=eoly

SRRSVEee=s53=0=2430375 Oo38 1Waiveys |[ =@¥

1

T Lo GOvZE

|



[

v

T

S

7n]

<NM O ioUnV 3dD[z R {+ DP[l4oi]s Lnoa

[
A
oron onoY

2
Le e

%% 4. n10o011s T 2ASa5 a 2oflgeA>

MNIAz El

224 o0 B

_N_ ZZ[vl |8
Ase am8)

L0S¥ES

5

=

s

|

9

$LSWoIlNS

uu]_>

vSin)907

0w¥ iT n S e Se
.n_OwII" g0
|

.

M

W 3305 o

el

-odoo

oJliLT.

o vismanozsn

sauves

SAHON0IN11IXIJNuM¥NODSSITNOWWAISVIIISWOUNKIVNSIISSIITSYT 2T

WANIIS ISWEIMO SSITHN "SILON.

z

|

@

T
L[ So=veeez

[| JPWoON s]so2igiwe=nv. _



]

v

F

|

9

|

SHISWENS

LS WLNS an

i PLSILN

YOS WL EN

00SWLNS

-
0OSWINS 0!

ys5wenssin

SIS P LNS
20
83 SASWLINS
£0d
0YSINN0I
02ELSAL

T0YLNOD IIVIHILNI 00OLSHL

T

|

S0pESs =

S2SWLNS 8n


o o
PNl AS00SWLNS"n
v

S T

BOSWLNS N

005 WINS"0 o

ROSIMENS

1| veswens an

ECISTWLNS
e

v 8

BEISWLIENzSn
'S YOSWLINS
0

S85TIPLNS
sn

80STM 'N"W

YOS W ZNS| 2n

»OS5 W
+OSIPEN2Sn

OISTHINaSn

oswinsan P
»0s7 vnflw

|

S

|

o
@ 7 & 2 A " a o S ® 8 a =
>
m 7 = & e & & o &
SS3U0gY In5dv8
°

6-30

31534 °F,

aSe
91N9I3L4NOYL41HBSi)anY

1300 a200
34 x
#IUIMPLA2N0
- 18040y
JuvMAoEYLS 000LSML

Y3LIIHS A

TIsA3T

Y344N8 IN4LNO I3Y IN10

HaLvaliony JELELIMYsLeNn

L9ESWLNS

334 Jn1d

o

W

o2Jy SEmAS: LS1S WW"ORLN

e2-v2Le2

oSISWHLzN2Sn X 9 12

2150!w KsN

0
53

2/ IN00h0aLdSHL

%

805K "

118X Jn10
e weE LR

8-0°ENS
XYIN10 11--0@°'sSHHSS

YLSILN0Sz

N0 ¥1v0 dvLELIMYEIH
£2n

N1 GNYMNOD `viv0 &VNH-QXVM"
2

1-2'2HS
1-¥'2HS

!, ao X2
¥ YLSWL 6t

HILYT SNIVLS
xfl:uXvMWfl-
»v 0 200
BsOnHYL

S08 04
y31408 SALYLS
THINL

6-31

oy

1 S0b 2627

-

_

z

...ey!&».:.. e _

_

>

¥

o

!

s

|

4

I

o

v

-

1531 3AVR 38VNOS 300 TYNY

8-6'EHS

,

|

-v'sHS

CInl

SUSWINSanfi

2OHPLEN2!S Z00mpsnsen

7 200HYnLNS

|a1sy 1-0'EHS

' v-0'sHs 0 e 8- 9'EHS
--

"

13341 831714 SSvd M0

[

990

o| o

W -

En

223

g T 40%08e5e T{«3mo' vio00L

xor N ]--5]

Ao 5%05 " TM

-

»20e7rLnT

L0Ja osoeye

eI

7 25

a 3 [ 3rvas 0o

TS

%

AS An.

I10614 '

032TM3 9300w0E0N ¥ T

I¥3N1OH41OYanyIH

3

k 300!

=t %5 e

v
930¢£0e2n

Sw021zY

XL

6LHASe
90{71Y3NNYNYH0D3-27)704H1ONI0VDON3WL1L1Y910

& T eco)

%

ASe --Om6m3meO-®n

x8e6E4

e § ALINIT
a2583 ¢2| 7y--oB 1o 00215

6

vXeO!u4is%gs'E

w10 lfl3l~). / TnHM.k

M--

b sv

T o Rt NZIA oT y +t

2

-g'sHs 4n0 3NOL

an -v1d L..E:.&S

o

YA NINY HINY 3dS

530 ) yig g -vid

--]

4L3S

1214
1-2z'-; E2H1S0

Fiv1e207

NI
T- A e

63
23
o3

0w6eYz § |

o608t¥ FLYA851i32 .R

yo

2813

@

ezsgoy _m
) s le

930£ve2n

or v

T

w1 et o o
vy

[ "

£oer

o

o~mPRSI

g

wnuv T5%e ngy

vy

oLS | 2=

coozry

PN

g o3untnho0oA) ooyt

| 9<a<%A|2|8wOmRb0m0b!w!bmmBm[mSbz£4&5> k

SED 101y
TNIJvO9BINJOIDR

o qul_ ;
990+0e3n

.

230 T

o

1-9'EHS

V

8-G'EHS

5N\ oY

Ds 1 Y

g

a

T

I

*

+

S

1

s

[

z

|

8

dBEIVSLsNeSn

N

_Iw _.m anot-

1-¥'ENS

2 IVIaS9 09 g4

SivEuS +-2'--vHS TG N1

133130 ONISSOYI 0Y3Z
j

As---332vn8

ul

8

YRST LEOEECNN E o vEMel Y

I

.

43131 1dMY 3NOL

eA0%A

wT0e0u1i4 wB00

3§3s5e8s

'It%.o0l081y_

858YNZ
oSwyor SN

N

[ v
R

melcm85?8vNZ15 e

e

nw"

s64

vy

958vNz0
£

i

YOOH 490 ¥330

i

; £E;NGEEN%N

!onyv

Y1 RS-

s2y01 2
AS-
vig¥nl
fio«. |t
P,

s S
vs062N2 028998
¥ o Ve w5 9893y3

1L2- r 14S000

F:

5 4o X

her

o oy AGe

= 1a)EEt T

2z .......

2

A2l

AZ)e

----> v-ar

R

obW  /? F--=c2 -or

m 2 2 w *

S \

---->1 1-9¢

Bl o o z-9r

o

o]

vavons g

{

#m0y9

Y8r 9LN12y . vyeoy()w

e 8A0SI ¥ M20s1]

2|

"

= 3,

4nA0E0E3F

2-r IMo--) .51 =3=
= -5r E
T -8

r-8'9HS.

IR0 3dY

_.("Mxm

N3

8-¥'ENS LECLIU]

N

CE2Dz

089

154

,
S
--*290n002 9w S



9]

L

%

85

9525)01 wasxeod

L5 s-sr
Mo--) 9-5r

1

| I 50rZEee |



v

1

s

|

9

¢

°

s
WL IN 18], S-R,e B

a- _

e -

J
{

G

g
oot

o

| T

v

i

i 21
T

] (110
1T QF W,

ZT TR

T
-

(SiTSs. isovs

8
e

.-
o
108

A"100

TM00

o



8E2

1

706023

M8o23

S

400 L %)

e ¥ 3

10 )

aig0 ey

#1100 %

%100 =]

00 ]

0@03

8o2o37 d

0s 0

410v0

"o2

"o@

si»o.w3m 4]

Mg 023

2*re a3

arre 3

rd

Mol

ELX

13

T

l

o 23

--

=

--

2012937

Hel

3*r6o

mre8

943

derao 7 L

a*r5e3

o +

Mo@ _

am"rye

4%ro )

3 mro

)e rg

anrwgIT

SIS WLaNcSn

nrSIeNs Yo
#sn

usm

6¢

6-34

1=

%50/,

Wy tomsuosa | v

-- :

Te b

= T

: T

; T

¥1O3I615I3N' 0D520ON vSILSOHN0NISI-S0Hk ¥

SRHO K1 3¥¥ SINTYA IINVISISIY

ki

s _

s

_

z T s QIS OISCWIIIINOEASESILNDN SUOND

ETAR 3 A

NS2S WIaNnS v

. ° TM

MZZSWIRiS

MELSWEvNsSn

w

0

REZIS WNveSlt

=

1 S v 

996207

ev3eznyn

ot

»Z-id 6i-1¢ NS LwNn,
)

6-35

-- =EGe
6-36

T
o]
Sylvid?
»Hs

 e N @& vy

1

v

dy

s

|

°

1

3

|

°

THs

H91pSHoL

»9IbSH2L0

M
#91521

FRETELn

ERE Lw2n

S1-PIPSHwLn

S 9IPSA2Ln
¥ HS
 avdbrdd

S1-pyIvSsAnL

SH-Y9IPSwA2L0

Ens
(3.3

6-37

S
v Hs e

T

6-39

515 £
SHS
T oL maeee o J |

@y

1 a1 |

2

LT)ET soveveer ___JevTsRagOreTnr

v pruan-ief, S, & `NOIS-NY2I1X93G W"ySweNeSeVoE»8v2;o2d

]

e or----

: oo T

e =e

4

s

!

.

CRA BOIVNSISE, DWUTITY SO

--
i
-

T T

]

4"1s0l0

" ¥100 ]

40w0af

i _ " E.GF

_

i

mi05e937

"i[0

|_ 40093

TM02037

T

T

11030

0EoJy

4"160903

Jr 0303

"o53

ame ¥

|

300193

_4*100303 ¥

Jvi&v9o

%10[0

e '

|

I

T

T

m

T

E ¥

%o3

a5m5r3o 1

arc5o3e

am5r9o

amr)o

TM1o83

05o3

"roe3

s 3

smro3 !'

am»r3o
|

2o1

"o)

a0[

s~ 3

"13o

so)

2

T

]
]

S

e
e

T

62|

o
X

[ TN iAy _8veveceael |



T

v

ot

s

[

)

(@A
z

A 05 I swuoved 1

ISWUIHIO
T

SSITN

SAUON
8

1

|

8reveee

2

|



1

v

Jk

S

|

s

!

L

|

POs 6-41

290 SI-rIPSAL

il.

+

S

|

|

o

N

5=224

i 1

7 em

3

i

I

i

6-42

EETENw0t
Si-p31vSHu,a X3 #

7

| :

st-vawsnis-- A

¥

&

9
S voveAs_n[

. . uTf|--

|_: _..

1

| I

S1eRSoHrf= '

2Hs 91e

s

9

I

e

1 ¥R,oer

i s-vamsa1;0f

TM

oavr
»

T

S1-$31PS¢A.

| Li.l 8rereee ool

S 9bSAs,8¢

S 9pER87
S PaNSA0_ 

[

RNs

*2oSRmu;n._

S eaIrSH"r

S1-¥I95AweLn

S-eIvSR%;

S-paS %]0

[

eeveee o J |



S-991050@;n

|

v

il

s

|

S999918 wfl_

°

|

v -1

¢

|

e

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM I/O MAP

Appendix A SYSTEM I/0 MAP

Address Motherbdoard:
00000

-

00001

00002 00003

Table A-1 System I/O Map

Device

Bit/Use

U47 Latch
U48 Input buffer
U49 Latch US0 Latch

NOWMLENO

3

DA WN U O

N 0

haWwNO

Speaker timer enable Timer 1 inter rupt enable Timer 2 inter rupt enable Single-densit y (FM) enable Track greater than 1/2
(TG43)
Diskette side one enable

(FS1bp-) Diskette mode Diskette mode

control control

(M1) (MO)

Option

4 jumper

E1-E2

Option jumper E3-E4

Option- jumper ES-E6

Parity interr upt pending

Printer port BUSY

Printer port paper out

Printer port printer

selected

Printer port NO fault

7 Printer port data outputs
LED i1 OFF
LED 2 OFF
LED 3 OFF Parity interr upt enable Printer port not auto feed Printer port not strobe Printer port not
initialized

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM I/O MAP

NOAOUNAWNKO b R WWN

Table A-1 System

Address

Device

1/0 Map (Comtinued)-
Bit/Use

Motherboard(Continued):

00004

Usi Latch

Piskette Digskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette Diskette

Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive
Drive Drive Drive

SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR

00005~-0000F

Reserved

00010 00011

U44 8251 USART U44 B82S1 USART

Data Register Control Register

00012-00013

Reserved

00014 00015 00016 00017 00018
00019
00020
00021 00022
0023 00024-0002F

U4S B8253 Timer

Counter ©

U4s 8253 Timer

Counter 1

U4S 8253 Timer U4S 8253 Timer

Counter Control

2 register

U46 B2SS9A Interrupt

oy

controller

i

U46 8259A Interrupt

controller

-

FDC Command register

or RAM

FDC Track register

FDC Sector register

or RAM reset

FDC Data register

Reserved

Winchester Controller Board:

00030

Winchester I/0 port

Input: 0-7

Don't care. held for handshake

Data is each
cycle.

Outpat:
0-7 Don't care. Data is latched til updated.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM I/O MAP

Table A-1 System 1/0 Map (Continued)

Address 00031

Davice Winchester

reset

Bit/Use register

Winchester

Controller

Board

W N

O

Read: Data request Input/Output Command/Data Interrupt pending (Level 6)
Write: 0-7 Don't care (Any
write will do a

RESET)

(Continued):

00032 00033
Future Options: 00034-0003B 0003C-0003F 00040-0008F
&

Not used Interrupt Mask
0 Status interrupt enable
1 Data interrupt disable

Reserved

Local Area Net I/O

Reserved

»

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM I/O MAP

Table A-1 System

Address

Device

I/0 Map (Continued) Bit/Use

Clock and Analog Interface:

000CO

Clock/Analog Interface

N A VWN

o

=N WA

End of conversion
(EOC)(Active HIGH) Not used (tied LOW) Lightpen interrupt latch ON Battery low
Switch Switch Switch Switch

000C1 000C2
¢oocCs 000Cso oooca 000CB 00o0CC 000CD 000CE O0COCF 000DO
000D1-000D7 ooobDs 000D9-000DF

Do not allow light

pen interrupt

(tri-state signal)

Allow light pen

interrupt (Pass

interrupt signal)

Joystick port Xi

(Current sense)

Joystick port Y1

{Current sense) Joystick port X2

(Current sense)

Joystick port Y2

(Current sense)

Analog input 4

(SW4) (Voltage Analog input 3

sense)

(SW3) (Voltage Analog input 2

sense)

(SW2) (Voltage Analog input 1

sense)

(SW1) Clock Control

(Voltage

sense)

NOUhRWN K
W N O

0 Address Bit Address Bit Address Bit Address Bit

MSHMS832
MSMS5832 MSMS5832 MSKS5832

clock
clock clock clock

HOLD

WRITE

READ

+ or - 30 sec adjust

Reserved

Clock data

(low nibble only) Reserved

TECHNICAL REFEREKCE

Table A-1 System /0 Map (Concluded')

Address

Device

Bit/Use

SYSTEM I/0 MA}

Sync-Async Comm Board:

O0OOEQG-000E3 000E4 OCOES 000E6
O00E7

COMM Port 1 IR1

OOOE8-000E8 000EC COCED COOEE
O00EF

COMM Port 2 IR2

O000F0~000F3 000F4 O0O0O0FS OO0O0OF6 O00O0F7

COMM Port 3 IR3

000F8-000FB 000FC O000FD COOFE
OO0OFF

COMM Port 4 IR4

00100-~003FF

Interrupt Acknowledge CHB command CHB data CHA command
CHA data

Interrupt Acknowledge CHB command CHB data CHA command
CHA data

Interrupt Acknowledge CHB command CHB data CHA command CHA data

Interrupt Acknowledge

CHB Command

CHB Data

e

CHA Command

CHA Data

Available for future products

A-S/¢

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM MEMORY MAP

C

Table B-1.

System Memory Map, Concluded

Address

Devices

DFOC1-DFOOF DFO10-DFOLF DF0O20-DFO2F DF030-DFO3F DF040-DF7FF DF800-DF8OF DF810 DF811l DFB12 DF813 DFB814-DFBLF DFB2¢C
Other Peripherals: DF821-DFFFF ECQOO-E7FFF EB8COO0-F3FFF
ROM Usage: F4000-FSFFF F6000-F7FFF F800C0-FSFFF FAOOO-FBFFF FCOOO-FDFFF FEQOO-FFFFF

Miscellaneous input buffer Graphics RED palette
latch, write only Graphics GRN palette
latch, write only Graphics BLU palette
latch, write only Reserved Attribute latch
CRT controller address register, write only
CRT Controller status register,
read only CRT Controller address register,
write only CRT Controller address register,
write only
Reserved

Bit 7 Bit 6

Miscellaneous output latch, interrupt enable =
Miscellaneous output latch, alphanumerics screen enable

Reserved Reserved for speech storage RAM Reserved

8K ROM space(Clock/Analog Interface)
8K ROM space(Local Area Net Option Board)
8K ROM space(Winchester Controller) 8K ROM space(Reserved) 8K ROM space, 1 wait state (XUs2)
(motherboard) 8K system ROM, 1 wait state (U63)
(motherboard)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SYSTEM MEMORY MAP

Appendix B SYSTEM MEMORY MAP

Table B-1 System Memory Map

Dynamic RAM:

Address

Q00CO-OFFFF 10000-1FFFF 20000-2FFFF 30000-3FFFF
40000-BFFFF

Devices
64-kbytes motherboard RAM 64-kbytes expansion RAM board Bank 1 64-kbytes expansion RAM board Bank 2 64-kbytes expansion RAM board Bank 3
Expansion bus memory

CRT Controller:
CO0000-C7FFF CB000O-CFFFF DOOOOC-D7FFF D800CO-DDFFF
DECOO-DE7FF DESOO-DEFFF
DFO000

Graphics RAM Bank A
Graphics RAM Bank B Graphics RAM Bank C Reserved

Active character memory Phantom character memory

Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3

2
Miscellaneous input buffer, BLUE feedback, read only
Miscellaneous input buffer, RED feedback, read only
Migscellaneous input buffer,
GREEN feedback, read only Miscellaneous input buffer,
interrupt pending, read only

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER SET

Appendix C CHARACTER SET

ACK BEL BS CAN CR DC1 BC2 DC3 DC4 *DEL DLE EM ENQ EOT ESC ETB ETX

From

Table C-1t USA standards

ASCII Control Characters Institute Publication X3.4-1968

acknowledge bell backspace cancel carriage return device control 1 device control 2 device control 3 device control 4 delete data link escape end of medium enquiry end of transmission escape end of transmission end of text

block

FF FS GS HT LF NAK NUL RS SI so
SOH « 8TX
sSub SYN us vT

form feed file separator group separator horizontal tabulation line feed negative acknowledge null record separator shift in shift out start of heading start of text substitute synchronous idle unit separator vertical tabulation

*

Not strictly a control character

TECHNICAL REFERENCE Table C-2. Numeric Cross Reference for Character Sets

CHARACTER SET

Decimal
0 1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8
9 10
1 12 13
14 15 16
17
18 19
20 21

Hexadecimal
00 01 02 03
04 05
06 07 08
09 0A
08 oc 0D
OF oF
10
1
12 13
1 15

Keystroke(s)
CTRL2 CTRLA CTRLB CTRLC
CTRLD
CTRLE
CTRLF CTRLG BBAACCCSKTKHSRISPLFPTHAA,,CCEE,
CTRLI CTRLLICNTERRLEFJTE,UERDN,
CTRLK CTRLL SHIFRCTETTRURLREMNT,,URN
CTRLN CTRLO CTRLP
CTRLQ
CTALR CTRLS
CTALT CTRLU

ASCII Character
NUL SOH STX ETX
EOT ENQ
ACK BEL
BS
HT LF
VT FF CR
) st DLE
DCi
DC2 DC3
DC4 NAK

Displayed Character

Comments

B B »
» %
& +

&

s

3

_

d

Q

F

3 It >
-4
3 i
q g

TEGHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER S8BT

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets {Continued)

Decimal
22
23 2
2
26
27

Hexadecimal
16
17 18
19
1A
iB

28

1c

29

1D

30

1

31

1F

2

20

33

21

4

22

35

23

36

24

37

25

38

26

39

27

40

28

M

29

42

2A

43

28

Keystroke(s}
CTRLV
CTRLW CTRLX
CTRLY
CTRLZ CTRLI,
ESC, SHIFTESC, CTRLESC
CTRL\ CTRL]
CTRLG
CTRL --
CTRL SPACE,
SPACE BAR, ALT SPACE, SHIFT SPACE
! -
# $ % & ¥ ( } . +

ASCH Character
SYN
ETB CAN
EM
SUB
ESC

Displayed Character
-
3 1
J
-+
4

Comments

FS

|

GS

+

RS

A

us

Y

SP

' Blank space

.

!

|

Exclamation point

=

"

Quotation marks

#

#

Number, Pound

$

$

Doltar sign

%

%

Percent sign

&

Ampersand

<

-

Apostrophe

(

{

Open parenthesis

)

}

Close parenthesis

v

5

Asterisk

+

+

Plus

TECHMICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets (Continued)

Decimal 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 68 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

Hexadecimal 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 3 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 38 3C 30 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44

Keystrokel(s) , -
/ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A < = > ? @ A B C D

ASCIl Character
0 -
/ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
h < = > ? @ A B C ' D

Displayed Character
D -
/ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B < = > ? @ A B C D

Comments Comma Minus, Hyphen Period, Decimal point Slash, Virgule Zero One Two Three Four Five Six Seven Eight Nine Colon Semicolon Less than Equals sign Greater than Question mark Commercial "`at" A (uppercase} B {uppercase} C (uppercase) D (uppercase)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER BET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets {Continued)

Decimal 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81
82 83 84
85 86
87
88 89 90 9N 92 93

Hexadecimal 45 46 47 43 49 4A 48 4Cc 4D 4E 4F 50.
51
52 53 54
55 56
57
58 59 5A 68 5C 5D

Keystroke(s} E F G H | J K L M N 0 P
a -
R S T
v v
w
X Y 4 { \ ]

ASCll Character
E F G H | J] K L M N o] P
Q
R S T
U v
w
X Y Z ( l \ ]

Displayad Character

Comments

E

E {uppercase}

F

F {uppercase}

G

G (uppercase)

H

H {uppercase}

|

| (uppercase)

J

J (uppercase}

K

K {uppercase)

L

L (uppercase}

M

M-{uppercase)

N

N (uppercase)

0

O {uppercase}

P

_f'(uppercase)

Q

Ql(uppercase)

R'

R {uppercase)

S

S'{uppercase}

T

T {uppercase)

U

U: {uppercase}

Vv

V:(uppercase)

w

W {uppercase}

X

X {uppercase}

Y

Y {uppercase}

z

Z (uppercase)

[

Open bracket

\

Left slash

]

Close bracket

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CMARACTER SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets {Continued}

Decimal 94 95 96 97 98 9 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 11 112 113 114 115 116 117 18

Hexadecimal SE 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 68 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 7 72 73 74 75 76

Keystroke(s} s M a b c d e f g h i je k | m n o p q r s t u v

ASCl Character
2 > a b c d e f g h i j k | m n o P q r s t u v

Displayed Character . Comments

o

Circumflex

-

Underline

S

Graves accent

a

a (lowercase)

b

b (lowercase)

c

¢ (lowercase)

d

d (lowercase)

e

e (lowercase}

f

f {lowercase)

g

g (lowercase)

h

h (lowercase)

i

i (lowercase)

i

j (Io-wercase)

k

k (lowercase}

i

| {lowercase)

m

m {lowercase)

n

n {lowercase)

o

o {lowercase}

P

p (lowercase}

q

q (lowercase}

r

{lowercase)

s

s {lowercase)

t

t (lowercase)

u

u {lowercase)

v

v (lowercase)

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross Reference for Character Sets (Continued)

Decimal
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126 127
128 129 130 131 132
133 134
135 136 137 138 139
140
141 142

Hexadecimal
77
78
79
7A
78
7C
70
7 7F
80 8t 82 83 84
85 86
87 88 89 8A 8B
sc
8D 8E

Keystrokels)
w
X
y
z
{
!
}
~ CTRL-- BACKSPACE ALT 128 ALT 129 ALT 130 ALT 131 ALT 132
ALT 133 ALT 134
ALT 135 ALT 136 ALT 137 ALT 138 ALT 139
ALT 140
ALT 141 ALT 142

ASCII Character
w X Y
z
{
|
}
~ DEL

Displayed Character
w X y z {
!
}
~

Comments
w {lowercase} x {lowercase) y (lowercase) z {lowercase) Open brace
Vertical rule, Bar
Close brace
Tilde ASCII DEL

G U § 5 i
3 a
§ 8 g 3 T
1
3 A

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTEBR SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets (Continued}

Decimal
143 144 145 16 147 148 149
150
151 152
163 154 155¢ 156 157 158 159 160
161 162 163 164 165 166 167

Hexadecimal
8F %0 N 92 93 94 95
96
97 98
99 9A 98 9C 9D 9E 9F A0
Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7

Keystroke(s)
ALT 143 ALT 144 ALT 145 ALT 146 ALT 147 ALT 148 ALT 149
ALT 150
ALT 151 ALT 152
ALT 153 ALT 154 ALT 155 ALT 156 ALT 157 ALT 158 ALT 159 ALT 160
ALT 161 ALT 162 ALT 163 ALT 164 ALT 165 ALT 166 ALT 167

ASCII Character
'

Displayed Character
A E 2 & 8 s 3
o
U ¥
0 U ¢ £ X P+ f 3
i g o rT i B u

Comments
. 2

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER BETY

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets {Continued)

Decimal
168 169 170 17 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192

Hexadecimal
A8 A9 AA AB AC AD AE AF BO B1 B2 B3 <« B4 B5 B6 B7 88 B9 BA BB BC BD BE BF co

Keystroke(s)
ALT 168 ALT 169 ALT 170 ALT 171 ALT 172 ALT 173 ALT 174 ALT 175 ALT 176 ALT 177 ALT 178 ALT 179 ALT 180 ALT 181 ALT 182 ALT 183 ALT 184 ALT 185 ALT 186 ALT 187 ALT 188 ALT 189 ALT 180 ALT 191 ALT 192

ASCII Character
:

Displayed Character
£ 1 % % g < >

Comments

1 '

Il 1

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets {Continued)

Decimal 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204
205 206
207 208 209 210 n 212 213 214 215 218 217

Hexadecimal c1 c2 C3 c4 C5 ce c7 c8 c9 CA CB cC
co ° CE
CF Do D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 07 08 D9

Keystroke(s} ALT 193 ALT 194 ALT 185 ALT 196 ALT 197 ALT 198 ALT 199 ALT 200 ALT 201 ALT 202 ALT 203 ALT 204
ALT 205 ALT 206
ALT 207 ALT 208 ALT 209 ALT 210 ALT 211 ALT 212 ALT 213 ALT 214 ALT 215 ALT 216 ALT 217

ASClH Character

Displayed Character
i
T

Comments

"
.
n
;

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CHARACTER SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Sets (Continued)

Decimal 218 219 220 21
222
223
224 225 226 227 228 229 230
231
232
233
234 235
236
237 238
239
240
241
242

Hexadecimal DA DB DC DD DE DF EO E1 E2 3 E4 E5 E6 . E7 E8 E9 EA EB . EC ED EE EF FO F1 F2

Keystroke(s) ALT 218 ALT 219 ALT 220 ALT 221 ALT 222 ALT 223 ALT 224 ALT 225 ALT 226 ALT 227 ALT 228 ALT 229 ALT 230 ALT 231 ALT 232 ALT 233 ALT 234 ALT 235 ALT 236 ALT 237 ALT 238 ALT 239 ALT 240 ALT 241 ALT 242

ASClI Character
*

Displayed Character
« B r n z o u
T
¢
9
Q d
©
@ 
n
=
+
>

Comments £

TECHNICAL REFEREXNCE

CHARACTER SET

Table C-2. Numeric Cross-Reference for Character Set (Concluded)

Decimal 243 244
245
248 247 248 248 250 251 252 253 254 255 «

Hexadecimal F3 F4
F5
F6 F7 F8 F8 FA FB FC FD FE FF

Keystroke{s) ALT 243 ALT 244
ALT 245
ALT 246 ALT 247 ALT 248 ALT 249 ALT 250 ALT 251 ALT 252 ALT 253 ALT 254 ALT 255

AsCH Character

Displayed Character
< r
2
=
2 ° . v n Z
B

Comments .

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

CURRENT REQUIREMENTS

Appendix D CURRENT REQUIREMENTS

This appendix contains information on the current allocations

for

the

Texas

Instruments Professional Computer.

Current requirements for the

options and the printed wiring boards are listed below.

Total current available:

*

S Volt line 10.0 A

* 12 Volt line 4.5 A

* -5 Volt line 0.5 A

Table D-1 Current Allocations

Device Name
Motherboard CRT Controller RAM Expansion Graphics Diskette Drive KWinchester Drive Winchester Controller Communications Modem Speech

H OO MKEOGIMK
WONNKFEFODODNWO

12 Volt Line
0.1 0.0 ¢.0 0.0 1.2 1.8 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1

-12 Volt Line
0.0 .0 .0 0.0 c.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 .1

bD-1/2

M el ._I-:
EERLMEC (lme - FRESl 2

:N| K A| i ¥ [

A e o~

setl

|y S

. -

[ 3

=

M

e

g4

by

=P

g¥1 ro prad PLt oy

=

L

)

_

oy

]

L

SHaEPCE- o,

.

At

RSelS e

RN

o T

B = gy e
|
4"
AR

oL'
1 -y
N
e +

y

!

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRANM

OUT DX,AL LOOP INIA

; MHrite it to 8530 until ; all registers are programmed.

;

;

Now to initialize channel B,

'
MOV SI,OFFSET PARMTB ; sSI=Address of Chn B

MOV CX,PARMBS

g CX=Parameter table size.

MOV DX ,0E4H

; DX=Port 1,Channel B

INIB: LODS DS:BYTE PTR[SI]

; Get byte from

OUT DX,AL

; Write it until all registers

LOOP INIB

; are programmed.

RET

COMMEX ENDP SEJECT

parm table.
Command address. parameter table.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM

TRk

R AR R R R AR R AR R A A KRR R R AR AR R R KRR AR R R R AR KA KA R R AR KRR KR KRR R AR KR &

8

This area contains the initialization parameters for channels A and B

;

of port 1.

TR KR KRR KRR R R A KR AR ARk K AR AR AR K KRR R R AR R AR R AR KKK AR AR R KA R AR KA KRR KRRk kR

; ; Initialization parameters for channel A.

PARMTA

LABEL NEAR

DB 09

; Select WRS code.

DB 110000008

; Reset BS30.

DB 11

; Select WR1l code.

DB 010100108

; Rev clock=Baud rate generator.

; Xmt clock=Baud rate generator.

DB 14

; Select HR14.

DB 00000011B

; Enable baud rate generator.

DB 12

; Select HWR12.

DB 6

; Baud rate (low byte)= 9600 baud.

DB 13

; Select

HWR13.

D8 O

; Baud rate (high byte)= 9600 baud.

Da 1S5

; Select HWR1S.

DB O

; Disable external status interrupts.

DB 1 DB O

; Select WR1. ; Disable all other interrupts.

D8 3

; Select HWR3.

D8 010000018

; Rcv=7 bits of data + parity bait.

DB 4

; Select WR4.

DB 010001108

; x16 clock input,l stop bit,

; even parity enabled.
DB §° ; Select HRS.

DB 101010108

; Turn on DTR and RTS,

; Transmit enable, ; Xmt=7 bits of data + parity bit.

PARMAS EQU $-PARMTA

; ' Initialization parameters for channel B.

PARMTB DB 1S DB 00 DB 01 DB 00
PARMBS

LABEL NEAR ; Select WR1S. ; Disable external ; Select WR1. ; Disable all other
EQU $-PARMTB

status interrupts. interrupts.

SEJECT

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM

Appendix E

ASYNCHRONOQUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM

Control and Status signals

Listed below are the RS232-C

control

and

status

signals,

with

corresponding

8530

functions

wused to control and monitor them.

table is a summary of information available from

the

sync-async

board schematic.

the This comm

Table E-1 RS232-~C Control and Status signals

Rs232-C

Pin

Signal

Number

Data TermReaidy n(DTaR) l20

Request~to-Send (RTS)

4

Data Set Ready (DSR)

6

Data Carrier Detect (DCD)

8

Clear-To~Send (CTS)

s

Ring Indicator (RIX)

22

Speed Selector (CH)

11, 23

Speed Indicator (CI)

12

8530 Function
praa

RTSA

DCpB

DCDA

=

CTSA

CTSB

DTRB

SYNCSB

Accessed through
ChaAn, nWRSe, lBit
Channel A, WRS, Bit éhannel B, RRO, Bit Channel A, RRO, Bit Channel A, RRO, Bit Channel B, RRO, Bit Channel B, WRS, Bit Channel B, RRO, Bit

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM

$ERRORPRINT SXREF PR A AR A AR A R ARk kR

Rk

R AR KR A AR A A AR R A AR KA A R R AR R A R Rk kA AR A AR AR N AR AR R R AR A KRk A

; TITLE

- COMMEX - Example of Async communications

; COMPUTER - 8088 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE

; ABSTRACT -~ This a sample program showing typical initialization

B

of the TIPC communications board in asynchronous, polled mode.

PRk Ak R

R R AR kAR KRR R R R AR AR AR R AR R KRR AR R AR R AR A AR RN AR Rk kkhkkhk kAR XA KA X

NAME COMMEX

STITLE(COMMEX - ASYNC COMMUNICATIONS EXAMPLE)

SEJECT
TR

R A AR AR R AR RN R AR R AR R A AR R AR AR AR AR A AR R AR R A A A KA AR AR R A AR R KRR AR ARk kR kR

;

PUBLIC DEFINITIONS

AR AR AR AR R A A A R A R AR A A KA AR KA R A A AR KA A AR R AR R AR A A KRR A AR RR AR AR AR AR KRR

PUBLIC COMMEX

SEJECT R AR KA AR AR R R R A KRR Ak R R AR A KR AR R R R Ak AR AR ARk AR AR KRR KA AR X R Ak kR AR A AR AR kR AR KR

:

LOCAL CONSTANTS

-

PR A A A AR AR R R KRR AR KRR AR R AR KRR AR AR AR R AR R A KA R AR A AR AR R AR AR AR KK Akt k bk kA k kA

PI1CMDA EQU OE6H

; PORT 1, CHANNEL A COMMAND ADDRESS.

P1CMDB

EQU OE4H

; PORT 1, CHANNEL B8 COMMAND ADDRESS.

$SEJECT

E S

BIOCODE SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC ASSUME CS:BIOCODE,DS:BIOCODE kA A AT I AR AR AR KRR

<

A

AR A AR AR R KRR KRR AR IR A AR A AR AR KRRk A AR Ak bk

; 8530 Initialization Routine

This routine initializes Port 1 according to a table of initialization

3

parameters stored in PARMST.

PARMST contains an image of the contents

;

of the various 8530 registers.

The contents of each register is pre-

i

ceeded by the number of the register itself.

This number is used to

4

select the appropriate register on the 8530.

; This
B B B

initialization programs the port for asynchronous, polled

operations where all interrupts from channel A (i.e., receive,

transmit and external status interrupts) and channel B (i.e., external

status interrupts) are disabled.

The software is to poll read

register RRO in channel A to determine when data has been received

and whether transmission of data has completed.

TRk K AR KRR AR AR R AR R Kk kKA AR A KRR AR KR KA R R kAR KKK kAR Rk AR AR A RR KR KRR

COMMEX PROC NEAR

'

;

First, the 8530 channel A is initialized.

AR A RAAR

KRR

R KKK

MOV MOV
MOV INIA:

SI,OFFSET PARMTA ; SI=Address of Chn A

DX ,0E6H

; DX=Port 1,Channel A Command

CX,PARMAS

e CX=Parameter table size.

LODS DS:BYTE PTR[SI]

; Get byte from

parm table. address.
parameter table.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM

R

R R R KA AR R R R R R A AR AR AR R R Kk

8530 Receive Character Routine

kR R Rk A AR R AR Rk R R R KA AR AR R ARk k%

This routine is called to read a single received character from the

; 8530 receive receive fifo.

If no character is available in the fifo,

i this routine waits until a character is received before returning to

o the caller.

TR KRR KA A kAR R A kR R R R R R R Rk kAR R AR R AR R AR AR R KRR AR AR KRR A AR A ARk

READCH PROC NEAR

MOV DX,0E6H

; DX=Port 1, Chn A, command address,

TRYRAG: IN AL,DX

; Read RRO contents.

AND AL,000000018B

,Q: Any characters

JZ TRYRAG

B No, try again.

in rcv fifo ?

MOV DX ,0E7H

e Yes, DX=data port address.

IN AL,DX

; AL=character received.

RET

READCH ENDP

SEJECT

kkkkk kK2

TECHNRICAL REFERENCE

ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM

KRR IR KRR KRR AR AR R R KR AR KRR AR AR AR R A A R AR AR A KRR AR A AR AR R AR R R KRR AA RN AR AR KAk 8530 Transmit Character Routine

This routine is called to write & single character (in AL register) to

the 8530 for transmission.

I£ a character is currently being transmitted

this routine waits until transmission of that character completes before

attempting to transmit the next character.

AR AR AR AR KRR KRR A AR KRR AR AR KR KA AR AR AR AR R kAR A KA AR kAR

fRITEC PROC NEAR

MOV DX ,0E6H

; DX=Port 1, Chn A, command address.

RYXAG: IN AL,DX

; Read RRO contents.

AND AL,00000100B

;Q: Character being transmitted ?

JZ TRYXAG

8 Yes, try again.

MOV DX ,0E7H

3 No, DX=data port address.

OUT DX,AL

; AL=character received.

RET

fRITEC ENDP

V\IOCODE ENDS

R ARk

ARk

R kAR AR R R KA KAk AKX

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

MODEM SAMPLE ROUTINES:

Appendix F MODEM SAMPLE ROUTINES

RCNTL

ARk AR A R R R AR R R R R ARk A AR AR KRR R RN R AR AR A kAR R AR AR RR AR AR

;

RCNTL - This subroutine determines whether a modem is

installed in port 1 and if so, activates the

'

RCNTL signal to initiate the modem Control Mode.

SRRk kA Rk kR AR R AR AR AR AR AR R R AR AR KRR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR Rk k

RCNTL PROC

NEAR

MOV

DX,00E4H

; DX = PORT 1 CHANNEL B ADDRESS.

MoV

AL,0S

; HWRS SELECT.

ouT

DX, AL

; SELECT REGISTER S.

MOV

AL,02

; TURN ON RCNTL (RTS IN CHANNEL B).

ouT

DX, AL

; ; LOOP:
RCNTL

NOHW TO DETERMINE IF

MOV MOV ouT IN TEST JZ RET ENDP

DX ,00E6H AL, 10H DX, AL AL, DX AL,000100008B LoOoOP

MODEM IS INSTALLED.

; DX = PORT 1 CHANNEL A ADDRESS.

; RESET EXTERNAL STATUS INTERRUPTS.

;

<

; READ RRO.

.

;Q: IS ACNTL (SYNCA) ACTIVE ?

; NO, CONTINUE TO LOOK FOR ACNTL.

; YES, RETURN TO CALLER IN CONTROL

MODE.

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

MODEM SAMPLE ROUTINES

DIAGST

R AR AR R KRR R AR KRR R AR R R AR R KRR AR KRR R AR AR AR AR AR AR AR

; DIAGST - This routine requests the diagnostics status from

the modem and returns the result in register AL.

It is assumed that the Zilog 8530 has been previously initialized and that the modem has been placed in

;

Control Mode.

TR KRR R R R AR AR KRR RN KRR AR AR R AR A kAR Rk kA kkkk kA A XX AL L

DIAGST

PROC

NEAR

MoV

DX ,00E7H

; DX = PORT 1, CHANNEL A DATA PORT ADDRESS.

MOV

AL,'D'

ouT

DX,AL

; AL = DIAGNOSTIC COMMAND CODE. REQUEST MODEM DIAGNOSTICS STATUS.

LOOP:

MOV IN TEST

DX ,00E6H AL, DX AL,00000001B

DX =PORT 1, CHANNEL A COMMAND ADDRESS. : READ CHANNEL A'S RRO. ;Q: HAS A CHARACTER ARRIVED FROM MODEM ?

JZ

LOOP

MOV

DX ,00E7H

IN

AL, DX

; NO, WAIT FOR COMMAND RESPONSE. ¢ YES, BX = PORT 1 DATA PORT ADDRESS.
READ DATA FROM RCV FIFO.

DIAGST

RET ENDP

; RETURN WITH STATUS IN AL.

TECHNICAL RE FERENCE

MODEM SAMPLE ROUTINES

DIALER

PR

R AR

R A AR R KRR R R R AR AR R AR AR AN AR R AR KRR R AR ARk kX

; DIALER - This routine dials a typical phone number. It

does not monitor the progress of the call and

it assumes the Zilog 8530 has been previously

initialized and that the modem has been placed

in Control Mode.

.

.

R .

R

DIALER

The phone number to be dialed is contained in

a buffer (phonum) and is terminated by a null,. KRR R R KRR R R kAR AR AR R AR AR R A KAk AR KRR KRR KRR K

PROC

NEAR

MoV

DX,00E7H

; DX = PORT 1, CHANNEL A DATA

MoV

DI ,OFFSET PHONUM ; DI=ADDRESS OF PHONE NUMBER

MOV

AL,'T*

;Use T for touch tone

ouT

DX, AL

;Transmit - command to modem

PORT ADDRES: BUFFER.

Nest send the strip of telephone numbers

LOOP:
' SENDPT:
' '
¢ LOOP1L:
DIALER

MoV

AL,{DI}

XOR

AL, AL

JoEuT

SDXE,NDAPLT

INC

DI

IMP

LOOP

MOV

AL,'X'

ouT

DX, AL

; GET PHONE NUMBER DIGIT.

;Q: END OF PHONE NUMBER ?

; YES, SEND PHONE NUMBER TERMINATOR.

; NO, SEND DIGIT TO MODENM.

; POINT TO NEXT DIGIT.

; CONTINUE IN LOOP.

)

; AL = PHONE NUMBER TERMINATOR COMMAND. ; SEND TO MODEM.

NOW TO WAIT FOR THE DIAL COMMAND COMPLETION.

AL RETURNS THE STATUS OF THE DJIAL COMMAND.

MOV

DX ,00E6H

; DX =PORT 1, CHANNEL A COMMAND ADDRESS.

IN

AL,DX

; READ CHANNEL A'S RRO.

TEST

AL,00000001B

;Q: HAS A CHARACTER ARRIVED FROM MODEM ?

JZ

LOOP1

;: NO, WAIT FOR COMMAND RESPONSE.

MOV

DX ,00E7H

; YES, DX = PORT 1 DATA PORT ADDRESS.

IN

AL, DX

; READ DATA FROM RCV FIFO.

RET

ENDP

F-3/4

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

Appendix G BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

Appendix G gives a sample source program that

could

bdbe in

the boot

sector.

This example is excerpted from the MS-DOS V1.1i0 boot sector.

e me e ne ne we we

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

=

3 E

L

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

SRR

R R R KRR R R R R AR R R R R R A AR AR R AR AR R R AR AR R R R AR R R AR AR R AN R R k&

TITLE

- BOOT -~

SAMPLE BOOT ROUTINE FOR THE TI PROFESSIONAL COMPUTER

ABSTRACT ~ This routine is responsible for loading the system files

from the disk.

This routine resides in the 'boot®' sector

;t***ii**l(ot*cr*aa*ct*ki*o*n*0 **OstCeOctGt*oO*rH**xb1)oto*t:oft*c*otdthee***di:ni*skrt*he*w*h*is*cyh*sttteim*s**RltOoxMatd*eadrn*d ta*ttth*ea*nb*s*oe*lxtuettc*eu*tre*d.*********

NAME

BOOT

TITLE

TIPC BOOT LOGIC)

PAGE AR R ARk Ak Rk

o PR KRR KRR Rk kR

;

VERS

EQU

o

REV

- EQU

o

R kAR AR R kA AR K K AR AR KKk kAR R AR R R KRR AR KA KR KRR AR AR R KRR E R K& LOCAL CONSTANTS kKR kAR AR AR R R A R KA R R A kAR A A AR R AR R AR AR AR AR AR AR R AR AR kR
; Current version of BOOT logic . Revision level

°R

EqQu

0DH

&

(o]

OAH

+ WINCHESTER disk DIT (Disk ;

JITSTRC STRUC

JITDIR

DD

0

JITSEC

DW

S12

JITTRK

D8

17

JITCYL

DB

4

JITDSK DB

153

)

JITERR

DB

e L

JITWRC

DW -~

64

JITPRC

DW

64

JITSTP

DB

JITBUR

DB

DKW

100000008 i1 0000

JITSTRC ENDS

PAGE

Interface Table) equates ; Disk Interface Routine vector (dword) ; Sector size in bytes (word) ; Track size in sectors (byte) ; Cylinder size in tracks (byte) ; Disk size in cylinders (BYTE) ; Maximum number of error-retries ; reduced write current ; Write pre-comp threshold cylinder i Step option ; Error burst length ; reserved for expansion

ROM BIOS interface vectors:

ELINT

EQU

RTINT

EQU

EYINT

EQU

RTINT

EQU

AMINT

EQU

SKINT

EQU

LKINT

EQU

ONINT

EQU

48H"'

49H

4AH

4BH

4CH

.

4DH

:

4EH

4FH

; System beeper I/0 and general ROM interface ; Screen /0 ; Keyboard [/0 ; Parallel port I/0 ; Analog Input/Clock I/0 ; Floppy disk 1/0 ; Time-of-day clock I/0 ;: System configuration

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASeSEMBLeY NTRGYeO1DS E

;

v

XA R

e A

[ R

T eI TI L I

X O I X T2 T O L

L X RR L

X XA

3

FIXED ROM DATA AREA - (absolute offsets from absolute 0)

2 T Aot

;

These equations define the ROM communications area, containing. data;.

!

3

that must be accessed by both the ROM and user/appl;catipnflproqrams.

This data is accessed from the ''user' program by setting DS . 5.0,

5

DSADDR EQU

4%60H

; (WORD) pointer to DS for System ROM,(RQOMDAT)

DSSIZR

EQU

DSADDC

EQU

4%60H+2 4%*61H

; (WORD) ; (WORD)

size of DS for System ROM (RQ&DAT) pointer to DS for ROM..at BOMGOD: 0000

DSSIZ0

EQU

4*%*61H+2

; (WORD) size of DS for ROM at ROHCQQ;QOOO

DSADD2

EQU

4%62H

; (WORD) pointer to DS for ROM at ROMCQD:20Q0

DSS1Z2

EQU

DSADD4 EQU

4%x62H+2
4%63H

; (HORD)
; (WORD)

size of DS for ROM at ROMCOD:2000
pointer to DS for ROM at ROMCOD:4000

DSS1IZ4

EQU

4%*63H+2

; (HORD) size of DS for ROM at ROMCOD:4000

DSADDE6

EQU

4%x64H

; (WORD) pointer to DS for ROM at RO&QQp:GOOO

DSsSI1Z6

EQU

4%64H+2

; (HORD) size of DS for ROM atfROHCODtfiOOO

:

DSADD8

EQU

4%6SH

; (WORD) pointer to BS for ROM at ROMCOD:8000

DsSsi1zs8

EQU

4%6SH+2

MEMSIZ

EQU

4*66H

; DISK TDSR e OPERATIOe N CODES

;

DKRSET EQU

o

; (WORD) size of DS for ROM ai ROMCOD 8000

:

; (HORD) memory size (number of 16-byte blocks)

R

ee e

e L T = t o eay

¥

; Reset

disk

system,

. drive parms must..be preset

DKSTAT

EQU

1

DKREAD

EQU

2

DKWRIT

EQU

3

DKVERF EQU

4

; Get disk status in (al)

¢

; Read sectors into memory

oD

; Hrite memory to disk seckofi;

; Verify crc on disk sectors

»

a-

-

i

2

410

84 .

DKVRFY

EQU

6

DKSSTA

EQU

7

DKFSET EQU

8

DKXSET EQU

8

DKRDIT EQU

10

DKKMOT

EQU

11

DKBADC

EQU

12

; Verify memory against disk.;;ptors

G

YRS

; Get disk status for pre-retry. (if any)

. -

; Set UNIT & standard DIT for A drive

e

; Set UNIT & DIT address for a drive

.

- -

; Return DIT address for driyve

N ot

; Turn off Floppy Disk Motors ,

O

; 0ld >= this is a bad command..

o

;***t********t********t*t**********************k*********t***k******g*}t***t

)

e B

8

10 segment - defines load address and entry point for BIOS

I0

SEGMENT AT 40H

ASSUME

Cs:IO

; absolute location 400H

I0osyYs IosYs
;
Io
CODE

PROC ENDP
ENDS
RSAECGEMENT ASSUME

FAR AT 0000
CS:CODE,

; 10.8YS loaded here (40:000095:

jaE &

GA;

20D

ot

HT

; Absolute location
DS:CODE, SS:CODE, ES:CODE

0000H

:

Jog s

10E

Ues

104

ey

foi

yps Thiea

V6

1

e

NRE

TECHRICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

TR

AR R R AR R R R R AR KRR R KRR AR AR AR R A AR AR R

R A AR A AR AR R AR RRRRR AR A AR T h A b

5

Data area for ROM definitions

Ak R R AR R R Ak Rk Ak kAR AR AR Ak kA AR Ak Ak AR R A AR R R AR A AR KRR KRR AR AR KRR KR KA Kk &

`ORG OLDRMD ~ LABEL

400H HORD

; Initial location of ROM data area

1; 051z'2 `EQU ORG

7 1200H

; Number of sectors in I0.SYS ; (OLDRMD+7%512)

ROMDAT

LABEL
ORG

BYTE
1200H+13CH

; Location of rom data area

MOVDST EQU
TR AR KRR KRR AR
; SRR KRR Rk

(ROKDAT-OLDRMD/1)6
R AR AR AN R AR AR A A R AR AR A R A R AR
MODULE ENTRY kR kAR kR R AR R AR R A AR R AR

R A AR RN R kR A
POINT K AR AR AR R AR

A kR Ak
A kAR

A AR A AR
R AR AR

KRR R KA AR AR AR
KA KRR R AR

AR
A kAR

AR AR
KRR

BOOT ;

ORG
PROC JIMP

O0CO00H
FAR - - 'BOOTST

LT

e ey

B

e R e
ORG

e iy
OCOO03H

¢

3

File access table -

; Entry point for boot logic

gLy
HEADER

DATA AREA
e
; Always

U

R
start here

e e se e

Shows the loader where to find 10.SYS

S
2 S Sl isls S s S

IOSEC IOTRK IOHEADTM

7

i

3

.

DSKTYP

D8

8

DB

0

BB ""¢ "¢g "

:

: ¥ side 40 track load sector ; 1 side 40 track load track ; 1 side 40 track load head

THE-FOLLOWINBGYT'E INDIC THA E TDREIVE

MUST TYPE

BE SET UP FOR WHICH

BY THE FORMAT COMMAND TO THE DISK IS FORMATTED.

TFHLEOP"PPYERMBIISSSKTITBYLPEE. VALUES ARE 0-3 WHICH CORRESPOND

WITH THE

DB e 00400 E s

; Disk formatted type

QOODRV D;_ o 091_
;.. iNcHESTER DIT

; Storage for boot drive

iINDIT nf&§¥R¢_<>' rte gl

; 18 BYTES LONG

'

=BT ma RETE

eyt

AR

;.

SIGNON. DB.. .

-GR,LF, 'BOOT. V'

DB

VERS/10+'0',',.V"E'RS MOD 10+'0' ,REV+'0"

DB

' (ec) 1983 Texas Instruments, Inc.',0

number

PR AR
P

PAGE

o

.

KA R AR AR KRR KR KRR R A A AR

NCLITHES

LHLEEL

i

v4 i e rapnooari

A AR AR AR A KA KRR R AR A KRR AR AR AR AR AR AR A AR KA KKK

oisy = xQC"23

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

ITATYHAEORT BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

> bw e

£

;

DISK

BOOT LOGIC address 400H) 1200H). This found, it can same manner as

ROMDAT

is mo ved

from

its

initial

-

AVt

AN

locatxon (absolute

to its worki ng location under MSDOS (abs oLute,addral

code is call ed (FAR) by the ROM.

If an error is

:

perform a RE Turn to let the ROM handle it in the,

the other boot-time errors.

X 8

INPUT:

BL = Floppy drive from which to stack is set up below this code

attempt the by the ROM

boot

8; 0OTST: MOV

SI,OFFSET SIGNON; Signon the boot sector

CALL

MSG

TR
- s Al %
NiLdEeu
5

;

First, move the ROM data area out of the way.

BOO2:

PUSH
MOV MOV MOV MOV MOV MOV OR JINZ suUB JMP

ES
AX,Cs DS ,AX ES ,AX BOODRYV, BL BX,DSADDS AX,[8Xx]) AX,AX BOO4 BX, 4 BOO2

; Save the ROM's ES

: Note that ¢S = CODE = COOOH)

; DS = CS = CODE = 00QOOH

; ES = CS = CODE = 0000H

-

; Save boot drive

£

e

; Point to last possible

; Get data pointer

:Q:

Data area in use?

rom data area £

; ¥: Jump and calc data length

o

Lp

; N: Point to next data area polnter

;

And check it

r

3

2l
point

BOO4:

MOV

SHL

ADD

sSuB

MOV

MOV

MOV

MOV ADD

CL,4 AX,CL AX,[BXx+2] AX,offset CX,Ax SI,offset DI,offset BP,CX BP,DI

;
` ¢ OLDRMD; ; OLDRMD; ROMDAT; ;
1

Convert dsaddX pointer to absolute -addre

And add Subtract

in the last data area the original locaflon

length

Results in total length to.move-

DS:SI = source for the. mnve

.

ES:DI = destination for the move

Get length + ROMDAT

of move into BP = lowest avaflable

& memory

MoV CHP
JE
:
ADD ADD
DEC DEC
STD
CLI REP
CLD MoV BOOS: CMP

DX,Ds:word DX,(offset BOO7 s1,CXx DI,cx
s DI
HOVSB BX,DSADDR

ptr DSADDR ROMDAT/16)

; Pick up the ROMDAT pointer

; B

Q: Has the (True if

move already taken plac ROM is retry:ng the boo

B
g

Y:
N:

Then
Then

skip the move
do the `mové'

thls

txme

; ;
; i

Do the move in reverse in case ROM

area is larger
O relative. O relative: [

khan

move`&ength
2 £a

o

+; Protect the move

ansa

;:: Do the -move -1

g Av

;:; RESET STRING DIRECTION

i::; Set up the rest - start with DSA

vord ptr [BX]},0000

;7: Q! ROM'g DSADDx = zero ?

G-S

TEGHNICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

BOO6 : e
BOO7:

e ADD
CHMP I E ADD JIMP
STI

BOOSG word ptr [BX],MOVDST
BX,DSADDS8 BOO7 BX, 4 SHORT BOOS

H

N: Not installed, go to next one

;;:;

Y: Then adjust it

e

::: Q: Are we all done ?

XT

Y: Continue with boot

ol

N: Point to the next ROM's DSADDx

;:, and loop for next one

;:: Shields down

]

HERE ROMDAT HAS BEEN MOVED AND BP CONTAINS LOWEST AVAILABLE MEM ADDRESS

;

TELL DSR ABOUT THIS DISK TYPE

;

MOV

DL, BOODRV

;: Drive number

MOV

AL, DSKTYP

MOV

AH,DKFSET

: Get ; Set

the disk formatted type the floppy DIT opcode

INT

DSKINT

; Go do it.

)

Set up the WINCHESTER if it is installed.

. ©
100T20:

MOV OR JZ
PUSH
MOV MOV MOV CALL Pop

AX,DS:WORD PTR DSADD4 AX,AX

BOOT20

ES

-

ES,AX

SI,OFFSET WINDIT+4 AH,O

., (ES:DWORD ES

PTR

0000

;check for winchester

:Q:; winchester installed?

; N; jump

: Y, save Ds
;get winchester ROM ES

;get pointer to new DIT

;copy and «set new winchester

;call the ;retrieve

winchester

ES

"

ROM

DIT

Load I10.SYS first - 7 sectors (3.SK) loaded, have to

If a disk error occurs,

it

returns to the caller the routine DKBOOT in

for the

error handling System ROM) .

(the

caller

miss the ROM data is assumed to be

area

MoV MOV MOV Hov
KoV INT JB MOV MOV JMP
register
JBOOT: POP

BX,offset OLDRMD CX,word ptr IOSEC DH, IOHEAD DL, BOODRYV
AX,DKREAD*256+I0SIZ DSKINT NOBOOT BL,DL AX,BP 108Ys
AH contains an error code

Transfer Starting
.. and

offset (ES already set) at proper track and sector head

From boot disk.

7 sectors

Select disk read function

Disk DSR

If error, die

Tell BIOS init about the boot drive
And, the lowest available address
Else, go to BIOS init code

to be reported by the ROM

ES

; Restore original ES before ROM gets at it

G-6

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY 'CODE

BOOT

MOV RET ENDP

DS ,DS:word ptr DSADDR

; And point DS at the nev flOHDAT

FAR Return to DKBOOT

v

PAGE

S

**itk*t******************k*******k*****************t***************

3

MSG - Output string of characters in the current ¢S to" the CRT

The string should be terminated with a zero byte.

.

INPU T:

SI = offset of string in current Cs

B

OUTP uT: (screen)

khkhkkkk:

;

USED:

AX,SI

:

STAC K:

MSGLl:

MSG
CODLEN CODFIL

` CODE

21 ] DH
ENDS END

CS:byte ptr [sI];

AL, AL

;

MSG1

]

AH,CRTHTY

CRTINT

;

HMSGO

:

$-800T

8

$12-CODLEN-4

:

CODFIL DUP (0) ;

TR

:

0000H

Get the char

:

AL T

Q: Last char?

St

N: Jump and print ft. -

¥: *%x RETURN #%%

Else print it

S0l

And loop

T R

o

LENGTH OF THE CODE

STPOATCAEL SFPIALCLEER AVAIL FOR- coneo

*

g

Disk Boot

identifier

SiF

sector CRC (Calculaf!d

=

i X?t iy TV.
T RS S
VoK
5C
ik `\o',"2
A%
by J@EY`2u(G}stylility)<

G~-7

5D wJeMizRs Hakncs

C

TECHRICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE

The following pages show a sample assembly code. ., @& 2048 byte ROM at address F400:6000.

This code will set up

DATASIZ EQU~

30H

;ROMDS ;ROMDS ;ROMDS
ROMDS :ROMDS

EQU EQU EQU
EQU EQU

184H 188H 18CH
'192H 196H

CODE

SEGMENT AT OF400H

ASSUME CS:CODE

ORG

6000H

;length of required data area ;can be zero but must be multiple of 16
;for ROM at F400:0000 ;for ROM at F400:2000
ifor ROM at F400:4000 ;for ROM at F400:6000
;for ROM at F400:8000 (main board)

; ROM
'
MSGBEG

HEADER DH DHW DB DB DB

DB MSGLEN EQU

2048 ENTRY MSGLEN ODH, OAH 'V1.23 XMPROM, example ROM ODH, OAH $-MSGBEG

;ROM size

;entry point address

imessage length

;carriage iversion,

return, line feed 6-character name,

;

message

;carriage return, line feed

;: ENTRY POINT
3

ENTRY

PUSH PUSH PUSH

PUSH

FOR POWERUP
<
BX DX SI Ds

CODE

;save : ; g

important

registers

; ALLOCATE OPTION ROM DATA

'

XOR

AX,AX

MOV

DS ,AX

MOV

BX,180H

AREA

MOV MOV

SHL

ENT0O:

ADD

ABD CMP

JINZ SHR MoV MOV

AX,[8X) CL,4
AX,CL AX,[BX+2] BX,4 BX,ROMDS ENTGCO AX,CL [BX],AX [BX+2],DATASIZ

IN RAM

;setup segment to point

3

to vector area

;check for RAM in use starting ; with system area

;get segment address ;convert to absolute ;

for ROM address

;add in length of segment

;point to next ROMS RAM seg pointer

iQ:

is this the pointer for my ROM?

; N: continue adding up RAM usage

; Y: convert address to segment

9

store my segment address

:

and the segment length

: SET UP MY i EACH TIME
'

DS AS REQUIRED TO MY THIS ROM IS CALLED.

DATA

AREA.

THIS CAN BE DONE

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

BOOT ROUTINE AND SAMPLE ASSEMBLY CODE
IVLINSTIT

MOV DS,CS: (WORD PTR ROMDS+0COOOH)

Tt RS T

"

;additional init coed as réguirad

POP

bs

POP

st

POP

DX

POP

BX

;retrieve
o
B ;

the calling

ROMS regs.
o fig i

.. .-

ORG DW
ENDS END

6000H+2048-2 ROMCRC

;address for the fiQfiECRC

3

Triwy

.

é-98/10

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SAMPLE INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE

Appendix H

SAMPLE INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE

An ISR example, with the appropriate routines to install and remove it,

follows.

The source of the common interrupt exit routine and the code

to count the number of outstanding interrupts (INTCTR) are also given.

Using this code is not mandatory, but is recommended to maintain future

compatibility.

H-1

TRSHNISAY, REFRBENGE.

SAMPLE INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE

. ~

;

Exit logic

POP

ES

"POP

BP

" _PpOoPp

SI DI

POP

bXx

pop

cX

poP

BX

Restore environment

"., "AMoChouLToIm

% Nv.dom L AiXgHAXAL.

]

;. Disable interrupts Reset 8259 interrupt
; AX = 0000

controller

3 "xPDMoOwET QPCvY

=ri~.'pDSs:

,Ax
(byfé

ptr

Point to vector area INTCTR) ; Decrement interrupt

: | §A5X .Cs:STKSAV+2

; Restore original SsS:SP

counter

T, sp ,CS : srxg@y

gy E2 T2: BT

3 P
da%

r iy

Lk ; Restore original DS
. ** INTERRUPT RETURN +*x

INTSRV ENDP =

-

i

TECHNICAL REFERENCE Example 3

SAMPLE INTQR&UPT SERVICAnEiuLRaOTUYTINE

I;: NTINS

PPRUOSCH

ANXEAR

PUSH

BX

o

- i 23&

gc , = V]

PUSH MOV

DS CS:DATSEG,DS = '

'; Set up CS-relative ;" the local DS

poinferi

8

necessary b§¢°";° the g nly

;

;

5 &l;iF'

`1rt efeisrenicnevoktehde-

é? 19

has\ihen the Cfi;

o

Patch the interrupt vector to point to the Interrupt Service

i

Routine, saving the original vector. Tfixs ilrustrates the

B

`brute force' method of settlng and gef%xng Vecfors.

o

8088 Operating Systems (e `'g. MS-DOS) have systefi call

B

accomplish this feat.

THeir use is preferable, becauss `some

s

Operating Systems attempt to arbitrate vector usage.

XOR

AX,AX

MOV

Ds ,AX

CLI

; Clear AX
; Ds <-- Q0000 ; Protect the

vector

operation

N

Pick up original vector

i'

MOV

AX,DS:(word ptr (INTNUM*4))

MOV

BX,DS:(word ptr (INTNUMXx4+2))

4

8

Save original vector in local save area

MOV

CS:VECSAV,AX

MOV

CS:VECSAV+2,BX

8

Install vector to Interrupt Service Routine

INTINS

MOV MOV STI POP POP
POP
RET ENDP

DS:(word ptr (INTNUMX4)),o0ffset INTSRV DS:(word ptr (INTNUM*4+2)),CS
; Interrupts OK again Ds BX
AX
; k% RETURN #*x+%

S ve ns

. v we

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SAMPLE INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTIKE

Exdipre &°°7 7

e

e B

e

T 1-fir---9--- ----- R e

B

Interrupt Service Routine REMoval routine

SO0

5 -

fifififirfifl""'L ------------ e e e Ss

s e

bedie 'Pbsy e ANXEYAR

22

ng Ty

,n:;.-7 5 SSU`flx-

SN

3

i

uUs

XOR

AX,AX

; Clear AX

MOV

DS ,AX

; DS <-~ 0000

CLI iEas 2

i

i

; Protect the vector operation

Get original vector from local save;

2 fia

b

MoV' Hov') fa

1QBXX3,CCASSL::yVVIECCSS%AVVe`+32A »

Byt
R p

Restore original -vector'

area .
S i

INTREM
INTSEG

MOV, DS :¢vord BEr "( INTNUMY)4, )AX

MOV

DS:(word ptr (INTNUMx4+2)),BX

STI

; Interrupts OK again

POP

Ds

;

PPOOPP

BX AX

P

RET

; *x% RETURN %%t

ENDP

TTrae s

e

z

1

Jmv e

L

ENRS . gqinc>

b' "3a

END

int s vemann el

nad

B i

Y.

(&

o gt nal

3

b5 ey

T

e oae Buen

Mot

)

>

12
sr AnpiS pkaooetil° woox RERTER Sos

i

¥

4

:

1

'

H-6

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SAMPLE INTERRUPT SERVICE RQUTINE

This is the source for the comnmon interrupt exit routiine as"?3¥. e}):is

in ROM.

Any other common: exit routine installed-her@`Vill erfo;mflanu

identical function.

The user should use this

exit 4%

the xnutalled

interrupt service routine will be running concurrently'{ith a zal time

Operating

System

(for instance, during the exacutionkot an?

the TI

communication packages).
Example S

" AR R

¥zfi,.A2Al

Ve o e

4

Common Interrupt Exit logic

o i

o KB

;

= mend 103 -

e

3

INPUT:

ES:BX = SS:SP of the- interrupted code

H

o

Interrupt stack contains saved ES,BX,AX. (ES''at top

8

of stack)

CaVaLDIVIED.YE

2

5

Stack N

of S inN terrupted

codeecontazns

saved g oo

DS gkmeeEILL

ey IR E

ROHDAT

SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC

"

ROMDAT

EXTRN EXTRN
ENDS

IXSSSV:HORD IXSPSVY:RORD
gl

1
Al (e e

o Temporary stpgfi_pobnror saveY;:

S B Lfl

AR U

s RS

`:;

& `( 4`..`

i

.'.'».»,-;

& R

2%

-

ROMCOD
I: NTXIT

SEGMENT ASSUME
PROC

BYTE PUSBLIC CS:ROMCOD, DS:ROMDAT

FAR

TSR

X

'Oi

LA

"f;

RLte

e :

CLI

oMuOTV

A1L8,H,2A0LH

; Disable interrupts

o33

C g

; Reset 8255 interrupt4 controllé2r)-

DEC_

CS:(byte ptr INTCTR+0COOOH) ; Decrement interrupt

d

counter (remember, this is in

:

ROM, so access to the vector

o

area is CS-relative)

MOV

DS ,Cs:(word ptr DSADDR+CCOOOH) ; Get ROM's DS

MOV

IXsSssV,Es

Save SS,SP of original code

MOV

IXspsv,BX

POP

ES

; Restore commonly used registers

POP

BX

B

from interrupt stack

POP

AX

MOV

8S,I1Xsssv

; Restore original Ss,sp

MOV

SP,IXSPSV

POP

Ds

; Restore DS from original stack

INTXIT

IRET ENDP

; *k% INTERRUPT RETURN #%#%

; ROMCOD

ENDS

END

B
H-7/8

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

INDEX

A

abort timer: answer mode

originate mode

address:

counter

it

decode

.

o

.

latch

5

s

lines

o

o

B

multiplexer switch

MUX switch generat

register

.

valid bit

o

s

address, logical

addressing.

o

.

AIOHWC .

s

g

.

ALB

s

o

s

.

ALE

P

.

alphanumeric:

CRT

decode

-

graphics.

e

o

alternate character

analog loopback

arbitration

s

assigning alternate attribute:

bits.

hardware.

interaction

latch

logic

attributes.

ion
set track

bit:

correlations definitions position

shift blanking

5 display

blink

o

.

blinking

block

buffer.

buffered-step burst length

bytes, byte:

device

contro

command completion

error status

1 block status

Index-1

Cve g
INDEX
.3-29, .3~431, «2-42,

TECHNICAL REFERENCE
R

1/0 decoding

.

.

o

.

1/C ports .

5

x

e

.

I1/0 wait states

2

=

o

K

&;xboard:

: mapping

.

queueing

.

system .

a

L

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

o

J

logical address, HIGH, MIDDLE,

logic::

expansion memory control.

. memory refresh

.

g

o

leng space received .2..:0:"

lgopback

.

o

o

.

.

loss of carrier

.

.

.

LOW: logical address

.

.

¥

<

M. -

mask, interrupt

=

.

o

memory adddressing.

%

%

memory control:

`logice

o

o

5

S

state machine

a

o

o

state machine, expansion,

memory refresh logic

.

0

MPFM

.

.

S

.

MIDDLE logical address.

.

miscellaneous error codes .

modem:

responses

s

&

o

:

software

0

.

.

.

time-outs

.

.

modified frequency modulatxon

motherboard: `memory .

o

3

memory addressing

.

.

MRDC- .

5

.

.

.

MREAD~ .

g

.

:

mu)tiplexer svitch

.

3§

multiplexers

.

.-

%

%

MHRITE~-

5

o

x

`

.

N

NMI-

a

&

.

no' response

3

.

C

&

nonmaskable interrupt .

:

non---blinking

Index-6

PyINDEX
2-15 S Jd-35, `3-39
2-21

rea

:

o

tr

'

N

1

w LW W NWWNN

1

.

L2-31,

.

2-30,

T

'

3-23 3-22
2-20 2-20 2-58 2-58 2-22 3-32 2-58
2-58 3-22
2-58
1o2-43

N W

b WWN
an o w

AaNN W

N o

TE&HN ICAL REFERENCE

TiLhanoEy

'

INDEX

numeric. goprocessor
-

5 .»

. :i4
.

N
S Xy
2T

Y

odd sum

a

o

g

o

5

on~board EPROM/ROM.

3

¢

operating system

.

5

s

output port

S

5

5

4

OSC clock .

.

.

-

.

5 e . S .

.

4

e

)

.

.,

S

S

£

.

e

5

.

.

.

0 o & e .

.

2=22

. ihrat@--as

S

34-2

W

~ig=-40

il 258

P

g

palette

5

.

.

2

I

palette number.

d

o

3

5

parallel printer port .

g

R

parity generation and checking.

parity
PCLKIN

generation

.

.

and
g

checking,

-

,

A

phase-locked loop .

pixel .

A

,

h

" Y

" .

g .

pixel addressin

o

.

5

T

pixels. plane .

a .

o .

0 .

a .

5 .

& .

poll for controller request

.

port:

data output .

b

a

5

2

input data

o

o

o

g

a

reget

s

b

o

o

&

4

precompensation

.

5

.

&

print screen

&

o

5

.

o

processor-clock

d

.

9

g

processor, data

o

o

r

e

program break .

o

o

o

g

program pause .

g

.

.

T e ey

0

a

.

¥t

e 3e2Y

a

.3-28,23%31

el Ta o Lun Ly

GR2+16,8423

S

e

G AR

NN

L 2n22

expansion

a

L

.

q

y

.

femory - .7 .. Bsg'l

S

4

. v 'R-58

q

T

N v96

sauaile

Lelirdgl3eng

.

R

.

R

.

. 3-27

e .

3 .

s .

E .

% .

., 2=4% eI =27,

.

s

:

;

4-71

h;

Z

o

3

.y 3~40 < .13-40

5

-

o

v ..3440

a Ry

le

s £2-30

a

il Bt

tat

. \14~57

.

.

?

.

a

. 24853

o

S B LR

A A

S DolM

sy

it Ay LS s Ay

e

R

RAM DIA)GNOSTICS

.

.

5

.

o

IR] A

RAM DIAGNOSTICS command

0

o

.

.

RAM, expansion.

4

a

5

3

o

a

raster graphics

RDLB .

.

:

e
.

P

S

. .

.
.

.
o

L
.

READ command

.

S

e

.

.

s

READ ECC BURST ERROR LENGTH command

S 4

READ
READ

LONG command
SECTOR BUFFER

.

o

s

command.

S
.

o
.

:
:

RECALIBRATE DRIVE command .

.

o

'

recovering data refresh:

s

.

0

s

2

5

e

cycle

=

o

o

o

o

o

.

a

logic

.

e

0

4

.

.

4

.

logic,. expagsion memory .

s

.

.

timer

4

o

.

.

.

.

.

5

refreshing.

5

S

.

.

o

.

.

e Iy

g

S

2

S

.

S
. A

e

o

Lfnaw

.

o

c

.

'

.

= s A
G s
.
S

i

. B3

Te gy

A0 FigT
LFaews

.

3-46

. 3-67

.

.

e

.

o

Gk e

o

.

.

Tk

.

.

.

\

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

register assignments

o

register, controller status

remote digital loopback

request controller error sense

"REQUEST SENSE STATUS command

reset:

detection circuit

S

line.

o

a

E

8

EPOY. otV ot L

resolution.

g

S

reverse

0

=

reverse video and cursor

reverse-video .
RFSH: ., * = 3 .

ROM © ..,

.

.

S

o

ROM interface, system

s ¢

scan rate .

.

g

.

screen display.

.

J

screen/CPU arbitration.

scrok¥ling .

5

G-

sector buffer .

s

.

sactor field description

sector .interleaving -

SEEK command .

5

.

16 3

sefd Winchester controller command.

séisé, controller error

separator

e

serval communicatxons d

ser;al/parallel data conversion

software:

commands.

3

g

"timeouts.

.

.

spacé. received, long

speaker

2

speaker ampli!;er 0

a

stdarting screen display

state machine .

.

state machine, expansion memory control

s¥atic protection..

5t

status lines

status register

switch generation, CAS and address MUX.

system ROM interface

system timers and speaker

T

terminating resistor

.

terminal or software time-outs.

TEST DRIVE READY

o

.

TEST DRIVE READY command

Index-8

-

t- 1 LNDEX
3-39 3-40 3~23 4-72 3-46
2-12 2~-58 3-40 2-41 2-42 2-5S5 2-43 2-59 2-53 4-2
2-41 2-44 2-47 .2-43, 2-44 2-26 3-70 3-38 3-57 $-72 L 4-72
2-30

~

=

2-31 3-22 3-69 3-45S

TECHNICAL REFERENCE

testing, command

o

o

.

.

2

timer, abort

.

.

o

.

2

i

timers.

.

.

0

s

0

o

v

T

time-outs, modem

.

.

B

s

'

time-outs, terminal or software

.

4

u

underline .

o

s

.

.

v

vertical:

.

blanking.

o

s

o

S

scan rate

S

o

5

S

.

synchronizing sigpal.

o

S

.

video:

connector

.

3

3

S

.

memory .

0

.

s

o

~

"

W

WAIT- .

e

B

..

b

.

.

Hinchester controller:

» command ..

.

.

.

.

.

.

. data

.

.

.

.

o

.

.

S

disable data and status interrupt .

.

enable data and status interrupt..

cenable status interrupt

o

,get and compare data

get status

5

o

.

- poll for regquest .

s

.

write data Winchester:

.

e

o

.

S

-disk system

.

o

s

.

drive format .

a

e

error codes

.

0

o

o

1/0 ports

S

o

ROM

S

.

.

.

wrap

.

s

o

e

5

o

WRITE command .

6

5

9

Write data WRITE LONG

to the Winchester

command.

o

8

contréllef

write preconpensation circuit

WRITE SECTOR BUFFER command

:

< IIRDBY o3 . 3-364
8rR2
L AR=L! B$d,n
22-5%5d6; 5
w2=84

"1Index-9/10

o

-

i

5

¥

"

.

g

5 bapmmoa l,';r,q

;

3

2

`s

3

.

.

B

:

8

B

. dsaais 3N

L=

3 ¥ 5 O

! 8 } .

wir=l

o

a

. omebom | w tlEENm

si#viloe 10 lamimiad |, o

-- < "
b $ua3 eoi>l n v 7 n i

acdi b8

r

8

.?

I$8

.

3

7

F

B

A

ATHT NEID

Lheg

B

L

.

i

.

lsapie paizinedssNe

'l

'

:

f

oA

-

-0

s

o

g

'«..'-`;._snnb_"!'_

FII

She  . .

2

.

.

}

)

S (1A

i

i

i 2le20

§

.

v

.

-

s

.

by

5

B

3

1

T

5

{gquinatal egvisie Lo

N

_

=l | pla

o

it

5

. dquansian esiste bhing Tl

i

]

=

L

.

.

itguvtednd

o

.

. -

B

£3LH B0

n

I

.

:

2

]

.

dnm1od avE 1 17

i

;

zeban SEETa

o 1y @t

.

MEH"

¥
i

-
.

-
.

.
.

-

T

;

)

.
-

-
.

-
)

-
.

.
.

"
. Gnogkgn

fi !

5

& e

o

.

) 2

qaitosdinon

5

5

dsdeadosniW ofd gof aiol

]

5

.o

CBasmaes

SR3CT L LI

i

2

.

9

. diunizo nolissnsanconig =i oy

basmnoo &3


pikepdf 4.0.1